The URL can be used to link to this page

CMD02B Moonlight Urban Runoff TreatmentJune 12, 2002 Mr. Kip Hefner Project Manager City of Encinitas 505 South Vulcan Ave. Encinitas, California 92024 -3633 Re: Moonlight Beach Urban Runoff Treatment Facility Falcon General Engineering Invoice 002 Dear Mr. Hefner: Richard Brady & Associates has reviewed the subject invoice. Here is a summary of work that Falcon General Engineering Contractors has performed to date: • Installed electrical conduit from the new wetwell site to the existing pump station panel • Installed 4 -inch supply and discharge piping • Constructed the treatment facility enclosure pad Based on the satisfactory performance of the tasks listed above, I recommend that the attached invoice be considered for payment by the City of Encinitas. Should you have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact me. Very truly yours, Sean F. Manning, P.E. Richard Brady & Associates c: Katherine Weldon Meleah Ashford 4��9 ✓j�rr�ii� �ii�oia •�aryrl �� ,P,20 • fio �iit�a, �ia�i�wtiir.2- .9.?9,89 .7 /��/ X96 a�oo • .� �a��/ �9� o.�as 1 r STANDAR 31LLING STATEMENT - CITY O; :NCINITAS APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT NO. 002 CONTRACTOR: FALCON GENERAL ENGINEERING, INC. DATE: 7/10/01 572 COLLYN ST. VISTA, CA. 92083 TELEPHONE: 760/630 -9570 PROJECT: Moonlight Beach Urdan Runoof Treatment Facility INVOICE: 002 BILLING PERIOD: 7/10/02 PROJECT MANAGER: Kipp Hefner PROJECT NO. CMD026 FALCON GEN. ENG. INC., FEDERAL LD # 33 030 2323 PAYMENT SUMMARY: 1. CONTRACT 432,511.00 2. Approved Change Orders # 01 (4,483.41) 3. Contract Total to Date 428,027.59 4. Work Completed to Date 125,363.59 5. Less Retention @ 10% 12,536.36 6. Amount Due to Date 112,827.23 7. Less previous payments 11,030.40 8. CURRENT PAYMENT DUE ............ ............................... 101,796.83 The undersigned certifies that (1) all previous progress payments received from the City of Encinitas for work done under this Contract has been applied to discharge in full all obligations of the Contractor incurred in connectioin with Work covered by prior Applications for Payment numbered 1 through 002 inclusive; and (2) title to all materials and equipment incorporated in said Work or otherwise listed in or covered by this Application for Payment will pass to the City of Encinitas free and clear of all liens, claims, security intr s and encumbrances (except such as covered by securities acceptable to the City of Encinitas) at time payment. Dated July 10, 2002 I hereby certify that all materials specified have been received, checked and are in acceptable condition and /or services have been satisfactorily performed and accepted. $ignaturS Date GENFAAL,- NGINEERING, INC. I hereby certify that payment hereon is in accord with existing conctracts or agreements, the account number, description and net amount are correct, and that funds are budgeted. Acct No. Appr for Pay 0 1 I �I j i I Ipl ; D �' -- - - -- Vl — (n to Ul -j � Ul to 4f V) CD ! i (A Vii fA (A N (n N C rn O D iz 11y III 'r c� N Z N Z �w 10D -NIINW CnIpI� NIW -� �f:�,AI CJI'IA �,J W ICnV 10 �i 11T�77 A jV N V 'O ICD'OO V V N 1Cp IN Cn N !� N Cn IN IN V IN IV O'CO 100 !(7 W co I Cn 1" Co O! V V Ut Cn Cn ! Cn A V V" I Cn V I N I' V: Cn Cn -� O i m I Cn m W i 0 I Cn O' O Cn to Co O O; O I Cn A Cr 1p 1 0 Cn I Cn j cn 0 1 0; -� 1 0 I N 10) O I m A CD C:) C) C) i CD C) OOiOIOO O OIOIO OO'O CD C) OIOIOIOi D Z -• O 10 l0 O 10,0 O i0 O O Ot0 IO IO O 1010 0 0 0 0 0 0 O CO N IW Cn iO1-+ N iW l-' W IA �'IW Cn III I-+ V IW ICn V 00 IA jV N V O 00 00 VV N �1CO I,N N j(A Cn 'A N jN V N 1V 'O''�O 100 O1''' N . C)0 Cn (o O V -! cJt CJl Cn Cn 1 A A V O O Cn N V Cn cJl ! O Cn CJl C/) ! yv Cpl � A 0 0 0 O j 0 O O O o I O Cn ao a O O 1 0 to Cn 1 0 O �' O— N Ids � I Z Z f fi `) O O o 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Ij ip1 jC/) o\ C j Z 030 O m 1 F K m r-- TI 0 0 0 0 Io'o o'0 0 o Io to o to o'0 0 0 0 0 to o 0 O;cr, — !0 0 0 o Io 0 0 0 0 0 'o 0 0 0 0 to o to to to to oo.o 'o 'Z N 1711 .. N N O, I I I II Cn I C' I Z (A 1 I I p 'Z, =II\ Z !Cn° ca Io O V A O O co 0 co O lib O rI� ^ O O'O1O!O'O.OIO Cn O'0Io O O O!O1O1O'O O Cn CD Cn''O O ImI `I ° -� -c '� - -- - ..I— - - -'.__ o Io io l0 10 .o io :o o -o o ;o Ilo o !Zi 0 0 o o o o o 0 0 0 0 N O _ W cn N A ' A W A' OC,): A OO W A A A I-N I (J) 00 V O V (n 00 V a) -a (.n Cn c W W Ul N 1 0 Cn O O: to N- Cn A O fn 10 O O O O Cn 1 O I 0 O Co O O 10 0' C) CD O ! O lO to p I : W A ip A co A A A W '.,A C) O: A 00 W Cn N A-• N " V: N Cn r- c O OD V 0 V Cn O V Q) Cn Cp r Z V W Cn N O CnI 0,p c NIA Z O Cn O O O O O Cn O O O CD '� O 0 O O - 0.0 O O C) C) I0 G) NIN),N) N N J -A W N O CO M -4 W C n A W N C) Cfl CO V W C n A W N O 0;o v. n o ET — m cn c =ilk E 5 Cn c� �' 5 E5-u E 5 E 5 c u( N c cni rt E 5 -� cn CD :� p (D 0 _ 0 Z / Cf) . V/ --a 10 D <' v W 1m ''v 'v C O v v Cl) <. v Ia v v c ' v a 3 'v =3 a n r O CD 7 . = CD CD ',c 'A A IA :� n CD to -0 'j' < � CD '''m a. N Q c/i =i CL CD .X °v; 1c Iv 'CD � '� 3 � - m la''r2 "D a O 'N n N � r.''� n � � 'r'< m c C3D � �:c 1m = _ w N .. o �I� m'' 0 Oja I� :n T10 m .''3 o �, ICD CD -�'v m m m vi '�'3 W 0 -, m 'CD m IN < x m m m �,rt y o 7 mC'1 m I� i�''m iCD'cDD 0. m I3 m o I`` I� a' m '� ;o IIS :� ° m `� cn; CD! O to _. = 1Cl ',m I ' : ^1— @ _ ' CD I l r:: � I Cn '' < j � '� _ �! -n x ''' :a) M. 0 �� I0 '� Cfl n N N _ O; D I� i3 i� = < !� z; C c) ° (D CD r7 I 0 1 I �I j i I Ipl ; D �' -- - - -- Vl — (n to Ul -j � Ul to 4f V) CD ! i (A Vii fA (A N (n N C rn O D iz 11y III 'r c� N Z N Z �w 10D -NIINW CnIpI� NIW -� �f:�,AI CJI'IA �,J W ICnV 10 �i 11T�77 A jV N V 'O ICD'OO V V N 1Cp IN Cn N !� N Cn IN IN V IN IV O'CO 100 !(7 W co I Cn 1" Co O! V V Ut Cn Cn ! Cn A V V" I Cn V I N I' V: Cn Cn -� O i m I Cn m W i 0 I Cn O' O Cn to Co O O; O I Cn A Cr 1p 1 0 Cn I Cn j cn 0 1 0; -� 1 0 I N 10) O I m A CD C:) C) C) i CD C) OOiOIOO O OIOIO OO'O CD C) OIOIOIOi D Z -• O 10 l0 O 10,0 O i0 O O Ot0 IO IO O 1010 0 0 0 0 0 0 O CO N IW Cn iO1-+ N iW l-' W IA �'IW Cn III I-+ V IW ICn V 00 IA jV N V O 00 00 VV N �1CO I,N N j(A Cn 'A N jN V N 1V 'O''�O 100 O1''' N . C)0 Cn (o O V -! cJt CJl Cn Cn 1 A A V O O Cn N V Cn cJl ! O Cn CJl C/) ! yv Cpl � A 0 0 0 O j 0 O O O o I O Cn ao a O O 1 0 to Cn 1 0 O �' O— N Ids � I Z Z f fi `) O O o 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Ij ip1 jC/) o\ C j Z 030 O m 1 F K m r-- TI 0 0 0 0 Io'o o'0 0 o Io to o to o'0 0 0 0 0 to o 0 O;cr, — !0 0 0 o Io 0 0 0 0 0 'o 0 0 0 0 to o to to to to oo.o 'o 'Z N 1711 .. N N O, I I I II Cn I C' I Z (A 1 I I p 'Z, =II\ Z !Cn° ca Io O V A O O co 0 co O lib O rI� ^ O O'O1O!O'O.OIO Cn O'0Io O O O!O1O1O'O O Cn CD Cn''O O ImI `I ° -� -c '� - -- - ..I— - - -'.__ o Io io l0 10 .o io :o o -o o ;o Ilo o !Zi 0 0 o o o o o 0 0 0 0 N O _ W cn N A ' A W A' OC,): A OO W A A A I-N I (J) 00 V O V (n 00 V a) -a (.n Cn c W W Ul N 1 0 Cn O O: to N- Cn A O fn 10 O O O O Cn 1 O I 0 O Co O O 10 0' C) CD O ! O lO to p I : W A ip A co A A A W '.,A C) O: A 00 W Cn N A-• N " V: N Cn r- c O OD V 0 V Cn O V Q) Cn Cp r Z V W Cn N O CnI 0,p c NIA Z O Cn O O O O O Cn O O O CD '� O 0 O O - 0.0 O O C) C) I0 G) j City of Encinitas INVOICE 002 — 7 -10 -02 Moonlight Urban Runoff Treatment Facility Line Item Budget Prop 13 SWRCB Share 8. Construction Expenses Mobilization /Demob. 5,609.66 Earthwork 47,675.00 Concrete Work 3,633.75 Equipment Installation 28,863.33 Electrical Installation 10,359.38 9. Contractor Overhead & Profit 16,966.07 10. Taxes 11. Equipment Submersible Pump Sand Filter UV Filters Storage Container Ventilation Miscellaneous Valves Electrical TOTAL BUDGET Line 8 through 11 $113,107.19 UALCONGENERAL0 I \Projects\02-03 Moonlight Beach \12 INVOICING \Line Item for Costruciton -7- 10- 02.doc 1 of 1 STANDAf BILLING STATEMENT - CITY C 'ENCINITAS APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT NO. 002 CONTRACTOR: FALCON GENERAL ENGINEERING, INC. DATE: 7/10101 572 COLLYN ST. VISTA, CA. 92083 PROJECT: Moonlight Beach Urdan Runoof Treatment Facility INVOICE: 002 BILLING PERIOD: 7/10/02 PROJECT MANAGER: Kipp Hefner PROJECT NO. CMD02B PAYMENT SUMMARY: 1. CONTRACT 2. Approved Change Orders # 01 3. Contract Total to Date 4. Work Completed to Date 5. Less Retention @ 10% 6. Amount Due to Date 7. Less previous payments 8. CURRENT PAYMENT DUE TELEPHONE: 7601630 -9570 FALCON GEN. ENG. INC., FEDERAL I.D # 33 030 2323 432,511.00 (4,483.41) 428,027.59 125,363.59 12, 536.36 112,827.23 11,030.40 ............ ............................... 101,796.83 The undersigned certifies that (1) all previous progress payments received from the City of Encinitas for work done under this Contract has been applied to discharge in full all obligations of the Contractor incurred in connectioin with Work covered by prior Applications for Payment numbered 1 through 002 inclus/this (2) title to all materials and equipment incorporated in said Work or otherwise listed in or covered Application for Payment will pass to the City of Encinitas free and clear of all liens, claims, securiand encumbrances (except such as covered by securities acceptable to the City of Encinitas) at payment. Dated July 10, 2002 I hereby certify that all materials specified have been received, checked and are in acceptable condition and /or services have been satisfactorily performed and accepted. Date NGINEERING, INC. I hereby certify that payment hereon is in accord with existing conctracts or agreements, the account number, description and net amount are correct, and that funds are budgeted. Acct No. Appr for Pay A N N N N -x -' -� -' -' -1 -1 � " " W� A A W A O0 D! 0 00 V W — Cn O N V A V N W 0 (+O O (D M �1 07 Cn O W N--& V Cn O (D W V W Cn A W N -� O (D c) � Cn.00 � O � D i� 11OJ fn i(n !a i� IO '� !� O O O O O O O O i� ci (n 2 j (D v' � to to rn cn O <n cn to v7 cn W A cn (D A lD O O Z W V co (n O D v n>< M (n v v m v m v m n> n> < v w v v v v Z v O O O ig n (D Z G� (np O (D _ _ _ _ (D (D c _ � � _ A _ = 0 Q 0 = (n _ a _ � _ < _ � �:�'A CT (O NiCJi N!-• A:-�•V � N, V 0 m 00 W'O Q O O N (D x 3 � �O (D - N'VIN�I V � a O) O n (n (� n, (D — (D = N < fD — lD (D 7 — — N' °' O (n IA ICn IO'O ICn Cn n O m O.N O cn 0 n 1,, ((D N 0 0 !o N ((D 0'0 0 0:o Olo 0 0 o jo to Io IO jo O 0 o 0 O 0:0 o O C 0''0 O o C X Z v :U a O — .� 3 Cr CND (D !� (D cn 7c Cn (D (D (D < (D W v O. 7 m W N I- N) O p i � (n W (D v Q� O V (n � (D N � N -4 -4 " (D .+ N --J Cn N Cn (D "!"!NiO'CT A N Cn A A j n .7 N V p (0'0 r cu -4 V W O Cn O O 'ol0 CD O _ O (D � m ! M ! O Cn O -� O O w o > m in (D c o!o 6 O O O 0 O'olo,Ojo O O O10'O O'o,OIOiO O 0 O m 0''0 O Oi0 0'.0 O (� '(D 'N a'� I(D OL cD (D (n ° S '�''� 'O cD n c C7 N j. � (� c -a (D o C: Z (a ,� —, (1) s?o < Z cr o 11 v Qo G (D fn 0 N n. cu 0! Q rmirn ',nP o` OOOOO�o�oo0 N 3 co m O o 0 0 x w 0 : o a cD .o -- Z < CD - 1 { Z CD F- cD (D m ,. N ! Iv 01 C — — (n Z m' O ED � O r in �. o A O A W� A A W A O0 D! 0 00 V W — Cn O N V A V N W 0 (+O (A Cn N O Ut U7 00 O O V Cn W — Cn O Cn W Z '(n A O Cn:O O O (D c) � Cn.00 � O � i� 11OJ fn i(n !a i� IO '� !� O O O O O O O O i� --1 = D W — O A W A l -4 �-- A W W 0 O A 00 W V co (n O N V Cr, O N V M (n (p C V W i . i cri IV O (n O O M N O (D Z CO O O O O O O O O O O (D G) AIN',W,Ifn AIVIN'V O SIN O'OOIOOV W',� VIN �:�'A CT (O NiCJi N!-• A:-�•V W Cn V '0o 00 W'O Cn I,Cn O O O V V Cn C) cn (n ;m N,piN CT . A 1-4 V -�.cn V N N'VIN�I V Cn Cn O O (O U7 Cl n W m Y) o:oio Cn I(D 0 0 O'O O (n IA ICn IO'O ICn Cn ICn'O O O.N O) 1,, 0 0 !o 0;0 o 'o O .o 0.0 O o 0'0 0 0:o Olo 0 0 o jo to Io IO jo O 0 o 0 O 0:0 o O 0 o 0''0 O o D; Z N N I- N) O I" I O . - i � W 00 W Q V 00 � C O N A 0U7 -4 -4 " (D 0100 ! O 00 -4. I V V ' Cn --J Cn N Cn (D "!"!NiO'CT A N Cn A A j N I V N V O (0'0 O' (n cu -4 V W O Cn O O 'ol0 I Cn m (D O O V O) O (n O: (.n ! O0 (.n O O, O C_n V (7i ! M ! O Cn O -� O O (A N Ui O > m in (D A -• o!o 6 O O O 0 O'olo,Ojo O O O10'O O'o,OIOiO oio 0 0 0,0 0!010 O 0 O 0 O 0''0 O Oi0 0'.0 O o O Y Z Z I D � o C Z o cu 0! rmirn o0CDC) o` OOOOO�o�oo0 O � O o o O o 0 0 \ o O O O {o0;0O,O0oO;(io,j�v; O O O O O o I� o a .o o •o Z - { Z m ,. N ! Iv 01 Cn (n Z O � O r �. 0 O O O!O O CDC) C) O;U7 O O V A O O O O O co O O'O'O 0 0 0 O O O- O O O O CO O Cn O CO Cn O O O 1 m ^ `/ � O �� O O O O O O � O O �� O � O � O p O O O O O O O O -.-o O Z N V D A O A W� A A W A O0 (d W A co 00 V W — Cn O N V A V N W 0 (+O (A Cn N O Ut U7 00 O O V Cn W — Cn O Cn W Z '(n A O Cn:O O O (D c) � Cn.00 � O � O O O O O O O O O O O --1 = D W — O A W A l A W A W W 0 O A 00 W V co (n O N V Cr, O N V M (n (p C V W i . i cri IV O (n O O M N O (D Z CO O O O O O O O O O O (D G) City of Encinitas INVOICE 002 — 7 -10 -02 Moonlight Urban Runoff Treatment Facility Line Item Budget Prop 13 SWRCB Share 8. Construction Expenses Mobilization /Demob. 5,609.66 Earthwork 47,675.00 Concrete Work 3,633.75 Equipment Installation 28,863.33 Electrical Installation 10,359.38 9. Contractor Overhead & Profit 16,966.07 10. Taxes 11. Equipment Submersible Pump Sand Filter UV Filters Storage Container Ventilation Miscellaneous Valves Electrical TOTAL BUDGET Line 8 through 11 $113,107.19 UALCONGEN ERA LO I \Projects\02-03 Moonlight Beach \12 INVOICING \Line Item for Costruciton -7- 10-02.doc I of 1 t 7 STANDAF -" BILLING STATEMENT - CITY C" ENCINITAS APPLICAI iON FOR PAYMENT NO. 002 CONTRACTOR: FALCON GENERAL ENGINEERING, INC. DATE: 7/10/01 572 COLLYN ST. VISTA, CA. 92083 TELEPHONE: 760/630 -9570 PROJECT: Moonlight Beach Urdan Runoof Treatment Facility INVOICE: 002 BILLING PERIOD: 7/10/02 PROJECT MANAGER: Kipp Hefner PROJECT NO. CMD02B FALCON GEN. ENG. INC., FEDERAL I.D # 33 030 2323 PAYMENT SUMMARY: 1. CONTRACT 432,511.00 2. Approved Change Orders # 01 (4,483.41) 3. Contract Total to Date 428,027.59 4. Work Completed to Date 125,363.59 5. Less Retention @ 10% 12,536.36 6. Amount Due to Date 112,827.23 7. Less previous payments 11,030.40 8. CURRENT PAYMENT DUE ............ ............................... 101.796.83 The undersigned certifies that (1) all previous progress payments received from the City of Encinitas for work done under this Contract has been applied to discharge in full all obligations of the Contractor incurred in connectioin with Work covered by prior Applications for Payment numbered 1 through 002 inclusive; and (2) title to all materials and equipment incorporated in said Work or otherwise listed in or covered by this Application for Payment will pass to the City of Encinitas free and clear of all liens, claims, security intre and encumbrances (except such as covered by securities acceptable to the City of Encinitas) at time payment. 7 Dated July 10, 2002 -- I hereby certify that all materials specified have been received, checked and are in acceptable condition and /or services have been satisfactorily performed and accepted. Signature Date N GENERJLXNGINEERING, INC. I hereby certify that payment hereon is in accord with existing conctracts or agreements, the account number, description and net amount are correct, and that funds are budgeted. Acct No. Appr for Pay N Ul W W Ut O Z F -i Wt° D O O -4 A O CD Oo : C Oo O Oo o r K C) O O O O O O CD (n O O O i O O O O O O! O O (n O (n O O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o o o 0 0 o 0 0 0 0 0 o 0 a 0 o 0 0 o 0 80- Z D < -I A co W V1 N A - N P W N O CO W - - ,'j �.� Ul A W N _ _ O CO W S W Ul .A W N -� N In stn U '(n C O O Z. A O i Ul 0) ,DO 0) 0) i i O O O . .O (n O ° O r O O O O O O O O O O O '^ CD .� C __< O CD N cn N W- <n cn 0 cn ° cn M 0 M cn N CD � (D O '--4 Z A n - D m_ v W v v v w Iv v< ' -4 C) (D 00 m ,v ,� 9 v 3 0) v >s (J) < O m G7 v N o 0 0 n O 01 cn 0 o a '(D 0 i Cn 'o CD tD C J� O N O 0 0 to o A 0 CD to -0 -, < * tD < 3 0 N Z Vi m (u C -� p'j (D M x 3 a lD - CL D CT v O 73 to 0 03 < ° .� C (D cD __ N 0 O ^- O m 0 -4 N C) CT N 0o (n M1CD lD W A W (1i N CD n 0 fD O C _ r * A -4 N ; 0C) (n - '; CO X. (D N M Ln A 'N (n 1 I ! W 1 C) Cn N 'N :--4 ''', N ', `/ m�C U) ov'0 �1 W O CT 'O '3 -N -N Cn - Cn 0'O,-� � Cn O N'(� x3 cn 0 N I �_ °' > Ul O A;O'O'O ' O O O O O c) C) O O C) O O! O O CD O'O'O.O O O O;O.O'O CD O O O O O O O 0 0 I C) 0 C) O' O O 0 0 0 1C) w Z CD U o (D C Z cn a ° ' o ° N coIO rn ° I!,a (D (n ° � ° O O! 0 o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o O O O O O O t o z n O Io to 0 o !o !a o _ i t O (D — < � cr i D m O I 0 _ CTI Cn Z - -- -:_ - - - -_ O rn o (D rn - in o N Ul W W Ut O Z F -i Wt° D O O -4 A O CD Oo : C Oo O Oo o r K C) O O O O O O CD (n O O O i O O O O O O! O O (n O (n O O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o o o 0 0 o 0 0 0 0 0 o 0 a 0 o 0 0 o 0 80- Z D < -I A co W V1 N A - N - O 00 --- - - - - ,'j �.� �:N �':CY) rn'rn -1 cn 00 _ _ 0 rn O'. C W N ''tn IN N N 'N Ito to .fn ;N 'a) Ia) to N N In stn U '(n C O O Z. A O i Ul 0) ,DO 0) 0) i i O O O . .O (n O ° O r O O O O O O O O O O O N _ N Z N Z '--4 cn '' A - - W Cn -4 : 00 N :-4 : O Co 00 I N I (D N cn ' N N 1 01 N ! ' t %) -4 N ' -4 C) (D 00 Oo cn --' (O W O:cyl ! O O -I v Cn cn Cn O (.n Cn ' O O. CJ) A v v . (n v ! N O Cn A' (Ji O v ; to (J) O Ui Ul O m rn N o 0 0 (D 0 0 0 0 o 0 O 01 cn 0 o a '(D 0 i Cn 'o O' o'C) O O N O 0 0 to o D' -� O OlO'O:O;O O O O 0 CD !o o O CD a C:) C) O O O O O C) C) O Z rn A N O -4 CT 0o A N W cn 'v -� N W W A W (1i A W Cn V OD O NT' r Cl N A -4 N ; 0C) (n - '; CO CD 00 .00 -I v N I O -4 -4 Cn Cn (A (D N M Ln A 'N (n 1 I ! W 1 C) Cn N 'N :--4 ''', N ', -4 c) co IW - C) Cn ! U) �1 W O CT 'O i C) cn cn O O O'O'Cfli0o'CJi'O'O'O -N -N Cn -1 :Cn Cn 0'O,-� Cn Cn O N'(� W ' 1� rn I > Ul O A;O'O'O ' O O O O O c) C) O O C) O O! O O CD O'O'O.O O O O;O.O'O CD O O O O O O O 0 0 I C) 0 C) O' O O 0 0 0 1C) Z U o C Z o coIO rn I!,a ° O O! 0 o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o o ! 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o O O O O O O O O O O_ CWJo1 z T Io to 0 o !o !a o 0 0 0 \ — .a i D m O I 0 _ CTI Cn Z - -- -:_ - - - -_ O rn N Ul W W Ut O Z F -i Wt° D O O -4 A O CD Oo : C Oo O Oo o r K C) O O O O O O CD (n O O O i O O O O O O! O O (n O (n O O 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o o o 0 0 o 0 0 0 0 0 o 0 a 0 o 0 0 o 0 80- Z D < -I A co W V1 N A - N - 00 -,1 -� O -1 cn 00 --j 0 Cn Cn C W --� (n fV p Ut O O Cn N O O Z. A O i Ul i i O i i O O O . .O (n O , O O O O O O O O O O O O O -I = D W A O A W A A A W A °) o0 0 --' A O 00 O0 co cn N v ---� O �I Cn ---' W � --' O --� (n cn O r C f Z o o 0 O O U7 N 1 O tD Z -i (D -• O O O O O O O O O O O G) City of Encinitas INVOICE 002 — 7 -10 -02 Moonlight Urban Runoff Treatment Facility Line Item Budget Prop 13 SWRCB Share 8. Construction Expenses Mobilization /Demob. 5,609.66 Earthwork 47,675.00 Concrete Work 3,633.75 Equipment Installation 28,863.33 Electrical Installation 10,359.38 9. Contractor Overhead & Profit 16,966.07 10. Taxes 11. Equipment Submersible Pump Sand Filter UV Filters Storage Container Ventilation Miscellaneous Valves Electrical TOTAL BUDGET Line 8 through 11 $113,107.19 UALCONGENERAL0 I \Projects\02-03 Moonlight Beach \12 INVOICING \Line Item for Costruciton -7- 10- 02.doc I of 1 ./. , /l, 5111 1!11 i 611111, 1 June 12, 2002 Mr. Kip Hefner Project Manager City of Encinitas 505 South Vulcan Ave. Encinitas, California 92024 -3633 Re: Moonlight Beach Urban Runoff Treatment Facility Falcon General Engineering Invoice 002 Dear Mr. Hefner: Richard Brady & Associates has reviewed the subject invoice. Here is a summary of work that Falcon General Engineering Contractors has performed to date: • Installed electrical conduit from the new wetwell site to the existing pump station panel • Installed 4 -inch supply and discharge piping • Constructed the treatment facility enclosure pad Based on the satisfactory performance of the tasks listed above, I recommend that the attached invoice be considered for payment by the City of Encinitas. Should you have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact me. Very truly yours, , , /'� 9, m4t---t- - / Sean F. Manning, P.E. Richard Brady & Associates c: Katherine Weldon Meleah Ashford /r.9 /� . /l�rr��i� ��iiir�ar .��ri/ ,_ �i� ,�,�'/ • � �ir- �i�� a��%wiri� �,r'7,r'.� 1110 i r- June 17, 2002 Mr. Dale E. Winterquist Falcon General Engineering Inc. 572 Collyn Street Vista, California 92083 Subject: Moonlight Beach Urban Runoff Treatment Facility Request for Quote 003 — Relocation of the Treatment Facility Enclosure Dear Mr. Winterquist, We have reviewed your cost proposal CP 002, dated June 14, 2002, for the deletion of the Treatment Facility Enclosure and replacement with a fence and canopy. The City does not wish to proceed with the subject proposal. However, the City is interested in moving the enclosure to a site within the existing pump station fence line that will not interfere with the operational duties of the San Elijo Joint Powers Authority. Please provide an itemized quote for relocating the subject enclosure and the appurtenant piping to the location shown on the attached diagram. We anticipate that this change will be a no cost substitution. Please contact me if you have any questions. Sincerely, Sean F. Manning Project Manager Cc: Kipp Hefner Rick Brady 4.90.9 ��p% �ir��ar� ,�� ,2,20 • �ruo �� a�r�atiaim .9,21,�� -e� /�s�/ ��6 oso0 • � /sa/ X96 �rs0.s ...►i i' = 0 Lu }- a LL J =:.j Z..UQ U cr o C /� Q cr i- ° U Lij m Lu ujW X C-- LLJ 0- ...►i i' I / . /.Z June 17, 2002 Mr. Dale E. Winterquist Falcon General Engineering Inc. 572 Collyn Street Vista, California 92083 Subject: Moonlight Beach Urban Runoff Treatment Facility Request for Quote 004 — Provide NEMA 4X Panel Enclosures Dear Mr. Winterquist, Please provide an itemized quote for providing NEMA 4X enclosures for all electrical housed within the Treatment Facility enclosure. The electrical equipment to be provided panels panels, shown on Contract Drawing M -2, are as follows: p vided with • Starter, Pump No. 2 • Pump Control Panel • Starter, Pump No. 1 • Power Supply Panel Please contact me if you have any questions. Sincerely, Sean F. Manning Project Manager Cc: Kipp Hefner Rick Brady 4.90.9 ✓ 110A �id -1-Ir • % �Jr��u2 June 17, 2002 Mr. Dale E. Winterquist President Falcon General Engineering, Inc. 572 Collyn Street Vista, CA 92083 Re: Moonlight Beach Urban Runoff Treatment Facility Submittal No. 011 -01 Precast Vaults Dear Mr. Winterquist: Richard Brady & Associates has reviewed the subject submittal. We have the following comments: RECOMMENDED ACTION MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED Delete the 4 -foot by 4 -foot precast concrete vault, as shown in the subject submittal, from the project scope of work. Should you have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact me. Very truly yours, Richard Brady & Associates cc: 011 -01 Submittal Review File Kipp Hefner 4A0.9 �� ai�at .woad, �� ,�",�'�/ • �io �J�e�o, �� ,c"7,e`?� � �5�� 996 0500 • Paz �5d� 996O.SO.� Date of Submittal: 6 -7 -02 To: Richard Brady &Associates 4909 Murphy Canyon Road, Suite 220 From: Falcon General Engineering, Inc. San Diego, Ca 92123 572 Collyn St. Vista, Ca. 92083 Attn: Sean F. Manning P.E., A.E.E. Moonlight Beach Urban Runoff Treatment Facility City of Encinitas, Ca Project # CMS015 Falcon General Engineering, Inc Submittal No. 011 -01 Specification Section 04300 PRECAST VAULTS Drawing Reference ' Date Item Required by Schedule This is an X Original Submittal Resubmittal We have verified that this submittal contains all applicable material and information required for evaluation of its compliance with the project plans and specifications. Furthermore, we submit these items, which comply with the project plans and specifications (check one): x with no deviations except for the deviations described below (Attach additional sheets, if necessary) No. of Sheet or Copies Item No. Description (Name, Type, Model, Catalog Number, Manufacturer) 8 Submittal 011 -01 04300 PRECAST VAULTS Comments Submitted By: Signature Received By Signature C O N G E N E R A L E N G I N E E R I N G,_ I .V STREET VISTA, CA 92083 TEL 760/630 -9570 • FAX 760/630 -3648 . STATE CONT. LIC. SUBMITTAL NO. 011-01 For SECTION 04300 PRECAST VAULTS MOONLIGHT BEACH URBAN RUNOFF TREATMENT FACILITY CONTRACT # CMS01B CITY OF ENCINITAS, CA It is hereby certified that the Equipment/Material shown and marked in this submittal is that proposed to be incorporated into Contract # CMS015, is in compliance with the contract drawings ft specifications, and can be installed in the allocate spaces, and is submitted for approval. Certified By Date G L Z— N A HDVI (qNO) T :Lb m< N 0 "� o U; 11 o ilN IRG 0■ / :NOI1dINDS3019UI -L 90C rq O p �� N II I IIOI cv `° �uN� 00 Z cj z o ," w Oj Ln m zo aNV ll]Mi3M 1109 z W m W Iw- w Wdv O cos U OR a o N :NOI1dIdDS30.L.Jl1002dd :2101ObIIINOO o o 9 �o W c U1 J J z J � � 0 u z W ¢In 1 O W 1 ww o QO LLW W p J l( I CQ W z a p 0 = C m j Isk CL a m uj " ^z W (R) R, -Iw-�n w O c W W U a -i I -C S4 zu oo�i " W 2 �5: W bZ `' ¢�~O�CWQO Go v w z w ��- w o u Z k ¢¢�o�L,'nfo -ul � � Z 0 0= U Z S LLi O N U N cnLn-+wzOZ�wol - Q 4'I „09 (n a O O a a I �u ry U- u u W N Z (x O Q' oW C7�in z a m � Z o 3 QUO ?WU p W� O N (U:-) Zp ¢�Q � Q^ O w W p O ¢ Y Z O QV, U�P m ot$ W � O go Z U a W U Ov CX 0� Woo pW W0, p pZ �m lWLO J� iLQ Z o p Z w 3 �O~ V OW � v� mU z oQ m LLJ Q¢ Q j Z U Z Q F- O ~ p� ,- W Z�O p�C 3 'n X W �x of O Q X00 a W "¢ z Q = V ¢ p¢ ZWLL7 .I W W J� Z}O ZU 13 � o8 U� L Q LL1 ; ry 9 �o M o : ko o N i+� ca o�w H 2 OO = W Mon Stu= w Q W � W Vipj � Q Q � a m N �o W� l4m mtv 14M 11tv y Q S O N uj 0 0 0 W c U1 J J z J � � 0 u z W ¢In 1 O W 1 ww o QO LLW W p J l( I CQ W W I a p 0 = C m j Isk CL a m uj " ^z W (R) R, -Iw-�n w O M o : ko o N i+� ca o�w H 2 OO = W Mon Stu= w Q W � W Vipj � Q Q � a m N �o W� l4m mtv 14M 11tv y Q S O N uj 0 0 0 lD c �2u �O z A X w° oZf z° O O lO cz O I— O lD c �2u LL-, z I a p o W I u z ¢In 1 � ry W 1 ww o 0 -j W � m 2 W 0 Ed O W I z ~ -Iw-�n w O c W W U a -i I -C S4 zu oo�i (((ryryry 0�p ¢-,J¢cI�Z C W 2 �5: W bZ `' ¢�~O�CWQO Go v w z w ��- w o u Z k ¢¢�o�L,'nfo -ul � � Z 0 0= U Z S LLi O N U N cnLn-+wzOZ�wol - Q 4'I „09 (n QQQC II o..UC O Qtl O lD �2u LL-, ti ip io tI~�O � ry ” 0 i I ' . o >a� w ~~ CL aU C= wa >� 1 i Z� W U LL, m 0 Oa pU s W 4 p C 7 ~ I SMI 2U ~� p w jU LIUQ I I 1512 jG Wp N iCj W %0 m Z uj ISi Op O W i pOO� m, N, W ..m o p00¢ =W io io Z? U= w a W �LSZ kkU 2U� Q W C �7 ti roNYV Wb ip LAa,ly- �o _�CZ ;o au,Z h I-OQW= o o:m0 00 "� ~ v 0 >' ~ V m W f e m W m 0 (n U �U N G ko lt�o m -4V � U rv� 6 W W z O ZO Q z 0 r.- U W �2u tI~�O ” 0 -j W � m 2 W 0 Ed �WZ Z 00 i I ' . o >a� w ~~ CL aU C= wa >� 1 i Z� W U LL, m 0 Oa pU s W 4 p C 7 ~ I SMI 2U ~� p w jU LIUQ I I 1512 jG Wp N iCj W %0 m Z uj ISi Op O W i pOO� m, N, W ..m o p00¢ =W io io Z? U= w a W �LSZ kkU 2U� Q W C �7 ti roNYV Wb ip LAa,ly- �o _�CZ ;o au,Z h I-OQW= o o:m0 00 "� ~ v 0 >' ~ V m W f e m W m 0 (n U �U N G ko lt�o m -4V � U rv� 6 W W z O ZO Q z 0 r.- U W ti4;;1F,:: "�tlErl 11 :1'� 351J�_,425 i/ccmcx Lisp Project: Standard Mix Various Locations Contractor: Olson Precast C:E)•1E ?US: F, A, E Al CONCRETE MIX DESIGN Date: March 14, 2001 Mix Design No.: CU 00 -198 Mix Description: 6.7 SK #3 AGG Mix Use: Precast Yard Compressive BATCH WEIGHT, LBS- Percent Passing U. S. Standard Sieves Strength: 4500 PSI at 28 Days Batch Plant: Redlands W/C Ratio: 0.476 By Weight Aggregate Source: Redlands W/C Ratio: 5.37 Gallons/Sack Cement Type: I I - V Cement: 6.70 Sacks /Cu.Yd. Admixture Supplier: W R Grace & Co. Slump: 4 Inches 1.5" GRADATION: BATCH WEIGHT, LBS- Percent Passing U. S. Standard Sieves ABS. VOL., CU. FT. CEMENT SIEVE SIZE #2 - 1.5 In. #3 - 1 In. #4 - 3/8 In. W C SAND COMBINED 2° 100 100 100 100 100.0 1.5" 99 100 100 100 100.0 1" 35 97 100 100 98.6 75" 7 68 100 100 85.0 5.1 4 21 100 100 62.9 .375" 2 15 94 100 59.5 #f4 0 2 12 97 44.7 #8 0 0 7 83 37.2 #16 0 0 4 62 27.6 #30 0 0 0 37 16.3 #50 0 0 0 15 6.6 #100 0 0 0 6 2.6 #200 0 0 0 3.0 1.3 Fineness Modulus 3.00 MIX PROPORTIONS, SSD: BATCH WEIGHT, LBS- SP. GR. ABS. VOL., CU. FT. CEMENT 100% 630 3.15 3.20 FLY ASH 0% 0 2.34 0.00 WATER (TOTAL) 36.0 GALS. 300 1.00 4.81 #2 AGG - 1.5 IN 0% 0 2.64 0.00 #3 AGG - 1 IN 47% 1438 2.63 8.76 #4 AGG - 3/8 IN 9% 275 2.61 1.69 W. C. SAND 44% 1346 2.61 8.27 AIR CONTENT 1 % 0 0.27 UNIT WEIGHT: 147.8 Lbs. /Cu.Ft. 3989 Lbs. 27.00 Cu.t"t. ADMIXTURE #1 31 -5 Ft. Oz_ of WRDA 79 per cubic yard CEMEX USA Technical Services Lab (909) 350 -1846 x226 Fax (909) 350 -8425 Comex USA 430 N Vineyard Aye. Sulle 500, Onlarfo, C•4 91764 -4483, F.0 Box 4120. Ontario. Calit(imia 91761 -1067 Tel 909) `04 -5500 FAX 19091 974 -55 %4 Dispatch 1- 800 - 601 -POCH (762.5) 04 -06 -01 11:11 TO:OLSON PRECAST FROM:3508425 P01 F�3/14i'' 1101 12:35 :508425 CEMEXU5/; pA.1aE 04 %�cmmx usn MIX DESIGN: AGGREGATE: SUMMARY OF FIELD TEST REPORTS CU 00 -198 REDLANDS DATE MADE TESTING LAB SLUMP, INCHES PSI 7 DAYS PSI 28 DAYS PSI 28 DAYS PSI - 28 DAY AVERAGE 11/15/00 CHJ 3 3160 4710 4810 4760 11/21/00 CHJ 3.5 3290 5150 5000 5080 11/29/00 CHJ 3.75 4280 5610 5680 5650 12/6100 CHJ 3 4330 5740 5750 5750 12/12/00 CHJ 4 3670 5200 5310 5260 12/20/00 CHJ 4 3620 5300 5320 5310 12/26/00 CHJ 4 3550 5310 5110 5210 113101 CHJ 3.5 4340 5480 5470 5480 1/9101 CHJ 4.5 3710 4560 4810 4690 1115101 CHJ 4 3630 5570 5310 5440 NUMBER OF TESTS: 10 7 DAY AVERAGE: 3760 28 DAY AVERAGE: 5260 Comex USA 430 N. Vineyard Ave.. Suile 500, Ontario, CA 917644463, P.Q. Box 4120, Ontario, Calitomia 91761 -1067 Tel. (909) 974 -5500 FAX (909) 974 -5524 Dispatch. 1- 800 - 801 -ROCK (7625) 03 -14 -01 12:33 TO:OLSON PRECAST FROM:3508425 PO4 Muni. nuuuIc ova'JUV -vuuJ iv. vuun n—ax Laic. u�u cuuc , II I1.. , V.-- - ray. , — Y ROBERTSON'S ROCK * SAND * BASE MATERIALS READY MIX CONCRETE AGGREGATE GRADATIONS 01A11 Dist„ A/^ d Nn R Nn 19 Nn.30 No 50 No 100 V 200 0211912002 itDate: Mix I D #OPC -1 p- -o ;ect Contractor.- OLSON PRECAST COMPANY Batched at Fontana Plant Description: 4500 psi Pump/Place Mix - Precast Yard W/C ratio: 0.46 ®e Strength (rc): 4500 psi � ®eaeoe Slump: 4 "Max Sack Content 6.86 sk. Al, ax. Size ofAgg.: I of GaUsk.: 5.25 Pump Type: Boom Pump or 4" Line Un. Wt: 148.2 11 11 MIX DESIGN PROPORTION ®■a�.o.��..o.o Contents Batch Wt. %used Sp. Gr. Volume I Cement 645 100 3.15 3.28 Fly Ash -Class F 11 0 2.33 0.00 S 3„d 1336 44 2.62 8.17 1 -1/2 "x 314" 0 0 2.67 0.00 "' x #4 1444 47 2.65 8.73 318" x #8 276 9 2.65 1.67 j� Water 36.0 gal. 299.9 4,81 E,-rtrapped Air 1.25 % 0.34 j i Wt = 4001 Vol. = 27.00 ADMIXTURES: i WRDA 64 3.0 oz. /cwt 19.4 oz. AGGREGATE GRADATIONS 01A11 Dist„ A/^ d Nn R Nn 19 Nn.30 No 50 No 100 V 200 Sard Source: Robertson's Rialto j Rock Source: Robertson's Rialto Aggregates meet AS TM C -33 C �rrent : Portland Cement Type 11 1V A 'mrxtura.c W R Grace (909) 685 -2200 ext 360 P.O Box 33140, Riverside, Ca., 92519 Fax (909) 360 -8883 ®e 11 � ®eaeoe I, eee 11 11 mm ®■a�.o.��..o.o �"m .�.� 11 11 11 11 •. m ©00000 Sard Source: Robertson's Rialto j Rock Source: Robertson's Rialto Aggregates meet AS TM C -33 C �rrent : Portland Cement Type 11 1V A 'mrxtura.c W R Grace (909) 685 -2200 ext 360 P.O Box 33140, Riverside, Ca., 92519 Fax (909) 360 -8883 From' Rich Nagler 9093608883 To: Bruce Johnson Date: 12/2612001 Time: 1104:00 AM Page 4 of 13 TD TD 1X0 D \ SON' ROCK MATERIALS SAND READY Date. 1012212001 Mix 1. D.: #OPC -1 Project: VARIOUS PROJECTS Contractor. OLSON PRECAST COMPANY Batched at Fontana Plant Description: 4500 psi Pump/Place Mix - Precast Yard Strength (fc): 4500 psi WIC ratio: 0.46 . Sack Content: 6.86 sk. Slump: 4 Max. Size of A 99.: 1 Gal/sk.: 5.25 Pump Type: Boom Pump or 4" Line Un. Wt.: 148.2 Field Test Results TRIAL BATCH RESULTS Compressive Strength Results Slump: 3 " ASTM C143 7 Day Load 144310 psi 5105 Concrete Temp: 73 Degrees ASTM C1064 28 Day 192490 6809 Air Temp 80 Degrees 2a Day 178350 6309 Time : 11:30 am 28 Day 184370 6522 Date Cast: 11/15/01 26 Day 189900 6717 Date Rcvd in Lab: 11/16/01 28 Day 188340 6662 Cast By.- Rich Nagler 28 Day Avg. 6604 -% C', ionoi ?gn PPA'7 (903) 6a5 -2200 exf .360 P U bo,t _j_51 vv . 1 05 -30 -2002 12:09PM FROM -SOUTH BAY FOUNDRY +9098886266 T -717 P- 002/002 F -803 !jL7Lltj1 13 IJ r'17LU1dr&J 1623 Cleveland Ave • National C +ty, CA 91950 • Telephone: (619) 474 -8481 12 Norm Cluft • Lodi, CA 95240 • Telephone: (209) 367 -1940 : tj/ � $Fz 6, o�Qgoa ��7\ 0 o o °° c o aca o ocaao Q o0 C o o O C p n a d G 4 Qp C p0 p d O n 8 Q a a ti a n a a o a 4 a p Oaaaa o D O O /, 26'F1' 243/x" 24" Vii. �... C -V, All materials used in manufacturing shall conform to ASTM 48, Class 35B. Frame and cover bearing surfaces shall be machined to assure close. quiet fit. Castings shall be dipped in black bituminous paint. Frame and cover exceeds H -20 wheel loading_ t.) / G*r-r- eT N"HOLI FR"I & COVER AZ 513F 1310 SET WEIGHT Frame 175 tbs Cover 155 Lbs Total 330 lbs N&Y.-30'02(T][) 16 :00 �q \� a� E\ 0 � [SF FABRICATION � & » oEZ s /moo m q93 ? u� w �C4 /E x in v G� wS T[L :305 557 9878 P. 002 go -�Q � � ® \�/ >r,6� q ZA$43 #1 (n \ a t § v � C, R�� 7 � �.■ 3ƒ�, uw » b fwoI ƒ ui I u Ln a 2 < V, � . T[L :305 557 9878 P. 002 � �q k< oI 3;o M 'n �-- C4 -� L- go -�Q � � ® \�/ 2° ® q ZA$43 #1 (n \ a t § v � C, R�� 7 � �.■ 3ƒ�, uw � �q k< oI 3;o M 'n �-- C4 -� L- LLJ 2° ® q (n \ a t § �ooS � - =k R�� \� qV) < �En c ƒ :56 �k u 2 < V, < L) L) 2,c °�ƒ /$c ƒ� 'n � �q k< oI 3;o M 'n �-- C4 -� L- P -14850 P -14938 SPECIFICATIONS All Lane Poly Steps meet the requirements of ASTM C -478 and AAS1 {TO M -199. The polyprop) lane eonfonns to ASTM D -4101. The %a' Grad- 6 deformed reinforcing bar meets ASTM A -615. Step 9 P -14850 % rs — •4�a�rs,� - 6� 152 a^* Step 0 P -14938 RUNG '/:" Grade 60 Reba► C0/4P0RAT/0N P.O. Box 925. 18067 S.W. tower Owes I-erry Rd. • "t ualarin, VR 97uok • 50- 684.0077 . 800 - 666.0076 Fax 503 -684 -0077 • Internel: www.iancintemiitional.com tp /EORPO1RATi�DiV•4L P.O. Box 925 18067 S.W. Lower Boones Ferry Road FAX: (503) 684 -0078 • Tualatin, Oregon 97062 Phone (503) 684 -0077 CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE All of the LANE P L.ySTIC 'iviA"�IIOLE STEPS ►node of polypropylene conform to ASTM D4101 -82. (The previous standard of ASTM 2146 -82 was replaced by D4101 -82.) The 1/2" reinforcing rod conforms to ASTM. A -615 Grade 60 requirements. They meet and /or exceed ASTM. C478 -88 paragraph 13.4, AASHTO M -199, C497, SSPWC Standard Plan 636 and California Code of Regulations Title 8, General Industrial Safety Orders. The LANE PLASTIC MANHOLE STEPS meet and/or exceed the 1,500 tbs. pullout force and the vertical deflection of 800 lbs. when properly installed. The steps are capable of withstanding an impact load of 70 -ft -1b at 20 degrees F without cracking or fracturing. The minimum cross sectional area of the exposed portion of the step, including the deformed steep bar and excluding the non -slip tread surface,-- shall be 1.0 sq.in. The entire polypropylene plastic material surrounding the reinforcing steel bar is cast monolithically, minimum cover of 3/16 ". Lane International Corp. e ly ertson, ice President r. E IA ALL WEATHER PREFORMED JOINT SEALANT MADE OF BUTYL RUBBER MATERIAL IN FLEXIBLE ROPE FORM EZ -STIK comes with a white plastic, protective release paper, that removes easily. TYPICAL APPLICATIONS *Excellent Low Pressure, Water Resistant Joint Seal *Manhole Joints and Vertical Risers *Sanitary and Storm Sewer Manholes *Sealing of Irrigation and Drainage Systems Joints *Septic Tanks •Wet Wells *Box Culverts *Underground (Utility) Vault Seal *Burial Vaults *Round and Special Shaped Pipe *Architectural Foundation Joints *Used with O -Rings for Extra Security in Pressure Pipe Joints PRESS -SEAL GASKET CORPORATION 6935 LINCOLN PARKWAY P.O. BOX 10482 FORT WAYNE, INDIANA 46804 FORT WAYNE, INDIANA 46852 (800) 348 -7325 OR (219) 436 -0521 http: / /www.press- seal.com FAX: (219) 436 -1908 EMAIL: presseal @press - seal.com I'M, =7 r% nr S ,® m r— n i rr r 1 -I- n . UL..IVLI 1 1 `7. • EZ -STIK meets or exceeds all requirements of ASTM C -990 and AASHTO M -198. * Made of high quality butyl rubber, 98% solids that will not harden, shrink or oxidize. • Good adhesion to dry concrete, all commonly specified concrete coatings, steel, glass, wood or painted surfaces. • Extruded in square and rectangular shapes for optimal adhesion during application. • Provided in rolls on silicone coated release paper for easy installation in adverse weather conditions • Service life is indefinite with excellent resistance to acid and alkaline conditions. • Cohesive properties allow for joint deflection or settlement without stringing or separating. • Environmentally stable in service and safe for use in potable water systems. • Completely compatible for use in conjunction with rubber O -Ring designs. • Extremely low moisture vapor transmission rate (MVTR). • Special primers available for use on damp, contaminated, or difficult surfaces. AVAILABLE IN A FULL RANGE OF SIZES FOR EVERY JOB REQUIREMENT .45 x .45 Also Available in Trowelable Bulk and Copyright 1994 by Custom Sizes Available Upon Request Easy To Pump Bulk. Press -Seal Gasket Corp. All sizes sold 40 cartons per pallet. All pallets are shrink wrapped for outside storage. Our Customer Service Department negotiates to obtain the Lowest Possible freight costs and passes the savings on to you, the customer. Contact our Customer Service Department, or your Regional Representative, for information on our Quantity Discounts. June 17, 2002 Mr. Dale E. Winterquist Falcon General Engineering Inc. 572 Collyn Street Vista, California 92083 Subject: Moonlight Beach Urban Runoff Treatment Facility Request for Deviation 005 — Integrate Backwash Controller Function to the Main PLC Dear Mr. Winterquist, We have reviewed your letter (Document No. 0203 -A -014, dated June 10, 2002) in which the subject scope changes are described. We have no objections to the proposed deviation to delete the backwash controller for the multi -media unit and integrate the Multi -Media control functions into the main PLC. This change in control strategy is being approved with the understanding that the same amount of instrumentation and control capabilities will be maintained. Please provide an itemized breakdown of the cost savings associated with this deviation for my review. Please contact me if you have any questions. Sincerely, Sean F. Manning Project Manager Cc: Kipp Hefner Rick Brady 4.90.9 �ir�iiia� �tit�oro �� ,8,80 • ��aia �Jie�ro, �� .9,i'7,�;� /asp/ �9sa�oo • � /asa/ �9�asas 'W 1.07010' I "�Jtg I swg'm. i i June 17, 2002 Mr. Dale E. Winterquist Falcon General Engineering Inc. 572 Collyn Street Vista, California 92083 Subject: Moonlight Beach Urban Runoff Treatment Facility Request for Deviation 006 — Backwash Valves and Butterfly Flow Control Valve Dear Mr. Winterquist, We have reviewed your letter (Document No. 0203 -A -015, dated June 14, 2002) in which the subject scope changes are described. Our responses to the requested deviations are as follows: • 2 -inch electronic valves may be substituted for 4 -inch valves shown for the control of backwash influent and effluent flows to the multi -media filters. • A 3 -inch electronic valve may be substituted for the 4 -inch effluent control downstream of the subject treatment facility. Please provide an itemized breakdown of the cost savings associated with this deviation for my review. Please contact me if you have any questions. Sincerely, Sean F. Manning Project Manager Cc: Kipp Hefner Rick Brady 4.90.9 �uep� ��ar��orz •�� ,�� ,e3�0 • �i� JJi�a �a��2iu�c �,�7,�:� �T /�sa/ 496�rrsao • °2� /�sa/ 496errs June 17, 2002 Mr. Kipp Hefner Project Manager City of Encinitas 505 South Vulcan Ave. Encinitas, California 92024 -3633 Re: Moonlight Beach Urban Runoff Treatment Facility Change Order 002 — Deletion of Pre -Cast Valve Vault and 4 -inch Gate Valves Dear Mr. Hefner: Richard Brady & Associates issued Request for Quote (RFQ) 002 for the subject work on June 2, 2002 (Attachment 1). We have reviewed the subsequent quote from Falcon General Engineering Inc. for the changes described in RFQ002. In summary, the changes described will result in a credit of $4,483.41 to the City (Attachment 2) and simplify construction and maintenance of the facility. Therefore, we recommend that the City issue a Change Order to the Contract between the City of Encinitas and Falcon General Engineering Inc. for the deletion of the Pre -Cast Valve Vault and 4 -inch Gate Valves. Should you have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact me. Very truly yours, '�2 9, Sean F. Manning, P.E. Richard Brady & Associates c: Katherine Weldon Meleah Ashford 7,/ 41'-) 4.96 0500 • �65�� 490O.S0.5 A,Acqm51%ir l June 6, 2002 Mr. Dale E. Winterquist Falcon General Engineering Inc. 572 Collyn Street Vista, California 92083 Subject: Moonlight Beach Urban Runoff Treatment Facility Request for Quote 002 — Deletion of the Pre -Cast Valve Vault and 4- inch Gate Valves Dear Mr. Winterquist, Please provide an itemized quote for deleting the Pre -Cast Valve Vault and 4 -inch gate valves shown on Sheet C -3, DgWl A The 4 -inch PVC Flanged Swing Check Valves will still be required and are to be installed in the vertical position inside the wetwell. See the attached figure for a description of changes. This change is a reduction in the scope of work and will result in a credit to the City of Encinitas. Please contact me if you have any questions. Sincerely, Sean F. Manning Project Manager Cc: Kipp Hefner Rick Brady ��o� ��'�� S°� ,�,�o • Sow ��, �� ,��,�� 5�� 6 0500 • � �56� 9�6 0505 0 CL: U) to O O C') Q co J f� w D_ m w O ° LJ J > T QO > c) ° nv C) LL U 00Lu > z > Q v (n > n= LO J LJ Q >J i O N 0— LL.r F U s —IT `— r CV u qT o O O n � cc U U c w fr O -6 p LLJ L1J 0 a tU l - Q p cV 11Jw w U O � O Jz J Q L>L >U W Jw � QW Lj > _j aO X $ W0- } U � d J � O N N w _J _J W Q Q �m0 �p w0z W �jw pL / 00 co C70 J MEN G a G a ' c 0 QG a d ao u Q Z U w � og 1 s $ 4D r CIO p z i LL � LU O� CcF- ao UO H- zQ� O irw U z (�z 0,0 Y 1 cV 11Jw z�W Suizo UJD� UJco CO <LL G a G a ' c 0 QG a d ao u Q Z U w � og 1 $ 4D z O CIO p z LL � LU O� CcF- ao UO H- zQ� O irw U z (�z 0,0 Y cV 11Jw z�W Suizo UJD� UJco CO <LL Ir Q W n Q v g<zUO ¢ -¢ Y - Q) $ W0- } U =mhwm Ulm ZWU F-cn Qw fr cflD]� o r i1 0- F¢-�d� _j Qw<2 �H Ui�:c%j N Q m cc a O 1� Rasa O O M � O O CO O M 00 0 0 1 :;:. O (O O V m i � r N � N 000 (00 M �'' W N aD (00 00 - 00 So — — : -1 CO N O Q N M C F O jEfl I j '. L14 69 EA EA Efl !A EA EA Efl fH EA EA Efl fA Efl EA Efl fA fA fA fA 69 69 W. 64 ifA --. W O o O 0 pl! Imo, - QQ DW O t ,. cD V cli co N O J _�- 609 IViI U, H N cn w Z w w Zo Z F- o Nj i � o 0 0 ♦^ ''. O O O O M v Z J = N Q ~ 00 VM 0 co w 04 N �, CID v MI �I co Q O N Ci W ' _- _ �- N W > W 4� Z > w ♦� w' Z Q Z w W �F J = I U, J r Q ' L`L a n M o ^_ rfDi, rn c00o, o m' I •� W f Q C14 V - C) N v CD -- 0 N " CD _ N 1` �� I Zd> woo �W'w) V W? ~ �, CV v> co O cn En � M O cfl fA � N n <n O ch 61!3�',6r� 691 'to r o ' a (� Z y O r U. _ Z � L r�m U U J6a. Z vco MNN LL ° Z w Z QM W o Q N 'w'^^ O V ° U o m ZJ W Q,Z _ U N W j ° W ; to La2xo N'0 H m u- U H.'U w �g ° 2 =w) = Z W ° m ; A o o. a Zzzzz '0000' CO) O LL v L w m boy paaa'a j Y Y YlY U Z O o > m 7 yr o a a m o O ,� R m- m a o Q Co pl�,�li Q Q''Q Q Imo' J QI N U °o.aY 0 m 10 U mam U R U d,�a o to !� �p =unto o,.o 'o 0 o i0 'O I� W H r 1-1 M H 1-1 N Q m cc a June 21, 2002 Mr. Dale E. Winterquist President Falcon General Engineering, Inc. 572 Collyn Street Vista, CA 92083 Re: Moonlight Beach Urban Runoff Treatment Facility Submittal No. 022 -01 Ultraviolet Disinfection System Dear Mr. Winterquist: Richard Brady & Associates has reviewed the subject submittal. We have the following comments: RECOMMENDED ACTION MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED The submittal for the UV Disinfection System is incomplete. However, this unit is a critical path item and should be procured as soon as possible. In general, the UV Disinfection unit submitted appears to meet the intent of the specification. Because of the time sensitive nature of this submittal, we have contacted Aquionics to discuss the specific items that were not included in the submittal. These items are as follows: • Spare parts to include: o Two (2) - Lamp Sleeve "Bullet" assemblies o Two (2) — Electronic ballasts o Two (2) — Face Shields, able to block UV light wavelengths between 200 and 400 NM 0 20 Gallons — Cleaning solution (Section 2.5 A). • Submit test results to document that the proposed system provides total coliform, fecal coliform, and enterococcus inactivation as required by the project specifications (Section 1.4 Part A, No. 5). • NEMA 4X Enclosures for all electrical and control equipment. • NEMA 4X Treatment Chamber. 4Jr19.�1�i�� iie�a» . � >iil ,f�� ,`�,2% • . iae �� r�'az >ir� .rJ,r� /,z".i %� (/X)6,) 49K OHO/ • < r Kxxr) 4/6 OSO� Mr. Dale E. Winterquist June 04, 2002 Page 2 Aquionics stated that the spare parts and warranty would be provided "as specified." In addition, Kim Guengerich also stated that the test data documenting the systems ability for inactivating total and fecal coliform and enterococcus bacteria will be provided. We also discussed the process control elements of the UV System with Aquionics. The control system as specified is a flow and water quality paced system. The Aquionics system submitted is an on/off type system. We agree with the manufacturer that an on/off system is applicable for this project. However, there is no description of how the system is operated automatically with inputs from the main control panel or what initiates lamps coming on and off in series. Additional clarification is requested concerning the Control and Instrumentation capabilities of the UV System. As specified in Section 2.4 Part E the system is to be provided with "a local panel complete with a PLC or microprocessor based controls." The specifications require that the "...control system shall be provided by the UV manufacturer." If a local PLC is not required, please provide a description of how the UV system is operated in conjunction with the entire Stormwater Treatment Facility. Please provide an additional submittal, under a separate number, for the UV Disinfection System that includes additional information concerning the issues described above. Please contact me if you have any questions concerning this matter. Sincerely, Sean F. Manning, P.E. Construction Manager cc: 022 -01 Submittal Review File Kipp Hefner Rick Brady �ae�iir>rl.� >ar� C� ��lrerir�.: • ��G- 9._ /,�%ii�� Cue�rr>e- �oai/ ._�t� j0 /' • Niue- Jii�c ��i��i»t ✓rc .921,?i To: Richard Brady & Associates 4909 Murphy Canyon Road, Suite 220 San Diego, Ca 92123 Attn: Sean F. Manning P.E., A.E.E. Moonlight Beach Urban Runoff Treatment Facility City of Encinitas, Ca Project # CMS015 Date of Submittal: 6 -17 -02 From: Falcon General Engineering, Inc. 572 Collyn St. Vista, Ca. 92083 Falcon General Engineering, Inc Submittal No. 032 -01 Specification Section 11283 Ultraviolet Disinfection Drawing Reference Date Item Required by Schedule This is an X Original Submittal Resubmittal We have verified that this submittal contains all applicable material and information required for evaluation of its compliance with the project plans and specifications. Furthermore, we submit these items, which comply with the project plans and specifications (check one): x with no deviations except for the deviations described below No. of I Sheet or Copies Item No. Comments Submitted By: (Attach additional sheets, if necessary) Description (Name, Type, Model, Catalog Number, Manufacturer) Submittal 02�V Section 11283 Ultraviolet Disinfection System Signature Received By Signature CON GENERAL ENGINEERING, 1NC. N STREET VISTA, CA 92083 • TEL 760/630 -9570 • FAX 760/630 -3648 • STATE CONT. LIC. #540704 SUBMITTAL NO. 022-01 For SECTION 11283 ULTRAVIOLET DISINFECTION SYSTEM MOONLIGHT BEACH URBAN RUNOFF TREATMENT FACILITY CONTRACT # CMS01B CITY OF ENCINITAS, CA It is hereby certified that the Equipment /Material shown and marked in this submittal is that proposed to be incorporated into Contract # CMS015, is in compliance with the contract drawl gs & specifications, and can be installed in the alloc ted spaces, and is submitted for approval. Certified By Date —L' LIJ& Z_ +s 0 m i^ AQUIONICS UV DISINFECTION SYSTEM SUBMITTAL DATA 11283.01 For MOONLIGHT BEACH, CA URBAN RUN -OFF 'TREATMENT FACILITY June 6, 2002 Submitted by: Kim Guengerich a a P41 World Leader let Technology Date; April 30, 2002 TO: All Bidding Contractors Project: Moonlight Beach Urban Run- Off'Treatment Facility, CA The following is the Scope of Supply Aquionics will provide for the Moonlight Beach Urban Run -Off Treatment Facility, CA Ultraviolet Disinfection System. UV System Scope of Supply Moonlight Beach, CA Item Description Quantity Number_ 1 UV Reactor — GSA4 complete with lamps, quartz sleeves, and an automatic cleaning system 2 Power Module — Model ECAU6- 1.60VIK 2 Start-up O erator Training S ares ( lOm s, 2 Sleeves, 4 O -Rings, 2 Wi er -Ri.n s 2 days 2 da s Ass ecified 3 4 5 Warrantv Freight to site Asspecified Included 6 8 DESIGN CRITERIA: Peak Flow: 40 gpm average flow, 150 gpin peak flow UV Transmission (T10): 70% minimum UV Dose: 201111/cm2 at peak flow 40inRcm2 at average flow INLINE UV DISINFECTION SYSTEM Two (2) Aquionics GSA4 UV Disinfection. systems installed in series. Each unit consists of a 316 _ stainless steel chamber with integral 4" inlet and outlet flanges. Each unit contains four (4) low - pressure, high intensity (160VIK) UV lamps installed in high -purity quartz sleeves. _ Each unit contains a motor driven automatic cleaning mechanism for wiping the sleeves and a temperature sensor to shut doWit the unit in the event of overheating due to no flow conditions. Please note we do not include the valves, flow ineters or piping. AQUIONICS INC. - 21 Kenton t 1rid,, Read - Ldanyur, K &mucky 41OUB B(,) 925 0140 • I a.t 85:1.341 .1i3`�'� �ilu 1 ; ,nir:z_cc m • VA-AN' ;Vctuiof !Qj5 (H r1-: 2�'l01 1-1: ONICS World Leader let Technology Quehanna, PA November 30, 2001 Page 2 POWER/coNTROL EQUIPMENT We include one (1) Power and one (1) Control module for each unit (A total of four (4) modules. Each module is housed in NEMA 12 wall mounted cabinet. TERMS & CONDITIONS Aquionies standard terms and conditions shall. apply. Prices quoted are F.O.B. factory with full freight allowed to the nearest accessible point to the jobsite, not unloaded. Prices quoted do not include any sales, use, excise, or similar taxes. Payment terms are net 30 days. Prices quoted are firm for ninety (90) days from Bid date. Submittals can be made within 2 to 4 weeks after receipt of an approved order. Del.ivety can be made within 10 to 12 weeks after final approval. The price for the equipment described above is: Should questions arise with this proposal, please contact our Local Representative: TLC Environmental Attn: Dave Lounsbury 2733 Columbia Ave. Lancaster, PA 17603 Phone: (717) 299 -3596 Fax: (717) 299 -8953 Sincerely, I 1 Tina L. Masters, P.E. Aquionies Inc. AQUIONICS INC. -. 1 r:entr,n [_wds Road • Erlanger. Kentucky 41018 Oft -�ji r, ax, 859.341 03-J0 r- iri; Ssjl.�;�;r,(?Eit7L71Qf11i�S�rn �vn�.v agriiofltCS.GQrs] 14: SUBMITTAL: YIDNI CS World L-ender in Ultraviolet Technology v 11283.01 UV DISINFECTION SYSTEM: GSA4 X 2 PROJECT: City of Encinitas 505 South Vulcan Avenue Encinitas, CA 92024 -3633 Moonlight Beach, CA Urban Run -Off Treatment Facility - -- 2l KFNTON L 00 ROAD 46 Fkt ANGER KY 41018 + P: 853 - "341 OI10 ♦ T' 80o_W5.0440 4 F. 859 - 141.0350 4 Wti'lVJ.AQU(ON[� -SCOh 0 1410NICS O World Leeder in Ultraviolet Technology 0 TABLE OF CONTENTS • SCOPE OF SUPPLY • GSA4 SPECIFICATIONS • DRAWING GSA4; CHAMBER LAYOUT • DRAWING MOONLIGHT BEACH CA; SYSTEM LAYOUT • DRAWING CAB408S; POWERICONTROL MODULE LAYOUT • DRAWING FWINGS6 • GSA6 CAPACITY CURVE • HANDLING, STORAGE, & INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS • OPERATING PROCEDURE • AUTO -WIPE CLEANING MECHANISM SHEET • TESTING PROTOCAL AND SAMPLING PROCEDURE • LETTER OF PERFORMANCE • SPARES LIST • OPERATIONAL TEST DATA L 4: SPECS WONICS World Leader in Ultraviolet Technology TREATMENT CHAMBER Model GSA4 Drawing : GS CHAMBER #LG4AA Number per system I :316L stainless steel Material Dimensions - length. : 48.2 in (1225 nun) - diameter : 8 in (200 mm) - height : 173 in (440 min) Weight - dry :77 lbs (35 kg) - wet : 132 lbs (60 kg) Degree of protection : NEMA12 (1.P54) Pressure rating - test : 150 psi (10 bar) - operational ; 100 psi (7 bar) Operational water temperature :32-113 °F (0-45 °C) Storage temperature :32-158 'F (0 -70 °C) UV lamp type : 160VI Lamp life : 8000 hrs Number of lamps per chamber : 4 Inlet/Outlet connection. : 4 in ANSI Cleaning mechanism : auto -wipe CONTROLIPOWER MODULE Model : 160V1,6UAI EC Drawing CAB408S Number per system : I Material : Epoxy coated steel Dimensions - height : 30.7 in (780 nun) - width :26.1 in (663 nun) - depth . 8.3 in (210 min) Weight :35 lbs (16 kg) __ r KENTON LPOCS PCIAO ► H ANC:R, 0 41018 4 °: 859.3:1.0710 s T: EW,925.0440 ♦ F: 859341.0354) 4 W`N'N.ApU ION ICS.COM F':; ;F c� 14: Degree of protection Operational temperature Storage temperature Controls Displays Inputs Electrical supply - voltage - current frequency Power Consumption (max.) NEMA12 (IP54) 32 -95 °F (0 -35 °C) 32 -158 OF (0 -70 °C) ECtronic Power ON Lamp ON LTV alarm Water temp alarm Cabinet temp warning Cabinet temp alarm Hours run counter Wiper cycles counter Remote ON /OFF Immediate clean 220 V 6A 60 Hz 510W 21 KDPTON I.APUS ROAD A ERIANUP_ KI 41018 6 N_ 859.3GL0710 T. 800.925.0440 a F. 859.341-0350 ♦ WWW.AQUIOti'SCS.CON = -.. a R 0 R U-) IT rn (%• / I )Crr Cv W )U r� Z 0 N Q m CD o' N v �o � 0 o N N o � c . 3 v L. a � w w 4 t� CL 3 ti U Q Z � van o N � � GJ `d Q m w m N N N � a o N W z U O Z a� d w U F- O Z --� 4 � Z oQ Q LW U ~ W O U N W Q a4 � U � b U Q 3 ° N C-) r., W Y m Q cy- m N W N U C!) z Z Z O Z Q ZD W N p p O F, 1 di 0 N cV n Q M x � N N _ _ _- ___�r•rrJ�7�N�rr.. � cn cad Q M O x � N N _ _ _- ___�r•rrJ�7�N�rr.. � cn cad 0 LA-1 1-- Q a Co J p CD LJ d � V1 a N cP) Q W d �� a z Uw in 3 O °-o -.i U f/7—iWO � O ►— Q U) co OC��Wr zwcn- p .2 W O Q? Q N O I IA U 0 C crc Q 6 7 o Q m O a� am m f N P- � C CL m 3� o ; ro a° C o t t � r a; 0 t C p o � cE 0 v � O U C �E o� � a - c ° o _ m ro m rn M > o0 C a N N + D op d Q O U M m < U Cj c ,a - o z 3 o a CL •Z 0 t CL > N z x a IL 2 O W �- W W W S Z ~ O m � � U m � q 0 LA-1 1-- Q a Co J p CD LJ d � V1 a N cP) Q W d �� a z Uw in 3 O °-o -.i U f/7—iWO � O ►— Q U) co OC��Wr zwcn- p .2 W O Q? Q N O I IA U 0 C crc Q 6 7 o Q m O a� am m f N P- � C CL m 3� o ; ro a° C o t t � r a; 0 t C p o � cE 0 v � O U C �E o� � a - c 0 N P V P D N !I U) O 0 hg v �v U E d N D d' a U 0 o d 0 g Ln � Lo (wdB) mol,-A n p 9 0 � o r- F- 0 N E V Q R 4) in O D ro a ro V E as �r a c� 0 T —_.ter rn CD c o o c o o O O od CD CD 01 I` C:7 d' C7 N (uadri) mol_q I a u7 `� r o F- ti Ln t L of 2 U. C O a 75.2 WG t O w c O Ac E -0 p C 3. w h 10 O N 4 W C C� 3 'L Q 3 ro LN O i � O i i 2 m } rot O _ O 7 C C 8x[ O i0 U E6 -p L O O C c Qa rn rn rn m C) rn ml�Ul)aQ o v C� 00 3 _ � o o rL A o a z 1�8 0 c� Z a 9 � ti t L of 2 U. C O a 75.2 WG t O w c O Ac E -0 p C 3. w h 10 O N 4 W C C� 3 'L Q 3 ro LN O i � O i i 2 m } rot O _ O 7 C C 8x[ O i0 U E6 -p L O O C c Qa Llk�f 1 li�'I.11.11 L'�1'�4.1F -�- V TONICS z World Leader in Ultraviolet Technology .s STANDARD OPERATION. PROCEDURE Two (2) closed - channel, ultraviolet disinfection systems will be supplied for operation. The chambers shall be installed as indicated on layout drawing MOONLIGHT BEACH and in accordance with engineers specifications. The UV chambers will operate from provided power /control modules to the specifications as stated in section 11283 of project manual. 2. The power /control module is equipped with a main switch, manual wipe push button, and various alarms as indicated on the GSA4 specification sheet. When placed into operation the UV lamps take 5 minutes to warm up. The automatic lamp wiper mechanism will operate on. a timed cycle basis from an operator adjustable timer mounted in the UV chamber power /control module. 4. UV System shall provide basic level disinfection and produce an effluent as described in the Performance Requirements 11.283 2.3 when supplied with effluent as described section 11283 2.2 of the project specification manual.. NOT Frequently switching the UV lamp off and on shortens lamp life. F'_' GE _ d IONICS World Leader in Ultraviolet Technology HANDLING, STORAGE, INSTALLATION HANDLING: While receiving GSA4 UV disinfection equipment, the shipment should be completely checked to verify that no transit damage has occurred. Secondly, all equipment and accessories (if any) must be checked off against the packing list and the bill of lading, to assure proper contents. Should any damage or shortage exist, please notify the both the transporter and supplier in writing within 7 days after receipt. Retain the equipment and packing materials for inspection. Delivery inspection. Main items: Two (2) GSA4 UV Disinfection chambers Two (2) Power /Control Modules Spares STORAGE: For all UV Equipment being stored prior to installation it must be kept out of the elements in a clean dry location. The UV lamps must be stored in their original packing until required for use. Spares will be sent to sight at time of start -up. INSTALLATION: A complete installation consists of the following four steps: 1. MOUNTING DISINFECTION CHAMBER INTO THE PLUMBING SYSTEM The supplied chamber is constructed of 316 stainless steel and contains an automatic wiper for periodic cleaning of the quartz sleeves. The influent stream to be disinfected will be introduced into the UV chamber as shown on engineers drawings. The chamber should be mounted horizontally. It must be level, or mounted with the outlet slightly elevated to prevent air from collecting at the top of the chamber. It is necessary that the chamber be completely filled with fluid during operation, Operating the system with the chamber partially or completely empty may cause severe damage to the system. Any such damage is the responsibility of the owner /user and not of Agtrionics, Inc. Locate the chamber t__'4' - H' -'r _ where it will be easy to access for service. See layout LG4AA for clearances of free space required at the left and right end of the chamber for servicing the wiper mechanism, UV lamp and quartz sleeve. The quartz sleeves are factory mounted in the chamber. It is recommended to clean or sanitize the chamber before use. It is necessary that UV -C resistant material be used in piping systems directly ° connected to the UV chamber. (NOTE: PVC is not UV -C resistant) 2. MOUNTING CABINETS The supplied cabinets are constructed of epoxy coated carbon steel suitable for wall mounting. Locate the power /control modules in a clean, dry area away from any possibility of moisture damage. Enclosed electrical equipment shall be capable of operating correctly in an ambient air temperature between +5 °C and 40 °C and the average ambient air temperature over a period of 24 hours shall not exceed +35 °C. Up to 10 meters of cable may be used to connect the cabinets to the chamber. 3. ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS install the Power /Control Modules per the Engineers drawings using the following guidelines. a. Connect required power supply to each Power /Control Module b. Make required connections between each Power /Control Module and corresponding UV Chamber. Ensure that the UV Disinfection unit is properly grounded in accordance with electrical practice. C. To clarify, a minimum of three (3) conduits are required for UV wiring. One conduit to contain lamp wire leads, a second to contain wiper motor leads, and a third to contain wires for the Temperature sensor, and the Reed Switches. 4. INSTALLATION OF UV LAMPS This task may be left to the Aquionics service technician to complete during start- up visit. 14 _ �,r13�2= 1�t -�F, Automatic Cleaning Mechanism Operation The automatic cleaning mechanism guarantees constant quality of the UV disinfection process by periodically wiping clean the quartz sleeves. The frequency of the cleaning cycle can be programmed from every 10 minutes to twice per day and simply changed while the system is on line. Deposits present in the fluid may affect the UV disinfection process causing a reduction in the disinfection quality of the UV unit. It is important that the quartz sleeve and UV monitor remain clean to guarantee reliable operation and UV registration. The cleaning mechanism effectively removes deposits on the quartz sleeve and UV monitor without interrupting the disinfection process. No chemicals are used in this system and the quartz sleeve does not need to be removed. 11 WIPER FLP MAWS ET Description The automatic cleaning mechanism is built out of durable materials for the frequent cleaning of quartz sleeves. The automatic cleaning system consists of a series of viton wiper rings installed inside a single stainless steel boss that moves alone and ACME lead screw driven by a fractional horsepower motor. The operation of the wiper system is initiated by the UV system controller. Each boss shall hold one viton molded wiper ring, which fits over the quartz sleeve. Wiper rings are replaceable. Limit switches shall be provided at the ends of the chamber to signal the control system to stop the motor when it reaches the end of the chamber. The system is secured with thermal relays, switching off the power supply to the electric motor in case of obstniction of the wiper yoke. IL PINS QUARTZ SLEEVE JE NUTS DSCREW ir,: 14/ Fi4i2 14: _ CONICS World Leader in Ultraviolet Technology TESTING PROTOCAL AND SAMPLING PROCEDURE FOR MICROBIOLOGICAL ANALYSIS SUMMARY: Sampling procedures and techniques are critical to the evaluation of UV system performance. Aseptic methods must be used to eliminate the possibility of sampling error, introduction of contamination, improper sample handling, and improper sample storage. A representative sample must be provided to give valid information. The following are guidelines for proper sample collection and storage. SAMPLING PROCEDURE Sterile sample containers must be used at all times. Make certain that samples are properly labeled and sample forms are filled out properly. These should include the time and date of sample; location where sample was taken; person taking sample; and comments as to the conditions or problems encountered when sampling. 2. Aseptic sample values should be used. The build -up of debris and stagnant water in the sample valve can cause microbes to cling and grow in the sample port area. Valves should be removed, disassembled, and physically cleaned monthly. `O' rings should be replaced if worn or dirt and growth are observed. Ideally, sample valves should have continuous flow to prevent stagnant water and the opportunity for microorganisms to adhere to the valve. Sample ports should be opened and allowed to flow for 2 minutes. The valve should be closed and the exterior and interior swabbed with alcohol. The sample port should be flamed for l minute or until the sample port "glows ". The valve should be opened again and allowed to flow for 2 minutes prior to taking the sample. Caution must be observed to prevent foreign contamination from entering the sterile sample container, including operator hands. Samples should be collected in a 250ml plastic container, closed tightly, labeled (or checked for proper identification), and then immediately chilled to 40 degrees F (4 degrees C) until analysis. Holding time per method is only 6 hours. It is extremely important since UV has no residual and bacteria can increase as much as 10 fold in a several hour period in a wan- environment. 3. RECORDS In addition to information regarding the date and time of sample, sample location, and person taking the sample, the following should also be recorded. a. Flow rate b. Operating hours on the lan►p(s) c. Lamp power level d. UV meter reading e. Facility operating conditions f. Last time system was cleaned or sanitized g. 'Water characteristics (observations including turbidity, color, solids, etc.) h. Time of delivery to the laboratory (person who accepted sample) i, Time of analysis j. Sample Location IONICS �� _ World Leader ) in Ultraviolet Technology LETTER OF PERFORMANCE r,,-E 241 1. Equipment: Lamps are guaranteed for 8000 hours lamps failing between 1,001 and 8,000 hours will be replaced on a pro -rated basis End of lamp life shall be defined to be when UV output of the lamp has decreased by 30% of original output. Lamps will receive a full replacement if they fail to operate for 1,000 hours. All other material and workmanship is guaranteed for 1 year from start-up or 12 months from delivery to site. Manufacturer shall not be responsible for damage caused by others or if the system is operated outside the manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Performance Guarantee: Aquionics Inc., guaranties that the UV disinfection systems will be capable of disinfecting a total peak flow of 150 gpm to achieve the disinfection requirements as stated in section 2.3 of the project specifications when supplied with effluent as described in section 2.2 of the specifications. If the required disinfection is not achieved Aquionics will make corrections to the system as necessary at no cost to the owner to meet the disinfection criteria. The following are necessary to the operation of the chamber: a) The chamber must be completely filled with fluid during operation. Operating the system with the chamber partially or completely empty may cause sever damage to the system. Any such damage is the responsibility of the owner /user and not of Aquionics Inc. b) The chamber must be located in an area where external flooding of the system is not a possibility. Any such flooding damage is the responsibility of the owner /user and not of Aquionics Inc. 3. Start -Up Procedure: A manufacturer's representative shall inspect, test and adjust the equipment after installation to verify mechanical, structural and electrical integrity and conformance to the equipment specifications. A training session will be given to the OWNER's operation personnel to familiarize them with the Aquionics UV system operation, maintenance and adjustments. 4. Storage Instructions: For all UV Equipment being stored prior to installation it must be kept out of the elements in a clean dry location. The UV lamps must be stored in their original packing until required for use. j _IONICS ��W World Leader in Ultraviolet Technology SPARE PARTS MOONLIGHT BEACH URBAN RUN-OFF TREATMENT FACILITY QU— ANTITY DESCRIPTION 10 ARC T UBE CA M PS 2 SLEEV ES 4 0-RINGS SEALS T— -WI—PER —RINGS PART NUMBER 2-43-183*1 2--55-328 2-56-124 2-58-090 L) 0" 0 21 KENION LAU)S ROAD & ERLAN(IR. KY 410114 1 P. 141 Orio ► Ti WOV5.0440 ♦ F: 859,341-03-,0 ♦ 'OVNWA(Iffl()Nl(SIcum PIF / R90;/./ �� 1. /. /,�'i1 i June 6, 2002 Mr. Dale E. Winterquist President Falcon General Engineering, Inc. 572 Collyn Street Vista, CA 92083 Re: Moonlight Beach Urban Runoff Treatment Facility Submittal No. 001 -01 Traffic Control Plan Dear Mr. Winterquist: Richard Brady & Associates has reviewed the subject submittal. comments: We have the following RECOMMENDED ACTION REVISE - RESUBMIT The complete closure of 3Td Street, as shown on sheet 2 of 2, is not permitted. Two -way traffic is to be maintained at all times throughout the duration of construction. Please refer to Specification Section 01550 that describes the traffic control requirements for this project. Should you have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact me. Very truly yours, Richard Brady & Associates d c: 001 -01 Submittal Review File Kipp Hefner 4. �5�� iJ<6' 0500 • � �58% 9g6 050" To: Richard Brady & Associates 4909 Murphy Canyon Road, Suite 220 From: San Diego, Ca 92123 Attn: Sean F. Manning P.E., A.E.E. Moonlight Beach Urban Runoff Treatment Facility City of Encinitas, Ca Proiect # CMS015 Date of Submittal: 55_ Falcon General Engineering, Inc. 572 Collyn St. Vista, Ca. 92083 Falcon General Engineering, Inc Submittal No. 001 -01 Specification Section No Specification Drawing Reference Date Item Required by Schedule This is an X Original Submittal Resubmittal We have verified that this submittal contains all applicable material and information required for evaluation Of its compliance with the project plans and specifications. Furthermore, we submit these items, which comply with the project plans and specifications (check one): X with no deviations except for the deviations described below No. of I Sheet or Copies Item No. 0 Comments (Attach additional sheets, if necessary) Description (Name, Type, Model, Catalog Number, Manufacturer) Submittal 001 -01 Traffic Control Plan Submitted By: Received By Signature Signature O N G E N E -• - „J STREET VISTA, CA 92083 RAL ENGINEERING, INC. TEL 760/630 -9570 • FAX 760/630 -3648 • STATE CONT. LIC. #540704 SUBMITTAL NO. 001-01 For SECTION NO SPECIFICATION TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN MOONLIGHT BEACH URBAN RUNOFF TREATMENT FACILITY CONTRACT # CMS01B CITY OF ENCINITAS, CA It is hereby certified that the Equipment/Material shown and marked in this submittal is that proposed to be incorporated into Contract # CMS015, is incompliance with the contract drawings & s ecifications, and can be installed in the allocated Fes, and is submitted for approval. Certified By Date jj/ 3 1 QZ June 6, 2002 Mr. Dale E. Winterquist President Falcon General Engineering, Inc. 572 Collyn Street Vista, CA 92083 Re: Moonlight Beach Urban Runoff Treatment Facility Submittal No. 017 -01 Valves and Appurtenances Dear Mr. Winterquist: Richard Brady & Associates has reviewed the subject submittal. We have the following comments: RECOMMENDED ACTION NO EXCEPTION TAKEN Should you have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact me. Very truly yours, Richard Brady & Associates cc: 017 -01 Submittal Review File Kipp Hefner "61.9 J 4J11f) 4gea5ao ��5d% 4960505 Date of Submittal: 5 -31 -02 To: Richard Brady & Associates From: Falcon General Engineering, Inc. 4909 Murphy Canyon Road, Suite 220 572 Collyn St. San Diego, Ca 92123 Vista, Ca. 92083 Attn: Sean F. Manning P.E., A.E.E. Moonlight Beach Urban Runoff Treatment Facility City of Encinitas, Ca Project # CMS015 Falcon General Engineering, Inc Submittal No. 017 -01 Specification Section 15020 VALVES AND APPURTENANCES Drawing Reference Date Item Required by Schedule This is an X Original Submittal Resubmittal We have verified that this submittal contains all applicable material and information required for evaluation of its compliance with the project plans and specifications. Furthermore, we submit these items, which comply with the project plans and specifications (check one): x with no deviations except for the deviations described below (Attach additional sheets, if necessary) No. of Sheet or Copies Item No. Description (Name, Type, Model, Catalog Number, Manufacturer) 8 1 Submittal 017 -01 15020 VALVES AND APPURTENANCES Comments I Submitted By: � // Received By I Signature f/ Signature CON GENERAL ENGINEERING, INC. N STREET • VISTA, CA 92083 • TEL 760/630 -9570 • FAX 760/630 -3648 • STATE CONT. LIC. #540704 SUBMITTAL NO. 017-01 For SECTION 15020 VALVES AND APPURTENANCES MOONLIGHT BEACH URBAN RUNOFF TREATMENT FACILITY CONTRACT # CMSOIB CITY OF ENCINITAS, CA It is hereby certified that the EquiS(11�Iaterial shown and marked in f 4jpgu44&kaW tksoptpsed to +,k,rt be iti►ebrjSor�ted,infa 6 utractACMSQ ml#iai '' "''vifh the contract drawings sreciticcar be the in the allocate spaces, at4i % #jnv $ed for approval. 4(,W Certified By Date. INTRODUCTION TO SPEARS VALVES For over a quarter of a century, Spears Manufacturing Company has developed high quality thermoplastic piping system components to better meet industry needs. Spears thermoplastic valves have been developed through years of product improvement testing, combined with the latest in computer aided engineering and manufacturing technology. Today, Spears valves are recognized for their quality, reliability and long service life. Backed by the best in customer service and product availability, Spears valves are the first choice for use in a wide variety of applications, including Industrial & Chemical Processing, Turf & Irrigation, Pool & Spa, and numerous Original Equipment Manufacture products. Valve Function Basics Ball Valves Ball valves derive their name from the on/off function accomplished by means of a flow controlling ball located in the center of the valve body. A hole through the center of the ball (valve bore) connects the inlet and outlet sides of the valve for fluid stream transfer. The ball rotates 90° on an axis perpendicular to the fluid stream in order to block flow in the off position. The ball is held in place between two Teflon valve seats which serve as a "bubble tight" seal off, while providing lubrication during valve operation. Elastomer 0- rings are used in the stem and seal carrier to prevent fluid leakage. Pressure drop is virtually eliminated in the full -open position, since the valve bore is the same size as Schedule 80 system piping. Check Valves Check valves are automatic valves that open with forward flow and close with reverse flow. Depending on the type of check valve, a ball (Ball Check), swinging disc (Swing Check) or a "double disc" (Butterfly Check) closure device is positioned in the valve body between inlet and outlet so that the fluid stream is easily transmitted in the direction of floe. but is allowed to move against the check devise in the event of flow in the reverse direction. Reversed flo�N is stopped or held in "check" by fluid backflow pressure which seats the closure devise against the valve bode. Standard elastomer O- ring seals are used in all Spears Ball Check Valves and Swing Check Valves. Butterfly Check Valves use an elastomer membrane seal. Spears Check Valves have been carefully engineered to minimize pressure drop and can be installed in both horizontal or vertical positions. within the limitations of the specific type of closure device. Ball ('heck Valves are well suited for general applications of fluids free from debris and entrained solids. Butterfly Check Valves have minimum space requirements and, along with Swing ('heck Valves, are better for use with fluids containing solid or debris. Swing Check Valves additionally allow higher volume of fluid transmission and can be fitted ��ith an optional counter balance device to further control clo, , specd. i Gate Valves Gate valves perform an on/off function accomplished by means of a flow controlling gate centered in the valve body between the inlet and outlet sides of the valve. The gate moves along a vertical stem axis, perpendicular to the fluid stream, thereby blocking the flow in the closed position and variably increasing the flow as the gate is moved to the full open position. Spears gate valves use a special wedge- shaped gate and sealing surface design for positive shut off when engaged with the valve body in the closed position. The non - rising type stem provides vertical movement of the gate without extension of the stem above the valve body. Butterfly Valves Butterfly valves are rotary valves in which a disc is rotated 90° to open or close the flow passage. In the full closed position, the disc seals against an elastomer seat. Flow control can be accomplished by varying the degree in which the disc is opened. Spears Butterfly Valves utilize a special offset disc and low contact seat design to minimize operation torque and improve sealing capabilities. Diaphragm Valves Diaphragm Valves utilize a moveable elastomeric membrane, or "diaphragm ", to constrict the floe passage through the valve, thereby controlling or throttling fluid flow. The diaphragm additionally isolates system fluids from internal moving parts of the valve. In the Weir -Type design, a raised area in the center of the waterway serves as a seal - off point for the elastomeric diaphragm. When installed in a horizontal position, this additionally facilitates drainage of fluid from the valve. From the full -open position, operation of the valve is accomplished by rotating the handle to vertically move a compressor unit on a threaded shaft. This compresses the attached elastomeric diaphragm to constrict the waterway and finally seal -ofi flo". Spears diaphragm valves provide an indicator in the center of the handle for ,60° visihility of valve position, and a special stop on the compressor to prevent damage from over- tichtcnina. F. r INTRODUCTION TO SPEARS VALVES SPEARS ISO 9001 Certified Design & Manufacturing Quality Program Spears Quality Management System is certified to the strict requirements of ISO 9001 for optimum control of product design, development, and production. Quality improvement and customer satisfaction are central to each stage of producing Spears valves ti-om conception through final delivery. Development & Testing The foundation of Spears products is development, testing, and more testing. Spears valve development combines proven experience with structural testing at the design level. Materials and design are correlated in computer engineering stress analysis to yield the optimum structure and function of each valve component. Resulting products are then subjected to numerous tests for performance validation of dimensional stability, sealing capability, hydrostatic burst pressure, operational torque, flow capacity, vacuum application suitability and cyclic pressure analysis. Once approved, production valves and components are routinely subjected to dimensional, functional and burst pressure verification tests. 100% Sealing Capability Verification All Spears ball valves are air- tested for 100% verification of positive sealing during the manufacturing process. Hydrostatic Burst Pressure Verification Representative valve samples are routinely subjected to an internal hydrostatic pressure of 3.2 times their designated pressure rating in a 60 -70 second test per ASTM D 1599 during each production run. Vacuum Service Validation of Spears valves rated for vacuum service is determined from I -hour tests at 26 in. Hg vacuum with less than I in. Hg loss. A vacuum lubricant should be applied to elastomer- seated valve seats, such as Spears Butterfly Valve or True Union Ball Check Valve, to prevent the seat from drying out in vacuum service applications. Spears Valve Innovations Not all plastic valves are the same. Spears valves incorporate several unique features not found in competitive products. The following are a few examples of Spears innovative improvements to conventional valve designs. Spears Safe -T- Shears Stem This important SAFETY FEATURE was developed to help prevent line fluids from leaking out in the event of ball valve stem damage. Engineered for high strength, the stem incorporates a special shear point to control accidental breakage. Over - torquing breaks occur above the stem O -ring leaving the seal intact until repair or replacement can be made. Spears Heavy Buttress Thread Components When it comes to handling the hydraulic force of high internal pressures, the brute strength of the buttress thread is clearly the best. Its broad bearing surface with an angular backing provide greater thrust support than conventional square -cut, ACME - type threads commonly used in similar ball valve components. All Spears Ball Valve union nuts and seal carriers are designed with buttress threads for greater strength and pressure handling capabilities — one ofthe strongest in the plastic valve industry! Low Torque, Low Wear Butterfly Valve Seats Spears Butterfly Valves provide the lowest operating torque available. Sealing contact between disc and seat takes place only at the close of the valve, allowing free travel through the full range of opening. This unique design eliminates seat creep, extrusion and wear typical with conventional liner -type seats. Exclusive design interlocks seat and hody to prevent vAashout 01 blowout. Flow Balanced Ball Check Valves Improper ball check valve design can significantly restrict flow, create ball- chatter and even result in reverse ball travel and open flow shutoffl From extensive design testing Spears has engineered the internal flow characteristics of the True Union Ball Check Valve to optimize fluid transmission and virtually eliminate ball- chatter. Stainless Steel Reinforced (SR) Female Plastic Threads This patented Stainless Steel Reinforced (SR) design is one of the most significant improvements in female plastic thread reliability. Not just an added reinforcing ring, this unique pre- compression design compensates for expansion forces generated from normal tapered pipe thread joint make -up. Radial stress is neutralized in normal installations and contained in severe over tightening situations. Spears SR Threads are available on a variety of Spears industrial valves using SS316 reinforcement for optimum chemical and corrosion resistance. Spears SR Female Spigot Adapters are also available for quick conversion of any slip- socket style valve end connector (see Spears Schedule 80 catalog and price sheets). PPA SP\ EARS MATERIALS Spears Thermoplastic Piping System Materials Benefits of Spears Thermoplastic System Materials Unlike metal, plastics never rust, scale, or pit — they virtually last forever. Thermoplastics are abrasion resistant, chemical and corrosion resistant, nonconductive, lightweight, and operate at lower friction -loss levels than metals. Moreover, plastics are nontoxic and environmentally safe. Adding these benefits with ease of installation at substantially lower costs, thermoplastic piping system components are the proven choice for years of maintenance free system operations. Joining Methods for Spears Thermoplastic Systems Spears thermoplastic piping system products are designed around primary components manufactured from PVC, CPVC or PP materials and their glass filled varieties. PVC and CPVC materials can be easily joined by solvent cement welding plus threaded, flanged or mechanical coupled connections. Spears PP products are joined by using flanged or threaded connections featuring Spears patented Stainless Steel Reinforced (SR) female plastic threads. Material Considerations in Application and System Design PVC, CPVC and PP thermoplastic piping system components will give years of trouble free service with proper attention to application and system design. To avoid problems, the following key points must be considered when selecting materials for an application and in designing a s stem for their use. Fluid incompatibility of certain chemicals, especially petroleum distillates and derivatives, can cause environmental stress cracking in different thermoplastic compounds. Chemical compatibility of all valve or system components, including solvent cements, must be verified before installation. Verification of fluid compatibility is at the discretion of the user. 2. Temperature- pressure relationships must be considered. Product pressure ratings are based on use of water mediums at 73 °F. In general, product pressure ratings must be de -rated as temperature increases (see Temperature Pressure Table for individual valves). I Expansion and contraction is greater in thermoplastic systems than in metal systems. As a result, system design must be flexible to allow for movement Use of Spears Thermoplastic Fxpansion Joints is recommended. 4. L,xtreme heal or cold where internal fluids mas freeze or ssherc Icmperatures mas exceed thermoplastic design limit must he as0id CI. including consideration of storage locations. 3 5. Direct sun exposure results in high thermal heat absorption, especially in darker color thermoplastic materials. A white water -based exterior latex paint can be applied to reduce heat buildup. 6. Lower impact resistance of thermoplastic s\ stem components than that of metal systems requires avoidance of sharp, pointed objects in both above and below ground installations, including mounting devices and backfilling operations. 7. Proper installation is essential. Special attention must be given to technique and instructions for making solvent cemented connections, threaded connections, flanged connections, and for installation of valves and other individual system components. System design must also take into account support, thrust blocking, transition to different materials and other installation related factors. 8. Threaded joints require several considerations. First, pressure capacities of threaded system components should be de -rated to 50% of the rating for corresponding type and size of thermoplastic pipe. NOTE: Valves have individual pressure ratings and do not require de- rating for threaded connections. Second, as with internal fluids, certain paste sealants may cause environmental stress cracking in thermoplastic materials, and compatibility should be verified before use. Finally, the leading cause of thread joint failures is from over tightening female thermoplastic threads. Use of Spears Stainless Steel Reinforced (SR) Threads is recommended. 9. Hydraulic Shock (water hammer; surge pressure) in thermoplastic piping sstems can burst pipe, fittings, and salves. Anticipated surge pressures should be calculated and included in maximum internal pressure ratings of system components (specified "Non- Shock" pressure rating for salves). Safeguards should be incorporated in system design to vent pressures and eliminate entrapped air. Fluid velocities Should not exceed a maximum of 5 feet per second in thennoplastic s\ stems. 10. Non - liquid transport — WARNING: .Spears MamtJacturing Crmpcmn DOES NOT RECOMMEND the use o/ thermoplastic piping products for systems to transport or store compressed air or gases, or the testing 01 'thernnoplastic piping cr.c 0uS r, ith compressed air or gases in above or below iv-ound locations. The tese of Spears prodtrc'ts in euntpressed air W goes srstc'ms atrtomalicalh voids .Spears a arrcmn fill such prodIICS. curd their nse against our reconrmcndation is entirelt the respunsihilirr and liahilitr of the installer Spears 1/anulocurring Contpanr it,/// not accept respoasihilih /or damur,Lc ur intpuirmc'nl /rom its products. or other rortscytrewnol or incrdc well dantogcs catt.scd ht misopplictNiott. Im orrc'( I cr.ssc'mthh_ and m ('A]Msnrr to horruJrtl stthNt<urrc.s of conditiorzs. MIn in MATERIALS Individual Materials Overview Thermoplastics PVC — Poly Vinyl Chloride PVC is one of the most specitied thermoplastics for piping system components, including, val',rs, littings, llanOes, and many specialty products. PVC has excellent chemical and corrosion resistance to a broad ranee of fluids including water, deionized water, most mineral acids, bases, salts and paraffinic hydrocarbon solutions. PVC is not recommended for use with chlorinated or aromatic hydrocarbons, esters, or polar solvents such as ketones. Spears PVC materials conform to ASTM Cell Classification 12454 (formerly, designated as hype I, Grade 1). The maximum recommended service temperature of PVC products is 140'F (60' C). Glass Reinforced PVC — Fiberloc' Fiberloc' is a registered trademark of the Geon Co. Fiberloc" is a glass fiber reinforced PVC composite material. While maintaining the traditional properties of PVC, Fiberloc" increases its strength, stiffness, and dimensional stability fi-om glass fiber reinforcement. The maximum recommended service temperature of Fiberloc products is 140' F (60' C). CPVC — Chlorinated Poly Vinyl Chloride Chlorinated PVC is used for higher temperature applications than PVC, especially for handling hot corrosive liquids. With similar chemical and corrosion resistance to PVC, increased chlorine content gives CPVC superior thermal resistance. CPVC is not recommended for use with chlorinated or aromatic hydrocarbons, esters, or polar solvents such as ketones. Spears CPVC materials conform to ASTM Cell Classification 23447 (formerly designated as Type IV, Grade I ). The maximum recommended service temperature of CPVC products is 200' F (93' C). Glass Reinforced CPVC This special composite compound has the basic properties of CPVC with additional strength, stiffness, and dimensional stability from glass fiber reinforcement. The maximum recommended service temperature of glass reinforced CPVC products is 200'F (93 0C). PP — Polypropylene Polypropylene is used in a variety of Spears valves where broader chemical resistance and lower temperature impact resistance is required as compared to PVC or CPVC. The excellent impact resistance characteristics of polypropylene make this polymer the choice for Spears valve handles. Spears PP products carry a maximum recommended service temperature of 180' F (82 °C). Glass Reinforced PP Glass reinforced polypropylene is used in numerous valves and valve accessories where additional strength or stiffness is required over standard PP materials while maintaining hasically the same range of chemical resistance. SP\ EARS PTFE / PFA (Teflon ") — Polytetrafluoroethylene / Perfluoroalkoxy Resin Teflon is a re«istered trademark or the DuPont Compan%. PTFE is a ram extrusion processed %vhile PI:A is it melt processed Nuoroplastic. these Iluoroplastics are virtually inert to most chemicals, acids bases and solvents. Due to their lo�� coefficient of friction, these materials are considered "self - lubricating" makin g, them an excellent choice for valve seats, bearings and thrust washers. Spears proprietary processing of Teflon with other materials allows low friction characteristics to be built into a variety of thermoplastic components used in Spears valves. Fluoroplastics are serviceable to 5003 F (260' C). Teflon'HDPE Spears proprietary composition of Teflon k, and High Density Polyethylene is used in a variety of valve seats, bearing washers, and other valve components requiring durability and improved lubricity. The chemical resistance of HDPE is somewhat higher than that of LDPF, and generally exceeds that of PVC and CPVC. HDPE has excellent resistance to acids, alcohols and bases. In comparison to PVC and CPVC, HDPE. is somewhat less resistant to aliphatic hydrocarbons and has more limited resistance to oxidizing agents. HDPE is serviceable to 230' F (1 10'C). LXT"' (Low Extractable) PVC LXT "' is a special PVC material developed for use in UPW (Ultra Pure Water) and other high purity applications. Independently tested, LXT "' PVC provides superior resistance to regular PVC for leaching of anion, cation, and numerous trace metals when subjected to 18.2 megaohm deionized water while maintaining ease of installation. LXT "' has the same basic chemical resistance as regular PVC. Elastomers EPR (EPDM) — Ethylene propylene rubber Used in O -ring seals, EPR is recommended for water, chlorinated water, dilute acids and alkalines, alcohols, and has excellent resistance to ozone. EPR is not recommended for petroleum oils, di -ester lubricants, strong acids, or strong alkalines. The maximum recommended service temperature of EPR is 300'F (149' C). FKM (Viton °) — Fluoroelastomer Viton' is a registered trademark of DuPont -Dow Elastomers. Not all materials referenced as "VITON" are equal and may contain excess tillers or off spec polymer. Spears uses genuine Type -A Viton" in 0-rings and elastomer seals to insure optimum chemical resistance and performance. Viton" exhibits a very broad range of chemical resistance, including petroleum oils, di -ester based lubricants, silicate fluids and greases, halogenated hydrocarbons, and mineral acids. Viton' is not recommended for ketones, amines, anhydrous ammonia, hot hydrofluoric or chlorosulfonic acids, or automotive brake fluids. -I he maximum recom- mended service temperature of Viton i, 400'1' (204'('). 4 N1- 2- MATERIALS EARS SPA Temperature Pressure De- rating for PVC, CPVC & PP Thermoplastic Materials ldce aced temperature Iluid mediums require a dc- rating of- thermoplastic pipe maximum internal pressure ratings at 731f- to determine the maximum internal pressure rating at am elcvated temperature, simply multiply the pipe pressure rating at 7i 'I h\ the percentage specified for the desired temperature. PLEASE NOTE— Valves have different elevated tempeiatwe - atu)gs than pipe & fittings See individual valve recommendations System ASTM Test Method PVC CPVC PP Natural' Mechanical Properties, 73 °F Specific Gravity D 792 1.41 1.55 .907 Tensile Strength, psi Operating 7,200 8,000 5,240 Modulus of Elasticity, psi D 638 440,000 360,000 231,000 Compressive Strength, psi D 695 9.000 10,100 - -- Flexural Strength, psi D 790 Temperature 73 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 210 °F ( -C) (23) 1 (27) (32) (38) (43) (49) (54) (60) (66) (71) (77) (82) 1 (88) (93) (99) PVC 100% 90% 75% 62% 50% 40% 30% 22% -0- -0- -0- -0- -0----0- -0- CPVC 100% 100% 91% 82% 73% 65% 57% 50% 45% 40% 32% 25% 22% 20% -0- PP 100% 90% 75% 70% 65% 50% 42% 36% 30% 25% 20% 15% -0- -0- -0- Typical Physical Properties of PVC, CPVC & PP Thermoplastic Materials -1 he following table lists typical physical properties of PVC, CPVC and PP thermoplastic materials. Variations may exist depending on specific compound and product. Properties ASTM Test Method PVC CPVC PP Natural' Mechanical Properties, 73 °F Specific Gravity D 792 1.41 1.55 .907 Tensile Strength, psi D 638 7,200 8,000 5,240 Modulus of Elasticity, psi D 638 440,000 360,000 231,000 Compressive Strength, psi D 695 9.000 10,100 - -- Flexural Strength, psi D 790 13,200 15,100 - -- Izod Impact, notched, ft-lb /in D 256 .65 1.50 3.02 Thermal Properties Heat Deflection Temperature, °F at 66 psi D 648 165 217 201 Thermal Conductivity, BTU /hr /sq ft / °F /in C 177 1.20 Coefficient of Linear .95 Expansion, D 696 3.1 x 10' 3.4 x 105 5.42 x 10' in /in / °F Flammability Limiting Oxygen Index, % D 2863 43 60 UL 94 Rating 94V -0 V -0, 5VB, 5VA HB Other Properties Water Absorption, % 24 hr. D 570 05 .03 02 Industry Standard Color Dark Gray / White Medium Gray Natural /Beige ASTM Cell Classification D 1784/D 4101 12454 23447 PP0112 B65242 NSF Potable Water Approved Yes Yes Yes Glass filled PP will have slightly different values with higher tensile strength N ®rSPEJARS Spears Valve Standards STANDARDS Standards provide greater assurance of' product performance and consistency, and are available to assist design engineers in system specification. The most f=requently referenced industry standards for plastic piping systems are ASTM Standard Specifications and Practices. Along with ASTM Standards, additional product specifications and certifications form the basis of product conformance to which Spears valves are manufactured. Individual Standards Overview ASTM — American Society for Testing and Materials ASTM D 1784 Specifies compound physical requirements for PVC and CPVC materials used in the manufacture of thermoplastic valves, pipe, and fittings. The standard classifies compounds on the basis of several physical and chemical properties. Conformance to a particular material classification requires meeting the minimum requirements specified. ASTM D 1785 and F 441 Specifies physical dimensions, test requirements, and maximum operating pressures, for Schedule 40, 80 and 120 PVC (D 1785) and CPVC (F 441) pressure pipe. ASTM D 2466 and F 438 Specifies physical dimensions, test requirements, and workmanship for Schedule 40 PVC (D 2466) and CPVC (F 438) pressure fittings. ASTM D 2464 and F 437 These standards have been incorporated into ASTM D 2467 and F 439, respectively. ASTM D 2467 and F 439 Specifies physical dimensions. test requirements, and workmanship for Schedule 80 PVC (D 2467) and CPVC (F 439) pressure fittings. ASTM D 2564, F 493, and F 656 Specifies requirements for PVC (D 2564) and CPVC (F 493) solvent cement, including component compounds, minimum resin content, viscosity, and physical performance. Standard F 656 specifies requirements for primers to be used with PVC solvent cements. ASTM D 2846 Specifies physical dimensions, test requirements, and workmanship for CPVC Hot- and -Cold Water Distribution Systems, commonly referred to as CTS (Copper Tube Size). ASTM D 2855 Specifies standard practice and procedures for making PVC pipe and fitting joints with solvent cement ASTM D 4101 Specifies classification of injection molding and extrusion grades of Polypropylene (PP) materials according to physical characteristics. Conformance to a particular material classification requires meeting the minimum requirements specified VA ASTM F 1498 Specifies dimensions and gauging of tapered pipe threads on plastic pipe and fittings. ASTM F 1970 Specifies performance criteria testing, and end connection dimensions for products such as ball valves and check valves. ANSI —American National Standards Institute ANSI B1.20.1 Specifies basic thread form, taper, and tolerances of general purpose tapered pipe threads (metal) ANSI B16.5 Specifies standard bolt hole patterns and basic dimensions for Class 150 steel pipe flanges. NSF — National Sanitation Foundation NSF is a third party product approval agency which tests manufacturer's product against a variety of health and product performance standards. They are one of the most recognized agencies for issuing approval of plastic piping system products for potable water use. NSF Standard 14 Certifies product suitability for potable water use, product conformance to applicable ASTM standards, and establishes minimum requirements for manufacturer's quality control programs through routine testing and facilities inspections. NSF Standard 14 Special Engineering Appurtenance Program (S.E.) In addition to Standard 14 general requirements, the S.E. program establishes product performance requirements where no directly applicable ASTM specifications exist. NSF S E. specifications are developed from a combination of applicable portions of ASTM specifications and manufacturer's design specifications as a standard for conformance verification. NSF Standard 61 Developed to establish minimum requirements for the control of potential adverse health effects from products in contact with drinking water Certifies product suitability for use in potable water systems through toxicological testing for contaminates or impurities NSF Standard 61 compliance is a prerequisite to NSF Standard 14 certification U SP\ EdRS Features — PVC, CPVC GATE VALVES This solid, proven design is Xvell suited lot- a varict,, ol'chemical. industrial and irrigation applications. Spears Gate Valves are feature- packed with a variety ol'end connector options. Individual special features are found in each size range 1.'2" through 2 -1/2" & 3 ", and in the full featured heavy Industrial a" valve. • Heavy Bodied PVC & CPVC Construction • Positive Grip, High Impact Polypropylene Handwheel • Tapered Wedge with Specially Designed Sealing Operator Surface • Nbn- Rising Stem Design • Patented Strain - Equalizing Stem/Wedge Thread • O -ring Stem Seals Instead of Packing - No Retightening Required • Buna -N, EPDM, or genuine Viton® O -ring Seals 1/2" - 2" PVC & CPVC Heavy Duty Gate Valves • Available with socket, thread or • flanged end connectors. • Pressure rated to 200 psi @ 73 °F. Flanged Valve Pressure Rated to 150 • psi @ 73 °F • Fully Serviceable, Replaceable Components -Accessible Without Valve Removal • NSF Certified for Potable Water use • Suitable for Vacuum Service • Assemble with Silicon -Free, Water Soluble Lubricants 2 -1/2" & 3" PVC & CPVC Heavy Duty Gate Valves Available with socket. SR (Stainless Steel Reinforced) thread or flanged end connectors Pressure rated to 150 psi @ 73 °F. Optional 2" SquarerT -Style Operator Nut available. Note 2 -1/2" size is a bushed down 3" valve Sample Engineering Specification �4" PVC & CPVC Heavy Industrial Gate Valves • Available with socket, SR (Stainless Steel Reinforced) thread or flanged end connectors • Pressure rated to 235 psi @ 73`F Flanged Valve Pressure Rated to 150 psi @ 73 °F • SS 316 Exterior Bonnet & Hardware • Built -in Quick -View Position Indicator • Optional 2" Square/T -Style Operator Nut available. :All thermoplastic Gate Valves shall he constructed from MC I\pe I (ell ('Ia.ssiticrllion 12454 or (TV C lope I\ ( cll (classification 2,447. All 0 -rims shall be [3una -\. FI'I) \1 or A'iton . All �alvcs shall have non- risin'_� stem and poly propylene handv heel. All valve gate \�ed__ =cs shall hay c Strain -1 yualizin'u, threads. PVC s aloes shall hay e Poly propv Icne X\edge and <'PV'(' \ukes shall have \cdgc.:All \akc components ,hall he replaceable. All I "' through \akcs shall he pressure rated at 200 psi. all 2 I through \alvcs shall he pressure rated at I50 psi. and all -I" \akc,, shall he pressurC rated at psi fin water al 7? I. as manufactured h\ Spear> A1anul"tcturin1-1 ('ompan.\. 45 al E. 2 GATE VALVES Quick -View Valve Selection Chart Valve Size O -ring Material PVC Part Number` Pressure Rating Threaded Socket Flanged 3/4 Buna -N 2011 -005 2012 -005 2013 -005 39 112 EPDM 2021 -005 2022 -005 2023 -005 127 2 Viton2' 2031 -005 2032 -005 2033 -005 3 335 Buna -N 2011 -007 2012 -007 2013 -007 135 3'4 EPDM 2021 -007 2022 -007 2023 -007 200 psi -0- Viton' 2031 -007 2032 -007 2033 -007 Non -Shock Buna -N 2011 -010 2012 -010 2013 -010 Water 1 EPDM 2021 -010 2022 -010 2023 -010 @ 73'F ( -0 -) Viton ' 2031 -010 2032 -010 2033 -010 155 140 Buna -N 2011 -012 2012 -012 2013 -012 (Flanged 1 -114 EPDM 2021 -012 2022 -012 2023 -012 150 psi Viton` 2031 -012 2032 -012 2033 -012 Non -Shock ( 69) Buna -N 2011 -015 2012 -015 2013 -015 Water 1 -112 EPDM 2021 -015 2022 -015 2023 -015 @ 73'F) 110 Viton" 2031 -015 2032 -015 2033 -015 -0- -0- Buna -N 2011 -020 2012 -020 2013 -020 2- 1/2 " 2 EPDM 2021 -020 2022 -020 2023 -020 (.34) ( -0 -) Viton' 2031 -020 2032 -020 2033 -020 ( -0 -) ( -0 -) Buna -N 2011 -0252 2012 -0252 2013 -0252 140 2 -1/2 EPDM 2021 -0252 2022 -0252 2023 -0252 150 psi 70 Viton° 2031 -0252 2032 -0252 2033 -0252 Non -Shock Buna -N 2011 -030SR 2012 -030 2013 -030 Water 3 EPDM 2021 -030SR 2022 -030 2023 -030 @ 73 °F ( -0 -) Viton�5 2031 -030SR 2032 -030 2033 -030 140 130 Buna -N 2011 -040SR 2012 -040 2013 -040 235' psi 4 EPDM 2021 -040SR 2022 -040 1 2023 -040 Non -Shock Viton� 12 031 -040SR 2032 -040 1 2033 -040 Water @73 °F 1 Flanged end connectors have a Maximum Internal Pressure Rating of 150 psi @ 73'F For CPVC valves, add the letter 'C to the part numbers le g 2031 -005C1 Temperature Pressure Rating SP\ EARS Cv Values Nominal Size C 12 Gal /min. Thd / Soc Flanged 1/2 19 15 3/4 37 29 1 44 39 1 -1!4 128 105 1 -1/2 144 127 2 333 279 2-112 See Note 2 3 335 323 4 1 583 1 566 Ranged valves calculated for additional laying length of flanged valve :3allons per minute at 1 psi pressure drop 2 Size 2 -1 2' is a reducer bushed 3" valve C„ not available System Operating 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 210 Temperature of ( °C) (38) (43) (49) (54) (60) (66) (71) (77) (82) (88) (93) (99) PVC 200 135 120 75 50 -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- (1.38) (.93) (.83) (.52) (.34) ( -0 -) ( -0 -) ( -0 -) ( -0 -) ( -0 -) ( -0 -) ( -0 -) C PVC 200 155 140 125 110 100 90 80 70 60 50 -0- Valve (1.38) (1.07) (.97) (.86) (.76) ( 69) (.62) (.55) (.48) (.41) (.34) {-0 -) Pressure PVC 150 130 110 60 50 -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- Rating 2- 1/2 " (1.03) (.90) (.76) (.41) (.34) ( -0 -) ( -0 -) ( -0 -) ( -0 -) ( -0 -) ( -0 -) ( -0 -) psi -3" CPVC 150 140 130 120 110 100 90 80 70 60 50 -0- (Mpa) (1.03) (.97) (.90) (.83) (.76) (.69) (.62) (.55) (.48) (.41) (.34) ( -0 -) PVC 235 140 130 90 50 -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- 4" (1.62) ( 97) (.90) (.62) (.34) ( -0 -) ( -0 -) ( -0 -) ( -0 -) ( -0 -) ( -0 -) ( -0 -) C PVC 235 219 170 145 130 110 95 80 70 60 50 -0- (1.62) (1.51) (1 17) (1.00) (.90) ( 76) (.66) (.55) ( 48) ( -41) ( 34) ( -0 -) NOT FOR USE WITH COMPRESSED AIR OR GASES 46 i s i5 A 1 GATE VALVES E - -- I - G - --�I nimancinns & Weights 4" Replacement Parts S No. Component Qty. Material 1 Handle 1 PP 2 Stem 1 PVC /CPVC 3 Stem O -ring 1 Buna -N /EPDM /Viton'' 4 Stem Bushing 1 Poly Teflon 5 Stem Nut 1 PVC 6 Stem Washer 1 PP 7 Indicator Cover 1 PVC Clear 8 Indicator Nut 1 PP Yellow 9 Bonnet Retainer 1 SS 316 10 Retainer Bracket 2 SS 316 11 Bracket Lock 1 SS 316 12 Bonnet 1 PVC /CPVC 13 Seal Carrier O -ring 1 Buna -N /EPDM /Viton 14 Seal Carrier 1 PVC /CPVC 15 Wedge 1 PP /CPVC 16 Body 1 PVC /CPVC 17 Locknut 12 SS 316 18 Hex Bolt 12 SS 316 ��,,,� 2" Square / T -Style Operator Nuts �kk • ,-its Spears Gate Valves. ,ombination design for use with either standard 2" square drive or ,,-)nventional "T" drive operators. ;hemical and corrosion resistant glass - filled PVC construction Size Dimension Reference (inches, t 1/16) Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) Nominal Size A 131 C D E F G PVC CPVC Soc/rhd Flanged Soc/Thd Flanged 1/2 5 -1 , 1 -1/4 2 -3/16 4 -1/8 2 -5/8 2 -11/16 2 -3/16 .51 .92 .56 .98 3/4 5 1 1 -1/4 2 -3/16 4 -1/8 2 -5/8 2 -11/16 2 -1/4 .52 1.09 .57 1.16 1 5_y; s 1 -1/4 3 -5/16 4 -7/16 2 -5/8 2 -15/16 2 -11/16 .70 1.46 .73 1.54 1 -1/1 8 -1 1 -9/16 3 -9/16 6 -5/8 3 -7/16 3 -15/16 2 -3/4 1.61 2.58 1.73 2.74 1 - - 1 -9/16 3 -9/16 6 -5/8 3 -7/16 3 -15/16 2 -13/16 1.63 2.81 1.75 3.03 r-7 .; t -7/8 3 -15/16 6 -15/16 3 -7/16 4 -7/16 3 -1/8 1.95 3.81 2.15 4.09 2 -1/2 14 - 3 -9/16 7-11/16 12-1/16 6-11/16 7-1/4 5-1/8 9.48 11.91 9.60 12.89 3 14_ :• 2 -15/16 6 -11/16 12 -1/16 6 -11/16 7 -1/4 4 -15/16 9.03 12.21 9.43 13.40 4 3-3/8 7 -15/16 13 -1/4 8 7 -9/16 5 -9/16 13.67 18.39 14.66 1 19.75 ��,,,� 2" Square / T -Style Operator Nuts �kk • ,-its Spears Gate Valves. ,ombination design for use with either standard 2" square drive or ,,-)nventional "T" drive operators. ;hemical and corrosion resistant glass - filled PVC construction Size Part Number 1/2, 3/4, 1 GTN -005 1 -1!4, 1 -112.2 GTN -012 2 -1%2 & 3 GTN -030 4 GTN -040 .; p A � 0 AXPIadic Swing Check Valves Features • PVC or PPL • VitonO or EPDM seals • 3 ", 4 ", 6" and 8" Sizes • Flanged Connections • Two Drain Ports • Horizontal or Vertical Installation • No flange gaskets required Viton- is a trademark of DuPont Dow Elastomers Options • Counterweight for Closing Assistance • Limit Switch for Position Indication • Spring Assist Closure Fl wConfr"oY .m.0* Twice The Temperature/ Pressure Rating Of Other Plastic Swing Check Valves Hayward swing check valves have up to twice the temperature /pressure rating of other plastic swing check valves... and can often replace metal valves in many applica- tions. Compare the temperature /pressure rating of Hayward Swing Check Valves to others — and see the difference. Unique Two -In -One Seats ", Design Swing check valves are often used with slurries or other liquids that can damage the valve seat. A damaged seat in an ordinary swing check results in a useless, destroyed valve. But not with Hayward Swing Check Valves. They feature a unique Two -In -One Seat T" design that doubles the valve's service life. The valve body is constructed from two identical halves. If one seat is damaged, simply re- position the clapper so that it seats against the other body seat. Then reverse the valve in the pipeline. The valve is again ready for service. Built -in O -Ring Flange Seals Hayward Swing Check Valves are furnished ready for installation with two built -in O -ring flange seals. There is no need to purchase additional, expensive flange gaskets. Self - Aligning Clapper Seal Bubble -tight checking, with a minimum of only 3 psi back pressure, is assured with Hayward's rugged, self - aligning clapper seal design. No Corrosion — Ever! Because of their all- plastic construction, Hayward Swing Check Valves will never stick or jam as a result of rust or corrosion. And they can survive corrosive environments and harsh weather conditions, places where a metal check valve has to be painted or epoxy- coated just to survive. Technical Information Iii ;II t`II 1 I A .,H oa t1 N 1, t Hays ,1 I. 1 -- 1 Parts List 1. Body 5. Seal 2. Swing Arm 6. Drain Plug (2) 3. Clapper 7. Counter Weight (Optional) 4. Shaft' 'PVC with PVC valves Pi with PPL valves Selection Chart Sizes Material End Conn., Seals Pressure Rating i — 3' and 4" PVC or Glass Viton i 225 psi C) 70F Flanged - - - -- -- — - Reinforced PPL� or EPDM K =BC U t,6 and 8" I � 150 psi @ 70F Dimensions - Inches / Millimeters Factor !i,eTA B C D E �F G K— Inches! Millimeters 4" 3/ 300% 1024; 7.50; 3.75 15.21 3.90/ 4.91! 0.625''- 4 6 -00' �! 4 . 3.901 11.81 9.25 "'.= 4.6316_75 4,80! 6.15 0.6251,', 8 7.50 — 6 5.91 15 75 12.75 ' 6.38 1 9 25 6 47 830 ' 0 75 ' 8 9.50 - 8 ' ' 7.87 ; "• 1969, . 16.00 8_00 12 00 896, 11.54 0.75 ' ' 8 11 75 _ -1 DIN metric flange standard Operating Temperature /Pressure Cv Factors y ,eo � ,so y y 120 6 2 � Y O 60 a 00 0 150 120 a_ w 100 H y 80 6 U 60 Z 40 s I 20 0 3" and 4" SWING CHECK VALVE TEMPERATURE C 1600 1400 1200 t000 ai ai am 600 2 6 400 3 200 o 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 TEMPERATURE 'F 6" and 8" SWING CHECK VALVE TEMPERATURE -C 1100 1000 900 800 n 100 Y 600 j N 500 400 V 300 T, 200 3 ,00 0 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 TEMPERATURE F HAMARL; Cs) Flange O -Ring Seal 0 Hayward Industrial Products, Inc. Hayward Industrial Products Canada Inc One Hayward Industrial Drive, Clemmons, NC 27012 2880 Plymouth Drive, Oakville, Ontario L6H 5R4 Tel 1 -888- 429 4635 (1 888- HAYINDL) • Fax. 1 888 778 8410 Tel 905 829 2880 • Fax 905 829 3636 E -mail. industrial @haywardnet.com Web Site http7 www haywardindustrial.coin Valve Size Factor 3" 328 4" _ 514 6" 1278 8" — 2549 _ J Features Minimum Weight Back Pressure g To Close - PSI j (lb - 3 10 3 - 21- 3 47 - - -3 90 Pressure Loss Calculation Formula 2 AP =LQI AP = Pressure drop Q = Flow in GPM Cv = Flow coefficient Rugged Clapper Assembly \ Two -in -One Seat O -Ring Seal Combination ANSI and Metric Bolt Pattern Hayward Industrial Products (UK) Ltd. Unit 2, Crowngate, Wyncolls Road Colchester, Essex C04 4HT Tel 441 206- 854454 • Fax 441 206 851240 MC 7 SWCHK Flu, 2 p e. DUO -BLOC TRUE UNION SPECIFICATIONS SIZES: 112 "- 6" MODELS: Socket, Threaded, Flanged (ANSI), Butt BODIES: PVC, CPVC, PP, PVDF SEATS: Teflon® backed with EPDM or Viton® SEALS: EPDM or Viton® or AFLAS _ A , FEATURES • True Union design permits installation or repair without expanding the pipeline • Blocks in two directions, upstream and downstream, leaving full pressure on the opposite end of the valve • Teflonu seats with elastomeric backing cushions ensure bubble -tight shut -off and a low fixed torque, while at the same time compensating for wear • Eye -ball style in transparent PVC, 112 " 2" • Available with EPDM or Viton(R 0-rings • All sizes rated for full vacuum service • Threaded -in carriers on all sizes and materials through 4" • Two sets of end connectors (socket and threaded) included with all PVC and CPVC models in 112 " -2" sizes • Valve body guaranteed for two years when used as recommended OPTIONS (See options under Multiport valves) SAMPLE SPECIFICATION All thermoplastic ball valves in sizes 112 " through 4" shall be of a True Union design with two -way blocking capability. All True Union ball valves shall have Teflon'0 seats with elastomeric backing cushions of the same material as the valve seals. True Union ball valves must carry a two -year guarantee, as manufactured by Asahi /America, Inc. i r L FLANGED WEIGHT (LBS) Size (inches) Socket/ Threaded Flanged Size (inches) Socket/ Threaded Flanged 112 0.38 2.00 2 2.93 4.75 3/4 0.67 2.25 21/2 4.86 8.50 1 1.00 2.50 3 8.07 13.00 11/4 1.39 3.25 4 21.00 33.00 11/2 2.18 4.00 Stem DIMENSIONS (INCHES) i oD, - ode t L - THREADED I od3 od21 i 1 oD, i S SOCKET PARTS No. Parts PCs Materials 1 Body 1 PVC, CPVC, PP, PVDF 2 Ball 1 PVC, CPVC, PP, PVDF 3 Carrier 2 PVC, CPVC, PP, PVDF 4 Connector 2 PVC, CPVC, PP, PVDF 5 Union Nut 2 PVC, CPVC, PP, PVDF 6 Ball Seat 2 Teflon 7 Handle 1 ABS 8 Stem 1 PVC, CPVC, PP, PVDF 9 Face O -Ring 2 Viton, EPDM 10 Carrier O -Ring 2 Viton, EPDM 11 Stem O -Ring 1 Viton, EPDM 12 Seat Cushion 2 Viton, EPDM 13 Screw 1 Stainless Steel 14 Stop Ring 2 PVDF Note: PVC and CPVC models 1/2 " may be supplied as one -piece capsules. PRESSURE VS TEMPERATURE (PSI, WATER, NON - SHOCK) Size PVC CPVC I PP I PVDF Size (inches) 30'F 120' F 30'F 120' F 121'F 140' F 141'F 175' F 176'F 195' F -5'F 85' F 86'F 140' F 1 141 °F 175° F -5'F 140° F 141'F 175° F 176'F 195° F 196 °F 210° F 112-2 150 150 120 85 55 150 85 60 150 120 110 85 21/2 150 150 120 85 55 150 75 45 150 120 110 85 3 -6 150 150 85 60 45 150 75 45 150 85 85 75 Size Flanged Socket ` Threaded di 01 H Ai Az Cv ANSI 150lbs PVC CPVC PP, PVDF IPS dz S L d D C h L T dz d3 S L dz d3 S L 1/2 0.59 3.50 2.38 0.63 5.63 0.47 0.848 0.836 0.688 3.86 0.831 - 0.625 3.89 1/2 -14 NPT 0.59 3.90 0.59 1.89 1.97 1.97 - 14 3/4 0.79 3.86 2.76 rn 0.63 6.77 0.55 1.058 1.046 0.719 4.53 1,041 - 1.000 5.11 3/4 -14 NPT 0.67 4.65 0.79 2.36 2.24 2.26 - 29 1 0.98 4.25 3.13 0.63 7.36 0.55 1.325 1.310 0.875 5.28 1.305 - 0.815 5.21 1 -11 t/2 NPT 0.79 5.35 0.98 2.76 2.64 2.56 - 47 1 V4 1,22 4.61 3.51 0.63 7.48 0.63 1.670 1.655 0.938 5.83 - - - 1 t/4 -1 1 1/2 NPT 087 5.87 1.22 3.15 3.07 2.56 - 72 1 t/2 1.57 5 00 3.88 0.63 8.35 0.63 1.912 1.894 1.094 6.65 1.889 - 1.250 7 07 11/2 -111/2 NPT 0.98 6.69 1.57 3.78 3.35 2.95 - 155 2 2.01 5.98 4.74 4 0.75 9.21 0.63 2.387 2.369 1.156 7.56 2.364 - 1.250 7.81 2 -11 t/2 NPT 1.10 7.76 2.01 4.17 3.86 3.35 - 190 2.56 7.01 5.49 4 075 10.20 0.71 2.889 2.868 1.750 9.45 - - - - 21h NPT 1 26 8.46 2.28 5 24 4,65 - 709 365 �21 307 7.52 6.00 4 0.75 11.97 0.71 3.516 3.492 1.875 11.10 3.494 - 1.875 1 1 .60 f-8 3 8 NPT 1 38 10.39 2.70 5.98 5.12 - 8 66 410 3.94 9.02 7.50 8 0.75 14.65 0.71 4.518 4.491 2.000 13.90 4.494 -T2 250 14.91 4 8 NPT 1 77 14.1 7 3.54 8.27 6.54 - 1 1.02 680 For metric socket dimensions consult factory - ASAHI /AMERICA P.O. Box 653 • 35 Green Street, Malden, MA 02148 • Iel (800) 343 -3618, (781) 321 -5409 Rev V -00 /A Fax (800) 426 -7058 • Internet http ! /www asahi- amenca.corn • Email asahi @asahi- america -corn 5 w' N* PHYSICAL PROPERTIES AND STANDARDS PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF THERMOPLASTICS USED IN ASAHUAMERICA VALVES Properties Unit PVC cpvc PP PVDF Test Method Specific Gravity 1 43 1.54 0.92 1 76 ASTM D792 Tensile Strength psi 7000 - 7800 60 -120 8500 - 9200 4300 - 5000 7000 - 7800 ASTM 0638 Elongation T % 20 - 40 1 150 -200 30 - 50 ASTM 0638 Tensile Modulus 103 psi t 455 - 485 485-510 1 130- 170 170-200 ASTM D638 Flexural Strength psi 14220 -15650 14220 - 17060 7820 -9240 13510 -14930 ASTM D790 Flexural Modulus 103 psi 384 -412 426 -455 213 -228 227 -256 ASTM D790 Compressive Strength psi 12800 - 14220 14220 -15650 8530 -9950 12800 - 14220 ASTM D695 Compressive Modulus 103 psi 242 -256 256 -284 128- 156 142 -199 ASTM D695 ASTM D638 Poisson's Ratio - 0.37 0.35 0.44 0.28 ASTM D790 Hardness (Rockwell R) Degree 115 118 95 10 ASTM 0785 Impact Strength kg -cm /cm 4 - 5 4 - 5 4 - 7 10 - 12 ASTM D256 (Izod) with V -Notch Resistance to Heat (continuous) F F 140 194 194 248 - Deflection Temperature (at 66 psi) 165 ~- 250 230 302 ASTM D648 Thermal Expansion 10 -5 / "' F 13 - 4.4 3.3 - 4.4 6.1 - 6.7 6.1 - 6.7 ASTM D696 Thermal Conductivity Kcal /mh° C 0.13 0.12 0.08 Oil ASTM C177 Dielectric Strength KV /inch 0.90 0.90 1.02 1 18 ASTM D149 Volume Resistivity S2 inch 2.0 x 1015 2.3 x 1015 1.9 x 1016 1.95 x 1015 ASTM D257 Dielectric Constant 10 Hz 28 -30 60 Hz 3 15 2.93 2.42 9 8 103 Hz 3.14 2.92 2.41 95 ASTM D150 106 Hz 2.85 2.69 2.41 7.5 Dissipation Factor 60 Hz 10-2 1 18 1.09 0.05 103 Hz 10-2 1.91 1.10 0.044 0.048 ASTM D150 106 Hz 10-2 1.72 0.92 0.063 0.160 Water absorption 24 hr., o �0 0.07 0.15 0.01 0.03 ASTM 0570 1/8 inch thickness STANDARDS ASTM STANDARD D -1784 A (American Society for Testing and Materials) This standard covers PVC and CPVC compounds used in the manufacture of plastic pipe, valves, and fittings. It provides a means for selecting and identifying compounds on the basis of a number of physical and chemical criteria. Conformance to a particular material classification in this standard requires meet- ing a number of minimum physical and chemical properties. ASTM STANDARD D -3222 This standard covers the polymerization method and physical properties of PVDF (polyvinylidene fluoride) fluoroplastic materi- als for molding and extrusion. Organizations other than ASTM issue standards that are commonly encountered in industrial thermoplastic piping design. The most important of these are described here. ASTM STANDARD D -4101 (FORMERLY D -2146) This standard covers the polymeric content and physical characteristics of PP (polypropylene) plastic materials for injection molding and extrusion. ANSI 61.20.1 (WAS B2.1) (American National Standards Institute) This specification details the dimensions and tolerance for tapered pipe threads. This standard is referenced in the ASTM standard for threaded fittings mentioned above. ANSI 1316.5 This specification sets forth standards for bolt holes, bolt circles, and overall dimensions for steel 150 Ibs flanges. ASAHI /AMERICA P.O. Box 653 • 35 Green Street, Malden, MA 02148 • Tel (800) 343 -3618, (781) 321 -5409 Rev V -00 /A Fax: (800) 426 -7058 • Internet http / /www asahi- amenca.com • Email. asah0,Tasahi- amenca com 47 100 90 80 70 60 0 N 7 550 Q W, 30 20 10 0 0 PRESSURE LOSS CALCULATIONS FLOW CHARACTERISTICS / / - + -- t- - - " 4 'o / / 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 VALVE OPENING ( %) This table shows the relationship between valve opening and Cv values. Each curve is the rep- resentative average of all sizes for a particular type of valve. Cv value is the percentage of the full open Cv. The Cv value can be found in the appropriate section of this catalog. Using the Cv value to calculate the differential pressure or flow rate through a valve: Whenever a fluid passes through a valve, there will be a drop in pressure. The upstream pres- sure less the downstream pressure is known as the differential pressure, or: Pi - P2 = AP where, P, = upstream pressure P2 = downstream pressure AP = differential pressure. Cv is the flow rate through a valve which will produce a differential pressure of 1 psi. 1P. Q. or Cv can be calculated by using the following equations: NP = (Q /Cv)2 s.g. where. AP = differential pressure (psi) Q = Cv\ ('�P/ s.g.) s.g. = specific gravity Cv = Q\(s.g. /_�P) Q = flow rate (gpm) P.O Box 653 • 35 Green Street, Malden. MA 02148 • Tel (800) 343 -3618 (781) 321 -5409 ASAHI /AMERICA 48 Fax: (800) 426 -7058 • Internet- http: / /www.asahramerica.com • Email asail'Oasah'rarnerica.corn Rev_ V -00 /A P. TEE.- F._= 111-1. 45 D111 =12 ® 90 -01 MODEL 690-01 CLAIM' Pressure Reducing valve Schematic Diagram Item Description 1 t1prol (Main Valve) 2 X59 Restriction Fitting 3 CRR Pressure Reducing Control Optional Features Item Description A X46A Flow Clean Strainer B CK2 Cock (Isolation Valve) C CV Speed Control (Closing) D Check Valves with Cock S CV Speed Control (Opening) • Sensitive and Accurate Pressure Control - Easy Adjustment and Maintenance • Tamper Resistant - Optional Check Feature a Fully Supported Frictionless Diaphragm The Cla -Val Model 60- 01/890.01 Pressure Reducing Valve automatically reduces a higher Inlet pressure to a steady lower downstream pressure regardless of changing flow rate and/or varying inlet pressure. This valve is an accurate, pilot- operated regulator capable of holding downstream pressure to a pre- determined limit. When downstream pressure exceeds the pressure setting of the control pilot, the main valve and pilot valve close drip tight. If a check feature Is added, and s pressure reversal occurs, the downstream pressure Is admitted In the main valve cover chamber closing the valve to prevent return flow. Y 2 9 of INLIET A � Q7 1 ni otmu Y X43 "Y" Strainer Valves 6" and larger with a °D° feature must be Installed with the maps valvo slam In a vertical position Typical Applications 'typical pressure reducing valve station using Model 6o- 01 AB/690 -01 AB and Model 00 -C I AS /890 -01 AS In parallel to handle wide range of flow rates. Larger Model 90- 01AR/090- 01AB valve takes care of peak loads and smaller Model 90- 01AS/660 -01AS handles low fIowa. NIg6 P os°uro Gauge CLA -VAL 90.01A13 690.01A0 Praaau� Radvoing Valve i$010lion Valve G0000 The 90- 010/690.010 Combination Pressure Reducing and Check Valve Is Installed downstream of as pump where a constant system pressure Is required. The check feature Is to prevent reverse flow through the pump and to hold system pressure when the pump In off. CLA -VAL 61 -01 /881.01 Ire) Pump Conlroi Valve Pump CLA -VA1. 60- 011650.01 Prasaura HOW Vaavo CLA- VAL6"1A5/M -OCAS �' r�yL —� GLA-VAL00.01 /6@0.01 Presaura ga4�clnu valve �1///- ;.✓-": = ( - ConGlan� Preeeura RatludrlQ & Cpndlanl QOwnslraam Chock VUlvn Plbd 9u re Dowrtatre a m Prvrwre Valve Selection Size L1'/," --I - - - -- - End Delaits I8cro -4:1 SaslC Valve Globe lily � Model 100 D1 Angle Suggeslod', Max. Continuoue I g3 Flow -GPM I Max Intemlitlent j 120 j Basic Valve Globe Model 100 -20 Angle 39"1 1 Suggested MBx. Continuous Flow -GPM Max.Intermlttenl ' i I. 4=_ D'-=i3 These Symbols Ik and Indicate Available Sizes 1 2" 2%° 3" 4" 6" 8" l0" 12 14" 16" 20" 24" 6crewod or Hanged Flanged ►ils ; rii � �y Iilil i _ - - - - - _ IN 10 IN 126 206 1 300 460 800 1800 3100 4900 7000 8500 111000 160 260 1 374 i &81) 090 2250 3000 6150 - 8720 10340 ~1377~^ -- 0 Ali _.. - 2150 X380 I- 1026 2300-1 410D 6400 - 8230 1 16500 18500 Refer to the 100-01 or the 100 -20 T9chnlcal Data Shoat for complete baelc valve Many factors should be considered In sl2lnq pressure Max. lcatlonsanddi►based na reducing valves Including inlel pressure, outlet Max. Continuous Flow based on 201pa (14Q -Ol), 26tps (100.20) screwed End d D etail Only Flanged End petal! only pr essure grid flow raise. For sizing questions or Max. Intelrm Row based on 25fpa (100 -01) cavitation analysis, consult Cla -Val wlth system details. Pilot System Dimensions (in Inches) We recommend providing adequate space around valve for maintenance wodc VALVE SIZE 1W $ 11%" 2 2'61 3" 4" 6" 8" 10" 12" 14' 16" 20" 24' A Max. 11.00 12.00 12.25 13.00 13.25 15.75 17.25 20.25 21.75 25,00 27.25 31.00 31.00 8 Max. 8160 6.50 7.00 8.00 9.00 9.50 11.50 12.50 14.75 19.76 18,00 16,00 18.00 C Max. 4.40 4.00 4.50 5.00 6.00 6,00 10.25 12.00 14.25 16.75 18.00 19.00 18.00 Pilot System Specifications Adjustment Ranges Materials 2 to 30 psi Standaro Pilot yslarn =ALo- 15 to 75 psl Pilot Control: Bronze ASTM 1362 30 to 300 psi' Trim: Stainless Steel Type 303 Rubber: Buna N Synthetic Rubber -Supplied unto" dharwiw speoiw oftf tangos avannDlo, P16M canaun laclory QW) Temperature Range Pilot Systems are available with optional Water, to 160 °F Aluminum, Stainless Steel or Mortal materials at extra coat, Nolol Avallsnle with remote Tensing conlroi. u awrwGrrr ou•v4r Cq. Iw, 1""." 1, use E- eo-01lB8o O1 {1!911 89-ir-U.- wu,wi w cn.n r..;u ,.wx. Please Specify 1. Catalog No. 90 -01 or No. 690 -01 a. Valve Size 3. Patlern - Globe or Angle 4, Pressure Class 5. Screwed or Flanged S. Trim Material 7. Adjustment Range 8. Desired Options Represented By GLANAL CO. P O Box 1325 Newport Beach CA 92659 -0325 Fax: 715 -546 -5441 Phone; 714.549.2201 LU CLA -VAL CANADA LTD. CLA -VAL SA 4697 Chriella G(ive Cnemin deg Meaanges 1 BeaimAlte, On1eri0 CH -1052 Flomandl! Canadu IBA a, 8wllzanan4 C «NATM PROna 418- SB3 -k �3 Rhona , 41 -2t -36 a0 -a1 Fax: 416.563.4040 Fax' 41 21- 33 -49 -59 u awrwGrrr ou•v4r Cq. Iw, 1""." 1, use E- eo-01lB8o O1 {1!911 89-ir-U.- wu,wi w cn.n r..;u ,.wx. Please Specify 1. Catalog No. 90 -01 or No. 690 -01 a. Valve Size 3. Patlern - Globe or Angle 4, Pressure Class 5. Screwed or Flanged S. Trim Material 7. Adjustment Range 8. Desired Options Represented By ��. 860 (21/2" - 10 ") 1 REDUCED PRESSURE ASSEMBLY I PA=nlow riftyuk " ti r 125.4 mm 88.8 mm 214, 409/# 26116 1 12714 10 U.B. - INCH "B 1 1261, 16% 1 10 4'1- 7% 3'h 219 223 3" 417/, 25616 13 10 12'10 22'4 10 411, r/. 394 231 233 4" 4614 �58 28 1611, 10i1A 14916 23114 10'14 6118 8'l, 4112 317 334 6" 143.6 32914 201/4 1234 18714 301lo 11'18 6'12 9714 5112 481 516 8" 86 4191. 2fi�la 16 11a 23'/2 3791, 12'18 7 11'14 664 734 796 10" 72 °!, 46 °l, 28 4 1 b6le 2712 48 12814 8 1291. 8 AA6 1 WA. 85 1036.1 647.7 327.0 264.0 320,7 416.9 264.0 114.3 181.0 88.9 99.3 101.2 80 1063.6 650.9 330.2 254.0 327.0 555.2 254.0 114.3 187.3 96.3 104 -8 105.7 100 1174.8 711.2 384.2 267,2 365.1 690.6 257.2 139.7 206.4 114.3 143.6 151.5 150 1422.4 882.7 527.1 323.9 479,4 766.2 262.8 166.1 1 250.8 1 139.7 1 218.2 234.1 200 1651.0 1060,5 582,6 386,9 696.8 958.9 311.2 177.8 282.6 171.5 332.9 361.1 750 1 1844.7 1177,91 717.6 396.0 890.5 1219.2 1 314,3 229.8 1 314.3 203.2 429.1 457.2 W®Iphla era apprp,rirnafe. Dimoneioas shown are oominol, 911owancoo inuat fw made for normal manulacrurfng folorancoa. vrww,FfrBCOon!lno.carn I FFQCQ is a pr14uct of CMI3 Ind"Wes, Inc 125 REDUCED PRESSURE ASSEMBf 860 (2'/2' - 10 Flow Characteristics KPa P61 137,® 20 104.6 16 69.0 10 U.S. Palent No.: 4,988,635 34.5 b I`u 1139 240 7.5 15 Zd 11.4 15.1 • _1 J1-i4 F.E'BCO 11") 2,h 11 300 GPM 19,0 U3 1 311 �++ jog 7,5 12.4 1b.0 400 262 500 GPM fFP 31.5 S S) A11 VbO 390 7,6 16.4 24,6 629 650 f;PM 15 I 72.8 4110 LLPYSJ tFPS 611 59D 7.s 84D 11 FA 3513 6310 70.6 1400 GPM 15Baz X 811 7.6 16 _ 10 (GPM 1 95.0 90-4 131.2 164.0 EPS ) 101, I iuu 25 FA 3400 7.S t5 1072 16,3b 214.4 42y GP1A FFSI 2dG+.0 EP3 � pV ° s,e KPa P$I Deacrlptilon ,37.9 zD The FEBCO MasterSeriess Model 860 reduced 10414 1s pressure assembly in -line configuration has lower head loss. It Is designed for health hazard 6 0.0 10 (toxic) connections Including fire sprinkler and irrigation systems, premise isolation, industrial/ 34.6 s chemical and hospital facilities. ° 100 ° a.3 Features KPa PSI 137.0 20 • Easy to service • Low head loss 100 16 _ • Shorter and lighter than traditional designs , 09.0 10 • Fusion epoxy coated $1.5 5 • Protects against back pressure and back D 130 siphonage D 02 • Maximum working pressure of 175 PSI KPa PSG 137.9 20 0 2Q0 Kpa) Temperature range of 32 °F to 140OF 104s 15 (011C to 600C) See page 47 for listing of approvals 09.0 10 Materials 34.6 6 ° 260 Valve Body: Ductile iron D 177 �;oatirtg: Fusion epoxy coated aR a PSt Internal and external 'Relief Valve: Bronze 1D4.6 16 rrlm: bronze iastomer Discs: EPDM ee.o 1D - 3prings: Stainless steel ;hut -Offs: OS &Yand NRS ae4 60 620 Gate valves 0 52,13 KPa Pat )ptlona 137,9 20 ULIFM OS &Y RW Gate Valves 10416 15 - NRS Gate Valves Less Gates 50.0 10 Wye Strainer Air Gap Drain 34.e 6D 650 D 53.9 24 FL =E3C0 Js n product of CMS 1ntluutrlus, Inc. www.FE9COonllna.com I`u 1139 240 7.5 15 Zd 11.4 15.1 • _1 J1-i4 F.E'BCO 11") 2,h 11 300 GPM 19,0 U3 1 311 �++ jog 7,5 12.4 1b.0 400 262 500 GPM fFP 31.5 S S) A11 VbO 390 7,6 16.4 24,6 629 650 f;PM 15 I 72.8 4110 LLPYSJ tFPS 611 59D 7.s 84D 11 FA 3513 6310 70.6 1400 GPM 15Baz X 811 7.6 16 _ 10 (GPM 1 95.0 90-4 131.2 164.0 EPS ) 101, I iuu 25 FA 3400 7.S t5 1072 16,3b 214.4 42y GP1A FFSI 2dG+.0 EP3 June 6, 2002 Mr. Dale E. Winterquist President Falcon General Engineering, Inc. 572 Collyn Street Vista, CA 92083 Re: Moonlight Beach Urban Runoff Treatment Facility Submittal No. 018 -01 Piping Specialties Dear Mr. Winterquist: Richard Brady & Associates has reviewed the subject submittal. comments: RECOMMENDED ACTION MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED Provide EPDM rubber fabric gaskets. Should you have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact me. Very truly yours, Richard Brady & Associates cc: 018 -01 -00 Submittal Review File Kipp Hefner We have the following 4,9a-v y 4 Y-16,?Ia . Y. - , W4 mom.? ~ • F Ag6aJa5 CON GENERAL ENGINEERING, INC. N STREET • VISTA CA 92083 • TEL 760/630 -9570 • FAX 760/630 -3648 • STATE CONT. LIC. #540704 SUBMITTAL NO. 018-01 For SECTION 15120 PIPING SPECIALTIES MOONLIGHT BEACH URBAN RUNOFF TREATMENT FACILITY CONTRACT # CMSOIB CITY OF ENCINITAS, CA It is hereby certified that the Equipment/MaterialI shown and marked in this submittal is that proposed to be incorporated into Contrac # CMS01$, is 4n compliance with thecontract drawings specificationsi and can b¢ in"stall6l'flt the allocate paces, and is submitted v TRIPA C� / / / / / / /ii��,, 111111///,/ FASTENERS 5j ?P5 f O &- f—)rvv.v),0 Q's (UPtOAD I d"c / FASTENERS FOR THE WATERWORKS AND CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRIES "SUBMITTAL INFORMATION" "CI RUBBER " GENERAL DESCRIPTION: A TOUGH SBR COMPOUND AND CLOSE WEAVE FABRIC CONSTRUCTION. PROVIDES BOTH FLEXIBILITY AND UNIFORM STRUCTURAL STRENGTH. ONE PLY OF FABRIC PER 1/1 6TH IN. THICKNESS. COLOR: BLACK SERVICE: EXCELLENT FLANGE GASKETS MATERIAL FOR AIR, HT AND COLD WATER, SATURATED STEAM, LOW PRESSURE STEAM OR HYDRAUUCRVICESii± .SUITED FOR ALL TYPES OF GAUGES, METERS AND VALVES WHERE PRESSURE AIR AF�� SUBJECT TO MOVEME .....,. :. ::::::::::::::. ........... TECHNICAL DATA: MANUFACTURERS: BIL7RITE ............. STYLE ....... y.�!!:. ;;;. !Iii t !:. BINDER 'Iiillias !.! is rii; 16 S BR ! !; ::: TEMP (MAX) s!!I !. ,, i =!:. ::!::,!Ii: 175o F d!: !Willlau! ............ PRESSURE 500 psi !siilil!I� i ii: ELONGATION ! "'''' ` 230% HARDNESS (SHORE A) 65 TENSILE STRENGTH (ASTM F =152) 400 FABRIC TYPE POLYESTER 7 AVAILABILITY: GASKETS ARE AVAILABLE IN BOTH 1/ 16TH AND <8T IN THICKNESS AND THEY ARE MANUFACTURED IN BOTH RING AND FULL FACED DIMENSIONS. GASKETS MEET THE PRESSURE RATINGS, DRILLING AND DIMENSIONS OF ANSI /ASME B16.2.1. TRIPAC FASTENERS, A DIVISION OF TRIPAC MARKETING, INC. 475 KLUG CIRCLE • CORONA, CA 92880 -5406 (909) 280 -4488 • FAX (909) 272 -4445 /0/-- % TRIPA FASTENERS FASTENERS FOR THE WATERWORKS AND CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRIES "SUBMITTAL INFORMATION" —� "STAINLESS STEEL BOLTS, P000,--O C{ S yV P ,-p ,-p HEX CAP SCREWS, AND STUDS" --3- "STAINLESS STEEL NUTS" ABSTRACT FROM ASTM F593 & F594 - --w 'T 316" GRADE: 18 CHROMIUM, 10 NICKEL, 2 MOLYBDENUM (AISI TYPE 316) CHEMICAL REQUIREMENTS: CARBON, MAX MANGANESE PHOSPHOROUS, MAX SULFUR, MAX SILICON CHROMIUM NICKEL MOLYBDENUM MECHANICAL REQUIREMENT: TENSILE STRENGTH (KSI) YIELD STRENGTHS (KSI) ELONGATION ( %) HARDNESS (ROCKWELL) NOTES: HEADED AND DEGREE OF G HOT WORKS PERCENT MAXIMUM 0.08 2.00 0.045 MINIMUM ;:.. a...: h .......... ........... ........... ............ NEALED STOCK THUS REQUIRING A SIZES 0.75 IN. AND LARGER MAY BE 3NEO.F THESE SYMBOLS IS ACCEPTABLE '- 318 F 683 or O or H J18 OTHER: ail::: II: ALL BOLTS, NUTS :`STUDS , UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED IN THE PURCHASE ORDER SHALL BE THREADED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANSVASME 818.2.1, , PAGE C-1, FOR HEX CAP SCREWS (FINISHED HEX BOLTS.) UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, THE DIMENSIONS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF ANSVASME B 18.2.2, PAGE D-1, FOR HEX NUTS. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CAN BE FOUND IN ASTM F593, DTD 1993 (STAINLESS STEEL BOLTS, HEX CAP SCREWS, AND STUDS) AND IN ASTM F594, DTD 1993 (STAINLESS STEEL NUTS.) FLAT WASHERS: ALL WASHERS SHALL BE OF THE SAME MATERIAL AS THE NUTS. TRIPAC FASTENERS, A DIVISION OF TRIPAC MARKETING, INC. 475 KLUG CIRCLE • CORONA, CA 92880 -5406 (909) 280 -4488 • FAX (909) 272 -4445 I ZP S 66 mSEAL LINK the fast, modern way to seal wall pipe penetrations and pipeline casings at road crossings. I Economical, easy -to- install LINK - SEAL is fast becoming the standard method for positive, hydrostatic sealing of the annular space between pipes and the holes or casings through which they J pass. Patented in seven countries and sold ®world -wide by 98 stocking distributors, these unique, interlocking, modular seals have gained widespread acceptance among leading architects, engineers, contractors and pipeliners. i 0 Many years of rugged on- the -job use have proven LINK -SEAL to be far superior to old- fashioned lead -oakum joints, expensive hand - fitted flashings, messy, non - pressure sealing, non- support- ing mastics or leak and damage suscep- tible casing boots. Extremely versatile and available in an almost infinite range of sizes, LINK - SEAL can be found on such diverse applications as a pipeline in Arabia, a pneumatic drug- distributing system in a modern New York hospital, or a fire protection system in a British nuclear power plant. The modular link design permits easy assembly in the field and enables users to maintain a complete stock of seals with a minimum of inventory. "While every possible effort has been made by Thunderline Corporation to insure that all Link -Seal model numbers and their corresponding specifications have been accurately set forth in this catalog, no responsibility is assumed by Thunderline Corporation for any loss incurred by reason of any said errors or omissions. " A% [� 1 7 1) Identical links are mold- ed of solid synthetic rubber, specially compounded to re- sist aging, ozone, sunlight, water, chemicals and extreme temperature variations. 2) The interlocking links are connected by corrosion resistant bolts and nuts to form a belt. Under each bolt head and nut is a sturdy, elongated plastic or metal pres- sure plate. Each nut fits into a special pocket in its pressure plate which prevents the nut from turning when the bolt head is tightened. 3) Link -Seal is shipped pre - assembled in ten -link units with complete installation in- structions. Simply add or sub- tract links and connect the first and last links to form a loose belt around the pipe. 4) Slide the assembled Link -Seal into the annular space between the pipe and the casing or hole through which it passes. 5) Now tighten the bolt heads. The elongated pressure plates compress the rubber links which in turn expand to form a continuous, air- tight, water -tight seal between pipe and casing or hole. T i LINK - SEAL POSITIVE HYDROSTATIC SEALING When properly installed, Link -Seal is rated for 40 feet of head or 20 psig . . . pressures much greater than normally encountered in wall and casing seal applica- tions. They effectively withstand radiation levels up to 5 x 108 RAIDS often encountered in nuclear power plants, and prevent tracking or corona resistance created by high energy underground electrical cables. EASY INSTALLATION CUTS LABOR COSTS As shown in the step -by -step photos on the preced- ing page, Link -Seal can be installed in minutes. Time consuming caulking, leading, flashing, taping and messy mastics are eliminated, and installation time and costs are reduced by as much as 50 %. SEALS ANY TYPE CONDUIT Link -Seal is ideal for use with API steel pipe, soil pipe, copper and steel tubing, cast iron pipe, concrete pipe, electrical conduit, PVC and other type plastic pipes. Since plastic pipes can't tolerate the heat required for lead -oakum joints, Link -Seal is a natural. On thinwall conduit the expanded links provide excellent sealing with no danger of damaging or rupturing the pipe wall. 6) Cut -away of completed installation. Link -Seal not only helps support the carrier pipe, but absorbs shock and dampens vibration. Metal -to -metal contact is eliminated, thus preventing any damaging cathodic reaction. COP' CATA FEATURES CATHODIC PROTECTION Where insulation against cathodic reaction (elec lysis — is required, Link -Seal is supplied with special F strength, non -creep glass- reinforced nylon press plates. Since all metal parts are encased either in s rubber sealing elements or dielectric plastic pres! plates, metal -to -metal contact is impossible. FIRE AND HIGH TEMPERATUR PROTECTION For firewalls or applications where extreme heat be encountered, Link -Seals can be supplied with rr pressure plates and special high temperature -resis elastomer sealing elements. See page 9 for details. EIGHT BASIC LINK SIZES Link -Seal comes in eight different thicknesses t various size annular spaces. They have been use effectively seal pipes from 1/4" to 121" in diam though there is no maximum limit to the diameter can be handled. Select the exact model you require the charts on pages 10 -19. SUPPORT FOR CARRIER PIPE Link - Seal's solid rubber links and sturdy pre plates resist radial loading which helps the flo ceiling brackets support the carrier pipe. In cased ings the Model PL Link -Seal installed at each en( pages 20 & 21) effectively centers the carrier pipe i casing and helps the cradles, end supports or insu resist the loads from back - filling. Although Linl does not anchor the pipe, it does provide the pipe axial support on vertical floor and ceiling applicatic SHOCK, SOUND AND VIBRATI ABSORPTION An inherent feature of Link - Seals flexible body is its ability to absorb shock, sound or vit created either by changes in internal pipe pressi ground disturbances such as earthquakes or shock at railway crossings. Failures due to fatigue are reduced at welds, flanges and threaded connection f � r Unlike exposed pipeline boots, Link - Seals p inside the casing or sleeve prevents any damag sharp aggregate, tools or backfilling equipment. a I e I❑ (r Link - Seals thick section design provides excellent protection against rotting, tearing, aging, punctures and other hazards of direct ground burial. SEALS ARE SHIPPED ASSEMBLED To save you time and facilitate field assembly, Link - Seal are shipped pre - assembled from our factory or local distributor in ten (10) link sections — with complete installation instructions. Simply add or remove the necessary number of links to make up a seal that fits your specific pipe diameter. MINIMUM 114P';'LNI'T'UI-)V The modular, interchangeable nature of Link -Seal requires stocking only the desired number of each size link from which seals can be assembled for particular jobs. OFF- CENTER COMPENSATION Since the rubber sealing elements expand when the bolts are tightened, Link -Seal will compensate for a considerable amount of both angular misalignment and eccentricity while still forming an efficient seal. PIPELINES CASINGS AT ROAD CROSS- INGS • COMPRESSOR STATION WALLS • REGULATOR PIT WALLS WASTE AND WATER WASTE TREATMENT PLANTS • SANI TARY SEWER MANHOLES • LIFT STATIONS • CHEMICAL FILTRATION PIPING • FILTER BED WALLS AND PIPE GALLERIES HVAC SYSTEMS • STEAM TUNNELS • POWER HOUSE PIPING • TOTAL ENERGY PLANTS • UNDERGROUND HEATING PIPE SYSTEMS • WATERPROOFING FLOOR PENETRATIONS • FIRE PROTECTION_ PIPING • SOUND- PROOFING APPLICATIONS -- ELECTRICAL POWER GENERATING NUCLEAR AND FOSSIL FUEL PLANTS INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR WALL PENETRATIONS ASSURES NEGATIVE PRESSURE WITHIN BUILDING CONTROL AND INSTRUMENTATION PIPING • FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS • POWER PROCESS PIPING COOLING TOWERS • ELECTRICAL CONDUIT • CIR CULATING WATER LINES CONDENSATE DIS- CHARGE LINES TURBINE OIL FILTER LINES • DRAIN AND COOLER LINES 5 June 6, 2002 Mr. Dale E. Winterquist Falcon General Engineering Inc. 572 Collyn Street Vista, California 92083 Subject: Moonlight Beach Urban Runoff Treatment Facility Request for Quote 001— Pump Station Inlet Stop Gates Dear Mr. Winterquist, Please provide an itemized quote for modifying the Pump Station Intake Screen to include five (5) FRP stop gates for the Pump Station Intake Screens. The attached detail shows FRP angles and plates added to the Intake Screen detail. The gates will be provided to keep silt and debris out of the wetwell during storm events. Please contact me if you have any questions. Sincerely, Sean F. Manning Project Manager Cc: Kipp Hefner Rick Brady 4J<OJ ��%r�r �n/u�ara ��o¢d S�ui✓ ,x,20 • �asz �i�, � °�e�°�ouzi¢ D,e'7,e'� Kf, je) /ADD D5OD • K�rJ �iD6 0505 IWO I i ` \ I 0 Fa �J /. /l, l 191.fi./,�;> June 6, 2002 Mr. Dale E. Winterquist Falcon General Engineering Inc. 572 Collyn Street Vista, California 92083 Subject: Moonlight Beach Urban Runoff Treatment Facility Request for Quote 002 — Deletion of the Pre -Cast Valve Vault and 4- inch Gate Valves Dear Mr. Winterquist, Please provide an itemized quote for deleting the Pre -Cast Valve Vault and 4 -inch gate valves shown on Sheet C -3, Detail A. The 4 -inch PVC Flanged Swing Check Valves will still be required and are to be installed in the vertical position inside the wetwell. See the attached figure for a description of changes. This change is a reduction in the scope of work and will result in a credit to the City of Encinitas. Please contact me if you have any questions. Sincerely, Sean F. Manning Project Manager Cc: Kipp Hefner Rick Brady ��0� ��'�� S°� ,�,�0 • Sow ��, �� ,��,�� 5�� 4960500 • .� �5�� iJ6 -0505 D CL U) u) O Cc ai Q U) J W r W 0- W Cl) O °- LL W 2 J > N \\ ji 0� D V 0w i U- U1 1 C)C7W a- z> 3: Q Cl) > • L o' N N J _J W W �m0 �0 W U Z W Z a. D w 9 w 00co 0 c M-dO ®C o L° 00 2�- 0 LO tr) r m Q co O D r ■ ui CC C) C6 Ir W w 0 LLJ OD J W W c30- C'3Q- QO z ■ Q J O Ui O CO ' ---11 � W J J 2 ■ W Jcr- W 0- W in CS cU J = o L° 00 2�- 0 LO tr) W Ir m Q co O D r co r ui CC C) C6 Ir W w 0 LLJ OD J W W c30- C'3Q- QO z w Q J O Ui O CO ' ---11 � W J J 2 J i W W Jcr- W 0- W in CS cU J = J co d C- p o L° 00 2�- 0 oD 00 W Ir to O D W J LL J J W D W eo � U 4 U Q LL W g � � J x LL p z O - 0 0 LU w Q z vm 0X W W (� II D Z Z OD= O Z 0 c Ip C a G d � o e 0 OC u I- 1 O D eo 4 U o W g � � 0 z O p z O 0 LU w Q z 0X W W (� II D Z Z OD= O Z 0 Y o mJ LLJ z�U2 Wpm Or-•U +W-Wco Q�U 0cozo QL-Q Aga Y n ?? W D Wn gQZU m W W = aJ i J(j ZW� co =W ��w > 0 aim HCC 03: <0�� ~F-� - Q c�m� 1 o-OW ' Qf—° -- I- -Jma- LL QW Q= Co QWW US�LU Li Li fn / June 4, 2002 Mr. Dale E. Winterquist President Falcon General Engineering, Inc. 572 Collyn Street Vista, CA 92083 Re: Moonlight Beach Urban Runoff Treatment Facility Submittal No. 003 -01 Dewatering Dear Mr. Winterquist: Richard Brady & Associates has reviewed the subject submittal. We have the following comments: RECOMMENDED ACTION MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED A containment unit for accepting pumped groundwater discharge is not required. Discharge groundwater to the ice plant located on the South side of Cottonwood Creek. Field verify placement of the dewatering pump discharge hose with ENGINEER prior to start of the dewatering work. Provide a gravel bag energy dissipater at the end of the discharge hose to prevent scouring of the iceplant during dewatering operations. Should you have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact me. Very truly yours, Richard Brady & Associates ,xvi'l 91 A��' cc: 003 -01 -00 Submittal Review Review File Kipp Hefner 4�0.9._�� vi' /art.. �� .%ut! ,�,YO • .�a -"�''' �ad� .9,1'9,e'.3 T �� 49fi O.�00 • �n ��SP� 496 0.50.E Date of Submittal: 5 -31 -02 To: Richard Brady & Associates From: Falcon General Engineering, Inc. 4909 Murphy Canyon Road, Suite 220 572 Collyn St. San Diego, Ca 92123 Vista, Ca. 92083 Attn: Sean F. Manning P.E., A.E.E. Moonlight Beach Urban Runoff Treatment Facility City of Encinitas, Ca Project # CMS015 Falcon General Engineering, Inc Submittal No. 003 -01 Specification Section 02140 DEWATERING Drawing Reference Date Item Required by Schedule This is an X Original Submittal Resubmittal We have verified that this submittal contains all applicable material and information required for evaluation of its compliance with the project plans and specifications. Furthermore, we submit these items, which comply with the project plans and specifications (check one): x with no deviations except for the deviations described below (Attach additional sheets, if necessary) No. of Sheet or Copies Item No. Description (Name, Type, Model, Catalog Number, Manufacturer) g Submittal 003 -01 Section 02140 DEWATERING Comments Submitted By: m Received By Signature CON GENERAL ENGINEERING,_ INC. N STREET • VISTA, CA 92083 • TEL 760/630 -9570 • FAX 760/630 -3648 • STATE CONT. LIC. #540704 SUBMITTAL NO. 003-01 For SECTION 02140 DEWATERING MOONLIGHT BEACH URBAN RUNOFF TREATMENT FACILITY CONTRACT # CMS01B CITY OF ENCINITAS, CA It is hereby certified that the Equipment/Material shown and marked in this submittal is that proposed to be incorporated into Con act # CMS015, is in compliance with the contract drawi & specifications, and can be installed in the alloc d spaces, and is submitted for approval. Certified By �=, ./ Date �`l May 31, 2002 CON GENERAL ENGINEERING, INC. N STREET • VISTA, CA 92083 • TEL 760/630 -9570 • FAX 760/630 -3648 • STATE CONT. LIC. #540704 Richard Brady & Associates 4909 Murphy Canyon Road, Suite 220 San Diego, Ca. 92123 Attention: Mr. Sean F. Manning Reference: Moonlight Beach Urban Runoff Treatment Facility City of Encinitas, Ca CMSO1 B Subject: Dewatering plan Gentlemen, Document No. 0203 -A -008 We have contacted the California Regional Water Quality Control Board, San Diego Region regarding discharge of ground water. A permit is only required if.• Ground water is contaminated and or more than 100.000 gallons is being discharged per day. Attached please find a copy of this requirement. The contract documents do not indicate any type of contaminates, and discharge should be much less than 100,000 gallons per day, so a permit is not required. Our excavation will be shored with a shield and a 2" submersible pump will be used to control the nuisance water. Excavation, placing rock bedding, setting the wet well and water proofing will take an estimated 5 days. 60,000 — 70,000 gallons of discharge per day is anticipated. We will be pumping the water into a 4' -4" high x 8' -0" wide x 20' -0" containment unit in which the water will cascade over a minimum of two different weirs. It will then be directed out a 4" valved discharge port piped to the creek. If you have any g4tstions, please feel free to call. Sincerely, Dale E. WVterquist President Falcon General Engineering, Inc. Order No. 2001 -96 -21- October 10, 2001 D. ELIGIBILITY 1. This Order is applicable to existing and future discharges of extracted groundwater to surface waters resulting from construction, groundwater remediation, and active and passive foundation groundwater extraction projects and activities that are greater than 100,000 gpd, and those less than 100,000 gpd that contain pollutants. Examples of passive foundation groundwater extraction systems are footing drains, slope drains, subterranean drains, french drains, weep holes, or other passive groundwater drainage systems. 2. This Order establishes a general permit for groundwater extraction waste discharges (discharges of groundwater) to all surface waters, other than San Diego Bay under the jurisdiction of this Regional Board. This Order applies to: a. All groundwater extraction waste discharges (discharges of groundwater) of greater than 100,000 gallons per day (GPD); and b. Groundwater extraction waste discharges of less than 100,000 GPD where the extracted groundwater contains pollutants in excess of the limitations contained in Discharge Specification B.1, B.2, B.3, or B.4 of this Order, or which have the potential to cause a pollution, contamination, or nuisance in the receiving water or other waters downstream of the discharge point. 3. Discharges must meet the following criteria to be covered under this Order: (a) Pollutant concentrations in the discharge shall not cause violation of any applicable water quality objective for the receiving waters, including discharge prohibitions; (b) The discharge shall not cause acute nor chronic toxicity in receiving waters. 4. Dischargers must submit an application for current discharges (not enrolled, but discharging) which meet the eligibility criteria (pursuant to the requirements in Sections F and G, below) to obtain authorization to discharge. 5. When an individual NPDES permit with more specific requirements for groundwater extraction waste discharges is issued to an Enrollee, the applicability of this Order to that Enrollee is automatically terminated on the effective date of the individual permit. E. DISCHARGE REQUIREMENTS The applicant shall submit an application to obtain authorization to discharge under this general NPDES permit in accordance with Section F, Application Requirements, below. If the discharge is eligible, the Regional Board shall notify the applicant that the discharge is authorized under the terms and conditions of this Order and issue an Enrollment Letter enrolling the applicant under this general permit. For new discharges, the discharge shall not commence until receipt of the Regional Board's Enrollment Letter. June 5, 2002 Mr. Dale E. Winterquist President Falcon General Engineering, Inc. 572 Collyn Street Vista, CA 92083 Re: Moonlight Beach Urban Runoff Treatment Facility Submittal No. 004 -01 Earthwork/Shoring Dear Mr. Winterquist: Richard Brady & Associates has reviewed the subject submittal. We have the following comments: RECOMMENDED ACTION NO EXCEPTION TAKEN Should you have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact me. Very truly yours, Richard Brady & Associates d cc: 004 -01 -00 Submittal Review File Kipp Hefner 49nq _Ar W.I., l Y..", 4&161 • art - rl W.I& 2 P-M 1 / 'esd/ 4Jge as00 . � 4jw a.J-o5 CON GENERAL ENGINEERING, -IN_C. 'N STREET • VISTA, CA 92083 • TEL 760/630 -9570 • FAX 760/630 -3648 • STATE CONT. LIC. #540704 SUBMITTAL NO. 004-01 For SECTION 02200 EARTHWORK/SHORING MOONLIGHT BEACH URBAN RUNOFF TREATMENT FACILITY CONTRACT # CMS01B CITY OF ENCINITAS, CA It is hereby certified that the Equipment/Material shown and marked in this submittal is that proposed to be incorporated into Contract # CMS015, is in compliance with the contract drawings & specifications, and can be installed in the allocated sees, and is submitted for approval. Certified By Date 3/ STATE OF CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS DIVISION OF OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH PERMIT Permit Issued To (Insert Employer's Name, Address and Telephone No.) Falcon General Engineering Inc 572 Collyn St Vista CA 92083 -5502 (760) 630 -9570 Vine of Permit T1- ANNUAL TRENCH /EXCAVATION No: 2002- 904525 Date 11/17/2001 Region 3 District 2 Tel. (619) 767 -2280 Pursuant to Labor Code Sections 6500 and 6502, this Permit is issued to the above -named employer for the projects described below. State Contractor's License Number 540704 Permit Valid through December 31, 2002 Description of Project Location Address City and County Anticipated Dates Startinq Completion Various Statewide 1/11/2002 12/31 /2002 or issue date whichever is later. This Permit is issued upon the following conditions: 1. That the work is performed by the same employer. If this is an annual permit the appropriate District Office shall be notified, in writing, of dates and location of job site prior to commencement. 2. The employer will comply with all occupational safety and health standards or orders applicable to the above projects, and any other lawful orders of the Division. 3. That if any unforeseen condition causes deviation from the plans or statements contained in the Permit Application Form the employer will notify the Division immediately. 4. Any variation from the specification and assertions of the Permit Application Form or violation of safety orders may be cause to revoke the permit. 5. This permit shall be posted at or near each place of employment as provided in 8 CCR 341.4 Received From Received By Dale E Winterquist j Permit Unit ❑ Cash Amount Date ® Check 16908 $100.00 11/17/01 Investigated by Saf r Date Approved by - - 11/23/20 — —— - -- District ManagerlPermit Unit Date R U041 TRENCH SHIELD CERTIFICATION A COPY OF THIS SHEET MUST ACCOMPANY EACH ` —.—� CORRESPONDING TRENCH SHIELD AT EVERY JOB SITE. MODEL NUMBER SIZE PR04 -812D Q' HIGH X 12' LONG MAX. cnn nGPTH PqF SOIL DESCRIPTION TYPE A 8 80FEET 2 2011 S Stiff Cohesive Soil, 25 PSF per foot, clay, silty clay, clay loam with unconfined compressive strength of 1.5 ton per square foot or greater. See note 7. Medium Cohesive to granular soil, 45 PSF per foot of depth. Clay with TYPE B 4 45FEET 2 2011 u unconfined compressive strength greater than 0.5 TSF but less than 1.5 TSF. Cohesionless gravel. sill, silt loam or sandy loam. See note 8. Soft Cohesive to Saturated Soil, 60 PSF per foot of depth. Clay with TYPE C 3 34FEET 2 2011 u unconfined compressive strength less than 0.5 TSF, saturated sand, clay or fractured rock that is not stable. See note 9. LEPIII Ji= __= 1j1 =11I -_Ill Ili 1 = i} 11� }E - Il (I= I I I} III 2 -i' 1 1A = 11 III it ill Al R, ticeor ESSI 0 � v .I- .3733► Fxo. 6130104 LIMITATIONS t) Sod above shield must be sloped according to OSFIA Subpart P- Slope must begin no less than 18' below the lop of shield. �) Shield may be suspended no more than 2 Ieet above bclrorn of the trench and only it there is no possible loss of soil from behind or below bottom of shield. 3) A minimum of 2 spreader pipes are requited on each end with man- ufacturer approved pins and keepers. 4) Repairs and modifications must li(sl be approved by manufacturer or registered professional engineer. 5) Shields may be stacked as tong as each is rated to the depth it is used and manufacturer approved stack connections are utilized to prevent lateral movement of the shields. 6) Surcharge loads have not been included in the above depth ratings The allowable working depth of the ;Meld must be reduee0 to acCount for any surcharge loading which occurs wiu fin the influence line of the shield. 7) Not Type A if fissured. subject 10 vibration, previously disturbed or part of a sloped layered system where layers dip info excavation on a slope of four horizontals to one vertical (4H_IV) or greater. 8) Previously disturbed soils may be Type 8 unless they would be rlassed as Type C. Soil that meels requirements of Type A but is subject to vibration or fissured may be Type B. Dry cock that is not stable or soil that is pad of a sioped layered system where layers dip into the excavation on a slope less sleep than lour horizontal to one vertical (4H:1V) are Type a if matetial would otherwise be clas- sified as Type B. 9) Soil in a sloped layered system where layers dip into the excavation on a slope of four horizontal to one vertical (4R IV) or steeper may be Type C. Saturated soil or soils from which,vatei is freely seeping but is not standing in the french- ' Conditions more severe would require dewalenng or the sealing of lour sides of the excavation and pumping the trench. Stich se-ve-re conditions would require the services of a soils engineer to establish the design pressure. Consult the manufacturer for pressures exceeding tabulated values. 10) PRO -TEC trench shields are to be used in accordance with Federal• slate and focal laws. Reler to Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) rules and regulations Vol. 54, No. 209, 1r1 /lt /89. Par[ 1926. Subpart P. Usage of trench shields other than speolied could cause failure or cave -ins resulting in suriour , injury or death. F' O O.rs 110 • Sl0 vest ru "rtt - Cn.ir lone, ter 481113 i•nnn• 1714 -1 1 n103- t li °.pM ?- -� , -Fa: t5+7)!.tr -0 729 1 A 7 T . Cl d b,ti, T Pn Sp. Few May 29 02 01:02p p.2 MANUFACTURERS TABULATED DATA SHEET 1 MANUFACTURER'S DATA MODEL NO. SI -4SDW -812 1 SHIELD DEPTH 8' LENGTH 12' THICKNESS 4' 'OTAL SHIELD WEIGHT 6000 LBS. STRUT 8 *0 SCH SO is n d ti 0 n J lal ALLOWABLE LOADING AND DEPTH ALLOWABLE LOADING 1690 PSF ALLOWABLE SOIL DEPTH TYPE A -25 30 FT. TYPE 8 -45 30 FT. TYPE C -60 28 FT. TYPE C -80 21 FT. 8' Sch 80 Spreader, 8x12 Shield Allowable Spreader Lengths I ' ^40 A-S C 30 25 20 CL 110' fA 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 Depth of Excavation (M I SLOPE ACCOR, TO OSI REGUU N OTES: 1. ALL EXCAVATIONS SHALL BE IN CONFORMANCE WITH OSHA CFR 29. PART 1926, SUBPART P. JULY 1997, AND CAL OSHA SAFETY ORDERS TiTU 8 SECTION'S 1504, 1539 -1547_ 2. SOILS CLASSIFICATION SHALL HE IN COMPLIANCE WITH APPENDIX A IN OSHA CFR 29. PART 1926, SUBPART P. LATERIAL EARTH PRESSURE SHALL BE DETERMINED AS FOLLOWS: TYPE A -25 SOIL 25 PSF X DEPTH TYPE B -45 SOIL 45 PSF X DEPTH TYPE C -6O SOIL 60 PSF X DEPTH TYPE C -80 SOIL 80 PSF X DEPTH 3. ANY VARIATION MUST BE APPROVED IN WRITING BY TRENCH PLATE RENTAL 4. SOIL ABOVE TOP OF SHIELD TO BE SLOPED ACCORDING TO OSHA REGULATIONS. 5. STRUTS MUST REMAIN IN PLACE WHILE SHIELD IS IN EXCAVATION. 6_ SHIELD MAY BE HELD 2' ABOVE THE BOTTOM OF THE TRENCH, HOWEVER LOADING SMALL BE DETERMINED FOR04ESSlp�, FULL TRENCH DEPTH. OQ S 9�F 7. SURCHARGE LOAD TO BE DETERMINED 13Y A COMPETANT PERSON OR ENGINEER. S SHIELD SHALL BE ASSEMBLED PRIOR TO USE IN EXCAVATION. Ca N0.37334 9. SHIELDS MAY BE STACKED. EXP.6130104 10. SHIELD LIFTING SYSTEMS SHALL BE DESIGNED FOR SMELL) WEIGHT AND APPROPRIATE FACTOR OFTSAFETY. + AN �TATf FICA ,. STEEL PLATES OR SHEETING MAY BE USED ON tNOS OF SHIELD FOR MOTHS UP TO 8' FOR WIDTHS WIDER THAN 8FT. USE A DESIGN BY A REGISTERED CIVIL ENGINEER. I nTLE: 8' x 12' .f.m. TflJi!IYJI9? ANGDi►d1lOW, IdVG L1UN5'DLIlXG dlVGl1� xu [aUnW AIF- SWX AVS& CA #0404 (MYJ 1A/ -450 PAr rAP) AN- I!1>ff #t%N SE nn AVC PWXAfA ac RIM (sat/ 25#-Nm /Ax ('.JAV 2JO-2 tlir nATF REVISED JOB NO: JLUVUFACTURERS TABULATED DATA TYPE A -25 SOIL TYPE B-45 SOIL SOIL HORIZONTAL DEPTH LOADING SPACING (Fn (FT) (PSF) WIDTH WIDTH WIDTH• WI - 0 TO 8' 0 TO S' B' TO Ir 12' TO 15' 0-6 222 &0 &0 ao 6 -8 272 8.0 8.0 8.0 8-10 322 a0 8.0 8.0 10-12 372 8.0 8.0 6.0 12 -14 422 8.0 8.0 4.0 14-16 472 110 6.0 4.0 16 -18 522 6.0 4.0 4.0 18-20 572 6.0 4.0 4.0 20-25 697 4.0 4.0 18.000# MAXIMUM CYUNOFR LOADING 23.000# 18.000# 18.000# • REQUIRES 3' X 3' X 3/16' STEEL OVERSL) EVE NOTES: 1. SOIL TYPE TO BE DETERMINED BY COMPETENT PERSON. 2. ALL SPACING CENTER TO CENTER. r;�a_•.ni : {a.�a>♦:lUrlt [:fis.Ytaatt•i5a:•.- aa, 3. SPACING CHARTS ARE BASED ON SOIL TYPES AS DEFINED IN OSHA. ClFR 29. SUB -PART P. JULY 1997, AND CAL OSHA SAFETY ORDERS TITLE 8 SECTIONS 1504. 1539 -1547_ SOIL CONDITIONS ARE TO BE DETERMINED BY COMPETENT PERSON AT THE SITE AS THEY ARE ENCOUNTERED. ALLOWABLE CYLINDER LOADING IS NOT TO BE EX ED. 4. PLYWOOD IS TO BE 1 -1/8- APA RATED STURDY FLOOR OR BETTER. OR 3/4' THICK 14 PLY FIN FORM PLYWOOD OR, 1' STEEL PLATE, IS FOR RAVELING AND SLOUGHING ONLY. IT MAY BE REQUIRED IN ANY TYPE SOIL AND MUST BE USED IN TYPE C -60 AND GREATER SOIL OVER 8' DEEP_ 5. TYPE C-60 SOIL IS SOIL WITH AN UNCONFINED COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF IFSS THAN .5 TSF AND NON COHESIVE MATERIAL THAT IS FULLY DEWATERED. IT MUST BE ABLE TO STAND LONG ENOUGH FOR SHORING TO BE INSTALLED. 6. SHORING MUST BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO ENTERING TRENCH. 7. THERE MUST BE AT LEAST 3 COLUMNS OF SHORING IN THE TRENCH AT ALL TIMES, AT THE HORIZONTAL SPACING INDI- CATED, (OR LESS). TO FORM A SHORING SYSTEM. IN TRENCHES OVER 12 FEET DEEP. AND IF POSSIBLE. A MINIMUM OF 4 SHORES SHOULD BE USED. FOR EXCAVATIONS THAT ARE TO SHORT TO PUKE 3 OR 4 SHORES AT THE REQUIRED SPACING•, THERE SHALL BE 2 SHORES. 1 EACH WITHIN 2 FEET 6 INCHES OF THE ENDS OF THE EXCAVATION. 8. SPACING CHARTS ALLOW FOR SURCHARGE LOADING FROM EQUIPMENT' WEIGHING 20.000 LB AND LESS FOR LARGER EQUIPMENT THE SURCHARGE LOADING SHOULD BE INCREASED AS DETERMINED BY A REGISTERED CIVIL ENGINEER. 9. NO VERTICAL LOADS ARE TO BE APPLIED TO THE SHORES- 10. TRENCH WALLS ARE TO BE VERTICAL, PARAI I R AND WITHOUT VOIDS BEHIND THE CYLINDERS. 11. SPOILS AND WHEEL LOADS ARE TO BE KEPT A MINIMUM OF 2 FEET AWAY FROM THE EDGE OF THE TRENCH. 12. SHORE LOADING SHALL BE DETERMINED FROM THE DEPTH OF THE EXCAVATION AND NOT FROM THE LOCATION OF THE CYLINDERS. 13. TRENCHES LESS THAN 5' DEEP MAY REQUIRE SHORING. 14. FOR VERTICAL SPACING THERE MUST BE A CYLINDER WITHIN 4' OF THE BOTTOM OF THE EXCAVATION do 2' OF THE TOP OF THE EXCAVATION. 15. CENTER OF TOP CYLINDER MUST BE A MINIMUM OF 6' TO A MAXIMUM OF 24' TO THE TOP OF THE TRENCH. 16. RAILS ARE MADE OF 6061 -T6 ALUMINUM- . TYPE C-60 SOIL TYPE B-45 SOIL SOIL SOL HORMCWAL DEPTH LOADING SPACMG (Fl) (FT) (PSF) WIDTH WIDTH WI - 0 TO 8' 8' TO 12' 0 TO 8' e' TO 12' 12. 70 15' 0-6 342 8.0 8.0 &0 6-8 432 8.0 8.0 8.0 8-10 522 8.0 8.0 8.0 10-12 612 6.0 6.0 4.0 12 -14 702 6.0 4.0 4.0 14-16 792 4.0 4.0 16-16 882 4.0 4.0 18-20 972 4.0 4.0 TO 8' DEEP. MAAXWUM CYLINDER LOADING- 23.000/ 18.000# 18.000# r;�a_•.ni : {a.�a>♦:lUrlt [:fis.Ytaatt•i5a:•.- aa, 3. SPACING CHARTS ARE BASED ON SOIL TYPES AS DEFINED IN OSHA. ClFR 29. SUB -PART P. JULY 1997, AND CAL OSHA SAFETY ORDERS TITLE 8 SECTIONS 1504. 1539 -1547_ SOIL CONDITIONS ARE TO BE DETERMINED BY COMPETENT PERSON AT THE SITE AS THEY ARE ENCOUNTERED. ALLOWABLE CYLINDER LOADING IS NOT TO BE EX ED. 4. PLYWOOD IS TO BE 1 -1/8- APA RATED STURDY FLOOR OR BETTER. OR 3/4' THICK 14 PLY FIN FORM PLYWOOD OR, 1' STEEL PLATE, IS FOR RAVELING AND SLOUGHING ONLY. IT MAY BE REQUIRED IN ANY TYPE SOIL AND MUST BE USED IN TYPE C -60 AND GREATER SOIL OVER 8' DEEP_ 5. TYPE C-60 SOIL IS SOIL WITH AN UNCONFINED COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF IFSS THAN .5 TSF AND NON COHESIVE MATERIAL THAT IS FULLY DEWATERED. IT MUST BE ABLE TO STAND LONG ENOUGH FOR SHORING TO BE INSTALLED. 6. SHORING MUST BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO ENTERING TRENCH. 7. THERE MUST BE AT LEAST 3 COLUMNS OF SHORING IN THE TRENCH AT ALL TIMES, AT THE HORIZONTAL SPACING INDI- CATED, (OR LESS). TO FORM A SHORING SYSTEM. IN TRENCHES OVER 12 FEET DEEP. AND IF POSSIBLE. A MINIMUM OF 4 SHORES SHOULD BE USED. FOR EXCAVATIONS THAT ARE TO SHORT TO PUKE 3 OR 4 SHORES AT THE REQUIRED SPACING•, THERE SHALL BE 2 SHORES. 1 EACH WITHIN 2 FEET 6 INCHES OF THE ENDS OF THE EXCAVATION. 8. SPACING CHARTS ALLOW FOR SURCHARGE LOADING FROM EQUIPMENT' WEIGHING 20.000 LB AND LESS FOR LARGER EQUIPMENT THE SURCHARGE LOADING SHOULD BE INCREASED AS DETERMINED BY A REGISTERED CIVIL ENGINEER. 9. NO VERTICAL LOADS ARE TO BE APPLIED TO THE SHORES- 10. TRENCH WALLS ARE TO BE VERTICAL, PARAI I R AND WITHOUT VOIDS BEHIND THE CYLINDERS. 11. SPOILS AND WHEEL LOADS ARE TO BE KEPT A MINIMUM OF 2 FEET AWAY FROM THE EDGE OF THE TRENCH. 12. SHORE LOADING SHALL BE DETERMINED FROM THE DEPTH OF THE EXCAVATION AND NOT FROM THE LOCATION OF THE CYLINDERS. 13. TRENCHES LESS THAN 5' DEEP MAY REQUIRE SHORING. 14. FOR VERTICAL SPACING THERE MUST BE A CYLINDER WITHIN 4' OF THE BOTTOM OF THE EXCAVATION do 2' OF THE TOP OF THE EXCAVATION. 15. CENTER OF TOP CYLINDER MUST BE A MINIMUM OF 6' TO A MAXIMUM OF 24' TO THE TOP OF THE TRENCH. 16. RAILS ARE MADE OF 6061 -T6 ALUMINUM- . TYPE C-60 SOIL SOIL HORIZONTAL DEPTH LOADING SPACING (Fl) (FT) (PSF) WIDTH WIDTH' 0 TO 8' 8' TO 12' 0-6 432 6.0 6.0 6 -8 552 6.0 6.0 8-10 672 6.0 4.0 10-12 792 5.0 4.0 12 -14 912 4.0 4.0 14-16 1032 4.0 4.0 16-18 1152 4.0 4.0 18-20 1272 4.0 4.0 PLYWOOD PLYWOOD OPTIONAL OPTIONAL TO 8' DEEP. TO 8' DEEP MUST USE MUST USE PLYWOOD AFTER PLYWOOD 8' D[PTFt AFTER 8' DEPTH. LOADING 23.000# 18.000# REQUIRES 3- X Y X 3/16- STEEL OVERSLEEVE. 7771E- SEOR VU27CAL RAILS JJL 70. O'WWW A1- !MA Ami Ot rA" s-�Mnr Mr CM7 9a-r 24" e 6' 1 VANUFACTURERS 101G 11' f B' Heavy Duty Rai! r H-KW Duty Raft raxG P I IN SEE NOTE 15 TABULATED Ir Heavy Doty Ray 0, 5' Homy Dady Raft r Heavy Daly Raft ES 'No:37334 Ev. 6/30/04 DATA 9' B" Heavy Dgdyf Raft S6' Homy Duty Rd[ HEAVY DUTY wE 71 W mom ms LEG SOE 1.149 AV3 BLADE -WE 7J54 /N3 A w - - STAADAW DUTY SECMW AIn AIMS LEG ME" .4M Ay J BLADE 9DE 1.401 ,W.J SHOR FRR721CAL RiUW ��iiif � %i��ii• JJ�C TUMM gmazam. A►G ' - \ � saa east a ! � neoy mo-w / June 6, 2002 Mr. Dale E. Winterquist President Falcon General Engineering, Inc. 572 Collyn Street Vista, CA 92083 Re: Moonlight Beach Urban Runoff Treatment Facility Submittal No. 006 -01 Plastic Pipe Schedule Dear Mr. Winterquist: Richard Brady & Associates has reviewed the subject submittal. We have the following comments: RECOMMENDED ACTION NO EXCEPTION TAKEN Should you have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact me. Very truly yours, Richard Brady & Associates cc: 006 -01 -00 Submittal Review File Kipp Hefner 990.9 -,Ajewf wxi yew _ "U ,Y,, W. .9,Y /.P9 4p6 os-aa osos- CON GENERAL ENGINEERING, INC. N STREET • VISTA, CA 92083 TEL 760/630 -9570 • FAX 760/630 -3648 • STATE CONT. LIC. #540704 SUBMITTAL NO. 006-01 For SECTION 02645 PLASTIC SCHEDULE PIPE MOONLIGHT BEACH URBAN RUNOFF TREATMENT FACILITY CONTRACT # CMS01B CITY OF ENCINITAS, CA It is hereby certified that the Equipment/Material shown and marked in this submittal is that proposed to be incorporated into Contra # CMS015, is in compliance with the contract drawings specifications, and can be installed in the allocate spaces, and is submitted for approval. Certified BvV---1-- -Date -5731/ Z IPS CORPORATION PRODUCT BULLETIN - SPECIFICATIONS Low VOC Emissions WELD -ON P -70 Primer FOR PVC AND CPVC PIPE AND FITTINGS GENERAL DESCRIPTION: Weld -On P -70 Primer is a clear or purple colored, non - bodied, very fast acting, water thin solvent system. It is distinctly colored so that detection of its use in a joint can be made later. The strong action of P -70 Primer softens and dissolves the joining surfaces of PVC and CPVC pipe and fittings very rapidly. The benefit of this priming action is especially noticeable on parts being joined together in cold weather. APPLICATION: Weld -On P -70 Primer, when used in conjunction with appropriate Weld -On cements, will make consistently strong, well-fused joints. It is essential that the joining surfaces of pipe and fittings be softened prior to assembly. The main function of this primer is to expedite the penetration and softening of these surfaces. Its rate of penetration into the joining surfaces is much more rapid than that of cement alone. It is suitable for use with all types, schedules and classes of PVC and CPVC pipe and fittings. Detailed directions on making solvent cemented joints are printed on the container label. An installation video covering solvent cementing of PVC is also available. It not only describes the basic principles, but also covers the handling, storage and use of our products. It is also highly recommended that the installer review the instructions supplied by the pipe and fitting manufacturer. AVAILABILITY: This product is available in 1/4 pint, 1/2 pint, 1 pint, 1 quart and 1 gallon metal cans. For detailed information on containers and applicators, see our current Price List. STANDARDS AND APPROVALS: Weld -On P -70 meets ASTM F -656, SCAQMD Rule 1 *168, and is listed by NSF International for use on potable water, sewer, and drain waste and vent systems. P -70 Purple only is listed by (IAPMO), The International Association of Plumbing & Mechanical Officials and carries the Uniform Plumbing Code (UPC) seal. This primer is suitable for use with PVC and CPVC piping systems approved by (SBCC) Southern Building Code Congress and (BOCA) Building Officials Congress of America. SPECIFICATIONS: Weld-On P -70, in addition to meeting all the requirements of ASTM F -656, also conforms to these requirements: VOC: (As manufactured) 860 G/L MAX VOC EMISSIONS: 650 G /L, per SCAQMD Rule 1168, Method 316A COLOR: Purple or Clear SPECIFIC GRAVITY: 0.870 t 0.040 VISCOSITY: Water Thin SHELF LIFE: 3 years expectancy in tightly - sealed containers. The date of manufacture is stamped on the bottom of the container. Stability of the product is limited by the permanence of the container and the evaporation of the solvent when container is open. SHIPPING: DOT Hazard Class: 3. DOT Shipping Name: Flammable Liquids N.O.S. (Tetrahydrofuran, Methyl Ethyl Ketone), Identification Number: UN 1993- Packaging Group: II. Label Required: Flammable Liquid. ,DIPS Copyright 1994 G-P70-0194 IPS CORPORATION • 17109 S. MAIN ST. • P.O. BOX 379 9 GARDENA, CA 90248 U.S.A. • PHONE _C310j_366-3300 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS: This product is flammable and considered a hazardous material. In conformance with the Federal Hazardous Substances Labeling Act, the following hazards and precautions are given. Purchasers who may re, package this product must also conform to all local, state and federal labeling, safety and other regulations. DANGER — EXTREMELY FLAMMABLE — VAPOR HARMFUL — MAY BE HARMFUL IF SWALLOWED — MAY IRRITATE SKIN OR EYES Keep out of reach of children. Do not take Internally. Keep away from heat, spark, open flame and other sources of ignition, Keep container closed when not in use. Store in the shade between 40` F and 110 F. Use only with adequate ventilation. Avoid breathing of vapors. Atmospheric levels should be maintained.below established exposure limits contained in Section II of the Material Safety Data Sheet. If airborne concentrations exceed those limits, use of a NIOSH- approved organic vapor cartridge respirator with full face -piece is recommended. The effectiveness of an air purifying respirator is limited. Use it only for a single short-term exposure. For emergency and other conditions where short term exposure guidelines may be exceeded, use an approved positive pressure self - contained breathing apparatus. Avoid contact with skin, eyes and clothing. May cause eye injury. Protective equipment such as gloves and impervious apron should be used. Carefully read Material Safety Data Sheet and follow all precautions. Contains Tetrahydrofuran (109-99-9), Methyl Ethyl Ketone (78.93-3) and Cyelohexanone (108- 94 -1). Do not use this product for other than intended use. FIBST Al Inhalation* ill effects from inhalation, remove to fresh air, If not breathing, give artificial respiration. If breathing is difficult, give oxygen. Call physician. Eye or Skin Contact: Flush with plenty of water for 15 minutes. If irritation persists, get medical attention. Ingestion: If swallowed, do not induce vomiting. Contact physician immediately, "Title ill Section 313 Supplier Notification: This product contains toxic chemicals subject to the reporting requirements of Section 313 of the Emergency Planning and Community Right- to-Know Act of 1986 and of 40CFR372. This information must be included In all MSDSs that are copied and distributed for this material. SP9CIAL PRECAUTION: Do not use a dry granular calcium hypochlorite as a disinfecting material for water purification in potable water piping systems. The introduction of granules or pellets of calcium hypochlorite with PVC and CPVC solvent cements and primers (including their vapors) may result in a violent chemical reaction if a water solution is not used. It is advisable to purify lines by pumping chlorinated water into the piping system, this solution will be non-volatile. Furthermore, dry granular calcium hypochlorite should not be stored or used near solvent cements and primers. QUALITY ASSURANCE: Every batch of this product Is checked to assure that consistent quality is maintained. An infrared absorption curve Is recorded for each batch to ensure that this product is properly formulated. Samples are taken from all batdhes and kept for a period of at least one year. A batch identification code Is stamped on each can. IMPORTANT NOTE: This product is intended for use by skilled individuals at their own risk. These suggestions and data are based on information we believe to be reliable. installers should verify for themselves that they can make satisfactory joints under varying conditions. Toward this end, it is highly desirable that they receive personal instruction from trained instructors or competent, experienced installers. Contact us or your supplier for additional information or instruction. ,,...V IPS CORPORATION • 17109 S. MAIN ST • P.O. BOX 379 • GARDENA, CA 90248 U.S.A. • PHONE (310) 366 -3300 MANUFACTURERS AND FORMULATORS OF ADHESiVE CEMENTS FOR EPDXY • 41NYLS • NYLONS • ACRYLICS • FIBRE GLA55 • POLYESTER • A95 FOAMS • BUTYRATE • STYRENE I URETHANE • POLYETHYLENE FILM • RLBBER • WOM • METAL • MASONRY • GLASS • CERAMICS • MVJY OTHERS PRODUCT BULLETIN *SPECIFICATIONS WELD -4N 711 GENERAL DESCRIPTION Weld -On 711 is a gray, heavy bodied, medium set, high strength solvent cement for cementing all schedules and classes of PVC pipe and fittings through 12" including Schedule 80. It has excellent gap filling properties and is especially recommended where a sizable gap exists between pipe and fitting - e.g., in Schedule 80 and large pipe sizes. Weld -On 711 may also be used on small size pipe. APPLICATION Weld -On 711 is for use on all types of PVC plastic pipe applications, Type I and Type II. It is approved for use with potable water pressure systems, irrigation, turf irrigation, gas, conduit, industrial pipe applications, sewer and drain, waste and vent systems. Detailed directions on making solvent cemented joints are printed on the container label. A installation video covering solvent cementing of PVC is available. It not only describes the basic principles of solvent cementing, but also covers the handling, storage and use of our products. It is also highly recommended that the installer review the instructions supplied by the pipe and fitting manufacturer. NOTE: IPS Weld -On solvent cements must never be used in a system using or being tested by compressed air or gases. AVAILABILITY This product is available in 1/2 pint, 1 pint, 1 quart and 1 8allon metal cans. For detailed information on containers and applicators, see our current Price List, STANDARDS AND APPROVALS Weld -On 711 meets ASTM D -2564 and is listed by NSF International for use on potable water, sewer, drain waste and vent systems. It is listed by (IAPMO), the International Association of Plumbing & Mechanical Officials and carries the Uniform Plumbing Code (UPC) seal. Weld -On 711 is listed by the Canadian Standards Association (CSA) for pressure and non - pressure applications. This cement is suitable for use with PVC piing systems approved by (SBCC) Southern Building Code Congress and (BOCA) Building Officials Congress of America. SPECIFICATIONS Weld -On 711 conforms to these requirements: COLOR: Gray RESIN: Must be virgin PVC SPECIFIC GRAVITY: 0.946 t 0.040 BROOKFIELD VISCOSITY: 1600 -3000 CPS (Centipoises at 73 f2 °F) SHELF LIFE 3 years expectancy in tightly- sealed containers. The date' of manufacturer is stamped on the bottom of the container. Stability of the product is limited by the permanence of the container and the evaporation of the solvent when container is open. Evaporation of solvent will cause the cement to thicken and reduce its effectiveness. Adding of thinners to change viscosity is not recommended. SHIPPING Shipping Information for Gallon and Above: DOT Hazard Class: 3. DOT Shipping Name: Adhesive, Identification Number: UN 1133. Packaging Group: 1I. Label Required: Flammable. Shipping Information for Less than One Gallon: __ _ � - /V 1 • . T1 !1•'T+ T T _ _. _ _ ,1 !� 1 - - - . !17) 1 A iti SAFETY PRECAUTIONS: This product is flammable and considered a hazardous material. In conformance with the Federal Hazardous Substances Labeling Act, the following hazards and precautions -are given. Purchasers who may re- package this product must also conform to all local, state and federal labeling, safety and other regulations. DANGER - EXTREMELY FLAMMABLE - VAPOR HARMFUL - MAY BE HARMFUL IF SWALLOWED - MAY IRRITATE SKIN OR EYES Keep out of reach of children. Do not take internally. Keep away from heat, spark, open flame and other sources of ignition. Keep container closed when not in use. Store in the shade below 110 °F. Use only with adequate ventilation. Avoid breathing of vapors. Atmospheric levels should be maintained below established exposure limits contained in Section II of the Material Safety Data Sheet. If airborne concentrations exceed those limits, use of a NIOSH- approved organic vapor cartridge respirator with full face -piece is recommended. The effectiveness of an air purifying respirator is limited. Use it only for a single short -term exposure. For emergency and other conditions where short term exposure guidelines may be exceeded, use an approved positive pressure self - contained breathing apparatus. Avoid contact with skin, eyes and clothing. May cause eye injury. Protective equipment such as gloves and impervious apron should be used. Carefully read Material Safety Data Sheet and follow all precautions. Contains Tetrahydrofuran (109- 99 -9), Methyl Ethyl Ketone (78 -93 -3) and Cyclohexanone (108- 94 -1). Do not use this product for other than intended use. FIRST AID Inhalation: If ill effects from inhalation, remove to fresh air. If not breathing, give artificial respiration. If breathing is difficult, give oxygen. Call physician. Eye or Skin Contact: Flush with plenty of water for 15 minutes. If irritation persists, get medical attention. Ingestion: If swallowed, do not induce vomiting. Contact physician immediately. "Title III Section 313 Supplier Notification ": This product contains toxic chemicals subject to the reporting requirements of Section 313 'of the Emergency Planning and Community Right -to -Know Act of 1986 and of 40CFR372. This information must be included in all MSDSs that are copied and distributed for this material. SPECIAL PRECAUTION Do not use a dry granular calcium hypochlorite as a disinfecting material for water purification in potable water piping systems . The introduction of granules or pellets of calcium hypochlorite with PVC and CPVC solvent 'cements and primers (including their vapors) may result in a violent chemical reaction if a water solution' is not used. ` It is advisable to purify lines by pumping chlorinated water into the piping system - this solution will be non - volatile. Furthermore, dry granular calcium hypochlorite should not be stored or used near solvent cements and primers. QUALITY ASSURANCE Every batch of this product is checked to assure that consistent quality is maintained. An infrared absorption curve is recorded for each batch to ensure that this product was properly formulated. Samples are taken from all batches. and kept for a period of at least one year. A batch identification code is stamped on each can. INIPORTANT NOTE This product is intended for use by skilled individuals at their own risk. These suggestions and data are based on information we believe to be reliable. Installers should verify for themselves that they can make satisfactory joints under varying conditions. Toward this end, it is highly desirable that they receive personal instruction from trained instructors or competent, experienced installers. Contact us or your supplier for additional information or instruction. A -0896 IPS CORPORATION • 455 W. VICTORIA • COMPTON, CA 90220 • (310) 898 -3300 - P.O. BOX 379, GARDENA, CA 90248 U.S.A. MANUFACTURERS AND FORMULATORS OF ADHESIVE CEMENTS FOR EPDXY • VINYLS • NYLONS • ACRYLICS • FIBRE GLASS • POLYESTER • ABS FOAMS • BUTYRATE • STYRENE • URETHANE • POLYETHYLENE FILM • RUBBER • WOOD • METAL • MASONRY • GLASS • CERAMICS • MANY OTHERS JJARVEL PLASTICS, INC. PLANT & OFFICES: 300 KUEBLER ROAD FORKS TOWNSHIP. FASTON. PA. 18040 NSF MAILING ADDRESS: P.O. BOX 757. EASTON. PA. 1804-9 -0757 TELEPHONE: 610 252 7355 FAX. 610 253 -4416 WEHSIT E hup. / /www_harvcl coin • I. -MAIL: yualn (harvcl_cnm HARVEL PVC TYPE I PRESSURE RATED PIPE SDR 26 W.P. 160 PSI (WATER @ 73.4 °F.) Nomina T- .060 .063 .079 129 t.263 Nominal Pipe Size O.D. Avg. I.D. Min. Wall _ Wt 1 " 1.315 1.175 .060 .164 1'/ <" 1.660 1.512 .064 221 1' /z" 1.900 1.734 .073 .284 - 2 "- 5 2.173 .0 .432 2' /2" 2.8 2.635 10 .622 3" 3.500 3.210 .135 .915 31/2 " 4.000 3.672 .154 1.183 4" 4.500 ~ 4.134 .173 1.494 5" 5.563 .214 2.288 6" 6.625 6. .255 3.228 8" 8.625 7.921 .332 5.468 10" 10.750 9.874 .413 8.492 12" 12.750 11.710 .490 11.956 14" 14. 12.860 38 14.430 16" .000 14.696 6 18.810 18" °' 18.000 16.534 .692 23.860 20" ' 20.000 18.370 .769 29.470 24' 24.000 22.043 .923 42.520 HARVEL PVC TYPE I PRESSURE RATED PIPE SDR 21 W.P. 200 PSI (WATER @ 73.4 °F.) 1.050 1 " 1.315 0 1'/2" - - - 1.900 .910 1.169 1.482 .060 .063 .079 129 t.263 1.700 .09 .339 2" i 2 375 »x.129 3 521 2'12" 2.875 2. 1 137 754 3" 3.500 3 146. 167 1 106 , - 190 3 4.000 r3. 96 1 443 4" 4.500 4 046 1 825 5" 5 563 5 001 i .265 2 792 6" 5 5.955 .316 3 964 8" 8.625 7.755 .411 1 6 679 %z HARVEL PVC TYPE I PRESSURE R R @ 73.4'F.) .696 .062 T - 104 HARVEL PVC TYPE I PRESSURE RATED PIPE SDR 41 W.P. 100 PSI (WATER 18 18.000 _ 17.070;, _, ..moo, . 20 20 (3(7b 18.970w 1- 487 18 920 24' 24 000 X12.748 585 27 320 For temperatures other Irian 73 4 F contact Harvel Plastics. Inc or Product Bulletin 112/401 Standard lengths 10` r 20 feel Threading not recommended for SDR 41 21 8 26 pipe Harvel pressure rated PVC pipe conforms to ASTM material standard D 1784 and ASTM D 2241 NSF Approver' HARVEL only 7- R ! d7- JZ tQ L:21APD ►'� ►< s PVC PIPE TYPE I Rc, ;c t�.sr�r► SCHEDULE 40 (THREADING NOT RECOMMENDED) Nominal O.D. 1 Avg. I.D. Min. Wall Nominal Max. Pipe Size Wt. /Ft. - W.P'`PSI* - __ - - -- �- - - - - -- 405 { 261 068 045 810 540 °. 354 088 081 780 .675 483 091 109 620 - - - + - -- - 214`: -` -- i 480 - - - - -- - .840 � "x.608 109 t 109 600 161 , - 1 .050 f310 1' 1.315 1033 133 315 450 1 1.660 -- -- 1.364 140 426 370 1 1.900 1 592 145111 509 330 2 2.375 - 2.049 1 682 280 2 rz" i 2.875 2.445 .203 1 076 300 3" 3.500 3.042 216 1.409 260 3 -Yz" 4.000 3.520 , » °(� orb .226 1 697 240 j 4" 4.500 3.998'" 37 2.006 220 5" 5.563 17 2.726 190 6" 6.625 6.031 .28 3.535 180 8" 8.625 7.943 .322 5.305 160 101, t 10750 9.976 .365 7.532 140 12" 12.750 11.890 .406 9.949 130 14" 14_ 0 13-072 .438 11.81 130 16" .000 14.94 .500 15.416 130 18" 18.000 16.809 562 20.112 130 20" 20.000 18.743 593 23.624 120 24" 24.000 22 544 _ 687 _ - 32.873 _- -_ 120 -- - SCHEDULE 80 .,Yr SI'Lgr, AS `r2E�Jy�i2F� re" - -- -- .405 .203 _- 095 -- .058 1230 Ya" .540 .288 119 100 1 130 .675 .407 .126 .138 920 .840 .528 .147 .202 850 1.050 .724 154 .273 690 1 " 1.315 935 .179 .402 630 1 Ya" 1.660 1.256 .191 .554 520 1.900 1.476 .200 .673 470 2" 2.375 1.913 .218 .932 400 2 -Y2 " 2.875 2.289 .276 1.419 420 3" 3.500 2.864 300 1.903 370 3 'iz" 4.000 3.326 .318 2.322 - 350 _ -- -- 4" 4.500 - 3.786 .337 2.782 320 5" 5.563 4.767 .375 3.867 290 6" 6.625 5.709 .432 5.313 280 8" 8.625 7.565 .500 8.058 250 10" 10.750 9.492 .593 11.956 230 12" 12.750 11.294 .687 16.437 230 14" 14.000 12.410 .750 19.790 220 16" 16.000 14.214 .843 25.430 220 18" 18.000 16.014 .937 31.830 220 20" 20.000 17 814 1.031 40.091 220 24" 24.000 21.418 1 218 56.882 210 SCHE 120 490 - 1 170 T - - - - - - - 223 1010 1 050 690 170 295 770 1 1.315 89 440 720 1 1.660 1 204 215 614 600 1 r;" 1.900 -1, 22 744 540 250 t 052 470 2 2.375 ,.,,, 1 84 5 2 2. 2 239 I 300 1 5 470 3' 500 2 758 350 2 184 440 4" 4 500 35 72 438 3 516 430 6.625 5.434 .562 6.759 370 For water Cq 73.4 °F. Use 50% of indicated values for Schedules 80 and 120 threaded pipe Standard lengths - -10 or 20 feet_ For sales policy - see sheet "Terms of Sale " Harvel PVC pipe conforms to ASTM material standard D -1784, and Schedules 40, 80 and 120 conform to ASTM standard D- 1785 NSF Approved PVC & CPVC SCHEDULE 80 FITTINGS, UNIONS, TANK ADAPTERS, EXPANSION JOINTS & SADDLES .* S ays As -I�E;Qut2efl * ASTM STANDARD DIMENSIONS SCHEDULE 80 PIPE DIMENSIONS ASTM D 1785 I.D O.D WALL THICKNESS Nominal Pipe Size In. Mean Outside Diameter In. O.D. Tolerance In. Minimum Wall Thickness In. 1/8 0.405 t 0.004 0.095 1/4 0.540 t 0.004 0.119 3/8 0.675 t 0.004 0.126 1/2 0.840 t 0.004 0.147 3/4 1.050 t 0.004 0.154 1 1.315 t 0.005 0.179 1 -1/4 1.660 t 0.005 0.191 1-1/2 1.900 t 0.006 0.200 2 2.375 t 0.006 0.218 2 -1/2 2.875 f 0.007 0.276 3 3.500 t 0.008 0.300 4 4.500 t 0.009 0.337 5 5.563 t 0.010 0.375 6 6.625 t 0.011 0.432 8 8.625 t 0.015 0.500 10 10.750 t 0.015 0.593 12 12.750 t 0.015 0.687 SCHEDULE 80 SOCKET DIMENSIONS ASTM D 2467. F 439 l'- C --i /B A r Nominal Size In. Diameter Socket Length Minimum C Entrance A Bottom B Tolerance A 1/8 0.417 0.401 t 0.004 0.500 1/4 0.552 0.536 t 0.004 0.625 318 1 0.687 0.671 t 0.004 0.750 1/2 0.848 0.836 t 0.004 0.875 3/4 1.058 1.046 t 0.004 1.000 1 1.325 1.310 t 0.005 1.125 1 -1/4 1.670 1.655 t 0.005 1.250 1 -1/2 1.912 1.894 t 0.006 1.375 2 2.387 2.369 t 0.006 1.500 2 -1/2 2.889 2.868 t 0.007 1.750 3 3.516 3.492 t 0.008 1.875 4 4.518 4.491 t 0.009 2.250 5 5.583 5.553 t 0.010 2.625 6 6.647 6.614 t 0.011 3.000 8 8.655 8.610 t 0.015 4.000 10 10.780 10.735 t 0.015 5.000 12 12.780 12.735 t 0.015 6.000 J AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD TAPER PIPE THREADS (NPT) ANSI 81 20 1, ASTM F 1498 A v 90` Nominal Size In. Threads Per Inch Effective Thread Length L Pitch Of Thread P 1/8 27 0.2639 0.03704 114 18 1 0.4018 0.05556 3/8 18 0.4078 0.05556 1/2 14 0.5337 0.07143 3/4 14 0.5457 0.07143 1 11-1/2 0.6828 0.08696 1 -1/4 1 11 -1/2 0.7068 0.08696 1 -1/2 11 -1/2 07235 1 0.08696 2 11 -1/2 0.7565 0.08696 2 -1/2 8 1.1375 0.12500 3 8 1.2000 0.12500 4 8 1.3000 0.12500 5 8 1.4063 0.12500 6 8 1.5125 0.12500 8 8 1.7125 0.12500 50 60 63 63 STANDARD COMPARISONS SPEARS IPS -to- Metric transion unions are listed by nominal size. The chart below compares nominal and actual* pipe O.D. for each size according to the designated standard. JIS K6741 (mm) DIN 8062 (mm) ASTM D1785 (in.) NPT -ANSI 61.20.1'* Tapered Thread BSP - BS21, DIN 2999, ISO 711 Thread Nominal Actual* O.D. Actual* Nominal Actual* Designation Threads /in. Designation Threads/ 25.4mm 16 22 20 20 1/2 .840 112 14 1/2 14 20 26 25 25 3/4 1.050 3/4 14 3/4 14 25 32 32 32 1 1.315 1 11.5 1 11 30 38 40 40 1 -1/4 1.660 1 -1/4 11.5 1 -1/4 11 40 48 50 50 1 -112 1.900 1 -1/2 115 1 -1/2 11 50 60 63 63 2 2.375 2 11 5 2 11 75 89 90 90 3 3 500 3 8 3 11 100 114 110 110 4 4 500 4 8 4 11 *Specified dimension, certain tolerances apply *'NPT and BSP have different thread angles and are not compatible Spears Manufacturing Company PVC & CPVC SCHEDULE 80 FITTINGS, UNIONS, SPEhRS TANK ADAPTERS, EXPANSION JOINTS & SADDLES E Iniection Molded Dimension References: G = (LAYING LENGTH) intersection of center lines to bottom L = overall length of fittings, ± 1/16 inch. of socket/thread, 90° elbows, tees, crosses; ± 1/32 inch. M = outside diameter of socket/thread hub, ± 1/16 inch. H = intersection of center lines to face of fitting; 90° elbows, N = socket bottom to socket bottom, couplings, ± 1/16 inch. tees. crosses; ± 1/32 inch. W= height of cap; ± 1/16 inch. J = intersection of center lines to bottom of socket/thread, 45° elbows; ± 1/32 inch. Fabricated Dimension References: G = (LAYING LENGTH) intersection of center lines to bottom of socket/thread; 90° elbows, tees, crosses; t1 /4 inch. H = intersection of center lines to face of fitting; 90° elbows, tees, crosses; t 1/4 inch. J = intersection of center lines to bottom of socket/thread, 45° elbows; t 1/4 inch L = overall length of fittings; t 112 inch. M = outside diameter of socket/thread hub; t 114 inch. N = socket bottom to socket bottom; couplings; t 1/2 inch. W = height of cap; t 1/4 inch. Typical Fabricated Dimension References " �Nh Hl �/�M M M M J � H i I H E3 T -- L el i.-L� �M �-M -� M TEE S �zt 5 �s 1Zf��2E0 PH (Soc x Soc x Soc) Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) be Part Numr Size M H C' L PVC CPVC PVC 82 CPVC 801 -002C 114 27/32 31132 5/16 1-15/16 .04 .04 3 801 -003C 318 31 /32 1- 114 15!32 2- 5 801 -005C 1/2 1- 3/16 1 -15/32 19/32 2 15/16 .11 .11 7 801 -007C 3/4 1 -13/32 1 -11/16 10 801 -010C 1 1 -11/16 12 801 -012C 1 -1/4 2 3132 2 1/8 7/8 4- 1/4 .39 .15 801 -015C 1 -112 2 5/16 2- 9/16 1- 5/32 5- 1/8 .55 .57 1.01 20 801 -020C 2 2- 7/8 2 -15/16 1 7116 5 7/8 .90 25 801 -025C 2 -1/2 3 -17/32 3- 1/8 1- 3/8 6- 1/4 1.54 1.81 30 801 -030C 3 4- 5132 3 -31/32 2- 1/16 7 -15/16 2.38 2.83 40 801 -040C 4 5- 3/8 4 -23/32 2 -15/32 9- 7/16 3.43 4.93 60 801 -060C 6 7- 5/8 6- 3/4 3-3/4 13- 1/2 10.79 12.57 801 -080 801 -080C 8 9 -11/16 8 -13/16 4 -13/16 17 -5/8 21.03 21.24 801 -100 801 -100C 10 11 -19/32 10 -13/16 5-3/4 21- 518 37.89 40.50 801 -120 801 -120C 12 14- 114 12 -15/16 6 -15/16 25- 718 54.45 62.00 801 -140F - -- 14 15- 518 18- 112 11- 1/2 31 103.37 - -- 801 -160F 16 17 -11/16 21- 1/8 13- 1/8 42- 1/4 144 87 801-180F - -- 18 20 23 14 46 182.75 - 801 -2 00F 20 22- 1/8 24- 718 14- 718 49-3/4 284.24 801-240F - -- 24 26- 1/2 28- 3/4 17- 3/4 58 335.00 2 Spears Manufacturing Company PVC & CPVC SCHEDULE 80 FITTINGS, UNIONS, sP� EaRs TANK ADAPTERS, EXPANSION JOINTS & SADDLES M1 ; -* REDUCING TEE z Rs M I M2 ' (SOC X SOC X SOC) 1 I G - G2 H ►� H2 _. Part Number Size M M1 M2 H H1 H2 G G1 G2 L Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) PVC CPVC PVC CPVC 801 -101 801 -101C 3/4x3/4xl/2 1 -13/32 1 1- 3/16 1 -13/32 1 -19/32 1 -19/32 1 1 -19/32 19/32 23/32 19/32 13/16 .13 .15 801 -130 801 -130C 1x1x1/2 1-3/4 1- 3/16 1-3/4 1 -23/32 1-3/4 1 -23/32 19/32 7/8 19132 3- 7/16 .20 21 801 -131 801 -131C 1 x 1 x3/4 1 -11/16 1- 3/8 1 -11/16 1 -27/32 1 -27/32 1 -27/32 23/32 27/32 23132 3 -11116 .23 .24 801 -157 - -- 1 -1/4x1 x3 /4 2-1/8 1- 7/16 1- 314 1 -15/16 2- 1/16 1-7/8 11/16 1 1- 1/16 11/16 1 3 -13116 .30 801 -158 801 -158C 1 -1/400 2- 1/16 1 -11/16 1 -11/16 1 2- 1/8 2-5/32 1 -15116 7/8 1- 1/32 718 1 4- 1/16 .33 34 801 -159 801 -159C 1- 1/4xlxl -1/4 2- 1/16 2- 1/16 1 -23/32 1 2- 3/16 2- 5/32 2- 118 15/16 1- 1/32 15116 4- 5/16 .39 .41 801 -168 801 -168C 1- 1/40-1/40 2- 1116 1 -11116 2- 1/16 1 2- 1/8 2-5/32 1 2- 118 7/8 1- 1/32 7/8 4- 1/4 .36 .37 801 -202 801 -202C 1- 1120-1/4x1 2-7/16 1 -13/16 2- 1/16 1 2- 1/4 2 -11/32 2-1/4 718 1-7132 718 4- 112 .40 .42 801 -210 801 -210C 1- 1/20- 1/20/4 2-5/16 1- 3/8 2-5/16 2- 1/16 2- 1/32 2- 1/16 11/16 1- 1/32 11/16 4- 118 .36 .38 801 -211 801 -211C 1- 1/20-112x1 2-3/8 1 -11/16 2- 318 2- 1/4 2- 5116 2- 1/4 7/8 1- 3116 7/8 4- 1/2 46 .49 801 -212 801 -212C 1- 1120- 1/20-1/4 2- 3/8 2- 1/8 2- 3/8 2- 9/16 2- 7116 2-9116 1-3/16 1-3/16 1- 3/16 1 5- 1/8 .54 .57 801 -247 801 -247C 2x2x1/2 2-7/8 1- 5/32 2- 7/8 2- 3/32 2-5/16 2-3/32 19132 1-7/16 19/32 4- 3/16 .45 .48 801 -248 801 -248C 2x2x3/4 2- 7/8 1- 3/8 2- 7/8 2- 3/16 2- 7/16 2- 3/16 11/16 1-7/16 11/16 4- 3/8 .52 .52 801 -249 801 -249C 2x2x1 2-7/8 1- 3/4 2- 7/8 2- 3/8 2-9/16 2-3/8 7/8 1-7/16 718 4-3/4 .58 .61 801 -251 1 801 -251C 2x2xl -1/2 2-7/8 2-3/8 2- 718 1 2 -11/16 2 -13/16 1 2 -11116 1-3/16 1 1-7/16 1-3/16 5-3/8 .80 .84 801 -289 801 -289C 2- 1/2x2 -1120 3- 1/2 1- 3/4 1 1/2 2-5/8 2-7/8 2-5/8 7/8 1-3/4 718 5- 1/4 .98 1.04 801 -290 801 -290C 2- 112x2 - 1/2x1 -114 3-1/2 2- 3132 3- 1/2 2 -13/16 3 2 -13/16 1- 1116 1-3/4 1- 1116 1 5- 5/8 1.09 1.12 801 -291 801 -291C 2- 1/2x2 - 1120-112 3-1/2 2- 318 3- 112 2 -15/16 3- 1/8 2 -15/16 1-5/32 1-3/4 1-5/32 5-7/8 1.18 1.24 801 -292 801 -292C 2- 1/2x2 -1/2x2 3-7/16 2- 7/8 3-7/16 3- 5132 3-7/32 3- 5/32 1 -13/32 1 -23/32 1 -13132 6-5/16 1.27 1.35 801 -338 801 -338C 3x3x2 4-3/16 2- 718 4-3116 3-5/16 3 -11/32 3-5/16 1- 112 1 -15/32 1- 112 6-5/8 1.56 1.78 801 -339 801 -339C 3x3x2 -1/2 4-1/8 3 -15/32 4-5/32 3 -19/32 3 -13/16 3 -19132 1 -23/32 2- 1116 1 -23/32 7-3/16 1.96 2.13 801 -420 801 -420C 4x4x2 5-1/4 2- 718 5- 114 3 -11/16 4- 1/8 3 -11/16 1-7/16 2-5/8 1-7/16 7-3/8 2.39 2.60 801 -422 801 -422C 4x4x3 5-7/32 4-3/16 5-7/32 4 -11/32 4 -15132 4 -11/32 2- 1116 2 -21132 2-3/32 8 -11116 3.09 3.29 801 -484F - -- 5x5x1 -1/2 6-3/8 2- 3/8 6-5/16 6- 118 6- 1/8 6- 118 3-3/8 4-5/8 3-3/8 12- 114 9.10 - -- 801-486F - -- 5x5x2 6-3/8 2- 7/8 6-5/16 6-5/8 6-5/8 6-5/8 3-7/8 4-7/8 3-7/8 13-1/4 6.87 - -- 801 -527' 801 -527CF 6x6xl -1/2 7-9/16 4- 118 7-9/16 5- 1/16 6- 1/8 5-1/16 2-1/16 4-5/8 2-1/16 10- 1/8 8.44 7.16 801 -528' 801 -528C' 6x6x2 7-9/16 4- 1/8 7-9/16 5- 1/16 6-1/8 5-1/16 2-1/16 4-5/8 2-1/16 10- 118 7.00 9.05 801 -529F 801 -529CF 6x6x2 -112 7-1/2 3-5/16 7- 112 8 7- 1/2 8 5 5- 1/2 5 16 11.12 9.69 801 -530 801 -530C 6X6X3 7- 1/2 5-3/16 7- 1/2 5-9/16 6-3/8 5-9/16 2 -11/16 4-9/16 2 -11/16 11- 1/8 6.34 8.79 801 -532 801 -532C 6x6x4 7- 112 5- 114 7-9/16 5-9/16 5 -15116 1 5-9116 2 -11/16 3-3/4 2 -11/16 11- 118 7.43 8.30 801 -578' 801 -578C' 8x8x2 9 -11/16 7-9/16 9 -11/16 1 7 -13/16 8-1/4 7 -13/16 3 -13/16 6-3/4 3 -13/16 15-5/8 17.97 18.19 801 -579F 801 -579F 8x8x2 -1/2 9-5/8 3-5/16 9- 5/8 9-1/2 8-5/8 9-1/2 5- 1/2 6-5/8 5-1/2 1 19 17.97 16.63 801 -580' 801 -580C' 8x8x3 9 -11116 7-9/16 9 -11/16 7 -13/16 8- 1/4 7 -13/16 3 -13/16 6- 1/2 3 -13/16 15-5/8 17.42 20.04 801 -582' 801 -582C' 8x8x4 9 -11/16 7-9/16 9 -11/16 7 -13/16 8-3/8 7 -13/16 3 -13/16 6- 118 3 -13116 15-5/8 17.42 22.80 801 -585 801 -585C 8x8x6 9 -11116 7 -17132 9 -11/16 7 -13116 7 -27132 7 -13116 3 -13/16 4 -27/32 3 -13116 15- 5/8 14.96 15.64 801 -621F 801 -621 CF 10x10x2 12- 1/8 2 -31/32 11-5/16 10 9 -15116 10 4-5/8 8- 1/16 4- 5/8 20 25.66 27.33 801 -622F - -- 10OW -112 12 3- 1/2 11-5/161 11 9-5/8 11 5- 3/4 7- 5/8 5- 3/4 22 25.66 - -- 801 -623' 801 -623C' 10x10x3 12 7- 1/2 12 9- 3/8 9- 112 9- 318 3- 718 7- 3/4 3- 718 18-3/4 32.67 28.69 '- Outlet sized with bushing Made in the U.S.A. SPERRS PVC AND CPVC SCHEDULE 80 FITTINGS, TANK ADAPTERS, EXPANSION JOINTS & SADDLES H �{ J 90° ELL 5 �Z RS 1�E��2c�p G ;- - (Soc x Soc) Fes- M Part Number Size M H G Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) PVC CPVC P VC CPVC 806 -002 806 -002C 1/4 13/16 1 11/32 .03 .03 806 -003 806 -003C 3/8 31/32 1-1/4 15/32 .05 .05 806 -005 806 -005C 1/2 1-3/16 1-7/16 17/32 .08 .08 806 -007 806 -007C 3/4 1 -13/32 1 -11/16 11/16 .12 .12 806 -010 806 -010C 1 1-3/4 1 -29/32 25/32 .19 .20 806 -012 806 -012C 1 -1/4 2 -31/32 2-5/16 1-1/32 .33 .35 806 -015 806 -015C 1 -1/2 2 -11/32 2-1/2 1-1/8 .54 .40 806 -020 806 -020C 2 2- 7/8 2 -15/16 1-7/16 .61 .66 806 -025 806 -025C 2 -1/2 3 -15/32 3 -11/32 1 -15/32 1.07 1.17 806 -030 806 -030C 3 4- 1/8 4-1/32 2-5/32 1.57 1.82 806 -040 806 -040C 4 5- 1/4 4-7/8 2-5/8 2.80 3.49 806 -045F - -- 4 -1/2 5-3/8 9 -11/16 7-1/8 4.58 - -- 806 -05OF - -- 5 6-5/16 9-1/4 6-112 6.23 - -- 806 -060 806 -060C 6 7-9/16 6-9116 3-9/16 8.59 8.38 806 -080 806 -080C 8 9 -11/16 8 -27132 4 -31/32 15.80 15.65 806 -100 806 -100C 10 12 -1/16 11 -11/32 5 -25/32 26.67 28.74 806 -120 806 -120C 12 14-9/32 13-9/16 7-1/16 43.94 47.94 806 -14OF - -- 14 15- 1/2 23-1/4 16- 1/4 77.82 - -- 806-160F - -- 16 17 -11/16 26 18 122.38 806 -18OF - -- 18 20 29-1/2 20-1/2 154.01 806 -20OF - -- 20 22- 1/8 33-3/4 23-3/4 226.44 - -- 806 -24OF - -- 24 26- 112 40- 114 1 29- 1/4 380.00 -- � �.�c� �rn nno - - - X /� x (Soc Soc) rr r - - - ` X )7- /V( / Vt �'�i� c 1 } H Part Number Size M H G Ap„p.r.o*-WC (Lbs.) PVC CPVC PVC CPVC 806- 005LSF 806- 005LSCF 1/2 1- 1/8 2- 7/8 2 .13 .13 806- 007LSF 806- 007LSCF 3/4 1- 3 3. 7116' 2-7/16 .22 .24 806- 01OLSF 806- 010LSCF 1 2 -7/8 .33 .37 806- 012LSF 806- 012LSCF 1- 1/4 .. 2- 1/16 4-7/8 "- 3s. -518 806- 015LSF 806- 015LSCF _. -1- 1/2 2- 1/4 5-3/8 4- 1/8 `` " .60 .68 806- 02OLSF 806 020LSCF 2 2- 3/4 6-5/8 5- 1/8 .90 806- 03OL-SF 806- 03OLSCF 3 4- 1/8 9 7 2.46 2.74 806- 04OLSF 806- 04OLSCF 4 5- 1/8 12- 112 1 10- 1/4 4.76 4.85 Spears Manufacturing Company R E PVC & CPVC SCHEDULE 80 FITTINGS, UNIONS, SPEdRS TANK ADAPTERS, EXPANSION JOINTS & SADDLES 300 ELL (SOc X SOc) " i t_ i Part Number Size M H Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) PVC CPVC PVC CPVC 815 -02OF 815 -020CF 2 2 -27/32 2-1/2 29!32 .46 .54 815 -025F 815 -025CF 2 -1/2 3-1/2 3-3/8 1-3/8 .82 .81 815 -03OF 815 -04OF 815 -030CF 815 -040CF 3 4 4-1/8 5-1/8 3-1/8 3-21/32 7/8 1-9/32 1.21 2.16 1.44 2.27 815 -045F - -- 4 -1/2 5-3/8 4-3/8 1-7/8 2.18 - -- 815 -05OF 815 -060 -- 815 -060C 5 6 6-5/16 7-9/16 4-1/2 4 -13/16 1-3/4 1-7/8 3.10 5.59 -- 6.10 815 -08OF 815 -080CF 8 9-3/4 6-1/32 1 -25132 10.00 11.17 815 -10OF 815 -12OF 815 -100CF 815 -120CF 10 12 12 14-1/4 7-7/8 9- 5/8 2-5/8 3-3/8 16.81 26.50 21.26 32.30 815 -14OF - -- 14 15-1/2 10-3/8 3-3/8 37.18 - -- 815 -16OF - -- 16 17 -11/16 12 4 50.59 - 815 -18OF - -- 18 20 14 5-7/16 - -- - -- 815 -20OF - -- 20 22- 1/8 - 15-1/4 5-1/4 1 119.88 18.77 815 -24OF - 24 26- 1/2 17-5/8 6-5/8 1 194.75 - x 22 -1120 ELL (Soc x Soc) /t,47-0 Vj b --.r.. vJ 6'L,L,,, H Part Number Size M H Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) PVC CPVC PVC CPVC 816 -01OF 1 1 -23/32 17/32 .13 - -- 816 -015F 1 -1/2 2- 5/32 23/32 .31 816 -020 816 -020C 2 B3-1 1- 7/8 7/16 .41 .44 816 -025F - -- 2 -1/2 3- 1116 1 1132 .84 816 -030 816 030C 3 2 13/32 9/16 .97 1.01 816 -040 816 -040C 4 5- 114 2-7/8 5/8 1.64 1.71 816 -045F 4 -112 5 518 4- 118 1-5/8 2.09 - -- 816 -05OF 5 6- 5/16 4- 1/2 1-3/4 3.15 - -- 816 -06OF 816 -060CF 6 7-7/16 4 -29/32 1- 9/32 5.02 5.29 816 - 880F 816 -080CF 8 9- 5/8 6- 7/32 1 -25/32 8.94 9.85 816 -100F 816 -100CF 10 12 7- 9/16 2- 5/16 17.25 18.77 816 -12OF 816 -120CF 12 14- 1/8 8 -29/32 2 -13/32 28.02 31.15 816 -14OF - -- 14 15- 112 9- 7/8 2- 7/8 37.62 --- 816 -16OF 16 17 -11/16 11- 3/8 3--3/8 58.06 - -- 816 -18OF 18 19-7/8 12- 1/4 3- 1/4 74.01 - -- 816 -20OF - -- 20 22- 1/8 14- 5/8 4- 5/8 119.88 - -- 816 -24OF - -- 24 26- 1/2 16- 1/2 5-1/2 158.00 iC Spears Manufacturing Company O I PVC & CPVC SCHEDULE 80 FITTINGS, UNIONS, TANK ADAPTERS, EXPANSION JOINTS & SADDLES SPEARS 450 ELL X (Soc x SOc) Part Number Size M H Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) PVC cPVc PVC cPVc 817 -002 817 -002C 1/4 27/32 13/16 5/32 .03 .03 817 -003 817 -003C 3/8 1 31/32 7/32 .04 .04 817 -005 817 -005C 1/2 1 -3/16 1 -5/32 9/32 .06 .07 817 -007 817 -007C 3/4 1 -13/32 1-11/32 11/32 .09 .10 817 -010 817 -010C 1 1 -23/32 1 -7/16 11/32 .15 .16 817 -012 817 -012C 1 -1/4 2 -3/32 1 -11/16 13/32 .21 .22 817 -015 817 -015C 1 -112 2-3/8 1 -27/32 7/16 .30 .32 817 -020 817 -020C 2 2-7/8 2-5/32 21/32 .48 .47 817 -025 817 -025C 2 -1/2 3- 112 2 -17/32 25/32 .84 .89 817 -030 817 -030C 3 4-1/8 4 2- 1/8 1.13 1.22 817 -040 817 -040C 4 5- 1/4 3- 7132 15/16 2.24 2.31 817 -045F 817 -045CF 4 -1/2 5-5/8 4- 1/2 2 2.32 - -- 817 -05OF - -- 5 6-5/16 4 -23/32 2- 1/32 3.26 - -- 817 -060 817 -060C 6 7 -9/16 4 -23/32 1 -23/32 537 5.62 817 -080 817 -080C 8 9-5/8 6 2 9.98 10.70 817 -100 817 -100C 10 12 8-3/16 2 -11116 19.68 21.29 817 -120 817 -120C 12 14 -5/16 9 -19/32 3 -3132 32.29 35.50 817 -14OF - -- 14 15-1/2 11-3/4 4-3/4 41.37 - -- 817 -16OF - -- 16 17 -11/16 13-1/2 5- 1/2 57.91 - -- 817 -18OF - -- 18 20 15 6 81.87 817 -20OF - -- 20 22-1/8 16-3/4 6-3/4 113.22 817 -24OF 24 26- 1/2 19- 1/4 8- 1/4 180.50 1 150 ELL -mac 1 '� (�1c`f� v �`2 Gar.i (SOc X SOc) j 1-4To `L t Er ` ` te7LL H ! 1� M Part Number Size M H J Approx. M. (Lbs.) PVC cPVc PVC cPVc 818 -02OF 818 -020CF 2 2 -13/16 2- 112 3/4 .48 .54 818 -025F - -- 2 -1/2 3-3/8 3- 1/4 1-1/4 .79 - -- 818 -03OF 818 -030CF 3 4-3/32 3-3/32 27/32 1.10 1.44 818 -04OF 818 -040CF 4 5-5/32 3 -17/32 1- 7/32 1.76 1.96 818 -045F - -- 4 -1/2 5-5/8 4 1-1/2 2.00 - -- 818 -05OF - -- 5 6-5/16 4- 1/4 1- 1/2 2.98 - -- 818 -06OF 818 -060CF 6 7-7/16 4 -23/32 1-9/32 4.49 5.40 818 -08OF 818 -080CF 8 9-5/8 6- 1/2 1-3/4 8.99 10.81 818 -10OF 818 -100CF 10 12 7-5/8 2- 3/8 16.72 17.92 818 -12OF 818 -120CF 12 14- 1/4 8-5/8 2- 3/8 25.98 27.71 818 -14OF - 14 15- 1/2 9- 3/8 2-3/8 33.55 - -- 818 -16OF 16 17-3/4 10-7/8 2- 1/8 50.93 - -- 818 -18OF 18 19-7/8 12- 1/4 3- 1/4 69.16 818 -20OF - -- 20 22- 1/8 1 14 4 119.88 818 -24OF - -- 24 26- 1/2 1 15-7/8 4- 7/8 194.75 Made in the U.S.A. 13 a PVC & CPVC SCHEDULE 80 FITTINGS, UNIONS, TANK ADAPTERS, EXPANSION JOINTS & SADDLES J COUPLING* S I7,'E-S P� '�EQUtl2El> (Soc x Soc) - - -- - - -- Part Number Size M N L Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) PVC CPVC PVC CPVC 829 -002 829 -002C 1/4 27/32 1/16 1-3/8 .02 .02 829 -003 829 -003C 3/8 1 3/16 1-5/8 .04 .04 829 -005 829 -005C 1/2 1- 9/32 3/32 1 -29/32 .07 .07 829 -007 829 -007C 3/4 1- 112 1/8 2-3/16 .10 .10 829 -010 829 -010C 1 1 -23/32 7/32 2 -15/32 .12 .16 829 -012 829 -012C 1 -1/4 2- 7/32 7/32 2 -23/32 .22 .24 829 -015 829 -015C 1 -1/2 2 -11/32 3/16 2-7/8 .31 .32 829 -020 829 -020C 2 2-7/8 1/16 3-1/8 .31 .33 829 -025 829 -025C 2 -1/2 3 -15/32 1/4 3 -11/16 .68 .58 829 -030 829 -030C 3 4 -3/16 3/16 4 82 .90 829 -040 829 -040C 4 5- 7/32 1/4 4-3/4 1.51 1.58 829 -060 829 -060C 6 7 -11/16 1/4 6- 1/4 3.45 3.55 829 -080 829 -080C 8 9 -11/16 5/16 8 -7/16 6.79 7.03 829 -100F 829 -100CF 10 12 1 -15/16 12-5/16 14.16 15.64 829 -12OF 829 -120CF 12 14- 1/4 1-7/8 14-1/4 24.14 24.54 829 -14OF - -- 14 15-5/8 2 -11/16 16 -13/16 31.96 - -- 829 -16OF - -- 16 17 -13/16 1 3 19-3/8 43.00 - -- 829 -18OF - -- 18 19 7/8 3 1/4 21-1/4 59.23 - -- 829 -20OF - -- 20 22-1/16 4 24 86.58 - -- 829 -24OF - -- 24 26-7/16 2 27 137.75 Made in the U.S.A. 17 Em:il PVC & CPVC SCHEDULE 80 FITTINGS, UNIONS, TANK ADAPTERS, EXPANSION JOINTS & SADDLES FEMALE ADAPTER 5k-,E-5 k..t ��v,, M (Soc x Fipt) ____ Part Number Size M N L Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) PVC CPVC PVC CPVC 835 -002 835 -002C 1/4 27/32 3/32 1 -11/32 .02 .02 835 -003 835 -003C 3/8 1 3/32 1 -15/32 .04 .04 835 -005 835 -005C 1/2 1-3/16 1/8 1-314 .06 .06 835 -007 835 -007C 3/4 1 -13/32 3/32 1 -29/32 .08 .08 835 -010 835 -010C 1 1 -23/32 1/8 2-7/32 .13 .14 835 -012 835 -012C 1-1/4 2-1/4 3/32 2-3/8 .21 .22 835 -015 835 -015C 1-1/2 2-11/32 7/32 2-1/2 .20 .20 835 -020 835 -020C 2 3-1/32 1/8 2 -11/16 .39 .41 835 -025 835 -025C 1 2 -1/2 1 3 -17/32 9/32 3-5/8 .70 .73 835 -030 835 -030C 1 3 1 4-1/4 1 9/32 3 -25/32 .74 1.07 835 -040 835 -040C 1 4 1 5- 7/32 1 1/4 3 -31/32 1.19 1.71 22 Spears Manufacturing Company FEM APTER N�1" ��U1 E�3 i M -- - I M1 (Soc x Brass F pt)° �... " i _. N Part Number Size M �», M1 N L Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) PVC CPVC PVC CPVC 835 -005BR 835- 005CBR 1/2 -'.77' 1-7/32 1- 7/32 11/32 -1 -25/32 .15 .16 835 -007BR 835- 007CBR -54- 1 -13/32 1- 3/8 5/16 2 "'° =.. .23 .24 835 -010BR 835 -010-CBR 1 1 -23/32 1 -23/32 11/32 2-9/32 3 .37 835 -012BR $.35- "012C8R 1 -1/4 1 2- 3/32 1 2-3/32 1 5/16 2-3/8 1 .30 .31 835 -015 835- 015CBR 1 -1/2 1 2- 3/8 2-7116 1 1/4 2 -17/32 .45 .46 835- 20BR 835- 020CBR 2 1 2 -29/32 2 -31/32 1 15/32 2 -11/16 1 .57 1 .58 22 Spears Manufacturing Company E=il PVC & CPVC SCHEDULE 80 FITTINGS, UNIONS, TANK ADAPTERS, EXPANSION JOINTS & SADDLES - MALE ADAPTER- S I ZE3 (Spig x Mipt) A S �136�)LIIREC> �N PI PE —�I N I+ Part Number Size Ml N L Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) PVC CPVC PVC CPVC 861 -005 861 -005C 1/2 Wt. (Lbs.) 5/16 1 -13/16 .03 .03 861 -007 861 -007C 3/4 1/2 5/16 1 -31/32 .05 .05 861 -010 861 -010C 1 878 -007SR 9132 2-1/4 .07 .08 861 -012 861 -012C 1 -1/4 N 9/32 2-7116 .12 .13 861 -015 861 -015C 1 -112 2-1/4 11/32 2-5/8 .15 1 .16 861 -020 861 -020C 2 13/32 2 -13/16 .23 1 .24 r ESS STEEL REINFORCED N6T- GOT ADAPTER (Spig x SR Fipt) p Ml oo I�.�I,'� Part Number Size M1 `� �+� j" - L Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) PVC CPVC PVC CPVC 878 -005SR 878- 005CSR 1/2 1- 7/32 `" 5/32 1 3.9 ", .06 J N� .06 878 -007SR 878- 007CSR 3/4 1- 3,8- 3/16 Part Number 1 -15/16 07 N .08 878 -010SR 878- 010CSR 1 CPVC 7/32 2-1/4 1'1, •- .11 878 -012SR 878- 012CSR 1 -1/4:° 2- 1/16 1/4 2 -15/32 .18 878= 'b98CSR .19 878 -015SR 878- 015CSR9 -1/2 2-7/16 9/32 .06 2 -21/32 25 1 x 1/4 .26 878 -020SR 878 -020 2 3- 1/32 5/16 2 -13/16 .37 .40 878 -030SR 8 0CSR 3 4-9/32 17/32 3 -13116 .85 .90 878 -040SR 878- 040CSR 4 5- 1/4 1 5/8 1 4-3/8 1 1.36 1.42 S NLESS STEEL REINFORCED �OT iv oo I�.�I,'� REDUCI OF MALE ADAPTER (Spig x R t -- r J N� Part Number - _$ire" M1 N _» Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) PVC CPVC PVC CPVC 878 -072SR 878 -072R° 1/2x1/4 27/32 3/16 1 -13/32 O3 -._,n .03 878 -098SR 878= 'b98CSR 3/4x1/4 27/32 9/32 1 -27/32 05 .06 878 -128SR 878- 128CSR 1 x 1/4 27/32 21/32 2- 3/8 .08 09 0 24 Spears Manufacturing Company PVC & CPVC SCHEDULE 80 FITTINGS, UNIONS, TANK ADAPTERS, EXPANSION JOINTS & SADDLES mM;:i PLUG (Mipt) N07- u` Li Part Number STAINLESS INFORCED CAP Approx. M PLUG CPVC PVC CPVC (SR Fipt):w:. 850 -002C (Spi9) 25/32 .01 .01 850 -003 850 -003C 3/8 13/16 .01 .01 850 -005 850 -005C 1/2 7/8 Part Number Size M w Ap t. (Lbs.) PVC C PVC 850 -010C 848 -002SR 48- 002CSR 1/4 31/32 29/32 .02 .02 848 -00 848- 003CSR 3/8 31/32 29/32 .03 .03 PLUG (Mipt) Li Part Number Size L Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) PLUG CPVC PVC CPVC 850 -002 850 -002C (Spi9) 25/32 .01 .01 850 -003 850 -003C 3/8 13/16 .01 .01 850 -005 850 -005C 1/2 7/8 .02 .02 850 -007 850 -007C 3/4 29/32 .02 .03 850 -010 850 -010C Part Number Size .06 - L " -. Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) PVC CPVC PVC .08 CPVC 849 -005 - -- 1/2 .10 1- 5/ 2 -. .03 850 -020C - -- 849 -007 .18 3/4 850 -025 1- 1/4 .04 1-31/32 .31 849 -010 - 1 3 1 -13132 -06 .50 -- 849 -012 - -- 1 -1/2 .73 1 -17/32 10 1 6 849-01 '` - -- 1 -1/2 1 -11/16 .13 020 849 -020C 1 2 1-7/8 .21 .24 PLUG (Mipt) Li Part Number Size L Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) PVC CPVC PVC CPVC 850 -002 850 -002C 1/4 25/32 .01 .01 850 -003 850 -003C 3/8 13/16 .01 .01 850 -005 850 -005C 1/2 7/8 .02 .02 850 -007 850 -007C 3/4 29/32 .02 .03 850 -010 850 -010C 1 1 -1/4 .06 .06 850 -012 850 -012C 1 -1/4 1-9/32 .08 .08 850 -015 850 -015C 1 -1/2 1-7/32 .10 .11 850 -020 850 -020C 2 1 -7/16 .18 .20 850 -025 850 -025C 2-1/2 1-31/32 .31 .33 850 -030 850 -030C 3 2 .46 .50 850 -040 850 -040C 1 4 2- 3/32 .73 .79 850 -060 1 6 1 2-3/32 1.70 Made in the U.S.A. 31 El PVC & CPVC SCHEDULE 80 FITTINGS, UNIONS, TANK ADAPTERS, EXPANSION JOINTS & SADDLES UNION NUT (SOc X $0c) 235 psi @ 73 °F Listed Part No. Applicable to -- rt - -' - -- PP 897- XXX/8097 -XXX EPDM O -ring Seal Units Part Number Nut Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) w/Vitono O -ring Seal Size M N L O.D. PVC CPVC PVC CPVC 857 -002 857 -002C 1/4 15/16 5/8 1 -15/16 1 -21/32 .09 .10 857 -003 857 -003C 3/8 1-1/32 19/32 2-5/32 1 -25/32 .11 .11 8057 -005 8057 -005C 1/2 1-3/16 11/32 2-3/32 1-7/8 .12 .08 8057 -007 8057 -007C 3/4 1 -13/32 3/8 2-3/8 2-9/32 .17 .19 8057 -010 8057 -010C 1 1 -23/32 7/16 2 -11/16 2 -9/16 .28 17 8057 -012 8057 -012C 1 -1/4 2- 3/32 7/16 2 -15/16 3-3/32 .36 .40 8057 -015 8057 -015C 1-1/2 2- 3/8 1/2 3-1/4 3-1/2 .50 .51 8057 -020 8057 -020C 2 2 -7/8 17/32 3 -17/32 4 -9/32 .86 .89 8057 -030 8057 -030C 3 4-3/16 1/2 4-1/4 6-7/32 2.16 2.50 8057 -040 8057 -040C 4 5 -318 1 -3/8 5 -7/8 7 -3/32 3.75 3.97 1) For (Socket X Socket) Unions Equipped With EPDM O -ring, Replace The 857/8057 With An 897/8097 Before The Dash e.g ) Part Number 897 -002 = 114" PVC, Schedule 80, Union, Socket, With EPDM 0-rings. is Spears Manufacturing Company r/ 1 D O U BtT-V1A( r 100 psi @ 73 °F L 1 Gz� Part Number e e M M M M1 H H H H1 H H2 G G G G1 G G2 L L A Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) PVC I I CPVC P 1 2 PVC C CPVC 876 -338 8 87 8C 3 3x3x2 1 1 4- 3/16 1 2- 7/8 1 1 2- 114 1 5 5-3/4 5 5 -29/32 1 1 3/8 1 1 4-1/4 4 4 -13/32 1 8 8 1 1 2.24 1 2 2.24 NUT (SOc X $0c) 235 psi @ 73 °F Listed Part No. Applicable to -- rt - -' - -- PP 897- XXX/8097 -XXX EPDM O -ring Seal Units Part Number Nut Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) w/Vitono O -ring Seal Size M N L O.D. PVC CPVC PVC CPVC 857 -002 857 -002C 1/4 15/16 5/8 1 -15/16 1 -21/32 .09 .10 857 -003 857 -003C 3/8 1-1/32 19/32 2-5/32 1 -25/32 .11 .11 8057 -005 8057 -005C 1/2 1-3/16 11/32 2-3/32 1-7/8 .12 .08 8057 -007 8057 -007C 3/4 1 -13/32 3/8 2-3/8 2-9/32 .17 .19 8057 -010 8057 -010C 1 1 -23/32 7/16 2 -11/16 2 -9/16 .28 17 8057 -012 8057 -012C 1 -1/4 2- 3/32 7/16 2 -15/16 3-3/32 .36 .40 8057 -015 8057 -015C 1-1/2 2- 3/8 1/2 3-1/4 3-1/2 .50 .51 8057 -020 8057 -020C 2 2 -7/8 17/32 3 -17/32 4 -9/32 .86 .89 8057 -030 8057 -030C 3 4-3/16 1/2 4-1/4 6-7/32 2.16 2.50 8057 -040 8057 -040C 4 5 -318 1 -3/8 5 -7/8 7 -3/32 3.75 3.97 1) For (Socket X Socket) Unions Equipped With EPDM O -ring, Replace The 857/8057 With An 897/8097 Before The Dash e.g ) Part Number 897 -002 = 114" PVC, Schedule 80, Union, Socket, With EPDM 0-rings. is Spears Manufacturing Company 1) For (Socket X Socket) Unions Equipped With EPDM O -ring, Replace The 857/8057 With An 897/8097 Before The Dash e.g ) Part Number 897 -002 = 114" PVC, Schedule 80, Union, Socket, With EPDM 0-rings. is Spears Manufacturing Company Aj THERMOPLASTIC FLANGES Torque Sequence Bolt torque sequence is shown in Table 2. Table 2 OOJgL 1115 15 • • 3• •1 3 • • 6 7 •• 5 7•• ••9 7 • + • 3 + 9 3 • + • 13 3 7 2• •4 • • • 4 1 8•• •• 4 14 0 4la 2 B 2 128 10 1. a 18 2 15 2 20 Gaskets Full faced, 1/8" thick elastomer gaskets with a Shore "A" Durometer of approximately 70 is recommended. Flange Make -up Once a flange is joined to pipe, the method for joining two flanges is as follows: J A. Piping runs joined to the flanges must be installed in a straight line position to the flange to avoid stress at the flange due to misalignment. Piping must also be secured and supported to prevent lateral movement which can create stress and damage the flange. B. With gasket in place, align the bolt holes of the mating flanges by rotating the ring into position. C. Insert all bolts, washers (two standard flat washers per bolt), and nuts. D. Make sure the faces of the mating surfaces are flush against gasket prior to bolting down the flanges. E. Tighten the nuts by hand until they are snug. Establish uniform pressure over the flange face by tightening -the bolts in 5 ft. -Ibs. increments according to the sequence shown in Table 2 following a 180° opposing sequence. F. Care must be taken to avoid "bending" the flange when joining a Spears flange to a "raised face" flange, or a wafer -style valve. Do not use bolts to bring together improperly mated flanges. Configuration Terminology Muti -Bolt Pattern Ring — Bolt hole drilling accepts ANSI and Metric Flanges Soc — Slip socket connection for solvent cement welding Spigot — Pipe O.D. connection for solvent cement welding Fipt — Female Iron Pipe Thread SR Fipt — Spears patented Stainless Steel Reinforced (SR) plastic thread IPS — Iron Pipe Size PIP — Plastic Irrigation Pipe MADE IN THE U.S.A. PVC & CPVC INJECTION MOLDED CLASS 150 FLANGES I ES] M Van Stone Style Flange - Soc LL (Two - Piece) R } N I I BOLT CIRCLE DIA. - --I� kw o0 Part Number Size L M N R Holt Circle Dia. No. of Bolt Holes ale Min. Bolt Length OZ.* Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) PVC CPVC PVC CPVC 854 -005 854 -005C 1/2 1-1/32 1-7/32 5/32 17/32 2-3/8 4 1/2 2 3-1/2 .19 .20 854 -007 854 -007C 314 1-1/8 1 1-7/16 5/32 1 9/16 2-3/4 4 1 1/2 2 3-7/8 .26 .27 854 -010 854 -010C 1 1-9/32 1 1- 314 5/32 5/8 3-1/8 4 1/2 2- 1/4 4-1/4 .36 .37 854 -012 854 -012C 1-1/4 1 -13/32 2-5/32 5/32 11/16 3-1/2 4 1/2 2-1/4 4-5/8 .46 .45 854 -015 854 -015C 1 -1/2 1 -17/32 2-7/16 3/16 3/4 3-7/8 4 1/2 2-1/2 5 .56 .60 854 -020 854 -020C 2 1 -11/16 2- 15116 3116 13/16 4-3/4 4 5/8 3 6 .85 .91 854 -025 854 -025C 2-1/2 2 3-1/2 5/16 31/32 5- 1/2 4 5/8 3-1/4 7 1.16 1.40 854 -030 854 -030C 3 2-1/8 4-1/4 1/4 1 1-1/16 6 1 4 5/8 3-1/4 7-1/2 1.66 1.70 854 -040 854 -040C 4 2-1/2 5-1/4 1/4 1-1/8 7-1/2 8 5/8 3-1/2 9 2.68 2.84 854 -050 854 -050C 5 3 6-1/4 318 1-1/8 8-1/2 8 3/4 3-3/4 10-1/8 3.35 3.60 854 -060 854 -060C 6 3-3/8 7-9/16 7/16 1-9/32 9-1/2 8 3/4 4 11 4.54 4.67 854 - 080 1 854 -080C 8 4-3/8 1 9-5/16 3/8 1-3/8 11-3/4 8 3/4 4-1/2 13-1/2 6.69 7.06 854 -100 854 -100C 10 5-11/16 11-3/4 1 11/16 1-5/8 14-1/4 12 7/8 5 16 11.69 11.76 854 - 120 854 -120C 12 7-1/4 13-11/16 5/8 1-5/8 17 12 7/8 5 19 16.78 1 18.50 854 -140 854 -140C 14 7-1/2 15-1/2 1/2 1 j 2 18- 3/4 12 1 5-1/2 21 26.84 28.42 854 -160 854 -160C 16 8-3/4 17-3/4 3/4 2-3/8 21-1/4 16 1 1 6-1/2 23-1/2 37.64 1 24.81 MADE IN THE U.S.A. Van Stone Style Flange with Plastic Solid Ring - Soc 1 R (Two - Piece) �r]� .16 1 BOLT CRCLE OW �I Imo- MAX 00 Bolt No. of MIn. Approx. Wt. Part Number Size L M N R Circle Bolt Bolt Bolt Max. (Lbs.) Dia. Holes Size Length PVC CPVC PVC PVC CPVC S854 -020 - -- 2 1 -11/16 2- 15/16 3/16 13/16 4-3/4 4 5/8 3 6 .85 S854 -030 S854 -030C 3 2-1/8 1 4-1/4 1/4 1-1/16 6 4 1 5/8 3-1/4 1 7-1/2 1.66 1-.70 S854 -040 S854 -040C 4 2-1/2 5-1/4 1/4 1-1/8 7-1/2 8 5/8 1/2 1 9 2.68 2.84 S854 -060 S854 -0 6 3-3/8 7-9/16 7/16 1-9/32 9-1/2 8 3/4 4 11 4.54 4.67 S854 -080 S854 -080C 8 4-3/8 9-5/16 3/8 1-3/8 11-3/4 8 314 4-1/2 13-1/2 6.69 7.06 S854 -100 S854 -100C 10 5-11/16 11-3/4 11/16 1-5/8 14-1/4 12 7/8 5 16 11.69 11.76 5854 -120 S854 -120C 12 7-1/4 13 -11/16 5/8 1-5/8 17 1 12 7/8 5 19 1 16.78 1 18.50 MADE IN THE U.S.A. dam@ PVC & CPVC INJECTION MOLDED CLASS 150 FLANGES Technical Information Application Molded CL 150 Flange fittings are coupling devices designed for joining IPS (Iron Pipe Size) plastic piping systems, where frequent disassembly may be required, and can be used as a transitional fitting for joining plastic to metal piping systems. Suitability of application is at the discretion of the user. Pressure Rating 150 psi, water at 73 °F. Flange Types One -Piece — available in socket configuration, sizes 1/2" through 8 "; thread and SR thread (steel reinforced) configuration sizes 1/2" through 4 ". Van Stone Style — two -piece design with rotating flange ring, available in socket configurations, sizes 1/2" through 16 "; thread configurations, sizes 1/2" through 4" and spigot configurations, sizes 1/2" through 12 ". Blind — closed -ring design for capping off a mating flange, flanged fitting or flanged valve, available in sizes 1/2" through 12 ". Materials All injection molded flanges are produced from either PVC or CPVC materials approved for potable water use by the National Sanitation Foundation (NSF). Glass- filled PVC or CPVC materials may be used in certain Van Stone Style flange -rings and large diameter Blind flanges where additional reinforcement is deemed necessary. Conformance Standards Socket & Spigot — ASTM D 2467 (PVC); ASTM F 439 (CPVC), as applicable. Threads — ASTM F 1498. Bolt Hole Pattern —ANSI 616.5; ASTM D 4024. Material — ASTM D 1784 (PVC Cell Classification 12454 -B, CPVC Cell Classification 23447 -6). Weights & Dimensions Specified minimum bolt lengths are based on the use of two Spears Flanges, two standard flat washers, standard nut and 1/8" thick elastomer full face gasket. Mating with other brands or accessories may require variation. Bolts and gaskets are not supplied with flanges. Dimension referet L M N R Max. O.D. Bolt Circle Diameter ices: = overall length of hub, t 1/16 inch. = outside diameter of socket hub, t 1/16 inch. = (Laying Length) socket/spigot bottom to seal -ring face of flange, t 1/16 inch. = height (thickness) of flange ring, t 1/16 inch. = outside diameter of ring, t 1/16 inch. = ANSI B 16.5 Standard; ASTM D 4024, t 1/16 inch. 3 SPEARS® MANUFACTURING COMPANY June 5, 2002 Mr. Dale E. Winterquist President Falcon General Engineering, Inc. 572 Collyn Street Vista, CA 92083 Re: Moonlight Beach Urban Runoff Treatment Facility Submittal No. 013 -01 Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic Dear Mr. Winterquist: Richard Brady & Associates has reviewed the subject submittal. We have the following comments: RECOMMENDED ACTION MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED Provide 3/4" mesh, cut for inlet cover panels. Should you have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact me. Very truly yours, Richard Brady & Associates 9 cc: 013 -01 -00 Submittal Review File Kipp Hefner 4.90 �� ° �u� ,8,P0 • �oa �'�' a, ��r��wvri+� J,P>,?� CON GENERAL ENGINEERING, INC. N STREET VISTA, CA 92083 • TEL 760/630 -9570 • FAX 760/630 -3648 • STATE CONT. LIC. #540704 SUBMITTAL NO. 013-01 For SECTION 05532 FIBERGLAS REINFORCED PLASTIC MOONLIGHT BEACH URBAN RUNOFF TREATMENT FACILITY CONTRACT # CMSOIB CITY OF ENCINITAS, CA It is hereby certified that the Equipment/Material shown and marked in this submittal is that proposed to be incorporated into Contract # CMS015, is in compliance with the contract drawings specifications, and can be installed in the allocate spaces, and is submitted for approval. l Certified By Date S I Nay -28 -2002 03:07pm From-HARRINGTON SAN DIEGO 1 -858 -278 -1533 T -227 P 002/009 F -950 ^�)6 No. Mi"I' all FAX 33'1 /40 (3-hhXU 1 -900- 326.8842 v v\ECsO r n I �+ I I. I of FRp6v.E I 1 II �j eqs PX'j Fj- c� P eer P-N 7G I 4ay-28 -2002 03:07PM From- HARRINGTON SAN DIEGO 1- 858-276 -1533 T -227 P 003/009 F -950 vv —. c.�r��vc� i CJ•1 r ---- -• ---., t - -•�•- ..�+1.«+cwcry �L�W,C, Ull /ga5 K rnining /smeltmg/Tefining. "How To 'Write An Outstanding Grating Specification" is available, just ask for it. Standard GatorGrate resin systems are made from premium grade polyester resins. The flour standard resin systems are: IFR — Premium grade polyester --w r�system with 'Class 1 fire retardance per ASTM 1=-84. Standard color is teen. Hxcellent corrosion resistance. VFR — Mnylester resin system with Class 1 fire retardancy, per ASPM E -84. Standard color is orange. For maximum corrosion resistance in Seassafe's stan- dard resin systems, specify VFR, ICG — Premium grade polyester resin with no additives. Standard color is translucent green. Superior corrosion resistance. IUS — Premium grade polyester resin system that is acceptable for incidental food contact, per USDA standards_ Standard color is gray. Excellen t corrosion resistance. Other resin systems and colors are available on special order. All GatorGrate resin systems incorporate an ultraviolet (UV) inhibitor. GG -SD10 3'wide x 10' long 4'wide x 12' long GG -HD10 3'wide x 10' long Twide x 12' long GG -1510 3'wide x 10' long 4'wide x 12' long CC-1515 3'wide x 10' long 41wide x 8' .long 4'wide x 12' long 5'wide x 10' long GG -2020 4'wid(_, x 12" long 97 lbs 143 Is 110 lbs 1701b5 91 lbs 340 lbs 224 lbs 131 lbs 1931 lbs 203 lbs 203 lbs GatorGrate molded grating is available in five standard grid patterns. Grid dimensions are center line to center line. See drawings on page 4. 1" thick, l" r 4 ", rectangular grid, standard duty. Bearing bars 0.250" thick Cross bars 0.500" thick Open area of 65% Designation is GG -SD10 1" thick, 1" x 4 ", rectangular grid, heavy duty. Bearilig bars 0.3125" thick IJ Cross bars 0.5625" thick Open area of 60% Designation. is GG -111)10 1" thick, 1' /z" x 1'/ ", square grid. Bearing bars 0.2350" thick Cross bars 0,2350" thick Open area of 70% Designations is GG -1S10 IW thick, 1'h" x 1' /z', square grid. Bearing bars 0.250" thick Cross bars 0.2501 thick Open area of 70% Designation is GG -1515 2" thick, 2" x 2 ", square grid. Bearing bars 0.3125" thick CYO 14 mars 0.3125" thick Open area of 72% Designation is GG -2020 Grit top — integral, embedded silica sand, to a nominal dopth of 3/16" Meniscus top — concave, half - -moon cross section, —� _ TYPI'__AT vl1YS!CAL PLOP'c, � 17rS 699 Tech SVcport 1?Uiietr) K.ay -28 -2002 03:08pm From-HARRINGTON SAN DIEGO 4 1- 858 -278 -1533 T -227 P 0041009 F -950 _a ^��.�..M .... N- ^,'.ter- •rJ`�� , .�s�l�c.r... �,..r�.,1�:�.r�.�,o<��.• .., The Load and Deflection Data provided in these tables are intended for guidance only, to help you determine the proper grating size for your application. The use of different resin systems and top surface options can produce variations up to 15% in these values. Because the product will be used in environments and under operating conditions that are not within our control, we cannot guarantee the perfor- mance of the grating. FRP products have low modulus of elasticity but high tensile strength, therefore loads are generally limited to the allowable deflection determined by the end user. The following data are based on tests utilizing panels supported on two sides only Additional stiffness can be achieved by using cross supports (see Seasafe's Tech Support Bulletin #1). Load & Deflection Application Data a Concenuakd Load Full Panel Occasional Foot Traffic (inspections, etc.) 250 Ibs- Workman with Tools (Maintenance) 300 Ibs, Heavy Foot Traffic 400 lbs. �4" Standard Grid 1" �- Dimensions GG -SD10 .114 ,152 ® 1� -� GG -ND10 1" GG1510 /42n y .069 1� 2" G 515 G 202D 2 SPAN CONCENTRATED LOAD, FULL PANEL_ GG -SD10 Standard Duty, Rectanqular, l" Thick i1" x 41 Clear _Load, in lbs., Deflection in Inches 1-100 .250" ,975• Span 250 500r 750 1000 1500 2000 Oct Del 18" _ '015 .038 1076 1114 -.152 1303 1665 2490 24' _1226 030 - 075 ^150 .225 .30D- 450 69Q 1250^ 36" . .121 .303 •' . , 210 _.... _.. 315 48"• .140 .350 •' •. '• •• 180 270 GG -HD10 Heavy Duty, Rectangular, 1" Thick (1" x 4 ") Clear S en 100 Load, In Lbs, DeffWon In Inches _ 250 500 750 - 1000 -1500 2000 250' Def 375• Del TV .014 ,095 .071 1106 .142_213 ,284 1780 2660 24" .027 .068 -195 .203 - 70 .405 920 350 1380 _ - 520 6 3 ,071 .178 .355 ` •• '• 48" .119 298 - •• •• -^ •• 210 31D GG•1510 Square, i "Thick (1' /K" x 11/ ") Clear Span I Lead, in Lbs., Deflection in Inches 103 250 500 750 1000 1500 2000 250 Del 375" Def 18" .013 -.027 .032 .064 ,097 .129 .193 .258 1940 2910_ 4" 060 .068 -170 1136 .203 _.271 .406 .340 •• _. '• _ 925 .370 _ 1385 555 E32 6" 46"• .140 .350 " ", .. .' 180 z7o GG -1515 Square, 114" Thick (14" x i'VI Clear Span 100 Lead. in Lbs- D80ecfion in Inches 250 500 750 1000 1500 2000 25011 Del .315'' Del 16- .006 011 .030 .059 1016 027 ,074 1147 .032 .053 ,149 .295 .049 .080 .223 .442 .065 .097 .129 .107 .160 .214 ,298 ,447 'p - 3870 8340 5805 1 3510 24" 38' 48" 840 1260 425 635 60 "' .107 .268 •• 7650 •• -- 21 - -3S0 GG•2020 Square, 2" Thick (2" x 2 ") Clear I Load, In Us,, DelleClion in Inches ,250" 1 -375" Span I 100 250 SOO 750 1000 1$00 2000 Del i Dal 19, .005 _012 .025 .037 .M .074 .096 5100 7650 24" .006 .019 -03a ,057 .076 .114 ,152 3296 4940 36- .014 ,035 .069 .104 .135 208 .277 _ 1BIO 48" ' .029 .074 _147 ?11 24d dd2 B50 _2710 1275 50" ' .059 .141 281 .472 " 445 C55 Cr yrsp±,� s r!e s in n W dL4 rf grating. ocnocr;ons greater man 0 so nava De9n amtrred. n LJ J ti4ay -28 -2002 03:08pm From - HARRINGTON SAN DIEGO 1 -858- 278 -1533 PULTRUS I ON PROCESS LINl- DIRECTIONAL_ GLASS GUIDES RESIN BATH CONTINUOUS STRAND MAT SURFACING VEIL PREFORMER HEATED DIE T -227 P 005/009 F -950 THE PULLER CUT -OFF SAW Pultrusion is the continuous processing of raw materials by pulling resin rich reinforcements through a heated steel die to form profiles of constant cross section of continuous length. pultrusion gets its name from the method by which the profiles are made. Raw materials are literally pulled by what is called the "puller." The puller is the machine made of pulling pads, which grip the product, and a drive system which keeps the product moving. The puller is located just before the cut -off saw. The process starts with the reinforcements. Typically, unidirectional glass roving begins the process. This is the fiber that runs along the length of the profile, Then, the fiberglass mat is added, which is a multidirectional reinforcament. Next, the glass reinforcements are N vet -o ut" with a thermoset resin, typically polyester or vinyl ester. Finally, just before all the material is pulled into the heated die, surface veil may be added to enhance the surface appearance of the final. product. Next in the pultrusion process is the curing of the composite. The owing or hardening occur: while the wet -out reinforcements are being pulled through the heated die. The heat from the die causes the resin to cure and by the time the part exits the die, a hard part in the exact shape of the die cavity has been formed. The final, result is a solid, rigid profile with all the reinforcements laminated within. The product exiting the die is then pulled by the puller To the cut-off saw, which cuts it to the desired length. B E Q F O R 264 Heynoldsdale Road, Bedford, Pennsylvania 15522 -7401 www.bedfordplastics.com n.r� I tL F nice v L as T I C S PHONE: 814 - 623 -8125 FAX, 814- 6232166 E- MAIL: mailrourn cd bedfordplsstics.corn Hay -28 -2002 03:09PM From -HARRINGTON SAN DIEGO 1 -858- 278 -1533 7-227 P 006/009 F -950 REINFORCEMENTS Roving Roving is made up of fiberglass unidirectional filaments, which are manufactured in continuous rolls, Roving is always present in pultruded products comprising 50% to 70% of the total glass content. In addition to supplying the necessary strength to pull the profile, roving supplies the product with high tensile, flexural properties and is a big contributor to the overall section stiffness. Generally, fiberglass roving is used in pultrusion to achieve the required properties. In special structural applications where more stiffness is required, graphite roving can be used, Conversely, Polyester roving may be used in applications where more flex is needed. Mat Continuous strand tnai is the remainder of glass reinforcement used in the pultrusion process. Typically, it is 30 % -50% of the total glass content. Unlike hand- layed -up or press - molded processes which use short chopped fibers, the pultrusion process must have a multidirectional mat that has good pull strength to facilitate getting it to the die after it has been wet -out with the resin This continuous strand mat is designed specilleally for the pultrusion process and offers good wet -out characteristics, conforn-►abiUty to a variety of shapes, and good physical properties including the required pull. strength. Generally, fiberglass continuous strand mat is used to obtain the desired transverse properties of the product, Whereas the roving; ties the composite together in the longitudinal direction, the mat is responsible for tying the composite together in all directions, but mainly in the transverse direction. Although continuous strand rnat is suitable for most applications, a variety of products such as woven roving, stitched roving, and woven fabrics can be used in custom applications to increase the desired transverse properties. Veil Veils are used to enhance the surface ofpultcuded profiles. Most widely used today are synthetic veils. A ved is added to the outside of profile just prior to entrance of the die. As a result, the finished profile has a resin-rich surface which aids in resistance to ultraviolet (UM degradation and makes the profile more hand - friendly, Since the veil brings more resin to the surface and the resin is the ingredient which gives the corrosion resistance, adding the veil increases the corrosion resistance. All standard structural shapes are manufactured using a surface veil as well as UV inhibitors to Protect against LTV degradation.. BEDFORD 264 Reynoldsdale Road, Bedford, Pennsylvania 15522.7401 www.bedfordplastios.00m g�LbF PHONE: 814.6238125 FAX: 814. 623.2166 E -MAIL: mailroom® bedferdplastirs.com May -28 -2002 03:09Pm From - HARRINGTON SAN DIEGO 1- 858 - 278 -1533 T -227 P 007/009 F -950 RESIN SYSTEMS Generally, two types of resins are most often used in the pultrusion process. They are isophthalic polyester resin and vinyl ester resin. Each resin is available in a fire retardant version as well as non -fire retardant. In selecting the proper resin, one must consider the environment in which the product will be used. Generally, polyester resin will be adequate to handle most environments. However, the vinyl ester will handle the more severe applications where better chemical resistance is needed. It is a good idea to check the resin corrosion guide for proper selection of system. Standard structural shapes are stocked in three series: standard polyester, fire retardant polyester and fire retardant vinyl ester resin systems. Standard Polyester (ST) Resin System Standard structural shapes are manufactured cuing isophthalic polyester resin. This resin system is olive green in color and contains W inhibitors. Polyester resin exhibits good corrosion resistance, good dielectric properties, low thermal conductivity, and excellent mechanical properties. )ff— Fire Retardant Polyester (FR) Resin System This resin system exhibits the same characteristics as standard polyester along with a fire retardant rating of 25 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM E -84 and exhibits low smoke generation. Products manufactured using this resin system are ra and yellow in color. b� Fire Retardant Vinyl Ester (VE) Resin System Being fire retardant, this resin meets a ratting of 25 or less when tested per ASTM B -84 and has low smoke generation. It is produced in beige and yellow. This system exhibits excellent corrosion resistance and is capable of higher service temperatures than polyester resin systems. Generally, these resin systems cover most applications, and can be custom uuxed to meet more stringent requirements for a specific application. BEDFORD 264 Reynaldsdale Road, Bedford, Pennsylvania 15522 -7401 %vmv.bedfordpla*bcs.com 8ELNFOQr9! n ryi AlTLCLt PHONE. sj4- 623 -8125 FAX: 8 14-623-2166 E -MA1: mail room 4 bedfordplaslias. corn May -28 -2002 03:IOpm From- HARRINGTON SAN DIEGO 1- 858- 278 -1533 T -227 P -008 /009 F -950 TYPICAL COUPON PROPERTIES Below are test results for typical coupon properties of Bedford Reinforced Plastics' structural fiberglass profiles (Standard, Fire Retardant, & Vinylester shapes). Properties are derived per the ASTM test method shown. Synthetic surfacing veil and ultraviolet inhibitors are standard. MECHANICAL PROPERTIES A5TM UNITS VALUE Tensile Stress, LW 7638 psi 30,000 I ensile Stress, CW D -638 psi ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES 7,000 Tensile Modulus, LW D-638 106 osi 215 Tensile Modulus, CW D -638 106 psi .8 Compressive Stress, LW D -695 psi 200 30,000 Compressive Stress, CW D -695 psi Fire Retardant Polyester and Fire Retardant Vinylester Structural Profiles- 15,000 Compressive Modulus, LW D -695 IV psi 2-5 Compressive Modulus,CW D -69s 106 osi 1.0 Flexural Stress, LW D -790 psi 30,000 Flexural Stress, CW D -790 psi 10,000 Flexural Modulus, LW D -790 106 psi 1.8 Flexural Modulus, CW D -790 106 psi .8 Modulus of Elasticity, E Full Section 106 psi 2.8 Shear Modulus — 106 psi 0.450 Short Beam Shear D -2344 psi 4,500 Punch Shear D -732 psi 10,000 Notched Izod Impact, LW D -256 ft: lbsfin. 25 Notched Izod impact, CW D -256 ft. lbs. /in. 4 PHYSICAL PROPERTIES ASTM UNITS VALUE Barcol Hardness —D 2583 — ' 45 24 Hour Water Absorbtion D -570 Density D -792 Coefficient of Thermal Expansion, LW D -G96 % max. Ibs.fin? 10.6 in. /in. /'C 0.45 .062 -.070 8 ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES ASTM UNITS VALUE Arc Resistance, LW 0-495 Seconds - 120 Dielectric Strength, LW D -149 kv. /in. 35 Dielectric Strength, PF D -149 volts /mil- 200 Dielectric Constarrt, PF D -150 @60hz 5 Fire Retardant Polyester and Fire Retardant Vinylester Structural Profiles- FLAMMABILITY PROPERTIES ASTM UNITS VALUE Tunnel Test E -u4 Flame Spread 25 max. Flammability D -635 --- Nonburning LW = Lengthwise CW = Crosswise PF = Perpendicular to Laminate Face 1 -5 2/12/01 n%0F •• RD 264 Reynoldsile Road, Bedford, f A 15522 -7401 www.bedfordpladics.cnm Phone; 814 - 623-3125 Sales Fax: 814- 623 -0329 [mail: sgrvic bedior � dplastics.com ,may -28 -2002 03:10pm From- HARRINGTON SAN DIEGO EQUAL LEG ANGLE SECTION DIMENSIONS epth Wall 1.26 1.09 h t A Wt in. in, in.z !b. /ft. 1.00 0.125 0.23 0.18 1.25 0.125 0.29 0.22 t-50 0.187 n -52 n do 4. h X — 1- 858 -278 -1533 T -227 P 009/009 F -950 SECTION PROPERTIES X -X /Y -Y S r in.4 in., in. i 0,02 0.05 0_ 1.45 3.04 1.04 1.26 1.09 2.18 4.35 1.52 1,24 1.14 2.89 5.56 1.97 1.23 1.18 4.45 19.91 4.60 1.87 1.68 Y i R = t BEDFORD264 Reynoldsdale Road, Bedford, Pennsylvania 15522 -7401 WWW.b2dfordplastics.com � PHONE. 814.023 -8125 FAX' 814 - 623 -2066 E -MAIL; mailroom0bedfordplastics.com 6 June 5, 2002 Mr. Dale E. Winterquist President Falcon General Engineering, Inc. 572 Collyn Street Vista, CA 92083 Re: Moonlight Beach Urban Runoff Treatment Facility Submittal No. 014 -01 Waterproofing Dear Mr. Winterquist: Richard Brady & Associates has reviewed the subject submittal. We have the following comments: RECOMMENDED ACTION NO EXCEPTION TAKEN Should you have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact me. Very truly yours, Richard Brady & Associates cc: 014 -01 -00 Submittal Review File Kipp Hefner 4 90.9.is �airfraa �ur/r 8Y0 • �a �� .9P1e9 .7 �s�/ X96 osoa • � /�S�J �9��sa.� Date of Submittal: 5 -31 -02 CON GENERAL ENGINEERING, INC. N STREET •VISTA, CA 92083 TEL 760/630 -9570 • FAX 760/630 -3648 • STATE CONT. LIC. #540704 SUBMITTAL NO. 014-01 For SECTION 07100 WATERPROOFING MOONLIGHT BEACH URBAN RUNOFF TREATMENT FACILITY CONTRACT # CMS01B CITY OF ENCINITAS, CA It is hereby certified that the Equipment/Material shown and marked in this submittal is that proposed to be incorporated into Contract CMS015, is in compliance with the contract drawings& pecifications, and can be installed in the allocated aces, and is submitted for approval. Certified By V Date S 3� a)' l SPED 0 a 2601 � ;5F4?1__a !HTTE��E TZ GRACk Construction Products 1. Product Name - Bituthene& Waterproofing Systems - HydroductI Drainage Composites 2. Manufacturer Grace Construction Products 62 Whittemore Avenue Cambridge, MA 02140 (800) 444 -6459 (617) 876 -1400 Fox: (617) 498.4311 www graceconstruction,com 3. Product Description BASIC USE Bituthene® woterproofWN systems and Hydroduct® drainage composites are used in positive -side waterproofing pplications over concrete, masonry and wo(i surfaces. They are used in new construction and retrcflt applications. Typical applications include foundation wails, tunnels, earth shetered structures, and split slab construction such as plaza areas and parking decks. Interior uses :nciude mechanical rooms, laboratories and kitchens COMPOSITION & MATERIALS The Bituhene waterproofing systems consist of several waterproofing membrcnes and compatible accessory products and are complemented by the use of the appropriate Hydroduct drainage composite, The Bituthene membranes are available n rolls, inrerwound with a disposable silicone treated release sheet The volatile ;rgCri� compound (VOC) content of oil Bituthene membranes is 0 g /L. Bituthene System 4000 Waterproofing Membrane is a factory made Composite with a thickness of 0.060" (1.5 mm) cOnsisting of 0.004" (0.1 mm) of cross- laminated poly- ethylene film and 0.056" (IA mm) �,f self - adhesive rubberized osphalt. Its specifically formulated for use with the Bituthene System 4000 Surface Conditioner and compatible occesscry products Bituthene System 4)0X Surface C orurtor,er u ,u water basea surface con�_h'ionr,r Shoat Waterproofing 07130 specif;cally formulated tc prepo•e concrele, masonry and woca surfaces for the Svstem 4000 Waterproofing Membrane, I's VOC con- tent is 125 g /L. Bituthene 3000 and Bituthene Low Temperature Membranes are factory made composites with a thickness of 0060" r1.5 mm). These products consist of 0.056" (14 mm) of self - adhesive rubberized asphalt and 0,004" (0.1 min) of cross - laminated, high density polyethylene film Bituthene 5000 Membrane is 0.065" ()J mm) thick with a high strength polypropy- lene mesh embedded in a thick layer of self - adhesive rubberized asphalt. Hydroduct drainage composites consist of dimpled, high impact polystyrene cores and fil- ter fabrics designed to provide positive drainage and membrane protection. The VOC content of all Hydroduct products is 0 g /L. Hydroduct 220 Drainage Composite is used for vertical applications over Bituthene water- proofing membranes. Hydroduct 660 Drainage Composite is used for all horizontal applications Hydroduct 200 is intended for areas which are not waterproofed. Hydroduct 225 Drainage Composite incorporates a molded polyvinyl chloride core and is intended for areas requiring heat or hydrocarbon resist- ance, COMPATIBILITY Apply •waterproofing membrone directly to structural surfaces. Bituthene membranes can be used over EPS wall forming systems if the additional guidelines in Tech Letter #18 are followed. Bituthene membranes are compatible wi'h aged asphalt and coal tar products. Bituthene membranes are incompatible wth creosote. pentachlorophenol, linseed oil and materials containing polysulfide polymer. The rubberized asphalt - omponent of Bituthene membranes is net compatible with flexible PVC or rubber sheet membranes. Do not apply Bituthene membranes over materials containing petroleum solvents, fuels or oils. Joint sealants containing solvents must be fully cured prior to Bituthene membrane application, Bituthene membranes are compatible with appropriate Hydroduct drainage composites. Bituthene memranes are nor compctible wi *h certain types of prefabricated drainage systems that damage waterproofing em- jranes wrwn exposed To ,oil pressures Grace :znstruc icn oauc^ ACCESSORY MATERIALS Bituthene Primer WP -3000 is a water -basea latex primer used to prime all concrete, masonry and wood surfaces. Its VOC content is 110 g/L Bituthene Primer B2 is a black rubber - ioased primer in solvent used to prime all con- crete, masonry and wood surfaces. In addi- fion, its patented formulation promotes the adhesion of Bituthene membranes to green concrete and damp surfaces Its VOC con- tent is 440 g /L. Bituthene Deck Prep& Surface Treatment is a low viscosity, 2 component, asphalt -modi- fied coating used to smooth and level rough decks prior to installing the Bituthene water- proofing membrane, Its VOC content is 10 g /L. Bituthene Liquid Membrane is a 2 compo- nent, cold applied trowel grade waterproof- ing material used to flash corners, form fillets and detail hard -to -reach areas. Its VOC con- tent is 10 g /L. Bituthene Mastic is a rubberized asphalt based mastic used to seal membrane terminations. Its VOC content is 200 g /L- Bituthene Protection Board Adhesive is a fast drying, rubber based cement used to adhere polystyrene protection board and insulation, Its VOC content is 375 g /L. Bitustik Tape is a 2 sided, highly aggressive adhesive tape that is specially formulated to adhere Hydroduct drainage composites or expanded or extruded polystyrene protec- tion board to the membrane. Its VOC content is 0 g /L. UMITATIONS Do not apply Bituthene membranes in areas where they will oe permanertry exposed tc sunlight, weather or traffic Bituthene membranes are not recommend- ed as pond liners or as tonk liners except when installed between 2 concrete slabs. Bituthene strips over joints in T -beam struc- tures will not provide complete waterproof- ing, for these structures, 9" (229 mm) Strips over properly cured and sealed joints, fol- lowed by membrane coverage over the antire surface, are required for a complete waterproofing system. Bituthene membranes are not intended to be used as a roofing underlavment or flashing material. Use of Tile set in thinset mortar is not rec- ommerlded on surfaces NaterproofAd wit, BituThen,, rneirbranes unless cpprnver7 t y 'hinse' mcrror manufac'urer 07130 Sheet Waterproofing Grace Constr jctlGn F ode's AII Hydroauc' dre,nage compo=tes shouts be prorrptly covered Do not leave drainage exposed to sunlight for more than 2 weeks. Motor vehicles, construction equipment and other trades should not be allowed directly on the drainage composites. Protect Bituthene membranes from UV cr site damage immediately after installation of 24 hour flood test. Backfilling or installation of the wearing course should be completed as soon as possible. 4. Technical Data APPLICABLE STANDARDS American Society for Testing 8 Materials (ASTM) • ASTM C366 Standard Test Methods ror Measurement of Thickness of Sandwich Cores • ASTM CB36 Standard Specification for High Sclids Content, Cold Liquid - Applied 8astomeric Water - proofing Memdrone for Use with Separate Wearing Course • ASTM D412 Stanaar; Test vier^ f r Vulcanized Rubber and Thermor*Wic Rubbers and Thermoplastic Bastomers- Tension • ASTM D570 Standard Test Method for Water Absorption of Plastics • ASTM D882 Standard Test Method row Tensile Properties of Thin Plastic Sheeting • ASTM D903 Standard Test Method for Peel or Stripping of Adhesive Bonds • ASTM D1621 Standard Test Method for Compressive Properties of Rigid Cellular Plastics • ASTM D1876 Standard Test Method for Peel Resistorce of Adhesives l7-Peel Tesf) • ASTM D1970 Standard Specification for Self - Adhering Polymer Modified Bituminous Sheet Materials Used as Steep Roofrg Underlayment for Ice Dom Protection • ASTM D3767 Method A Standard Practice for Rubber- Measuremen+ of Dimensions • ASTM D3775 Standard 'eSt Methods 'or Mass Per Unit Area (Weight) of Fabric • ASTM D4491 Standcr,� `est Methods for Water Permeobility of Georextiles oy Permittivity • ASTM D4533 Standard Test Method for Trapezoid Tearing Strength of Geotextiles • ASTM D4632 Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking 'Load and Elongation of Geotextiles • ASTM D4716 Standard Test Method for Constant Head Hydraulic Trommissivity (In -Plane Pow` of C,eotextiles and Geotextile Reioted Products • ASTM D4751 Standard -est Method or De?ermrning Aeperer- Ooenirg Size of �-•ec ertile i,,.'H 1 TE , r,F' • AS'M, D4833 Standard TesT Methoc for Index Puncture Resistance of Geotext ies. Geomembrones, and Related P- oducts • ASTM D5386 Standard Test Method for Hydrostatic Pressure Resistance of Waterproofing Membranes • ASTM E96 Standard 'est Methods for `,Nater Vapor Transmission of Materials • ASTM EN Standard Test Methods for Water Vcpor Retarders Used in :cntac` .vi`l- Scar Under Concrete Slobs on Walls. or as Ground Cover APPROVALS • City of Los Angeles Research Report RR 24386 • U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) HUD Materials Release 628E SPECIFICATIONS • American Railway Engineering Association Chapter 29 -2 -4 • Federal Construction Guide Specification FOGS -07111 • General Service Administration (GSA) GSA - PBS 07115 • National Railroad Passenger Corporation (Amtrak) Section 7.02 • Al MASTBl Section 07100 • US. Army Corps of = ngineeis CEGS -07111 • U.S. Department of the Navy NFGS -07111 • U.S Department of Veterans Affairs H -08 -1 Section 07113 PHYSICAL PROPERTIES Bituthene waterproofing membranes conform to the physical property and typical values list- ed in Tables 1 oM1d 3. Hydroducl drainage com- posites conform to the physical property and typical values in Tabie 21 S. Installation SAFETY Bituthene products must be properly hcn- Jed' Vapors from the solvent -based primer and mastic are harmful and flammable Protection Board Adhesive is extremely flam- mable. For these products, the best available information on safe handling, storage, person- al protection, health and environmental con - siderotions has been gathered ands avail- able on Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS). All users snould acquaint themselves with this information Carefully read detailed precau- rion statements or product labels and MSDS retore use, or contact Grace Construction _)rOt7uCti F'tiGE 11 SPEC-0 { '3T,_-,?AGE & HANDLING Protect all materials from rcir a ^d Gnysical damage. Do not double stock pclle-,s .Y membrane on the jobsite. Provide tarpaulin over on top and all sides, allowing for ode auate ventilation. Store membrane where temperatures will not exceed 90 degrees F (32 degrees C) for extended periods, in low temperature conditions, the membrane mould be stored above 40 degrees F (5 degrees C) to promote good adhesion. Store all products in a dry area away from high heat, flames or sparks. Store only as much material at point -of -use as required for each day's work, PREPARATORY WORK Surface Condition Concrete must be smooch monolithic and `lee of voids, spoiled areas, loose substrate and sharp protrusions, dirt and debris, and must contain no visible coarse aggregate. Repair defects such as spoiled or - crf ecr- solidated areas. Use Bituthene Deck Rep Surface Treatment to smooth and level rough concrete decks, Remove sharp protrusions and form match lines _wring concrete must be cured a minimum of 7 days for normal structural Concrete and 14 days for lightweight structural concrete. If concrete is closed over a nonvented metol deck, the required curing lime is doubled Use form release agents that will not transfer to the con- crete Remove forms as soon as possible from below horizontal slabs to prevent entrapment of excess moisture. Foes moisture can lead to blistering of the membrane Cure concrete with ^tear, resin based curing compounds con 'oin.ng no oil, wax or pigment. Allow c *.- ncrete o thoroughly dry following ran. On masonry surfaces, apply a parae Coat c '04h concrete block •and brick 4voIls cr 'rowel -cut mortar joints flush to the face Df the concrete blocks. Cure time and drying time for concrete and masonry surfaces may be reduced by using Bituthene Primer B2. 'EMPERATURE • Apply Bituthene System 4000 Membrane only in dry weather when air and surface temperatures are above 25 degrees F 11-4 degrees Q. • Apply Bituthene 3000 Membrana only m dri weather wnen crr am Srurtace ,empet0.lr s arm? a1 O \'? 40 aegraes F ',J de geed A . c -nyr.. ia. ♦ -»'n-c��•* f x ll -: �- a, . N ri n r _. w rr' >rl • .+, { ...crr r+w •..... u - ....i ? � � z .r..Fr •w :,...-,�- n. --r: o r.v ..f��cr., w..- ..-�> > 'ST v r. o: - /-: :� t;rlr. -� � � 11 A 05/2" 2002 013.G�9 O1�Ba SPEC O Bituthene Liquid Membrane to all ert!cal r,r horizontal terminations at the end o^ eacr workday. Protrusions and Penetrations Apply membrane to within 1" (2SA 'rim) of the base of the protrusion. Apply Liquid Membrane 0,090" (2.3 mm) thick around the protrusion, Extend Bituthene Liquid Membrane over the sheet membrane of least 3" (76 mm) and up the protrusion to just below the finished height of the wearing course (for horizontal applica- tions) or for a minimum of 6" (152 mm) for verti- tI applications, FLOOD TESTING Rood test off horizontal applications with a minimum 2" (5) mm) head of water for 24 hours, Mark any leaks and repair when the membrane is dry. Before flood testing, be sure the structure will withstand the dead load of the water, For well - sloped decks, segment the flood test to avoid deep water near drains. Conduct the flood test 1 day after com- pleting the application of Bituthene water- proofing system. Immedldkly after flood test is completed, and all necessary repairs made, install Hydroduct 660 Drainage Composite to protect the Bituthene membrane from traffi;. and other trades. MEMBRANE REPAIR Patch fears and inadequately lopped teams with membrane. Slit fishmouths and repair with a patch extending 6" (152 mm) in all directions from the slit and seal edges of the patch with mastic. Inspect the membrane thoroughly before covering and make any repairs. i;!HITE C_P PRCTE:°TION Protection of Membrane Protect Bituthene membranes `o avoid dam- age from other trades' construction materials or backfill. Place protection immediately in tem- peratures above 71 degrees r" (25 degrees C) to reduce potential for blistering. On horizontal applications, use Hydroduct 660 Drainage Composite for protection. Adhere as necessary to membrane with Bitustik Tape. Alternate methods are to use 1/8" or 114" (3,2 or 6,4 mm) asphaltic hordboard. When reinforced concrete slabs are placed over the membrane, use Hydroduct 660 Drainage Composite or 1/4" (6A mm) hardboard or 2 layers of 1/8" (3.2 mm) hardboard. On vertical applications, use Hydroduct 220 Drainage Composite, Adhere Hydroduct 220 to membrane with Bitustik Tape. Alternative protection methods are to use V (25.4 mm) expanded polystyrene or 1/4" (6.4 mm) extruded polystyrene that has a minimum compressive strength of 10 lb/in' (69 kN /m�. If 114" (6A mm) extruded polystyrere protec- tion board is used, backfill should not contain sharp rock or aggregate over 2" (51 mm) in diameter Adhere polystyrene protection board with Bituthene Protection Board Adhesive or Bitustik Tape. Cover any exposed Bituthene membrane with weather resistant flashing such o5 copper, aluminum or neoprene. Install Hydroduct 660 Drainoge Composite or alternate protection the some day the membrane is applied or immediately after') 24 hour flood test. No wait- ing before backfill or application of wearing ,.nurse is necessary TABLE 3 PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF BITUTHENE 5000 MEMBRANE Property & test method Color rhickness. nomnal, ASTM D3767 Tensile strength, ASTM D882 Bongotion, mesh, ASTM D882 P.ancture resistance, mesh. ANTM E154 Rexibility, 180° bend over 114" (64 mm) mandrel r 25 °F ( -4 °C). ASTM D1970 Crock cycling at 25'r (4 °C), 10o c:yclos. AOTM C91t permeonce. ASTM t96- Peel adhesicr. ASTM D903 Bituthene 5000 Membrane Black 0.065" (IJ mrri) 1150 psi (7428 kPa) 5A min 200 it (890 iV) Jnaffected Unaffected 10 cerr7 f58 5D b /in (980 N/rr, F' 43E =14 Sheet Waterproofing 07130 VrCr�e ��!`�Stn��tlOn Pr��dUC1S Use care during backfill operation to ovoid domage To waterproofing and drainage sys• 'em. Follow generally accepted practice for backfill and compaction, Bockfill should be added in 6" - 12" (152 - 305 mm) lifts. For, bermed areas that cannot be fully com- pacted, a termination bar is recommended across the top termination of the membrane. in general, backfill or the final wearing course should be placed as soon as possible after installation of the membrane. Placement of Reinforcing Steel When plocing reinforcing steel over properly protected membrane, use concrete bar sup• ports (dobies) or chairs with plastic tips or rolled feet to prevent damage from sharp edges. Use special care when using wire mesh, especially if the mesh is curled. Placement of Asphalt Concrete Overlay Place asphalt concrete overlay as soon as possible after applying Bituthene 5000, A minimum 2" (51 mm) compacted overlay is recommended, Do not use preformed pro- tection board because it will interfere with the bond between the membrone and overlay, Exercise care to minimize the possibility of pavement shoving on steep grades, porticu- larly on romps. For further information, consult Tech Lefter f/76, b. Availability & Cost AVAILABILITY A network of distributors carries Bituthene waterproofing systems and Hydroduct drainage composite products for delivery to project sites. COST Bituthene waterproofing systems and Hydroduct drainage Composites are compet- itively priced. For specific information, contact a local distributor or a Grace Construction Products representative. 7. Warranty Five year material warranties covering Bituthene and Hydroduct products are avail- able upon request. Contawt the manufacturer for further information. 8. Maintenance None required, if installed in accordance ,mth ^lanll`:7C'Jfer , eCOmmenaatiOr!S V - _;7u ,� <•'r.: 1U�L,H•�G �.y �+. ,. �.7 !'K .-:r _ .a -�t�.. a„� �4i:.a�.�ry .. �s _.J. 05;'2 '1.'2002 0_ -0'6 1.1HITE 1 F' PAGE 05 sp=C Q Sheet Waterproofing 07130 2001 - Grace Construction Products Bituthene Low Temperature Membrane rubbed off If conditioned ore0s are not at least 3" (76 mm) onto wall membrane. can be used a' temperatures obove covered that day recondition the area if there Option 2 - Treat the inside Corner by 25 degrees F ( -4 degrees C) and up i� signifl ^ont dust or ,dirt contamination. installing a 3/4" (191 mm) fillet of Bituthene 60 degrees F (16 degrees C) Primer Liquid Membrane Apply 12" (305 mm) wide • Apply Bituthene 5000 Membrane only in dry Apply Bituthene Primer WP -3000 by spray or strip of membrane centered over fillet. weather when orr and surface temperatures roller at a coverage rote of 500 - 600 ffl /gal Apply wall membrane over inside corner are above 40 degrees F (5 degrees C) cnb extend 6" 152 mm (12 - 15 m /L.). Allow to dry 1 hour or until con- ( )onto footing. Apply • Cover the membrane immediately in tern- crete returns to original color 1" (25A mm) wide troweling of Bituthene peratures above TI degrees F (25 degrees Apply Bituthene Rimer 62 by lamb's wool Mosaic or Bituthene Liquid Membrane over O) to reduce potential for blistering roller at a coverage rate of 250 350 ft !go' oll terminations and seams within 12" • Apply Bituthene System 4000 SurtocE (305 men) of corner. Conditioner and other accessory products (6 - 8 m' /L). Allow primer to dry one hour or not listed below in dry weather above until tackfree, Dry time may be longer in cold At footings where the elevation of the floor temperatures slab is 6" (152 mm) or more above the footing, 2„ s degrees F (-4 degrees Reprime areas if contaminated by dust. It treat the inside corner either by one of the de • Apply Bituthene Primer WP -3 n any the work area is dusty, apply membrane as above methods or terminate the membrane weather above 40 degrees F (5 degrees C)' soon as the primer is dry. at the base of the wall, Seal the termination • Da not apply products to frozen con rete Surfaces treated with Deck Rep Surface with Bituthene Mastic or Bituthene Liquid APPLICATION Treatment do not require conditioning or prim- Membrane Surface Conditioner ing Metal does not require priming but must At plaza deck -to -wolf inside corners Bituthene System 4000 Surface Conditioner is be clean, dry and free of loose paint, rust c' Option 1 - Apply membrane on wall and supplied ready to use. Do not dilute with other contaminants. Use Bituthene Primer 82 for deck to within 1" (25A mm) of corner. Treat water or solvents. Spray surface conditione, damp or green substrates. the inside corner by installing a 314" uniformly to substrate at a rate of 300 ft",/gal Corners (19.1 mm) fillet of Bituthene Liquid (7.5 m` /L) Use appropriate sprayer and nozzle. The treatment of corners varies depending on Membro& Extend Bituthene Liquid Allow surface conditioner to dry completely the location of the corner. Membrane at least 3" (76 mm) onto deck and thoroughly prior tc rnembrone application membrane and 3" (76 mm) onto wall mem- The surface conditioner is considered dry when At woll•to- footing inside corners: the substrate returns to its original color. lo test ' Option 1 - Apply membrane to within 1" bran. Terminate top of membrane wall (25A mm) of base of wall, Treat the inside flashing wittf-Bitufhene Mastic. Bituthene for dryness, rub small ill ball up area he corner by installing c 3/4" 1191 mm) fillet of Liquid Membrane or termination bar bond Wet conditioner will ball up under the fingertips. Let dry until conditioner cannot be liquid membrane; extend liquid membrane TABLE 1 PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF BfTUTHENE MEMBRANES Property & test method BiTutnene System 4000 Membrane Bituthene 3000 Membrane Bituthene Low Temperature Membrane Color Gray -black Gray -block Grcv -black Thickness. ASTM D3767..Method A 0.060" (1,5 mm) nominal 0.060" (1.5 mm) nominal 0.060" (1.5 mm) nominai Low temperaturE flexibility ASTIV Dlan'l Unaffected at •45'F ( -43 �) unatfaored at •25 1F ( -32'C) Unaffected aT -45 °F ( -43 °C) Resistance Tj hvdrestctiC head ASTM D5385 231' (70 m) min 200' (t1 m) ruin 200'(61 m) min Lap adhesion at minimum application temperoture 5,0 lb/in 890 N/m 4.0 Iblir, 7pp rr width. ASTM D1875 Modified ( ) ( N/ .) 5.0 lb/in (880 N /m; Tensile strength. membrane, ASTM D412 (Die C ) 325 psi 2239 kFC7) min 325 Si 2239 kPa min 325 Modified ( p ( ) psi (2239 kPa) min Tensile strength. film, ASTM D882 Modified 5000 psi (34.5 MPo) min 5000 psi (34.5 MPa) min 5000 psi (34.5 MPa) min 801190tion uitimcite failure C' rubbenzey asp`ai'. 300 ASTM D412 Modified m!n 300`;b min 30W% min, Cfackrng cycling 100 Cv7,,es AVM DS'3t UrcfTe-*ed at -251F (-32'C) Unaff cir L•F i- i1-^ cc � s' e�u o -2., < -�, Unaftected at -2,; F (.-32 °C) Pee, st- engt,-, wrJ q�,�t,p D �: A4� �i 'r (157,) N /mj G n'r�r (157_: tvi,m ;.0 o /'in 051p Nlrn) A "d - _ ( N, , - AS "d . _�- _ 22:' m�r SO it (2�2'�'� '•li( y] It- (:;_._ �0 r to ,cfs by one Ide let. )er ply ne /er 12" )or )g, he he on rid )d at 4" id id -k n- 1 e ,"2" 2002 rl ,. rl9 :D 07130 d 05 07130 Shoot Waterproofing Grace Construction Products Option 2 - Apply membrane on deck to within 1" (25.4 mm) of corner. Treat the inside corner by installing a 314" (191 mm) fillet of Bituthene liquid Membrane. btend Bituthene Liquid Membrane at least 3" (76 mm) onto wall and membrane. Option 3 - Apply membrane on deck to within 1" (25.1 mm) of corner. Treat the inside corner by installing a 314" ()9.1 mm) fillet of Bituthene Liquid Membrane. Apply mem- brane flashing sheet on wall, over fillet and 6" (152 mm) onto deck membrone. Apply 1" (254 mm) wide troweling of Bituthene Mastic or Bituthene liquid Membrane over all termi- nations and seams within 12" (305 mm) of corner. Terminate top of membrane wall flashing with Bituthene Mastic, Bituthene Liquid Membrane or termination bar. In planters, reflecting pools and fountains, apply membrane on wall and deck to within 1" (25A mm) of corder, Treat the inside corner by installing a 3/4" (19.1 mm) fillet of Bituthene Liquid Membrane. Extend Bituthene Liquid Membrane at least X (76 mm) onto deck membrane and 3" (76 mm) onto wall mem- brane. Terminate top of wall membrane with Bituthene Liquid Membrane or termination bar. For wall to wall insidq corner apply 12" (305 mm) membrane strip centered on corner. Press membrane tightly into corner to ensure full contact. Cover the treated corner with a full sheet of membrone to ensure 2 ply coverage. For outside corners, apply 12" (305 mm) ;!HTTE CA'P membrane strip centered on comer. Cover the treated corner with a full sheet of mem- brane to ensure 2 ply coverage. Joints Properly seal ail joints with waterstop, joint filler and sealant as required. Bituthene mem- branes are not intended to function as the primary joint seal, Allow sealant to fully cure. Prestrip oll slabs and wall cracks over 1/16" (16 mm) wide and all construction and control joints with 9" (229 mm) wide membrane Drains At drains, apply a collar of membrane which extends 6" (152 mm) beyond the drain open- ing. Apply full coverage of membrane over the collar. Cut out the drain opening so the membrane extends under the clamping ring. Place a bead of Bituthene Masflc or Bituthene Liquid Membrane between the membrane and clamping ring. An alternate method is to apply Bituthene Liquid Membrane 0.090" (2.3 mm) thick so that it extends under the clamping ring and overlaps the deck mem- brane at least 3" (76 mm). Install clamping ring after Bituthene Liquid Membrane has cured. Application to Horizontal Surfaces Apply membrane from the low point to the high point so that laps shed water, Overlap all seams at least 2 1/2" (64 mm). Stagger all end laps. Roll the entue membrane firmly and com- pletely as soon as possible Use a linoleum roller or standard water- filled garden roller PhGE 06 SPED C 2001 i o � ess than 30" (762 mm) wide, weighing a Mir mum of 75 Ib (34 kg) when filled. Cover tt face of the roller with a resilient material suc as a 1/2" 113 mm) plastic foam or 2 wraps , ,ndoor /outdoor carpet to allow the men brane to fully contact the primed substrate. Seal aU T- joints and membrane terminatior with Bituthene Mastic or Bituthene Liqui Membrane at the end of the day. For required testing of horizontal applicc tions, see Flood Testing. Application to Vertical Surfaces Apply membrane in lengths up to 8' (2 m Overlap all seams 2 1/2" (64 mm) minimun On higher walls, apply membrane in 2 or mor sections with the upper overlapping the IOWE by at least 2 112" (64 mm), Roll membrane wit' a hand roller. Terminate the membrane at grade leve Press the membrane firmly to the wall w4h tht butt end of a hardwood tool such as r hammer handle, or secure into a regiet, A ler mination bar may be used to secure the for termination, Failure to use heavy pressure a terminations can result in a poor seal, Terminate the membrane at the base o the wall if the bottom of the interior floor slat Is at least 6" (152 mm) above thr footing. Otherwise, use appropriate insidE corner detail where the wall and footinc meet. Seal all laps within 12" (305 mm) of al corners with a troweling of mastic. Apply c troweled bead of Bituthene Mastic of TABLE 2 PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF HYDRODUCT DRAINAGE COMPOSITES proper y & tes' Method Hydroduc-t 220 Hydroducr 660 Hvdroduct 200 Hydroauct 225 Drain core Thickness. ASTM Cg66•B 0 38" (9.7 mm) 038" (9 7 mm) 0.38" (9 7 mm) OA3" (10.9 mm) Comprewve Strength ),STM D!621 (moaifieo) '5,000 qSr (718 kp0) 13,000 psf (861 kPc) 1.5.000 csf (718 kPp) Q1,pCX psf (1(X5 kPC) Row. 1.0 gradient. 379 kPo, lad, ASTM 04716 15 gcl /min /ft 15 gal /min /rt 15 gal /min /ft 15 gol/min /ft (0.003 (0.003 I_ /min /m) 11003 L /min /m) T); 103 I_ /minim) /minim) Filter fabric Apparent opening Size. ASTM D4751 70 - 100 US sieve 100 US sieve 70 - 100 US Sieve (0.15 - 70 US sieve (0.21 mm) (0.15 - 021 mm) (0.15 mm) 021 mm) Permittivity, ASTM D4491 150 gal /mo /N' 80 gal /min /ftl 150 gal /min /tt, 28 gal /min /ft2 (1138 095 L /min /m) (3250 L /min /rr,) '6095 ljnn /m� L/min /rtr) Tensile strervgth, ASTM D4632 100 lb (445 N) 225 Ib (1000 N) 1(X lb (445 M 290 lb (1201 N) weight. ASTM D3776 40 oVyd' (136 g /m') 80 oZ /yd' (270 g/-n) 4.0 nzlvo� (136 g /m) 6.0 oz /yd, (173 a /m') TrppeZOdol flat, A$TM D45 $ 5C lb (Z22 N) 125 Ib (556 N) 50'b (222 m �O b (352 N) Mullen Durst, ASTM D11166 215 psi (1480,,e%) 690 psi (4753 kPo) 215 PSI k 14 KPa) 560 psi (3858 kPa) Herr lute ATr,1 D4F33 t�5 lb (30 kg) 150 lb (68 Kg) S5 ,b (3o kg) 1Sn 'b (68 kg) ..w.w.. n,,...�.i. - -Ai EATq <.��; '.t:./A, wya epelxaJ •XW,`..r,., ;i ^'ef 'u-,c� toast.-- ,Y..'C+rt_��''w nr r.rr"�Aere .T_;r- „nr. -,s :one !nor+., :•..+e :'�) �,.., -. :-r.�. �.x+ i- a>':-^'ro ksmna r�: n ,na: wrc �w csn �.t.�+ +b .+vti�.x-.ra � ,ecxrmo •�i ��.-co xo�.av �'?C' %+moo- +. aat Sa.s .L fy+� �,.n. >:. ;/ M l t 1_1 2, _�yl Prods- 10 lnfori -n tion !�TT�- 1_,r Dow Protection Board II Foundation Waterprooting Applications Product Description Dow Protection Board, the BLUE" extruded polystyrene foam insulation, is designed for use in commercial foundation waterproofing applications, It is designed to help protect the waterproofing membrane from damage during backfill. Dow Protection Board II is recommended for perimeter concrete and masonry wails where waterproofing protection is the primary requirement. Dimensions Thickness ......,....,3/16 inch Nominal Length ....................50 feet Nominal Width ........................4 feet Nominal Standard Bundle The above sheet is fan- folded on 2 -foot centers into a bundle measuring approximately ?' x A' x 6 -1/2" Installation Prior to installing Dow Protection Board II, verify that the substrate is free of sharp projections and that the waterproofing or dampproofing Is properly cured. To install Dow Protection Board II-. Begin by unfolding bundles and apply by hanging or adhering to the structure: butt edges tightly, Adhere to structure by pressing into "tacky" cured waterproof or dampproof coating or by using a compatible adhesive on fully - cured coating. • Place folds at corners or transition points to provide continuous board installation and protection. - Trim board and fit tightly around protrusions, Carefully place bar..kfill or other covering so as to avoid dragging or moving the installed protection board. P "GiE 41?,' �tyrofioan>I DIJW Insulodo., Technical Services For product literature and technical information, please call our Customer Information Center at 1- 800 - 441 -4DOW (4369). Technical Informationt Description... .... 3 /16" Fan Folded Extr Color ................... R -Value (ASTM C 518) at 75'F ..... . Bundle Coverage.., ..._ ........................ Bundle Weight .. .._ ............................ Weight per Square Water Absorption (ASTM C 272) ......... Compressive Strength (ASTM D 1621) Permeance (ASTM E 96) ................... Burning Characteristics (ASTM C 84)' F=lame Spread.....,.. _....._. Smoke Developed Availability and Cost For product availability or for the name of your local Dow Sales Representative, call 1 -800- 232 -2436. uded Polystyrene Protection Board —1.11111.1-1 .... ...... ... - ... I .........Blue ....................... _..1.0 T- ft'-•h /Btu .............. .... .. .......... 200 sq ft .............Approximately 12 pounds ___.....Approximately 6 pounds ........................... ..0.2% by volume _ ..................8 Ibs /in.z .. ......... 0.8 perm- inches 1.111..... 1111. __..........10 ..,.....200 Values is,:;ted are typ cal and are not to 'oa ms� a . 1 h)e ni�m?rir31 ileme �;� �;6�J i;j'irr.�_I i n,,r inte7]cd _1 —t �.,,;�'r +,, j- �enJ= � ii'.: this ur env ot ,r.der 9. -1uaI fife - ood,t� cur June 5, 2002 Mr. Dale E. Winterquist President Falcon General Engineering, Inc. 572 Collyn Street Vista, CA 92083 Re: Moonlight Beach Urban Runoff Treatment Facility Submittal No. 020 -01 Lighting/Receptacles /Switches Dear Mr. Winterquist: Richard Brady & Associates has reviewed the subject submittal. We have the following comments: RECOMMENDED ACTION NO EXCEPTION TAKEN Should you have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact me. Very truly yours, Richard Brady & Associates 4--� cc: 020 -01 -00 Submittal Review File Kipp Hefner .�uir ,PYO • .�ar� �JJre�o �acwua .9,Q1e9 ge / (x g/ CON GENERAL ENGINEERING, INC. N STREET • VISTA, CA 92083 • TEL 760/630 -9570 • FAX 760/630 -3648 • STATE CONT. LIC. #540704 SUBMITTAL NO. 020-01 For SECTION 16500 LIGHTING/RECEPTICLES /S WITCHES MOONLIGHT BEACH URBAN RUNOFF TREATMENT FACILITY CONTRACT # CMS01B CITY OF ENCINITAS, CA It is hereby certified that the Equipment/Material shown and marked in this submittal,iss•that proposed to be incorporated into Contr ct # CMS025,1910compliance with the contract drawin & spedfi"cptinii1 can be installed in the alloca spaces, atn�:1.� sVLtted for approval. f. ,.. ,t1W Certified By e.!::2f;• ME1�YbW.e 7 Aii.:._ -tie.. Enclosed Industrials, Fiberglass Housing Catalog Number Example: DM 2 96120 ES DM 2 96 120 ES Series Length Series Section Fixture Lamp type in.(cm) Voltage Options' DM Damp 32,40 32 32W T8 (48 ") 50(127.0) 120, 211, 347 For options and location 5%(13.3) 40 40W T12 (48 ") 32,40 Others available. accessories, DMW Wet TDM,TDMW 1,2 2,4 32,40,48,48HO 48 38W Slimline (48 ") 98(248.9) DM, DMW 1,2 1,2 96,96HO, 96T8, 96T8H 0 see below and location 98(248.9) 48HO 60W 800mA (48 ") page 75. For tandem double- 96 75W Slimline (96 ") only. length unit, add prefix T. 96HO 110W 800mA (96 ") Example: TDM (800mA) and 8' fixtures. To match deep ap- 96TB 59W T8 Slimline (96 ") pearance on 4' rapid start, order DP or ARDP 96TBHO 86W T8 380mA (96 ") option. Number Diffuser type - - 3 Cold weather ballasts (M orCW20) for use at 40 'F ambient temperature or below. of lamps (blank) Acrylic, 15% DR 1, 2,3' AR High- impact acrylic, Not included. 50% DR DP Deep acrylic, 15% DR' ARDP Deep high- impact acrylic, 50% DR' Accessories (Order as separate catalog numbers.) Catalog Number Description BCD Mounting bracket to chain -hang DM /DMW, 2 per package (excludes chain) HC Wire hook and 36" chain set (2 per package) WLF Field - installable wet location fittingsto stem -hang DMW on %i' rigid conduit (2 per package). For factory - installed fittings on top, order WLF as option. PRODUCT AVAILABILITY Lamps Lamps per Cross per Lamp Width Depth Length Series Section Fixture Type in.(cm) in.(cm) in.(cm) DM, DMW 1,2,3' 1,2,3 32,40 75/a(18.4) 4'/4(9.5) 50(127.0) DM, DMW 1,2 1,2 48,48HO 75/e(18.4) 5%(13.3) 50(127.0) DM, DMW 1,2,3 3 1,2,3 (DP orARDP) 32,40 75/8(18.4) 55/8(13.3) 50(127.0) TDM,TDMW 1,2 2,4 32,40,48,48HO 75/8(18.4) 55/8(13.3) 98(248.9) DM, DMW 1,2 1,2 96,96HO, 96T8, 96T8H 0 75A(18.4) 55/8(13.3) 98(248.9) NOTES: 1 32W T8 lamps available on 3 -1amp models only. 2 Deep lens is standard on 4' slimline, HO (800mA) and 8' fixtures. To match deep ap- pearance on 4' rapid start, order DP or ARDP option. - - 3 Cold weather ballasts (M orCW20) for use at 40 'F ambient temperature or below. LITHONIA LIGHTING Industrials DM DMW 4 Features Impact- resistant, UV- resistant, fiberglass re- inforced polyester housing. DM is UL listed for damp locations, DMW is UL listed for wet locations. Wet location fittings on ends standard on DMW. Acrylic diffuser standard. For optional high - impact clear diffuser, specify AR diffuser. For surface, stem or chain mounting. Diffuser secured to fully gasketed housing by six captive latches on 4' fixture, 10 latches on 8' fixture. 71 LVjUtJ i ® ELTIG - 6 VOLT, 16 WATT A ELT24 - 6 VOLT, 24 WATT SERIES ELT36- 6 VOLT, 36 WATT ELTSO -12 VOLT, 50 WATT A durst>fe, stirscfively styled unit designed for apP11bns where longer periods of emergency illurNnatlon sre necessary. ELT24 shown above Cat ®log Number TWO SLT 2 4 MMMMMMMM�11 SFMCIFICAMNS CONSTRUCT10N ■ 2"8110e steel hoeing finished Its kw rnent tan color. ■ Hinged faceplate for easy malntenanca. • Two 8•walt (ELT16, ELT24, ELT36) or 12 -watt (ELT50) In- candescent glass sealed-beam lamps in thermoplastic housings. • Dual- VO11849 input C&PatNMY (120 or 277 volt's). • Note: ELT50 uses larger housing when wdwW wlth V. AK Or TD option (ass shoot UE -205 for target hawktg dmensions). BATTERY • Maintenance -free lead calcium bat provides is watts (ELT16), 24 watts (ELT24). 36 watts( LT k or 50 watts (ELT50) rated capacity for 9D minutes. • 24 -hour battery recharge after 90- minute discharge_ • Test switch and readykharge tight permit check of system operation. • Low - voltage disconnect prevents ezcessivey deep discharge that can Permanently damage the battery. • Polarize! SIP-on battery terminals. ELECTRONICS • Current - limiting charger maximizes battery life and minimizes energy consumption. Provides low operating costs. • ACA.VO reset- allows battery connection before AC power Is applied and prevents battery damage from deep discharge. Unit should not be left In reset mode for more than 72 hours. • Short- circuit protection - current4imil ng charger circuitry Protects printed cimult board from shorts. • Thermal protection - senses circuitry temperature and adjusts charge current to Prevent Overheating and charger failure. • Thermal charge compensation charger output to provide ge voltage relative to ambent temperature. • Regulated charge voltage - maintains 001181W-charge voltage over a wide rarqe of undercharging t shoniene life and reduces overt • Filtered charger output - minimizes charge voltage ripple and extends battery 1114. CODES • U.L. Listed -meets: -UL 924 - NFPA 101 (current Lice Safety Code) -NEC and OSHA illumination standards -State of North Carolina Department Of Insurance roWksment for High Charge Indication (MC option -ELT 50 only) WARRANTY ■ Three -year total customerssftftcdon warranty. (For complete details, see warranty sheet in Product Selection fiuide.) fALIMONIA §URGE Y sysffi s UE•190 Sheet Dry -tite® Covers 'Raintight Single Gang Catalog No. Description e r For duplex receptacles, horizontal CCD Device mount CCD -L Device mount with lock CCD -FS Box mount For duplex receptacles, vertical CCDV Device mount CCDV -L Device mount with lock CCDV -FS Box mount rodedot® A Division of L. E. MASON CO. *Raintight Catalog No. Description Blank Cover r�* €i1 r tk CCB Device mount CCB -FS Box mount Motor base plug, horizontal CCMB Cover with 15A -125V motor base plug For GFCI receptacles, horizontal Switch cover only, packed with spacers CCG Device mount O CCT S CCG -L Device mount with lock witch cover only, CC -FS Box mount ?j'`; ; packed with spacers t CCT -SP Spacers and screws For GFCI receptacles, vertical Switch cover with switch CCGV Device mount C CCT -1 Single pole 15A, 125V CCGV -L Device mount with lock CCGV -FS Box mount i °�;, CCT -2 Double pole 15A, 125V fl' . CCT -3 3 -way 5A 250V, 15A, 125V ' xr CCT -1 -20 Single pole 20A, 120 -277V CCT -2 -20 Double pole 20A, 120 -277V ' Raintight when used with appropriate Red Dot boxes Instructions for mounting switches CCT and 2CCT Gasket i Switch cover can be used with most toggle switches, but strap "ears" must be cut off and spacers used as shown. 1. Use spacers and 7/a "screws (after the "ears" are removed) as shown. 2. Be sure to remove center of gasket as shown and install all screws through holes in gasket. 3. Tighten screws to the switch. • All covers packed with U.S. Patent No. 4,134,516 gasket and screws U.S. Patent No. 4,456,145 Canadian Patent No. 1.097,424 17 For single receptacle, horizontal CCS Device mount CCS -L Device mount with lock a CCS-FS Box mount For single receptacle, vertical ., CCSV Device mount 3 CCSV -L Device mount with lock �•,'; CCSV -FS Box mount e . a` CCPO Power outlet cover with 21 /e" diameter hole. Box mount. ' Raintight when used with appropriate Red Dot boxes Instructions for mounting switches CCT and 2CCT Gasket i Switch cover can be used with most toggle switches, but strap "ears" must be cut off and spacers used as shown. 1. Use spacers and 7/a "screws (after the "ears" are removed) as shown. 2. Be sure to remove center of gasket as shown and install all screws through holes in gasket. 3. Tighten screws to the switch. • All covers packed with U.S. Patent No. 4,134,516 gasket and screws U.S. Patent No. 4,456,145 Canadian Patent No. 1.097,424 17 �#ersnnnei PrnfQcfinn c Hospital Grade GFCI Receptacles — Back and Side Wired a i 15 AMP 125V at Receptacle; 20 AMP 125V Feed - Through tys-rh ' DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. COLOR* NEMA CONFIG. Basic Cat. No. Demotes Brown Duplex Receptacle with LED Indicator Light 6598 -HG I, W, GY, R i . (� ' a4 5 -15R � aw r 20 AMP 125V at Receptacle and Feed-Through l w- DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. COLOR* NEMA CONFIG. Basic Cat Na Denotes Brown Duplex Receptacle with LED Indicator Light 6898 -HG I, W, GY, R ..-t.- 5-20R O Commercial Grade GFCI Receptacles — Back and Side Wired f 15 AMP 125V at Receptacle; 20 AMP 12$V Feed - Through DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. COLOR* NEMA CONFIG. Basic Cat. No oerrotes Brown g No Indicator Light 6599 I, W, GY, E, A i Duplex Receptacle with LED Indicator Light 6598 I, W �o till 5 -15R o 0- With 41h" Leads* 6599 -L I, W 1" T Buttons match face color 6599 -A I, W, A e p t 20 AMP 125V at Receptacle and Feed - Through n DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. COLOR* NEMA CONFIG, Basic Cat No Denotes Brown No Indicator Light 6899 I, W, GY SPECIFICATIONS & FEATURES Duplex Receptacle with LED 6898 1, W O Receptacles Indicator Light szoR • Trip threshold meets or exceeds UL` requirements for tripping time Buttons match face color 6899 -A I, W, A • Impact- resistant thermoplastic cover and body — • Silver alloy contacts Switch -Rated GFCI - Back and Side Wired 20 AMP 125V Switch- Rated; • Compatible with all Decora devices; supplied Switch Rahn 1.$ HP @ 1ZOV with Decora wallplate; available in selected g Decora colors DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. COLOR* Combination SWitch/GFC1 Basic Cat Na Denotes Brown • Ideal for kitchens, bathrooms, modular kitchen ht 6490 I, W, E Blank Face GFCI, No Indicator Li units, bathroom cabinet fixtures, lamp cabinet 9 fixtures and applications where combination devices are used. Combination Switch GFCI Outlet — Side Wired TESTING & CODE COMPLIANCE Switch 1000W 125V AC; Outlet 15 AMP 1251-, • UL Standard 943 Class A (GFCI) and 498 Feed-Through 20AMP 125V (receptacles) • UL Listed (File #46380) DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. COLOR* • Meets ANSI C73, NEMA WD -1 require- Basic Cat. No. Denotes Brown ments for duplex receptacles Single -Pole Switch & GFCI Protected Outlet 5299 I, W • CSA Certified (LA-5781 1) • Backed by a Limited Two -Year Warranty All devices are UL Listed. Also CSA Certified except where indicated by* COLOR O® O jig Basic Cat Nos. shown alxwe denote Brown color. For CD other color selections, add the suffix to catalog number as follows: Ivory (-I), White ( -W), Gray ( -GY), Red ( -R), Black (-E), Almond (-A). E MATERIAL CHARACTERISTICS EFlammability: Rated V2 Operating Temperature: -30 °F ( -35 °C) to 151 °F (66 °C) O o O 1.13 (28.6 mm) (e 1.12 IA3(36.2 mm) usfie.emml COMMERCIAL GRADE GFCI RECEPTACLE COMBINATION SWITCH GFCI OUTLET Cat No. 6599 Cat No. 5299 To learn more about Leviton's outstanding offering of devices visit our Website at: http:llwww.leviton.com ....Building A Connected World mbination double -drive f ass A'8 -32 screws F sndard and Phillips) for I installation br lwer le in pole, r, rid SPEGF/CAT/O// GAAOE Back and Side Wired 1201277V AC Quiet Switches DESCRIPTION 11V 15 AMP 20 AMP COLOR* Single- Pole Toggle Single -Pole, Framed Toggle 1101 -C See Canadian Cdor 54521 -2 Basic Cat No. Derotes &own 20A: I, W, GY CSB1 -15 CS81 -20 15A & 20A: I, W, GY, A Double -Pole Toggle CSB2 -15 CS132 -20 15A & 20A: I, W, GY, A 3 -Way Toggle CSB3 -15 C3B3 -20 15A & 20A: I, W, GY. A 4 -Way Toggle CSB4 -15 CSB4 -20 15A & 20A: I, W, GY, A Side Willed 1201277V AC Quiet Switches p N l9 '4 1'! N N DESCRIPTION 15 AMP 20A P COLOR* Single Pole Toggle* CS115 -2 CS120 -2 Basic Cat No- Denotes grown Single -Pole Hospital Call Switcht* 5501 -8 15A & 20A: I, W, GY, A 15A: I Double -Pole Toggle* CS215 2 CS220 -2 15A & 20A: I, W, GY 20A: 1, W, GY, A Double -Pole Hospital Cali Switcht 5502 -8 15A: Ivory Only 3-Way Toggle* CS315 -2 CS320 -2 15A & 20A: I, W, GY, A 4-Way Toggle* CS415 -2 CS420 -2 15A & 20A: I, W, GY A Single -Pole, Framed Toggle 54501 -2 54521 -2 15A & 20A: I, W, GY Double Pole, Framed Toggle 54502 -2 54522 -2 15A & 20A: I, W, GY 3-Way, Framed Toggle 54503 -2 54523 -2 15A & 20A: I, W, GY 4-Way, Framed Toggle 545042 54524 -2 15A: 1, W, GY, A 20A: I, W, GY tHospital Call Switches turn on when toggle is pulled down; have 3 -foot braided cord. Note: Cat. No. 54501 -2 series is identified in Canada by the following catalog Side Wired Canadian 120/277V AC numbers: Quiet Switches DESCRIPTION 15 AMP 20 AMP COLOR* Single -Pole, Framed Toggle 1101 -C See Canadian Cdor 54521 -2 20A: I, W, GY Double -Pole, Framed Toggle 1102 -C 54522 -2 20A: I' W ' GY i 3 -Way, Framed Toggle 1103 -C 54523 -2 20A: I, W, GY 4 -Way, Framed Toggle 1104 -C 54524 -2 20A: I, W, GY All devices are UL Listed and CSA Certified except where indicated by* 0 -92 (23.3 mm) 0.92 (23.3 mm) O O ® O O E E E E E E E 0 o E E E E E m e a °t m r°vo .� 0 p N l9 '4 1'! N N 1 G N ci O Q C1 N N O ED O 1. 0.57 (14.6 mm) 33.3 0 O O 1.31 mm (33.3 mm) 0.58 (14.6 mm) TOGGLE SWITCH Cat. No. CS115 -2, CS120 -2 FRAMED TOGGLE Cat No. 54501-2,54521-2 SPECIFICATIONS & FEATURES • Large head double -drive combination screws (Standard, Phillips) for fast wiring • Heavy- gauge, rust - resistant steel mounting strap • Accept up to #10 copper or copper -clad wire • Convenient break -of piaster ears for best alignment • Large switch contacts for maximum conductivity • See section T for more technical information TESTING & CODE COMPLIANCE • UL Listed to meet the latest Federal Specification, WS -896 (File #E -748) • Meets all requirements for NEMA WD -1, ANSI • CSA Certified (File #LR-3413) • NOM Certified ( #057) • Backed by a Limited 10 -Year Warranty 'COLOR Basic Cat. Ncs. shown above denote Brown color. Other colors available as listed, add suffix to catalog number as follows: Ivory 0), White ( -W), Gray ( -GY), Almond ( -A( "CANADIAN COLOR For color selection, add suffix to catalog number as follows: Ivory (-I), While (-W), Brown ( -B), and Gray ( -G6 HORSEPOWER 15A 20A 1h 0120V 1 4 120V 2 4 240V 2 ® 240V MATERIAL CHARACTERISTICS For more information regarding matching wailplates, colors, materials, single and multi-gang, refer to Wallplates, section G. For answers to technical questions, call Leviton's Techline at 1- 800 - 824 - 3005.... Building connected world July 10, 2002 Mr. Dale E. Winterquist President Falcon General Engineering, Inc. 572 Collyn Street Vista, CA 92083 Re: Moonlight Beach Urban Runoff Treatment Facility Submittal No. 021E -01 Instrumentation /Controls, Section 16700 Dear Mr. Winterquist: Richard Brady & Associates has reviewed the subject submittal. We have the following comments: RECOMMENDED ACTION REVISE - RESUBMIT The follow items are to be included in the revised submittal: GENERAL Submit manufacturers statement of unit responsibility (Part 1.4 -A). Reformat submittal to include "Part 1, Part 2, and Part 3" (Part 1.4 -B -3). Include data sheets in front of all manufacturer cut sheets (Part 1.4- B -4 -b). Data sheets will be included as part the reformatted submittal. CONTROLLER Submit a statement of unit responsibility for valves and automatic actuators as required (Part 1.4- A). ULTRASONIC LEVEL TRANSMITTER Issue a substitution request or submit ultrasonic level transmitter type as specified. Flow Line Model LU20 submitted does not meet the project specifications (Part 1.4 -13-2 & Part 2.2 -A -5). 4.9/.9 ✓��i�% ��u�ore .%l%rrrl ��i� ,?,'��/ • «ia �ie�rr,- ��i��otreirc J,29,29 Mr. Dale E. Winterquist July 10, 2002 Page 2 ROTOR -X FLOW SENSOR Specified flow sensor is acceptable. Provide programming in Treatment Facility's main PLC to acquire the following flow data: Current Flow Rate (gpm) Average Daily Flow Rate (gpm) Total Daily Volume (gal.) Total Monthly Volume (gal.) PRESSURE TRANSMITTER (Gauges) Provide gauges with shatter proof glass (Part 2.2- A -16). TURBIDITY MONITOR Reviewer has no exceptions to the turbidity monitor as submitted. LEVEL SWITCHES - FLOAT TYPE Cut sheet provided does not show that requirements as described in Part 2.2 -A.14 are met. Typical information missing from the submittal is as follows: - Is the unit equipped with hermetically sealed Mercury Switches? - 20 amp DC rating? - Switch normally open? - Are these floats weighted? - What is the cable material? Resubmit Level Switches submittal section showing that the specification requirements, listed above, have been met (Part 2.2- A -14). WALL MOUNTED PANELS Provide NEMA 4X wall mounted panels. OPERATOR TERMINAL Reviewer has no exceptions to the operator terminal as submitted. MICROLOGIX 1500 Issue a substitution request or submit PLC type as specified. Micrologix 1500 submitted does not meet the project specifications (Part 1.4 -13-2 & Part 2.2- A -18). MOTOR PROTECTORS Provide a statement of unit responsibility for the instrumentation and control equipment provided per specifications. Equipment not described in Specifications. Reviewer has no exceptions to the motor protectors as submitted. .��C/7l!!(I •JJlIlC� � �X/41GC /< /�l • �� /��1� /J!� i! / /L -�GIL ,.�1! <; .JllGr'C i�� • �J!!1L 1JGP�6, C(i2<�sz' /lU! 9.��.2i Mr. Dale E. Winterquist July 10, 2002 Page 2 LOAD SWITCHES Provide statement of unit responsibility for instrumentation and control equipment provided per specifications. Equipment not described in Specifications. Reviewer has no exceptions to the motor protectors as submitted. CONTROL TRANSFORMERS Provide statement of unit responsibility for instrumentation and control equipment provided per specifications. Equipment not described in Specifications. Reviewer has no exceptions to the motor protectors as submitted. CONTROL TOWER STACK LIGHTS Control tower stack lights are not required for this project. HORNS Horns are not required for this project. Please contact me if you have any questions concerning this submittal review. Sincerely, Sean F. Manning, P.E. Construction Manager cc: 021E -01 Submittal Review File Kipp Hefner Rick Brady ._/000`2PlC2l[(�L �XIIIOCUl.1 �� LC[2� Ci<!!C�G /t •G? _IJLEl/� CL'l[�C�GPIII%C 9.i� %•i�� O . 'E� � ?.�6� 4��5 l5 //0 • °max ��S"�% 4,96 0.5�/.S �/ CLEAR CREEK SYSTEMS, INC. CITY OF ENCINITAS MOONLIGHT BEACH URBAN RUNOFF TREATMENT FACILITY SUBMITTAL #21 SECTION 16700 Controller Type PE 22 Instruction Manual for the Installation of the Controller Type PE 22 in Electric Actuators Types EA 20, EA 30, EA 41 and EA 50 GEORGE FISCHER +GF* 281 The technical informa- tion given in this publica- tion implies no warranty of whatever kind and is subject to change without notice. Please consult our Terms and Conditions of Sale. 282 GEORGE FISCHER *GF* Contents 1 General features 2 Specifications 3 Installation and assembly of the PE 22 3.1 Installation in electric actuator EA 20 /EA 30 3.2 Installation in electric actuator EA 41 /EA 50 4 Connection diagram for use as a positioner 5 Connection diagram for use as a process controller b Wiring of the PEV 122 supply unit in the EA 41 /EA 50 7 Block diagram of the PE 22 8 Balancing /adjusting the PER 22 9 Adjustments 10 Part Numbers GEORGE FISCHER +GF+ 283 Important Information Electrostatic discharges caused by touching the printed circuit boards can cause the destruction of individual components. Please take appropriate precautions: antistatic workplaces, metallic connections to a water pipe, etc. Figure 1 I . General Features Electrically powered valves are increasingly being driven by external reference inputs. With the PE 22 Controller, the EA 20, EA 30, EA 41, and EA 50 electric actuators can be em- ployed as follows: • as a continuously adjustable positioner from 0 to 90° or 0 to 180', in the process the aper- ture angle of the valve is measured continu- ously and compared with the setpoint • as a process controller in conjunction with an external sensor and a reference input. The PE 22 Controller comprises two parts (PEV 22 /PEV 122 and PER 122) and is preferably installed in the actuator at the factory; it can, however, also be supplied in kit form (Fig. 1). PER 22 for EA 20, EA 30, EA 41 or EA 50 284 GEORGE FISCHER +GF+ 2. Specifications Connected voltage: 100 -120 VAC /200 -240 VAC, 50 -60 Hz; (selectable) 24 VDC /AC, 50 -60 Hz Setpoint: 0 -5 VDC /0 -10 VDC /4 -20 mA Actual value, external 0 -5 VDC /0 -10 VDC /4 -20 mA (process controller): Actual value, internal 0 -5 VDC /0 -10 VDC (90 0/1800) ( potentiometer): Range when used as 0 -90 0/0 -180° positioner: Control characteristics PI, proportional range continuously adjustable: when used as process 8 to 210 %; controller: reset time continuously adjustable: 1.2sto 1.9 min Duty cycle: 100% at 77 °F /25 °C ambient temperature for the EA 20 and EA 30 50% at 77 0F /25 °C ambient temperature for the EA 41 and EA 50 Ambient conditions: temperature 14 °F to 122 °F / -10 °C to 50 °C; relative humidity 0 to 100 %. GEORGE FISCHER *GF* 285 3. PE 22 Installation and Assembly Before installation and assembly starts, the actuator must be moved to the "closed" position. 3.1. Installation in Electric Actuator Type EA 20 and EA 30 Figure 2 3 IN JP2 3.1.1. Adjustment to Power Supply Voltage Jumbers JP1 (200 -240 VAC) and JP2 (100 -120 VAC) on the PEV 22 supply unit must be plugged in according to the power supply voltage available (fig. 2). As delivered: 200 -240 VAC. JP1 is plugged in on the 24 V version. 3.1.2. Mounting and Connecting the PEV 22 Supply Unit • separate actuator from power supply • detach electrical connections • remove existing supply unit • install PEV 22 supply unit and bolt on securely • attach connecting cable (green = 1, black = 2) • connect earth to transformer (1) 286 GEORGE FISCHER +GF* 3.1.3. Installing the PER 22 Control Unit • bolt on PER 22 securely as illustrated (2 +3) • plug in the ribbon cable connection 3.2. Installation in Electric Actuator EA 41 and EA 50 3.2.1. Adjustment to Power Supply Voltage Jumpers JP 1 (200 -240 VAC) and JP2 (100 -120 VAC) on the PEV 122 supply unit must be plugged in according to power supply voltage available (see fig.31. As delivered: 200 -240 VAC. JP is plugged in on the 24 V version. 3.2.2. Mounting and Connecting the PEV 122 Supply Unit • separate actuator from power supply • detach electrical connections • remove existing supply unit • fit the PEV 122 in the same way (see fig. 3) • wire up as shown in fig. 8 III JP" Fitting the PEV 122 printed circuit board GEORGE MCHER +GF+ 287 Figure 4 Figure 5 3.2.3. Installing the PER 22 Control Unit • slide the printed circuit board into the groove provided, as shown in fig. 5 • secure it with the bracket and bolts provided fig. 4 +5J • plug in the ribbon cable connection fastening bolts 288 GEORGE FISCHER +GF+ 4. Connection Diagram for the EA 20, EA 30, EA 41, EA 50 when used as a Positioner with Internal Actual Value Sensor (Potentiometer 199 190 140) S-2 closed 1 1 S1 EA20/30/41/50 -� O open O �1 4 ` 2 4 .1..11 11. T 1- PS2 S2 PSI Sl n PER 22 a +10 V /5mA 0V 0V 3 4 5 6 7 B 9 10 Il 0 O E > O + d - + Q - f 199 190 140 - L— — inputs for external setpoint actual value internal Figure 6 potentiometer 9 5. Connection Diagram for the EA 20, EA 30, EA 41, EA 50 when used as a Process Controller with 4 -20 mA or 0 -5/10 V External Actual Value Sensor (e.g. Transmitter) I S2 n.p�n S1 EA 20/30/41 /50 � red = CM PS2 S2 PSI SI PEV 22 v MI PEV122' -M2 1. 2.— PER 22 P +10 V/ 0V 0 5 m oV 4 5 6 7 8 9 II > I connecting cable I I� o >o Ph p N +1001- 1 + o I- 'Iv I- = N power supply connection inputs for external setpoint N OV II +1201_ +I� I- inputs for external actual value Figure 7 GEORGE FISCHER +GF+ 289 PEV 22 Q —M1 "V 122• t —M2 1 2 Q _ N(connecting g (cable Ph N < u N + >�- o u n � d > �Q power supply connection PER 22 a +10 V /5mA 0V 0V 3 4 5 6 7 B 9 10 Il 0 O E > O + d - + Q - f 199 190 140 - L— — inputs for external setpoint actual value internal Figure 6 potentiometer 9 5. Connection Diagram for the EA 20, EA 30, EA 41, EA 50 when used as a Process Controller with 4 -20 mA or 0 -5/10 V External Actual Value Sensor (e.g. Transmitter) I S2 n.p�n S1 EA 20/30/41 /50 � red = CM PS2 S2 PSI SI PEV 22 v MI PEV122' -M2 1. 2.— PER 22 P +10 V/ 0V 0 5 m oV 4 5 6 7 8 9 II > I connecting cable I I� o >o Ph p N +1001- 1 + o I- 'Iv I- = N power supply connection inputs for external setpoint N OV II +1201_ +I� I- inputs for external actual value Figure 7 GEORGE FISCHER +GF+ 289 6. Wiring of the PEV 122 Supply Unit in the EA 41 and EA 50 Figure 8 ----------------------- I EA 41 closed open 115/230 V S2 S1 I re green Trans - former ®2 I I I I I T1 03 PS2 52 PSl St ®4 brown white 5 Zl grey white 6 block ♦ PEV 122 I I —M1 M Connection 0000000 — M2 cable N I � I ' --- - - - - -- T; ------------------------------ > — O N J ' e 1 2 3 4 L1 N PE 290 GEORGE FISCHER *GF+ Z Block Diagram of the PE 22 Figure 9 M1 M2 51 PSI S2 PS2 8. Balancing /Adjusting the PER 22 8.1. Adjusting the Input Signals Various operating conditions can be adjusted on 1 Amplifier control unit PER 22 by means of the jumpers UPI- 2Inverting amplifier 3 Current - voltage converter ,JP8) provided. 4 Filter 5 Setpoint smoothing " mmm - d a b Adder m mnw.r ® ® ® ® ® ® ®�� Fq 7lntegrator 8 Limiter 9 Voltage- frequency converter 10 Monostable multivibrator 1 1 Logic Pz 12 Motor driver H bridge Pi 13 Power supply unit GEORGE FISCHER *GF* 291 8.1.1. Used as a Positioner with Integrated Potentiometer 8.2. Installing the Internal Potentiometer for Actual Value Feedback Important: Ensure that during installation (with valve closed) the potentiometer is at the left -hand stop when viewed from above (turn counterclockwise), i.e. the resistance between the red and white wires must be 0 ohm (see EA 20 /EA 30 /EA 41 /EA 51 Instruction Manuals). 292 GEORGE FISCHER +GF+ Jumper plugged in Actual value Rotation 900 JP5, JP7 Rotation 180° JP5, JP8 Setpoint 0 -5 V JPI, JP3 0 -10 V JP1,JP4 4 -20 mA JP2, JP3 8.1.2. Used as a Process Controller with External Sensor Jumper plugged in Actual value 0 -5 V JP5, JP7 0 -10 V JP5,JP8 4 -20 mA JP6, JP7 Setpoint 0 -5 V JP1, JP3 0 -10 V JP1,JP4 4 -20 mA JP2, JP3 8.2. Installing the Internal Potentiometer for Actual Value Feedback Important: Ensure that during installation (with valve closed) the potentiometer is at the left -hand stop when viewed from above (turn counterclockwise), i.e. the resistance between the red and white wires must be 0 ohm (see EA 20 /EA 30 /EA 41 /EA 51 Instruction Manuals). 292 GEORGE FISCHER +GF+ 9. Adjustments 9.1. Used as Positioner with Internal Potentiometer Potentiometers P and P2 (fig. 10) must be turned clockwise as for as the stop (max. 28 revs.). This is already set at the factory. The regulating speed of the valve can be adjusted between 7 and 15 seconds by means of potentiometer P3. P3 P 1 P2 9.2. Used as Process Controller Adjusting the parameters. The parameters are set as follows at the factory: Proportional range maximum (210 %) Reset time maximum (1.9 min) Figure 10 GEORGE FISCHER +GF+ 293 Turn Potentio- Turn Time counter- meter clock - Time < shorter clockwise P3 wise longer (CCW) (CW) P3 P 1 P2 9.2. Used as Process Controller Adjusting the parameters. The parameters are set as follows at the factory: Proportional range maximum (210 %) Reset time maximum (1.9 min) Figure 10 GEORGE FISCHER +GF+ 293 The controller thus displays a predominantly proportional action. Three potentiometers are provided on the control unit (PER 221 for special adjustments: Pl for adjusting reset time P2 for adjusting the proportional range P3 for delaying the setpoint (remains at left hand stop) If the set screw is turned counterclockwise: • the reset time is shortened (I component is increased) • the proportional range is diminished (P compo- nent is reduced) Control Parameters Start of adjustment a Basic setting: P max. maximum P component IP2) Basic setting: minimum I component IN) min. Setpoint: 50% Start Flow Start flow Set 50% Control circuit Yes oscillating? OSC2 Red P Reduce P Setpoint: 20% component Start flow Set 20% Control circuit Yes oscillating? Osc? Red P Actual value = 20 %? 20% No Inc. I Yes Increase I End of adjustment S2 component 294 GEORGE FISCHER +GF+ 10. Part Numbers for Actuators with PE 22 Installed GEORGE FISCHER •GF* 295 Part number EA 20 actuator with integrated PE 22 as positioner (includes 199 190 1401 115/230 V,,50/60 Hz 198 150 434 24 VAC /D 198 150 435 EA 20 actuator with integrated PE 22 as process controller (excludes 199 190 140) 115/230 V, 50/60 Hz 198 150 436 24 VAC /DC 198 150 437 EA 30 actuator with integrated PE 22 as positioner (includes 199 190 140) 115/230 V, 50/60 Hz 198 150 712 24 VAC /DC 198 150 713 EA 30 actuator with integrated PE 22 as process controller (excludes 199 190 140) 115/230 V, 50/60 Hz 198 150 714 24 VAC /DC 198 150 715 EA 41 actuator with integrated PE 22 as positioner (includes 199 190 140) 115/230 V, 50/60 Hz 198 150 701 24 VAC /DC 198 150 702 EA 41 with integrated PE 22 as process controller (excludes 199 190 140) 115/230 V, 50/60 Hz 198 150 703 24 VAC /DC 198 150 704 EA 50 actuator with integrated PE 22 as positioner (includes 199 190 1401 115/230 V, 50/60 Hz 198 150 706 24 VAC /DC 198 150 707 EA 50 actuator with integrated PE 22 as process controller (excludes 199 190 1401 115/230 V, 50/60 Hz 198 150 708 24 VAC /DC 198 150 709 Components Controller board PER 22 199 190 225 Power supply board PEV 22 supply unit for EA20, EA30 115/230 V, 50/60 Hz 199 190 236 24 VAC /DC 199 190 237 PEV 122 supply unit for EA 41, EA 50 115/230 V, 50/60 Hz 199 190 229 24 VAC /DC 199 190 230 Dn +an+; —fPr 199 190 140 GEORGE FISCHER •GF* 295 Warranty, Service & Repair To register your product with the manufacturer, fill out the enclosed warranty card and return it immediately to: Flowline Inc. 10500 Humbolt Street Los Alamitos, CA 90720. If for some reason your product must be returned for factory service, contact Flowline Inc. to receive a Material Return Authorization number (MRA) first, providing the following information: 1. Part Number, Serial Number 2. Name and telephone number of someone who can answer technical questions related to the product and its application. 3. Return Shipping Address 4. Brief Description of the Symptom 5. Brief Description of the Application Once you have received a Material Return Authorization number, ship the product prepaid in its original packing to: Flowline Factory Service MRA 10500 Humbolt Street Los Alamitos, CA 90720 To avoid delays in processing your repair, write the MRA on the shipping label. Please include the information about the malfunc- tion with your product. This information enables our service tech- nicians to process your repair order as quickly as possible. WARRANTY Flowline warrants to the original purchaser of its products that such products will be free from defects in material and workmanship under normal use and service for a period which is equal to the shorter of one year from the date of purchase of such products or two years from the date of manufacture of such products. This warranty covers only those components of the products which are non - moving and not subject to normal wear. Moreover, products which are modified or altered, and electrical cables which are cut to length during installation are not covered by this warranty. Flowline's obligation under this warranty is solely and exclusively limited to the repair or replacement, at Flowline's option, of the prod- ucts (or components thereof) which Flowline's examination proves to its satisfaction to be defective. FLOWLINE SHALL HAVE NO OBLIGATION FOR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES TO PERSON- AL OR REAL PROPERTY, OR FOR INJURY TO ANY PERSON. This warranty does not apply to products which have been subject to electrical or chemical damage due to improper use, accident, negli- gence, abuse or misuse. Abuse shall be assumed when indicated by electrical damage to relays, reed switches or other components. The warranty does not apply to products which are damaged during ship- ment back to Flowline's factory or designated service center or are returned without the original casing on the products. Moreover, this warranty becomes immediately null and void if anyone other than ser- vice personnel authorized by Flowline attempts to repair the defective products. 00 00 L3'o. am N� Ultrasonic Level Transmitter Model LU20 Owners Ma--- CE ®R - NRTL /C Version 3.OA 0 1999 FLOWLINE In All rights reserved. Manual # LU900005 Products which are thought to be defective must be shipped prepaid and insured to Flowline's factory or a designated service center (the identity and address of which will be provided upon request) within 30 days of the discovery of the defect. Such defective products must be accompanied by proof of the date of purchase. Flowline further reserves the right to unilaterally wave this warranty and to dispose of any product returned to Flowline where: a. There is evidence of a potentially hazardous material present with product. b. The product has remained unclaimed at Flowline for longer than 30 days after dutifully requesting disposition of the product. THERE ARE NO WARRANTIES WHICH EXTEND BEYOND THE DESCRIPTION ON THE FACE OF THIS WARRANTY. This warranty and the obligations and liabilities of Flowline under it are exclusive and instead of, and the original purchaser hereby waives, all other remedies, warranties, guarantees or liabilities, express or implied. EXCLUDED FROM THIS WARRANTY IS THE IMPLIED WARRANTY OF FITNESS OF THE PRODUCTS FOR A PARTIC- ULAR PURPOSE OR USE AND THE IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANT ABILITY OF THE PRODUCTS. This warranty may not be extended, altered or varied except by a writ- ten instrument signed by a duly- authorized officer of Flowline, Inc. SPECIFICATIONS 2" NPT (2" G�� 3.6 "(92mm) 1.3" (32mm) 4.9 "(124mm) 6.311(159mm) Technology An ultrasonic sound wave is pulsed two times per second from the base of the transducer. The sound wave reflects against the process medium below and returns to the transducer. The microprocessor based electronics measure the time of flight between the sound generation and receipt, and translates this figure into the distance between the transmitter and process medium below. NON - HAZARDOUS LOCATION HAZARDOUS LOCATION Class I, Div I. Groups A. a, C & D Auy Approved Model LU20 IS. Harrier Untraco V do S 32.0 V Levcl Trancnittcr _ IacS 130 ,A Ca 210 V rrex= 32.0 V La >OPH w 11 mA C- 01LF Li .0µH Control drawing for the LU20- 5001 -IS ultrasonic level transmitter approved under the entity concept as an I.S. apparatus Control Drawing: LU20CD Rev. 7 -24 -97 Part # Description Thread LU20 -5001 General Purpose 2" NPT LU20 -5061 General Purpose 2" G LU20- 5001 -IS Intrinsically Safe 2" NPT LU20- 5061 -IS Intrinsically Safe 2" G i; Maximum TemperatureNoltage Derating Continuous 20 mA Curve (1_1_120- 50_1 -IS) 2100 '-M Unacceptable 80 Range 60 $ 40 Acceptable `m Range 20 m E 0 a 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 Operating Voltage (VDC) Flowline 4 or 20 mA LU20- 50_1 -IS Electrical Loading Limits E 1,000 0 oN m m " m n : 750 Unaccept able ble Range 500 Acceptable Range 250 0 12 16 20 24 28 32 Supply Volyage (VDC) 0- LR79326 -10 NRTUC Intrinsically Safe/ Securlte Intrinseque Exla For use In Hazardous Locations: Class I, Groups A, B, C & D Class II, Groups E, F & G Class III Temperature Code: T3C Intrinsically Safe when used with an approved I.S. barrier. Entity Parameters V_ =32.0 VDC I— = 130 mA C =0gF L =0µH Warning. Suitable for Class 1, Groups A, B. C & D. Class II, Groups E, F & G; Class III, T3C, when used with an approved I S. bamer. Substibution of components may impair intrinsic safety LU20,5OX1 -IS requirements for Intrinsically Safe operation A Warning 0 The LU20 is a loop powered device. The load should never exceed 900 Ohms. LU20 -50 1 -IS must be installed in accordance with drawing LU20CD rev B (see steps) for safe operation in a hazardous area. When installing the LU20, never tighten the transmitterfrom' . the body- Always use the wrench fiat located above the threads. Always install the 2" Viton gasket with the LU20 -5061 and the LU20 -5061 -IS. The G threaded version of the Echotouch ! will not seal unless the gasket is installed properly.' Temperature /Pressure Derating Range: 0.5 to 18 feet (15 cm to 5.4 m) Accuracy: t 0.25% of span in air — m 25 Resolution: 0.125" (3 nun) Acceptable Frequency: 50 kHz 10 Pulse rate: 2 pulses per second g bo Beam width: 8° conical 3 0040 Deadband: 0.5' (15 cm) minimum Temperature ( °C) Blocking distance: 0.5 to 18 feet (15 cm to 5.4 m) — - Display type: 4 segment LCD m 80 Display units: Inch (cm) Range Memory: Non - volatile 9 40 Supply voltage: GP: 12 -36 VDC Range m 20 m IS: 12 -32 VDC a Q 12 Max loop resistance GP: 900 Ohms @ 36 VDC (see below) Operating Voltage (VDC) IS: 900 Ohms @ 32 VDC (see below) Flowline 4 or 20 mA .-- Signal output: GP: 4 -20 mA, 12 -36 VDC (see below) O IS: 4 -20 mA, 12 -32 VDC (see below) Signal invert: 4 -20 mA / 204 mA Calibration: Push button Fail -safe diagnostics: Reverts to 4 mA, 22 mA or remains constant Temperature rating: F: -40° to 140° C: -40° to 60° (see below) Temp. compensation: Automatic over entire range Pressure rating: 30 psi (2 bar) @ 25 °C., derated @ 1.667 psi (.113 bar) per °C. above 25 °C. (see below) Enclosure rating: NEMA 4X (IP65) Enclosure material: Polypropylene (PP), U.L. 94VO Transducer material: Polyvinylidene Fluoride (PVDF) Mounting threads: 2" NPT (2" G) Mounting gasket: Viton (2 ") metric only Conduit connection: 1/2" NPT (1/2" BSP) CE Compliance: EN 50082 -2 immunity EN 55011 emission CSA Certificate: LR79326 -10 *GP =General Purpose IS= Intrinsically Safe 2" NPT (2" G�� 3.6 "(92mm) 1.3" (32mm) 4.9 "(124mm) 6.311(159mm) Technology An ultrasonic sound wave is pulsed two times per second from the base of the transducer. The sound wave reflects against the process medium below and returns to the transducer. The microprocessor based electronics measure the time of flight between the sound generation and receipt, and translates this figure into the distance between the transmitter and process medium below. NON - HAZARDOUS LOCATION HAZARDOUS LOCATION Class I, Div I. Groups A. a, C & D Auy Approved Model LU20 IS. Harrier Untraco V do S 32.0 V Levcl Trancnittcr _ IacS 130 ,A Ca 210 V rrex= 32.0 V La >OPH w 11 mA C- 01LF Li .0µH Control drawing for the LU20- 5001 -IS ultrasonic level transmitter approved under the entity concept as an I.S. apparatus Control Drawing: LU20CD Rev. 7 -24 -97 Part # Description Thread LU20 -5001 General Purpose 2" NPT LU20 -5061 General Purpose 2" G LU20- 5001 -IS Intrinsically Safe 2" NPT LU20- 5061 -IS Intrinsically Safe 2" G i; Maximum TemperatureNoltage Derating Continuous 20 mA Curve (1_1_120- 50_1 -IS) 2100 '-M Unacceptable 80 Range 60 $ 40 Acceptable `m Range 20 m E 0 a 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 Operating Voltage (VDC) Flowline 4 or 20 mA LU20- 50_1 -IS Electrical Loading Limits E 1,000 0 oN m m " m n : 750 Unaccept able ble Range 500 Acceptable Range 250 0 12 16 20 24 28 32 Supply Volyage (VDC) 0- LR79326 -10 NRTUC Intrinsically Safe/ Securlte Intrinseque Exla For use In Hazardous Locations: Class I, Groups A, B, C & D Class II, Groups E, F & G Class III Temperature Code: T3C Intrinsically Safe when used with an approved I.S. barrier. Entity Parameters V_ =32.0 VDC I— = 130 mA C =0gF L =0µH Warning. Suitable for Class 1, Groups A, B. C & D. Class II, Groups E, F & G; Class III, T3C, when used with an approved I S. bamer. Substibution of components may impair intrinsic safety LU20,5OX1 -IS requirements for Intrinsically Safe operation A Warning 0 The LU20 is a loop powered device. The load should never exceed 900 Ohms. LU20 -50 1 -IS must be installed in accordance with drawing LU20CD rev B (see steps) for safe operation in a hazardous area. When installing the LU20, never tighten the transmitterfrom' . the body- Always use the wrench fiat located above the threads. Always install the 2" Viton gasket with the LU20 -5061 and the LU20 -5061 -IS. The G threaded version of the Echotouch ! will not seal unless the gasket is installed properly.' Temperature /Pressure Derating 35 - -" Unacceptable n 30 Range m 25 m 20 Acceptable Q. 15 m Rangy 10 m 05 O 0040 -20 00 20 40 60 Temperature ( °C) Maximum TemperaturefVoltage Derating Continuous 20 mA Curve (LU20 -50_1) B 100 m 80 Unacceptable so Range F 60 9 40 Acceptable `m Range m 20 m a Q 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 Operating Voltage (VDC) Flowline 4 or 20 mA 10 LU20 -50_1 Electrical Loading Limits E 1,000 O 750 Unacceptable Range m 500 m m 250 Accsptable Range' m 0 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 Supply Volyage (VDC) 2" NPT (2" G�� 3.6 "(92mm) 1.3" (32mm) 4.9 "(124mm) 6.311(159mm) Technology An ultrasonic sound wave is pulsed two times per second from the base of the transducer. The sound wave reflects against the process medium below and returns to the transducer. The microprocessor based electronics measure the time of flight between the sound generation and receipt, and translates this figure into the distance between the transmitter and process medium below. NON - HAZARDOUS LOCATION HAZARDOUS LOCATION Class I, Div I. Groups A. a, C & D Auy Approved Model LU20 IS. Harrier Untraco V do S 32.0 V Levcl Trancnittcr _ IacS 130 ,A Ca 210 V rrex= 32.0 V La >OPH w 11 mA C- 01LF Li .0µH Control drawing for the LU20- 5001 -IS ultrasonic level transmitter approved under the entity concept as an I.S. apparatus Control Drawing: LU20CD Rev. 7 -24 -97 Part # Description Thread LU20 -5001 General Purpose 2" NPT LU20 -5061 General Purpose 2" G LU20- 5001 -IS Intrinsically Safe 2" NPT LU20- 5061 -IS Intrinsically Safe 2" G i; Maximum TemperatureNoltage Derating Continuous 20 mA Curve (1_1_120- 50_1 -IS) 2100 '-M Unacceptable 80 Range 60 $ 40 Acceptable `m Range 20 m E 0 a 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 Operating Voltage (VDC) Flowline 4 or 20 mA LU20- 50_1 -IS Electrical Loading Limits E 1,000 0 oN m m " m n : 750 Unaccept able ble Range 500 Acceptable Range 250 0 12 16 20 24 28 32 Supply Volyage (VDC) 0- LR79326 -10 NRTUC Intrinsically Safe/ Securlte Intrinseque Exla For use In Hazardous Locations: Class I, Groups A, B, C & D Class II, Groups E, F & G Class III Temperature Code: T3C Intrinsically Safe when used with an approved I.S. barrier. Entity Parameters V_ =32.0 VDC I— = 130 mA C =0gF L =0µH Warning. Suitable for Class 1, Groups A, B. C & D. Class II, Groups E, F & G; Class III, T3C, when used with an approved I S. bamer. Substibution of components may impair intrinsic safety LU20,5OX1 -IS requirements for Intrinsically Safe operation A Warning 0 The LU20 is a loop powered device. The load should never exceed 900 Ohms. LU20 -50 1 -IS must be installed in accordance with drawing LU20CD rev B (see steps) for safe operation in a hazardous area. When installing the LU20, never tighten the transmitterfrom' . the body- Always use the wrench fiat located above the threads. Always install the 2" Viton gasket with the LU20 -5061 and the LU20 -5061 -IS. The G threaded version of the Echotouch ! will not seal unless the gasket is installed properly.' SAFETY PRECAUTIONS About this Manual: PLEASE READ THE ENTIRE MANUAL PRIOR TO INSTALLING OR USING THIS PRODUCT. This manual includes information on all four versions of the continuous ultra- sonic level transmitter from Flowline; model LU20 -50_1 and LU20- 50_1 -IS. Please refer to the part number located on the sen- sor label to verify the exact model which you have purchased. L User's Responsibility for Safety: Flowline manufactures a wide range of liquid level sensors and technologies. While each of these technologies are designed to operate in a wide variety of applications, it is the user's responsi- bility to select a technology that is appropriate for the application, install it properly, perform tests of the installed system, and main- tain all components. The failure to do so could result in property damage or serious injury. Proper Installation and Handling: Because this is an electrically operated device, only properly - trained staff should install and/or repair this product. Use a proper sealant with all installations. Note: Always install the 2 " <rton gas- ket with the LU20 -5061 and the LU20- 5061 -IS. The G threaded version of the Echotouch will not seal unless the gasket is installed properly. Never overtighten the transmitter within the fitting. Always check for leaks prior to system start-up. Wiring and Electrical: A supply voltage of 12 -36 VDC is used to power the LU20 -50_1 transmitter and a supply voltage of 12 -32 VDC is used to power the LU20- 50_1 -IS. The sensor systems should never exceed a maxi- mum of 36 VDC for the LU20 -50_1 and 32 VDC for the LU20- 50_I-IS. Electrical wiring of the sensor should be performed in accordance with all applicable national, state, and local codes. Temperature and Pressure: The LU20 is designed for use in application temperatures from -40 °C (40 °F) to 60 °C (140 °F), and for use at pressures up to 30 psi @ 25 °C, derated @ 1.667 psi per °C above 25 °C. A Material Compatibility: The continuous ultrasonic level transmitter, LU20, is made of two materials. The enclosure is of Polypropylene (PP) and the trans- ducer is made of Polyvinylidene Fluoride (PVDF). Make sure that the model which you have selected is chemically compatible with the application liquids. While the transmitter housing is liquid - resistant when installed properly, it is not designed to be immersed. It should be mounted in such a way that it does not normally come into contact with fluid. AN Flammable, Explosive and Hazardous Applications: Only the LU20- 50_I -IS is rated for use in hazardous locations. Refer to the Certificate of Compliance for all applicable intrinsi- cally safe ratings and entity parameters for the LU20- 50_1 -IS. Refer to the National Electric Code (NEC) for all applicable instal- lation requirements in hazardous locations. DO NOT USE THE LU20 -50_1 GENERAL PURPOSE TRANSMITTER IN HAZ- ARDOUS LOCATIONS. A Make a Fail -Safe System: Design a fail -safe system that accommodates the possibility of transmitter or power failure. In critical applications, Flowline rec- ommends the use of redundant backup systems and alarms in addi- tion to the primary system. DEFINITIONS 0 o EC4: The 4 mA setting for the LU20. The EC4 is the distance from the bottom of the LU20 to the 4 mA set point. This setting is measured in either inches or cen- timeters on the display. The EC4 setting is typically greater that the EC20 EC20 setting. - - - 20 mA EC20: The 20 mA setting for the LU20. The EC20 is the distance EC4 f=l from the bottom of the LU20 to the 20 mA set point. This setting is measured in either inches or centimeters on the display. The EC20 setting is typically greater 4 MA' that the EC4 setting. SAF1 /SAF2/SAF3: Fail -Safe setting for the LU20. Use the SAF_ settings to determine a fail -safe mode for the current signal. When [SAF 1 ] is set, the current will increase to 22 mA if the signal becomes LOST. When [SAF2] is set, the current will decrease to 4 mA if the signal becomes LOST. When [SAF3] is set, the current will remain constant if the signal becomes LOST. FAST /SLOW: Setting for echo averaging on the LU20. [FAST] is the typical setting for the LU20 to operate. [SLOW] is designed to help dampen out effects caused by severe turbulence. In the [FAST] mode, the LU20 will average 2 signal responses per second and update every second. In the [SLOW] mode, the LU20 will average signal returns over the preceding 10 seconds. When used with [SAF 1/2/31, the time for the current to default is 30 seconds for [FAST] mode and 2.5 min- utes for [SLOW] mode. ALIN: Indicates that the unit is in the Alignment mode. Display will show the return signal strength in dB's. Used as an indicator for mechanical alignment of the LU20 and/or signal attenuation. Typical readings range between 2 and 60 dB's. For optimum alignment, first energize the unit and receive a valid return signal. Then select the ALIN mode and adjust the LU20 until the display is maximized. ON /OFF: Actual setting for ALIN mode. The ALIN mode must be turned [OFF] when alignment is completed. This mode will not auto- matically default back to [LEVL]. MAXR: Used as an indication for [MAXR] f0 0 or maximum range. The MAXR sets the maximum tank height and will filter out all returns greater than this value. (value): Actual MAXR setting. The maximum distance is 216.0 inches. MINR FE MINR: Used as an indication for j [MINA] or the minimum range. - - - - -4 The MINR value is the deadband MAXR closest to the transducer face where no signal will be generated. The MINR sets the minimum dis- tance between the liquid and the transducer. (value): Actual MINR setting. The minimum distance is 6.0 inches PROGRAMMING EC4: 1. Hold [MENU] key until EC4 appears in display. 2. Release [MENU] key and wait until a value appears. This value is the current measured level value. 3. If this is acceptable, press [SET] to lock the value as the new EC4 set point. If not, press either the [A] or [V] keys once and the old setting for the EC4 will appear. 4. From here, use the [A] or [V] keys to raise or lower the value to the desired value. 5. Press the [SET] key to enter this value as the new EC4 set point. EC20: I. Hold [MENU] key until EC20 appears in display. 2. Release [MENU] key and wait until a value appears. This value is the current measured level value. 3. If this is acceptable, press [SET] to lock the value as the new EC20 set point. If not, press either the [A] or [V] keys once and the old setting for the EC4 will appear. 4. From here, use the [A] or [V] keys to raise or lower the value to the desired value. 5. Press the [SET] key to enter this value as the new EC20 set point. SAF1 /SAF2 /SAF3: I. Hold [MENU] key until SAF1, SAF2 or SAF3 appears in the dis- play. 2. Release [MENU] key and hold [SET] key to toggle between SAF1, SAF2 and SAF3. 3. When desired setting is reached, release [SET] key. The last dis- played setting will be locked into memory. To change, start again at step 1. FAST /SLOW: 1. Hold [MENU] key until FAST or SLOW appears in the display. 2. Release [MENU] key and hold [SET] key to toggle between FAST and SLOW. 3. When desired setting is reached, release (SET) key. The last dis- played setting will be locked into memory. To change, start again at step I. ALIN: 1. Hold [MENU] key until ALIN appears in the display. 2. Continue to hold [MENU] key until OFF appears in the display. 3. Release [MENU] key and hold [SET] key to toggle from OFF to ON. 4. Release [SET] key. The LU20 is now in ALIN mode. 5. To exit ALIN mode, repeat steps 1-4 changing from ON to OFF. MAXR: 1. Hold [MENU] key until MAXR appears in the display. 2. Continue to hold [MENU] key until a value appears in the display. This value is the current MAXR setting. 3. If this is acceptable, press [SET] to lock the value as the MAXR setting. If not, use the [A] or [V] keys to raise or lower the value to the desired setting. 4. Press the [SET] key to enter this value as the new MAXR setting. MINR: I. Hold [MENU] key until MINR appears in the display. 2. Continue to hold [MENU] key until a value appears in the display. This value is the current MINR setting. 3. If this is acceptable, press [SET] to lock the value as the MINR setting. If not, use the [A] or [V] keys to raise or lower the value to the desired value. 4. Press the [SET] key to enter this value as the new MINR setting. WIRING Step Five' The LU20 -50_1 requires 12 -36 VDC power with at least 25 mA sup- ply in order to operate. 1. Wiring to a Flowline Continuous Controller (Model LC52): h) •- _. Echotouch" N w u= aE UI[rosonic Lawl Tronamittar .O OMEN. _ £ .3 cas cn O y O O Rasa � TO OSE ._.._ 2. Wiring to a Two -Wire Loop Indicator (Model LU20- 50_1): +) DC Power Echotouch° 8888 18--36 we Ukroa� Tranamlttar ,F AO OMEN. .O O.ET 3. Wiring to a PLC (LU20- 50_1): +) DC Power m s Echotouch° Supply e s 16 36 VDC B 4 i4 Ultroaonic Lawl T + B 3 r Transmitter VO 0- A_ MIRING Step Six The LU20- 50_1 -IS requires 12 -32 VDC power with at least 25 mA supply in order to operate. The follow provides an overview of wiring the LU20- 50_1 -IS to various devices. Please note that a barrier must be installed between the Echotouch and the device and the barrier must be located within the nonhazardous location. 1. Hazardous System Diagram NON - HAZARDOUS LOCATION HAZARDOUS LOCATION • OPTIMIZE ALIGNMENT 40 Class I, Div I, Groups A, B, C 8 D Any .Approved I. s. Bam vJi <32.0 V Model LU20 LOVax�mc 130 nN — Ca2UµF Ln -cl lransiniarr Vmnx La %0 pH -32LV 1mu - -110 n,A c. =u Ne (under ideal conditions) Li =OI�H Control drawing for the LU20- 5001 -IS ultrasonic level transmitter approved under the entity concept as an I.S. apparatus Control Drawing: LU20CD Rev. 7.24-97 2. Wiring to a Flowline Continuous Controller NON - HAZARDOUS HAZARDOUS LOCATION LOCATION Z o Model LU20 ry o Any Approved USING ALIGN VALUE 'i, go !40 0 ye}'O ii I.S. Barrier Ultrasonic 3: If the actual ALIN = 18dB at D = 40" .' . '.,• Level Vdc <32.0 V Transmitter O o 8080 Now ° ° R Ise <_ 130 mA o Ca Vmax =32.0V V �o A SO'P + La ? 0 µH + Imax = 130 mA Ci=0pF Li =0µH 3. Wiring to a Two -Wire Loop Indicator NON - HAZARDOUS HAZARDOUS LOCATION LOCATION ® DC Power Any Approved Model LU20 Su�ply voc I.S. Barrier Ultrasonic + + Level Vdc <_ 32.0 V Transmitter Isc <_ 130 mA Ca?OµF Vmax =32.0V + La 2 0 µH + [max = 130 mA Ci=OpF' Li =0µH 4. Wiring to a PLC NON - HAZARDOUS HAZARDOUS LOCATION LOCATION Model LU20 s 0 DC Power AF d n s 0 ,ripply Ultrasonic 0 a 0 + Level z Transmitter R + e Ise mA o. -a0 Vmax- -32.0V + + Imax = 130 mA Ci =0µF INSTALLATION Mounting the LU20 is critical to the successful operation of the trans- mitter. Avoid the following parameters: Do not install LU20 at an angle Minimum Range (MINR) Setting If installing the LU20 in a flange or any device which recesses the bottom of the transmitter, use the MINR setting. The minimum value for the MINR setting is the distance from the bottom of the transmitter to the end of the flange. Never set MINR to less than 6.0 inches. Maximum Application Range The maximum range of LU20 is 18 feet at 110 dB. Under less than ideal conditions, a number of factors can reduce the overall quality of signal return and shorten the accurate range of the transmitter. To determine the maximum application range of the product, follow the signal return formula against the echo attenuation graph below. Echo Attenuation Graph 50 00 40 80 120 160 200 240 DISTANCE FROM FACE OF TRANSDUCER (inches) EXAMPLE: • OPTIMIZE ALIGNMENT 40 1: Distance from transducer = 40" 2: Highest possible ALIN = 28dB (under ideal conditions) Adjust mechanical alignment of unit 30 to maximize displayed ALIN value PREDICT MAXIMUM RANGE Z o ry USING ALIGN VALUE 3: If the actual ALIN = 18dB at D = 40" Z 20 4: Maximum Range = 138" J 3Q" a �o A SO'P 10 00 40 80 120 160 200 240 DISTANCE FROM FACE OF TRANSDUCER (inches) INSTALLATION Factory Settings: The LU20 is preset at the factory. When powering up the transmitter the first time, the factory settings will be active. If at any time in you need to return to these settings, remove power from the LU20 and wait 10 seconds. Press the [Set] and [Menu] buttons simultaneously while powering up the transmitter. EC 4 216" (548.4 cm) OFF OFF EC20 8" (20.3 cm) MAXR N/A SAF1 /2/3 SAF1 value 216" (548.4 cm) Fast/Slow FAST MINR N/A ALIN N/A value 6" (15.2 cm) Changing Display Units: The LU20 comes preset to measure in inches. To change the unit to display centimeters, remove power to the LU20 and wait 10 seconds. Press [A] and [Set] simultaneously while powering up the transmit- ter. The LU20 will now read in centimeters. To return to inches, remove power and wait 10 seconds. Press [V] and [Set] simultane- ously while powering up the transmitter. Beam Cone Data Depth Radius Radius (Feet) (Inches) (cm) 1 1.2 3.1 2 2.1 5.2 3 2.9 7.3 4 3.7 9.5 5 4.6 11.6 6 5.4 13.7 7 6.2 15.9 8 7.1 18.0 9 7.9 20.1 10 8.8 22.3 11 9.6 24.4 12 10.4 26.5 13 11.3 28.7 14 12.1 30.8 15 13.0 32.9 16 13.8 35.1 17 14.6 37.2 18 15.5 39.3 a c� r r i r r i r i r � r r i � r � � r i � r , r w � � r ai k 0 1 r i i i r _ w Radius ZL WARNING0 Always install the 2" Viton gasket with 'the 'LU20 -5061 and the LU20- 5061 -IS. The G threaded version of the Echotouch will not seal unless the gasket is installed prop- erly. TROUBLESHOOTING LOST Signal: A reading of LOST in the display of the LU20 indicates the transmit- ter is not receiving a valid return signal. If LOST appears, please check the following troubleshooting items: 1. Beam cone interference such as the side wall, ladders, seams, rungs or pipes within the LU20's beam cone. 2. Proper installation such that the LU20 is installed level and free from interference from the installation fitting or flange. 3. Sufficient power being supplied to the LU20. The LU20 -50_I requires 12 -36 VDC power with a minimum supply of 25 mA. The LU20- 50_1 -IS requires 12 -32 VDC power with a minimum supply of 25 mA. 4. Proper programming of the MAXR or MINR function. For best results, set the MAXR function as the distance from the bottom of the tank to the bottom of the transmitter. Also set the MINR dis- tance above the highest level in the tank. Do not set the MINR to less than 6 inches. 5. Make sure that the transmitter is not installed at an angle. Even a 5 degree offset can reduce the signal return strength greatly. Other Hints: Current must change with changes in level. Example: For the illustra- tion below, as level increases, the current output will increase and as the level decreases, the current output will decrease. If the output of the LU20 is always reading 4 mA or 20 mA, check the input values for the LU20. E620 - -- 20 mA EC4 mA i +GF+ SIGNET 515/2536 Rotor -X Flow Sensors ENGLISH Instructions for all versions of: 515/8510 -XX and 2536/8512 -XX �I�II��III '�I'II��I��'��II�I� (I IIIIIIIII�IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII III�IIIIIIIIIII 3- 0515.090 A (5/02) English WARNING! SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS Pipe Size Range: ' 1. 2. 3. 4. Depressurize and vent system prior to installation or removal. Confirm chemical compatibility before use. Do not exceed maximum temperature /pressure specifications. Wear safety goggles or faceshield during installation /service. r; 2Z ±0.5% full range 5. Do not alter product construction. shown with Transmitter 1. Specifications General Data Flow Rate Range: 515: 0.3 to 6 m/s (1 to 20 ft/s) Wetted Materials: • Sensor Body: • O- Rings: • Pin: • Rotor: Shipping Weight: 515 Sensor Signal: 30 2536 Sensor 2536: 0.1 to 6 m/s (0.3 to 20 ft/s) Pipe Size Range: DN15 to DN1000 (0.5 to 36 in.) Linearity: ±1% of full range Repeatability: ±0.5% full range Cable Length: 7.6 m (25 ft) standard shown with Transmitter 515: 60 m (200 ft) maximum Output Type: 2536: 305m (1000 ft) maximum Cable Type: 2- conductor twisted pair w /shield (22 AWG) Minimum Reynolds Number Required: 4500 Cap Material: Glass Filled Polypropylene 515: Red 2536: Blue Wetted Materials: • Sensor Body: • O- Rings: • Pin: • Rotor: Shipping Weight: 515 Sensor Signal: 30 2536 Sensor 19.7 Hz per m/s nominal (6 Hz per ft/s) Signal: 3.3 V p/p per m/s nominal (1 V p/p per ft/s) Frequency: 49 Hz per m/s nominal (15 Hz per ft/s nominal) Supply voltage: 3.5 to 24 VDC regulated Supply current: <1.5 mA @ 3.3 to 6 VDC shown with Transmitter <20 mA @ 6 to 24 VDC Output Type: Open collector transistor, sinking Output current: 10 mA max. Fluid Conditions Rotor -X Sensor Pressure/Temperature Ratings: Glass filled Polypropylene (black) or PVDF (natural) FPM- Viton® (Std) or EPDM or FFKM- Kalree Titanium or Hastelloy -C or PVDF; other material options available Black PVDF or natural PVDF; optional Tefzel® with or w/o Fluoraloy B® sleeve -X0 0.454 kg (1 lb) -X1 0.476 kg (1.04 Ibs) -X2 0.680 kg (1.50 Ibs) -X3 0.794 kg (1.75 Ibs) -X4 0.850 kg (1.87 Ibs) -X5 1.0 kg (2.20 Ibs) 3519 1.3 kg (2.86 Ibs) Frequency: 19.7 Hz per m/s nominal (6 Hz per ft/s) Amplitude: 3.3 V p/p per m/s nominal (1 V p/p per ft/s) Source Impedance: 8 kQ Dimensions 8510- XX/8511 -XX 515/2536 Sensor Integral Sensor -X2 = 213 mm /8.4 in. shown with Transmitter Standard s m/25 n. 7.6 and Integral Ada ter Kit 9 P cable (sold separately) included 1 -1/4" NPSM threaded cap 102 mm/ -X (0 thru 5) 4.0 in. 26.7 mm /_, 1.05 in. -XO = 152 mm /6.0 in -X1 = 185 mm /7.3 in Polypropylene Body: • 12.5 bar (180 psi) max. @ 20 °C (68 °F) • 515: 1.7 bar (25 psi) max. @ 90 °C (194 °F) • 2536: 1.7 bar (25 psi) max. @ 85 °C (185 °F) PVDF Body: • 14 bar (200 psi) max @ 20 °C (68 °F) • 515: 1.7 bar (25 psi) max @ 100 °C (212 °F) • 2536: 1.7 bar (25 psi) max @ 85 °C (185 °F) bar psi 1 1 14 200 11 160 8 120 6 80 3 40 °F - 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 •C - -18 4 27 49 71 93 115 bar psi 1 1 14 200 11 160 8 120 6 80 1 or C1 3 40 °F - 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 •C - -18 4 27 49 71 93 115 Standards 8r Approvals • Manufactured under ISO 9001 and ISO 14001 • CE • 515 Only: FM Class I, II, III /Div. I /Groups A -G +GF+ SIGNET 515/2536 Rotor -X Flow Sensors page 1 of 4 Pipe Range: 112 to 4 in. -XO = 104 mm /4.1 in. 5 to 8 in. -X1 = 137 mm /5.4 in. 10" and up -X2 = 213 mm /8.4 in. 112 to 4 in. -X3 = 219 mm/11.7 in ! 5 to 8 in. wet tap -X4 = 254 mm /13.1 in. Lengths 10" and up -X5 = 331 mm /16.1 -XO = 152 mm /6.0 in -X1 = 185 mm /7.3 in Polypropylene Body: • 12.5 bar (180 psi) max. @ 20 °C (68 °F) • 515: 1.7 bar (25 psi) max. @ 90 °C (194 °F) • 2536: 1.7 bar (25 psi) max. @ 85 °C (185 °F) PVDF Body: • 14 bar (200 psi) max @ 20 °C (68 °F) • 515: 1.7 bar (25 psi) max @ 100 °C (212 °F) • 2536: 1.7 bar (25 psi) max @ 85 °C (185 °F) bar psi 1 1 14 200 11 160 8 120 6 80 3 40 °F - 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 •C - -18 4 27 49 71 93 115 bar psi 1 1 14 200 11 160 8 120 6 80 1 or C1 3 40 °F - 0 40 80 120 160 200 240 •C - -18 4 27 49 71 93 115 Standards 8r Approvals • Manufactured under ISO 9001 and ISO 14001 • CE • 515 Only: FM Class I, II, III /Div. I /Groups A -G +GF+ SIGNET 515/2536 Rotor -X Flow Sensors page 1 of 4 2. Location of Fitting recommended sensor upstream /downstream counting requirements Inlet Outlet Flange 10L x I.D. I 5x I.D. Reducer - 150 51 xID10 xI.D.I ;90* Elbow 204 x I•D.10 51 x I. 0 2 x 90° Elbow 3 dimensions 2 x 90° Elbow Pump/Valve 25x I.D. 51 x I.D.1 401 x I.DD.� 51 x I.D. 50I x I.D. I 51 x I_Q.1 o° 3. Sensor Mounting Position 45• ,45. Horizontal pipe runs: Mount sensor in the upright (00) position for best performance. Mount at a maximum of 45° when air bubbles are present (pipe must be full). Do not mount on the Process bottom of the pipe when sediments are present. Pipe Vertical pipe runs: Mount sensor in any orientation. Upward flow is preferred to ensure full pipe. 4. Standard Sensor Installation Lubricate the sensor O -rings with a silicone lubricant (e.g. GE silicone compound #G632 or equivalent). Do not use any petroleum based lubricant that will attack the O- rings. black conduit 70 sensor bale cap I/ ____________ ________________ PROCESS PIPE (TOP VIEW) ~ direction of flow Figure A !. Using an alternating /twisting motion, lower the sensor into the fitting, making sure the installation arrows on the black cap are pointing in the direction of flow, see Figure A. 3. Engage one thread of the sensor cap then turn the sensor until the alignment tab is seated in the fitting notch. Hand tighten the sensor cap. DO NOT use any tools on the sensor cap or the cap threads and /or fitting flange threads will be damaged, see Figure B. black —so conclud bale cap laD norm Figure B Sena °r cap 5. Sensor Wiring 515 Sensor Connections to +GF+ SIGNET Instruments technical Notes Use 2- conductor shielded cable for cable extensions. Cable shield must be maintained through cable splice. Refer to your instrument manual for specific wiring details. 2536 Sensor Connections to Other Brand Instruments a Black Frequency ( -) a Red Frequency ( +) Shield Ground Other Brands Y black + 3.3 to 24 2536 Sensor Connections to +GF+ SIGNET Instruments r>>_ 10 kf2 VDC shield i Gnd. Other red Input instrument D DC sensor power supplied from +GF+ SIGNET instrument. 10KS2 Pull -up resistor may be required for non +GF+ SIGNET brand instrument. i. Rotor Replacement Procedure 1. To remove the rotor, insert a small screwdriver between the rotor and the ear of the sensor. 2. Twist the screwdriver blade to flex the ear outward enough to remove one end of the rotor and pin DO NOT flex the ear any more than necessary! If it breaks, the sensor cannot be repaired. iii .•� 3. Install the new rotor by inserting one tip of the pin into the hole, then flex the opposite ear back enough to slip rotor into place. )age 2 of 4 +GF+ SIGNET 515/2536 Rotor -X Flow Sensors Black 5 VDC Red Frequency in Shield Ground iii .•� 3. Install the new rotor by inserting one tip of the pin into the hole, then flex the opposite ear back enough to slip rotor into place. )age 2 of 4 +GF+ SIGNET 515/2536 Rotor -X Flow Sensors 7. K- Factors A K- Factor is the number of pulses a sensor will generate for each engineering unit of fluid which passes the sensor. K- factors for water are listed below in U.S. gallons and liters. For example, in a 1 -inch PVC pipe, the paddlewheel generates 174.67 pulses per gallon of water passing the rotor. K- factors are listed for pipes up to 12 inches. For pipes over 12 inches, consult your +GF+ SIGNET distributor. 257.72 68.090 545.14 144.03 1-112 CR4T015 40.410 10.676 77.320 20.428 CS4W025 2.33 W040174.67 CS4W360 POLYPROPYLENE FI'l I INASO AND BS AND 46.148 352.44 93.114 2 CR4T020 22.300 5.8917 45.780 12.095 ON 20 PPMT007 W050 5.2600 1.3897 10.860 2.8692 83.390 22.032 177.18 46.812 291.60 77.042 198.150.524 ON 32 PPMT012 83.540 22.071 HCS4 W060 3.6900 0.9749 7.5200 .9868 58.580 15.477 117.85 31.137 GALVANIZED IRON TEES ON SCH 40 PIPE 7.8193 60.789 16.060 198.150.527 ON 65 W080 2.1300 011 41.498 10.964 198.150.560 ON 80 PPMT030 13.330 3.5218 IR4T010 104.54 27.619 ON 100 PPMT040 8.7077 2.3006 W 100 1.3500 0.3567 2.7600 0.7292 K- Factors DIN Pipes PWE SIZE FITTING TYPE 515/8510 -XX 2536/8512 -XX CODE U.S. GAL LrrEF U.S. GAL LITERS 4.16 105.66 CS4W025 2.33 59.18 CS4W360 POLYPROPYLENE FI'l I INASO AND BS AND ANSI ON 15 PPMT005 481.55 127.23 952.87 251.75 198.150.522 ON 20 PPMT007 277.09 73.207 563.10 148.77 198.150.523 ON 25 PPMT010 141.18 37.300 291.60 77.042 198.150.524 ON 32 PPMT012 83.540 22.071 169.22 44.709 198.150.525 ON 40 PPMT015 51.265 13.544 103.90 27.450 198.150.526 ON 50 PPMT020 29.596 7.8193 60.789 16.060 198.150.527 ON 65 PPMT025 20.658 5.4579 41.498 10.964 198.150.560 ON 80 PPMT030 13.330 3.5218 26.786 7.0769 198.150.561 ON 100 PPMT040 8.7077 2.3006 17.415 4.6011 198.150.562 ON 125 PPMT050 5.0667 1.3386 10.168 2.6864 198.150.563 ON 150 PPMT060 3.6892 0.9747 7.3119 1.9318 198.150.564 ON 200 PPMTO80 2.0398 0.5389 3.9946 1.0554 198.150.565 PVDF FlTTINGS (DIN/13 AND BS AND ANSI ON 15 SFMT005 420.87 111.19 827.26 218.56 198.150.529 ON 20 SFMT007 228.15 60.277 489.87 129.42 198.150.530 ON 25 I SFMT010 136.70 36.116 283.55 74.915 198.150.531 DN 32 SFMT012 79.294 20.950 158.59 41.899 198.150.532 DN 40 SFMT015 43.490 11.490 86.980 22.980 198.150.533 UN 50 SFMT020 25.908 6.8450 50.385 13.312 198.150.534 DN 65 SFMT025 18.067 4.7732 36.133 9.5465 198.1504571 DN 80 SFMT030 12.357 3.2648 24.715 6.5297 198150.572 ON 100 SFMT040 8.0599 2.1294 16.120 4.2589 198.150.573 ON 125 SFMT050 4.4312 1.1707 8.8624 2.3415 198.150.574 ON 150 SFMT060 3.2271 048526 6.4543 1.7052 198.150.575 ON 200 SFMT080 2.0360 0.5379 4.0720 1.0758 198.150.576 PVC FlTTINGS DINASO - EUROPE ONLY ON 15 PVMT005 486.18 128.45 972.37 256.90 198.150.480 DN 20 PVMT007 24215 644160 485469 128.32 198.150.481 ON 25 PVMT010 148664 39.270 297.274 78.540 198.150.482 ON 32 PVMT012 85.125 22.490 170.249 44.980 198.150.483 ON 40 PVMT015 51.855 13.700 103.709 27.400 19841504484 ON 50 PVMT020 29.750 7.8600 59.500 15.720 198.150.485 ON 65 PVMT025 176487 4.6200 34.9734 9.2400 1986150.538 ON 80 PVMT030 12.491 33000 24.9810 6.6000 198.150.539 ON 100 PVMT040 8.1377 2.1500 16.2754 4.3000 198.150.540 DN 150 PVMTM 4.0878 1.0800 8.1756 2.1600 198.150.543 ON 200 PV. .0 2.0439 0.5400 4.0878 1.0800 198.150.545 8. H- Dimensions The plastic sensor insert in the Weldolet fitting MUST be removed during the welding process. When reinstalled, it is important that the insert be threaded to the proper height ( "H" dimension). Weldolet part number "H" dimension inches mm Weldolet part number "H" dimension inches mm CS4W020 2.38 60.45 CS4W240 4.16 105.66 CS4W025 2.33 59.18 CS4W360 4.10 104.14 CS4W030 2.32 58.92 CS4W040 2.30 58.42 CR4W020 2.38 60.45 CS4W050 3.09 78.48 CR4W025 2.33 59.18 CS4W060 2.96 75.18 CR4W030 2.32 58.92 CS4W080 2.73 69.34 CR4W040 2.30 58.42 CS4W100 5.48 139.19 CR4W050 3.09 78.48 CS4W120 5.25 133.35 CR4W060 2.96 75.18 CS4W140 5.10 129.54 CS4W080 2.73 6934 CS4W160 4.85 123.19 CR4W100 5.48 139.19 CS4W180 4.60 116.84 CR4W120 5.25 133.35 CS4W200 4.38 111.25 +GF+ SIGNET 515/2536 Rotor -X Flow Sensors page 3 of 4 +GF+ SIGNET Fittings Type I Description Plastic tees 0.5 to 4 inch versions • PVC or CPVC Type Iron, Carbon Steel, 0.5 to 2 in. versions 316 SS Threaded Mounts on threaded pipe ends tees PVC 2536/8512 -XX Ordering Information • Available in 10 and 12 inch sizes only Carbon steel & 2 to 4 inch, cut 1 -7/16 inch hole in pipe Glue -on n • Cut 2 -1/2 inch hole in pipe stainless steel • Over 4 inch, cut 2 -1/4 inch hole in pipe Saddles i;_ •Weld in place using solvent cement Weld -on 198 801 621 3- 2536 -P1 ....... 198 840 144 Sensor, Polypropylene, Titanium Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor (black) 5 to 8 Inch Pipe Weldolets 198 801 622 PVC 198 840 145 • 2 to 4 inch, cut 1 -7/16 inch hole in pipe 51530 -P3 ...... 198 840 310 Saddles 159 000 758 • 6 to 8 inch, cut 2 -1/4 inch hole in pipe Fiberglass • 1.5 in. to 8 in. PVDF insert 3- 2536 -P4 ....... + Sensor, Polypropylene, Titanium Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor (black) 5 to 8 Inch Pipe tees & • > 8 in. PVC insert 3- 2536 -P5 ....... 159 000 760 Sensor, Polypropylene, Titanium Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor (black) 10 to 36 Inch Pipe saddles: • Special order 12 in. to 36 in. 3- 2536 -TO ....... 198 840 149 Sensor, PVDF (natural), Hastelloy Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor (natural), '/2 to 4 Inch Pipe FPT FPS 198 801 664 PIP = • Available in 10 and 12 inch sizes only 51530 -T2 ...... 198 801 669 Clamp -on - - -- • Cut 2 -1/4 inch hole in pipe Metric • For pipes DN 65 to 200 mm Saddles ; + Sensor, PVDF (nat.), PVDF (nat.) Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor (nat.), 1/2 to 4 Inch Pipe Wafer Fitting O • PP or PVDF 3- 2536 -V1 ....... 198 840 147 Sensor, PVDF (nat.), PVDF (nat.) Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor (nat.), 5 to to 8 Inch Pipe Metric Union 198 801 625 Iron Strap -on - - -- • 2 to 4 inch, cut 1 -7/16 inch hole in pipe • Over 4 inch, cut 2 -1/4 inch hole in pipe • For pipes from DN 15 to 50 mm • PP or PVDF saddles + • Special order 12 in. to 36 in. Fitting 8510 -P1 ....... 515/8510 -X0( irdering Information 2536/8512 -XX Ordering Information Product Description art No. Code Part No. Code 51530 -PO ...... 198 801 620 3- 2536 -PO ....... 198 840 143 Sensor, Polypropylene, Titanium Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor (black), 1/2 to 4 Inch Pipe 51530 -P1 ...... 198 801 621 3- 2536 -P1 ....... 198 840 144 Sensor, Polypropylene, Titanium Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor (black) 5 to 8 Inch Pipe 51530 -P2 ...... 198 801 622 3- 2536 -P2 ....... 198 840 145 Sensor, Polypropylene, Titanium Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor (black) 10 to 36 Inch Pipe 51530 -P3 ...... 198 840 310 3- 2536 -P3 ....... 159 000 758 Sensor, Polypropylene, Titanium Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor (black), 1/2 to 4 Inch Pipe 51530 -P4 ...... 198 840 311 3- 2536 -P4 ....... 159 000 759 Sensor, Polypropylene, Titanium Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor (black) 5 to 8 Inch Pipe 51530 -P5 ...... 198 840 312 3- 2536 -P5 ....... 159 000 760 Sensor, Polypropylene, Titanium Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor (black) 10 to 36 Inch Pipe 51530 -TO ...... 198 801 663 3- 2536 -TO ....... 198 840 149 Sensor, PVDF (natural), Hastelloy Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor (natural), '/2 to 4 Inch Pipe 51530 -T1 ...... 198 801 664 - - -- ............. - -- Sensor, PVDF (natural), Hastelloy Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor (natural), 5 to 8 Inch Pipe 51530 -T2 ...... 198 801 669 - - -- ............. - - -- Sensor, PVDF (natural), Hastelloy Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor (natural), 10 to 36 Inch Pipe X1530 -VO ...... 198 801 623 3- 2536 -VO ....... 198 840 146 Sensor, PVDF (nat.), PVDF (nat.) Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor (nat.), 1/2 to 4 Inch Pipe 530 -V1 ...... 198 801 624 3- 2536 -V1 ....... 198 840 147 Sensor, PVDF (nat.), PVDF (nat.) Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor (nat.), 5 to to 8 Inch Pipe ,1530 -V2 ...... 198 801 625 - - -- ............. - - -- Sensor, PVDF (nat.), PVDF (nat.) Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor (nat.), 10 to to 36 Inch Pipe •8510 -PO ....... 198 864 504 3- 8512 -PO ....... 198 864 513 Sensor, Integral, PP, Titanium Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor (black), V2 to 4 Inch Pipe 8510 -P1 ....... 198 864 505 3- 8512 -P1 ....... 198 864 514 Sensor, Integral, PP, Titanium Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor (black) 5 to 8 Inch Pipe •8510 -TO ....... 159 000 622 3- 8512 -TO ....... 198 864 518 Sensor, Integral, PVDF (nat.), Hastelloy Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor (nat.), '/2 to 4 In. Pipe •851040 ....... 198 864 506 3- 8512 -VO ....... 198 864 516 Sensor, Integral, PVDF (nat.), PVDF (nat.) Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor (nat.), V2 to 4 In. Pipe 519/515 -P3 ... 159 000 819 3519/2536 -P3 . 159 000 822 Sensor & Wet -Tap Assy., PP, Titanium Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor (black), 1/2 to 4 In. Pipe 519/515 -P4 ... 159 000 820 3519/2536 -P4 . 159 000 823 Sensor & Wet -Tap Assy., PP, Titanium Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor (black), 5 to 8 In. Pipe 519/515 -P5 ... 159 000 821 3519/515 -P5 ... 159 000 821 Sensor & Wet -Tap Assy., PP, Titanium Rotor Pin, PVDF Rotor (black), 10 to 36 In. Pipe ccessories 1538 -2 .......... 198 801 181 3- 2536.320 -1 ... 198 820 052 Rotor, PVDF Black 51547 -3 ........ 159 000 474 3-2536.320-2... 159 000 272 Rotor, PVDF Natural '1538 -4 .......... 198 820 018 3- 2536.320 -3... 159 000 273 Rotor, Tefzel® 51550 -3 ........ 198 820 043 3- 2536.321 ...... 198 820 054 Rotor and Pin, PVDF Natural •0515.322 -1 ... 198 820 059 3- 2536.322 -1 ... 198 820 056 Sleeved Rotor, PVDF Black •0515.322 -2... 198 820 060 3- 2536.322 -2 ... 198 820 057 Sleeved Rotor, PVDF Natural •0515.322 -3... 198 820 017 3- 2536.322 -3 ... 198 820 058 Sleeved Rotor, Tefzel® 11546 -1 .......... 198 801 182 M1546 -1 .......... 198 801 182 Rotor Pin, Titanium 11546 -2 .......... 198 801 183 M1546 -2 .......... 198 801 183 Rotor Pin, Hastelloy -C 11546 -3 .......... 198 820 014 M1546 -3 .......... 198 820 014 Rotor Pin, Tantalum 11546 -4 .......... 198 820 015 M1546 -4 .......... 198 820 015 Rotor Pin, Stainless Steel 51545 ............ 198 820 016 P51545............ 198 820 016 Rotor Pin, Ceramic 220 -0021 ....... 198 801 186 1220 -0021 ....... 198 801 186 O -Ring, FPM- Viton® 224 -0021 ....... 198 820 006 1224 -0021 ....... 198 820 006 O -Ring, EPDM 228 -0021 ....... 198 820 007 1228 -0021 ....... 198 820 007 O -Ring, FFKM- Kalreze 31536............ 198 840 201 P31536 ............ 198 840 201 Sensor Plug, Polypro 31536 -1 ........ 198 840 202 P31536 -1 ........ 198 840 202 Sensor Plug, PVDF Metric 31536 -2 ........ 159 000 649 P31536 -2 ........ 159 000 649 Sensor Plug, PVDF 31542 ............ 198 801 630 P31542 ............ 198 801 630 Sensor Cap, Red (for use w/515) - - -- - - -- P31542 -3 159 000 464 Sensor Cap, Blue (for use w/2536) 31934 159 000 466 P31934 159 000 466 Conduit Cap 51589 ............ 159 000 476 P51589 ............ 159 000 476 Conduit Adapter Kit 523 -0222 ....... 159 000 392 5523 -0222 ....... 159 000 392 Cable (per foot), 2 cond. w /shield, 22 AWG 0,'7*F+ SIGNET ignet Scientific Company, 3401 Aerojet Avenue, El Monte, CA 91731 -2882 U.S.A. • Tel. (626) 571 -2770 • Fax (626) 573 -2057 or Worldwide Sales and Service, visit our website: www.gfsignet.com • Or call (in the U.S.): (800) 854 -4090 rEORGE FISCHER +GF+ Piping Systems (D - 0515.090/(A -5/02) English © Signet Scientific Company 2001 Printed in U.S.A. on recycled paper age 4 of 4 +GF+ SIGNET 515/2536 Rotor -X Flow Sensors Local Indicating Pressure Transmitters UWMIKAII 30 INHG Vacuum to 15,000 PSI Type 891.34.500 - Standard Industrial Type 892.34.500 - EEx Intrinsically Safe Tronic • 4 -20 mA 2 -wire output signal, 0 -20 mA 3 -wire available • 4" diameter local readout with solid front for safety �Ex • Available with alarm contacts and liquid filled case • Can be mounted to chemical seals The WIKA 891.34.500 local indicating pressure transmitter incorpo- rates a dial gauge with a pressure transmitter to provide both local and remote pressure indication. The transmitter incorporates a Hall effect pressure sensor that measures the deflection of the bourdon tube and produces an output signal that is linear and proportional to the applied pressure. The pressure gauge features a stainless steel case and wetted parts, solid front and blow -out back for user safety. Vacuum, compound, and gauge ranges are available ut to 15,000 PSI. Extremely low pressures down to 0 -15 INWC are available on special order. STANDARD RANGES 0- 30 >INHG Vac 0-400 PSI 0 -15 PSI 0 -600 PSI 0 -30 PSI 0 -1000 PSI 0 -60 PSI 0 -1500 PSI 0 -100 PSI 0 -2000 PSI 0 -160 PSI 0 -5000 PSI 0 -200 PSI 0- 10,000 PSI 0 -300 PSI 0- 15,0000 PSI -7 3.43" (87mm) ( (2 1 Dimensions _T 1.95" (50mm) _T 3.93" (100mm) 4PE 81.08 0Pec.1nL.auv110 Input 10 -30 VDC (12.5 -28 VDC for EX version) Output & load limitations 4 -20 mA 2 -wire R(max) =(VS 10V)/0.02 A Overpressure safety 1.3X of maximum scale value Accuracy Linearity(B.F.S.L.) Hysteresis Response time Zero & span adjustment gauge signal < 1.0% <0.8% < 0.5% <50 ms +/- 5.0% full scale Temperature Temperature compensated -12oF to 140 OF Media -12 OF to 212 IF Ambient -4 OF to 140 OF Temperature error (reference temperature 70 °F) On zero (% of span /18 °F) < 0.3 On span (% of span /18 °F) < 0.3 Wiring Note: terminals 1 and 5 are bridged internally providing two terminals for the OV / S- connection. 4-20 mA 2 -wire i----- ' -- --N 5 OV / -S 011 I U + /S+j 2 I T&�L_ -0 I Test 4 I I ^Terminal box Display - r supply 0 -20 mA 3 -wire I 5 I I I I I — Terminal box Process connection 1 /2 "NPT male Electrical connection Terminal box attached to case Electrical protection Protected against reverse polarity, short circuit, and suppressor diode for high voltage protection. Material Housing 304 ss, terminal box ABS plastic Wetted parts 316 ss Weight 1.8 lb (2.6 lb for EX version) with liquid fill 3.3 lb (4.0 lb for EX version) Model 892.34.500 EX Certification EEX is IIC T6 Conformity specifications Power supply 12.5 to 28 VDC Short circuit rating 100 mA Rating 1000 mW Medium and ambient temperature -4 IF to 140 OF Calibration SP NP SP - span adjustment NP - zero adjustment Remove the screw plugs in the top of the case to access the zero and span adjustment potentiometers. THE MEASURE OF �'Ikpower supply Total Performance - Ordering Information: JWlKA11 , State computer part number (if available) / type number / size / range / connection size and location / options required. WIKA Instrument Corporation 1000 Wiegand Boulevard Specifications given in this price list represent the state ofengineenng at thetime of printing. Lawrenceville, Georgia 30043 -5868 Modifications may take place andthe specified materials maychangewithout prior notice Tel: 770-513-8200 Fax: 770- 338 -5118 5/2000 http: / /www.wika.com e-mail: info @wika.com HOME CORPORATE PRODUCTS turbidimeters and particle courtiers 1720D process tur... features 1 benefits description network capability sample specification specifications ordering information ORDERING SUPPORT CONTACT HACH SEARCH THIS SITE by parameter by application by keyword SITEMAP 46W © Hach Company 1996 -2002 k 1720D Process Turbidimeter: Overview The 1720D Low Range Process Turbidimeter provides the sensitivity, stability and flexibility necessary to continuously track the low levels of turbidity found in high - quality filtered water. Equipped with the versatile AquaTrend' Interface, the 1720D is easy to calibrate and operate, and requires very little maintenance. Operators can control as many as eight separate 1720D Turbidimeters with a single AquaTrend Interface. A basic system consists of at least one 1720D Turbidimeter, one AquaTrend Interface with Signal Output Module, and one PS1201 Power Supply. Operators can also incorporate additional output devices, creating a customized turbidity monitoring network suitable for a wide range of applications. home I corporate I products I ordering I support I contact I search Please contact us with questions or comments about this web site. This page updated November 01, 2001 HOME 11AUV rrva.v» ..+.■+ ■•+ ■ ■ ■ ■• -��-•• CORPORATE Specifications PRODUCTS turbidimeters and particle counters Range: 0 to 100 nephelometric turbidity units (NTU) 17` 0D process tur... features Ibenefits Accuracy: f 2% of reading or f 0.020 NTU description (whichever is greater) from 0 to 40 NTU; network capability f 5% of reading from 40 to 100 NTU sample specification specifications Resolution: 0.001 NTU ordering information Repeatability: Better than t 1.0% of reading or f 0.002 NTU, whichever is greater ORDERING SUPPORT Response Time: Initial response in 1 minute, 15 seconds CONTACT HACH SEARCH THIS SITE with internal bubble trap. Response time by parameter varies with flow rate. by application by keyword Sample Flow 250 to 750 mL /minute SITEMAP Required: (4.0 to 11.9 gal /hour) Storage -20 to 60 °C Temperature: ( -4 to 140° F) ` Operating 0 to 40 °C Temperature: (32 to 104° F) Operating 5 to 95% non - condensing Humidity: Sample 0 to 50 °C Temperature: (32 to 122 °F) Recorder Output: Alarms: Power Requirements: Surge Protection: Sample Inlet Fitting: Drain Fitting: Communications Distance: Selectable for 0 -20 mA or 4 -20 mA. Output span programmable over any portion of the 0 to 100 NTU range. Two high /low turbidity set -point alarms are each equipped with an SPDT relay with unpowered contacts rated for 5A resistive load at 230 Vac. 95 -240 Vac, 50/60 Hz, auto selecting; 40 VA Internal, PS1201 Power Supply, 1000 V line -to -line, 2000 V line -to chassis 1/4" NPT female, 1/4" compression fitting (provided) 1/2" NPT female, 1/2" hose barb (provided) Maximum node to node distance: 400 m (1312') 0 Hach Company 1996 -2002 Maximum total cable length: 500 m (1640') Dimensions: AquaTrend: 23 x 23 x 14 cm (9 x 9 x 7") Power Supply: 23 x 23 x 14 cm (9 x 9 x 7") Turbidimeter Body and Cap: 25x 33x46 cm (10x 12x 16 ") Signal Output Module: 23x23x 14 cm (9x9x7 ") Digital Display Module: 14 x 19 x 6 cm (5 x 8 x 2") Serial I/O Module: 13 x 13 x 4 cm (5 x 5 x 2") Mounting: AquaTrend: wall, pole, panel, and floor stand Power Supply: wall, pole, panel, and floor stand Turbidimeter Body and Head Assembly: wall and floor stand Signal Output Module: wall, pole, and floor stand Digital Display Module: wall and floor stand Enclosures: NEMA- 4X /IP66 (AquaTrend Interface, SOM and PS1201 Power Supply. Turbidimeter body not rated.) Certification: CE Certified by Hach Company to EN 61010 -1 Safety Listed by ETL to UL3101 -1 Certified by ETL to CSA C22.2 No. 1010.1 Immunity: CE Certified by Hach Company to EN50081 -2 and EN50082 -2 (European Generic Emission Immunity Standards) per 89/336/EEC EMC Emissions: FCC Part 15, Class A Canadian Interference - Causing Equipment Regulation ICES -003, Class A Specifications subject to change. home I corporate I products I ordering I support I contact I search Please contact us with questions or comments about this web site. This page updated November 01, 2001 V 5µ �•.a Ilk Aoki& VA "NPT 3 3B" !e�•ai [aus.8i 54.t 2.1.x` 45x.71 6 MY— No:. i if J0 OWL ackm fwA mmy sla- hx0r I'W O&1$ dial m No. 2 Model Number With Slosh Shield Float Material Stem Material Slosh Shield Nominal VA Max. Temp. Max. PSIG Line Drawing No. M5600 M5400 MS5600 MS5400 316SS 316SS 316SS Brass 316SS 316SS 60 60 200 °C 200 °C 200 200 No.1 No.1 Application: High Temperature, High Pressure, Corrosive Conditions M5600- PR MS5600- PR I 316SS 316SS 316SS 360 200 °C 500 No.1 Application: For High Current Applications M5917 MS5917 I 316SS I Polypro. 316SS 60 250 °C 200 No.1 Application: Very High Temperature M8800 MS8800 I Polypro. I Polypro. Polypro. 60 105 °C 100 No.2 Application: General Purpose, for Acidic Conditions M8800- PR MS8807 PR Polypro. Polypro. Polypro. 360 1 105 °C I 100 No.2 Application: For High Current Applications M7800* MS7800* I Buna -N I PBT PBT 60 105 °C 150 No.2 Application: Gasoline and Oil M4300 M4600 MS4300* MS4600 Buna -N Buna -N I Brass I 316SS PBT 316SS 60 60 105 °C 105 °C 150 150 No.2 No.2 Application: General Purpose, Low Specific Gravity, for Gasoline and Oil M8600 M8400 MS8600 MS8400 I Polypro. Polypro. 316SS Brass I 316SS 316SS 60 60 105 °C 105 °C 100 100 No.2 No.2 Application: General Purpose, with Metal Stem M8060- PR MS8060- PR I Polypro. CPVC I Polyprj 360 105 °C 100 No.2 Application: For High Current Applications M9800 MS9800 I Kynar I Kynar I Kynar 60 100 °C 1 15 1 No.2 Application: Outstanding Chemical Resistance * Not for use in hot water at temperatures above 65 °C Products I Download Catalog I News I Contact Madison I Company Profile I Home Madison Company - Sensor solutions for today and the future TM 27 Business Park Drive - Branford, CT 06405 USA 1- 800 -466 -5383 - 203 - 488 -4477 (in CT) - Fax: 203 - 481 -5036 info @madisonco.com Cc 2002 Madison Company go �ZU �Z afZA< >( W1 NN (a�In� U mm UN mmf.JN Om U'N n M O O p Q O O O N N O O o� a of a o I O U O U O U O U O I N N N N O O O O O O O O �0 n W O+ ° ° N M N N N N m C, 7r1 I I I - m NI, _N P W ° %D �JJ W a� 9101-69L1 910119L1 2RO-69LI W X (3518)Sll1dW AYM yj O N m CL a. �W N; O N �UUaa LLN OmU- 2N (PAZ a �N O� N Z U --- 4--- }-- 4-- 4- - 1 - --I-- - -+--I� n M O O p Q O O O N N O O o� a of a o I O U O U O U O U O I N N N N O O O O O O O O �0 n W O+ ° ° N M N N N N m C, 7r1 I I I - m NI, _N P W ° %D .4 n O1� O 0 R a t N It W N O N W 2 9 O U N to ^ co N M ^ !2 't2 n n M r 1� �JJ W a� 9101-69L1 910119L1 2RO-69LI 9M0 -69L1 OSVBXMAI 00 (3518)Sll1dW AYM .4 n O1� O 0 R a t N It W N O N W 2 9 O U N to ^ co N M ^ !2 't2 n n M r 1� 'a MIIIIIIIIIII 1>4� o r, m U5� of i� ItW W O t a U O .. N m0 N � CT, !N zM I Z g0 tlo O M 1f � 1111* o N z V) WO to a$ K M IL$� M O ell �, Z ,� O O O�j C O 2 �, 2� O IOI O W W) ma C0 as oan ° yj O N m CL a. �W N; O N TT NW O - - - - -� Z U --- 4--- }-- 4-- 4- - 1 - --I-- - -+--I� = O� �I I OW �I M O M Q M Z I I I I 6 o O V I I I I I I g U �� O con �I IN I I I I I I a l I 01 I I CL I N I 0 I \ I I I J O �o O w In1 lNV J J J N 3 ?Z o _ pn Oi R R R 8,09 n U�w 6U0 OWKm 0 Ol/ S1 VOO Q O —t Ol/ ., 'a MIIIIIIIIIII 1>4� o r, m U5� of i� ItW W O t a U O .. N m0 N � CT, !N zM I Z g0 tlo O M 1f � 1111* o N z i I 1 O JJ�I J m O O 2 O ell �, Z ,� O O O�j C O 2 �, 2� O IOI O el, O 2� O NFO yj O N Nf�; N (yWW( MVjN; �(L 0 N �W N; O N i I 1 O JJ�I o o O O O O O o o cn 8'� • °'� • R�� N N N ( I LN N n U U U U U U U U U Uy j n ? n 2, 06 1 OD N OVAOLI O O O O O O O O O O O ^ ! !2 N N N N N N J m O O 2 O ell �, Z ,� O O O�j C O 2 �, 2� O IOI O el, O 2� O O !O t0 T TT 2 --- 4--- }-- 4-- 4- - 1 - --I-- - -+--I� = I + I N O M O M O M Q M Q I g 6 o O V �� O g U �� O gl U I IN N N N I o o O O O O O o o cn 8'� • °'� • R�� N N N ( I LN N n U U U U U U U U U Uy j n ? n 2, 06 1 OD N OVAOLI O O O O O O O O O O O ^ ! !2 N N N N N N i ! 0- CL a a lei Iz- LLI Z O cW W 0 `O 0 W 0y 1O Q 3t { x m x_ 00£ w NO 0 xN N w N p � / N O � Z o to M 1E 1O o $ N cr N 'f lv n 1 0D g pp !7 O ° ° °^ M n °° O 04 to U ON 0 1.1 will I ° °^ v W ` ZZ 1 o W UI Urn o ;N g 1 I n O \ \ N M m N m 0`! m N,p N m Ctl C+ �+ pr 0 O D C + O NO } }4ry W V70 - o � n 1 I pYit 00£ z OH l ID �p t0 n rn (D On n N n NN N N N N N $ N N N N N N N N N N N N N qs s N } K} K O S N O G.1 O W z � n t m� a� � I m alo a� a� I _j 0 O u'> W O=1 UW Q I >� N O N N N 3 N M d N (D n 00 N 0 M M d M M M M M d d d d d d d d N 04 C-4 fl) N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N Qw mW Q m >Ix 1 1w >K _� _w _0 > ^Wa, �. Q al (A cr O d8 d� k dK 'J V1J W-i VIJ NJ ICJ J NJ J 0. Oa O.0 p,� am CL -1 O Vl0 UWO two UWO <O �O 60 QQQa0O a3 a a a ��c°i �av adU �acoi �acoi 8 8 ��c°i ��c°i vai �Of/Lfof, �n act as as N Z Z K K K R Uj d v tD U U U U U U U cr M n M v / / N d N N 0 ^ N v W a O I& W 2 V) _-j <L O v O p QQ5 5O yaJJ y0 �� O m p m O O 16--.2 m f 0 0 N N N r T � 2 O 0 W 7 2 Z U Q 1 O N I N N N N M N O O O N N N N O O O N N N N N N N LLJ 0 pWW� O 0_ 0_ 1 a. o Vf om a.. 20 a a zx �vxi °d i-ii r no =c� Mz Az om � a a a H vz OZO £ N N t0 iC) t� N Cp O N M O O M jp M N iD M M �p M t M M to M b M y M to M N N n M M M 11') M M M M M M M xN x M MW _ F- Ell xN xM xoil N Ww�Z++ t>W t= t�o � � �aa wJ �a� WJZ �aa 5 N � C� �`- t�Jy M60 2< C� N t o 2 Cjp a 7 7 >O > >U > >O �jU a > >O > >U 7 >O > >U > >O > >U > >O > >U I a >O >U I {N ILOC N N I N I N NNI N C', f0 "� v a ornl? �n p N M W z 7 z O W z 0 N pO po pO O O tD gj Ot � 0/ O fOV1 (V M n r� n n n n n n n M M n n n n M a N Q OLOC ONE N M to t0 I- 01 O 04 a v> to n ao rn � a N N N N N M M M M M M MMj M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M x 2 S x U S U U U F U Sa¢mm VI VI 12 1 0 a 3 R VN � A : s L µ� w w W ii� y o o a $Lk U) � �zoc M N W z W yY 3 N N N$ re U p (n J a 0 EE Q > O N ac I I N M n Y SW Wj aw OI N N� 0 o? N J _ m v M7 10 N L — Ell I r IM I I I I t I I I I I I I I I a v I {N ( N I N I N NNI N C', N M W z 7 z O W z 0 N pO po pO O O tD gj Ot � 0/ O fOV1 (V M n r� n n n n n n n M M n n n n M a N Q OLOC ONE N M to t0 I- 01 O 04 a v> to n ao rn � a N N N N N M M M M M M MMj M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M M x 2 S x U S U U U F U Sa¢mm VI VI 12 1 0 a 3 R VN � A : s L µ� w w W ii� y o o a $Lk U) � �zoc M N W z W yY 3 N N N$ re U p (n J a 0 EE Q > O N ac I I N M n Y SW Wj aw OI N N� 0 o? N J _ m v M7 10 N CL CL �b �I Mav I fir- -- — — - -- — — — — - - --� L_ -- — — 80 -- — $� Nto � n _ M t0 N M W 2 7 O W _ Z 0 04 N £LZ OYf� O p O �j pp M pp M pM M 0 PM CM O OM O N t7 M M M P M O M NM'1 N My M N M NM M M Ell CL CL �b �I Mav I fir- -- — — - -- — — — — - - --� L_ -- — — 80 -- — $� Nto � n _ M t0 N M W 2 7 O W _ Z 0 04 N £LZ OYf� O p O �j pp M pp M pM M 0 PM CM O OM O N t7 M M M P M O M NM'1 N My M N M NM M M � o U. �t W CINI tjo0 1 000 z� t 0 �� to o d n It G � d 111111 0MS00M n r r N M d ,a t0 r N ' (71 0 t0 M° t0 d + + d d d d d N d d d d d d d d d d d d Z I 01 N O wON N O N M 0 N d d d d d d d d d a d d d d d d d d d d d 0 N � I J W K �a! } O' t yTd Lw'N i (f) �d rzV) o_ 3dRUS mB /M IR% Ott tZOr tZor ��'-- + O + O + N 04 N E M I E OI O c • E c O c o \ c o U j U > > > > + I Qa > — (D r, O 00 O 04 a U') M w J Q N Q m U n w U I o, 04 + i ± N N N U2 Lei LP u2 L N Vh — 3 _ E m l O O I, O O I O O O I� — m N d J m m U N U U NQ — — — — — — I� to to of w_I J83111Y4SNY81 n. L` 13A31 3af11SS3adl -- - - - J mat/ — — — — — — — — — -- - - - - oaor OZO n co rn o n d U2 12 N a 4:14_ N a o N M d v c2 M 00 d' d 1 U ..1 W z Q �0 l� J M X U7 L7 F�- U A l.7 z 3 L,J N L;j F- O z N_ M OD A N u G] N J V z 1..1 /SRI 170 0 0 0 0 --- -----� C) C) 0 0 io OD CLJ LL._J 0 0 0 0 v L1 o I yl 0 0 o co t` 0 0 (Ll 0 0 r` N 0 0 co v 0 a o ¢ni zru IN �i � � � � 0 0 _ 0583 05® = N • � aoa -6sLt J id0 -69L1 ' U tdl -89L t ID .p. •- 9101 -69L1 1L OL n • • T 9101 -69Lt BtN 5 . 'O •- .'•� N � 9M0-69L t Erl 911u L l fly FS 9M0 -69L1 9lfLl SIN f 1 ru r ru zllli 1tru 06 'ru fld ' � W � LfL� /SRI 170 0 0 0 0 --- -----� C) C) 0 0 io OD CLJ LL._J 0 0 0 0 v L1 o I yl 0 0 o co t` 0 0 (Ll 0 0 r` N 0 0 co v 0 0 U 'O = p SOVINOO Sf1V1S 3ATI JH -H OM D O Jg 6 L80 o O� 0 a a -O�- CP 'pi= 0„" -Oy rn S1OVINOO S11V1S 13A3I HJIH vO S tao Oa a o - 331 MO-1 SlOd1NO3 SnlV1S ~ L L80 Oa Oa sni.V1S 13A31 M 0-1-MO-1 W U 9l20 p Oa o a Q aO =Oz OS1OVINOO °0 ) VS 8 l -d dfd = 0rn f 0 m N S12o O Oa o p� f1V1S V t -d dWf 3z O„0 � two o a O Oa O cO Ho11MS 3SO *-A8 3AIVA z N 0 l /£•I O r-- HolIMS N3dO *-AS 3AIVA � 9N wN O L /£ O p 0 HOlIMS 3SO10 £-A8 3AIVA / Z O l/£ I O HO11MS N3dO £ -A8 3AIVA 0 Co • L /£ ,.I O p m H311MS 3SO10 Z -A8 3AIVA O l l/£ I O O � HOlIMS N3dO Z -A8 3AIVA o a 0 l/£ I O p fn O HO11MS 3SO10 t-A8 3AIVA s cu O 6/£ I O p HO11MS N3d0 t -A8 3AIVA a ' ' Z 0 8 /£*.I 0 00 HO11MS 3SO10 * -Ad 3AIVA �a 15 O L/£ I O 0 HO11MS N3dO 4 -Ad 3AIVA a 0 9/£-.I ° 0 o 0 c" O °r° HUMS 3SO10 2-Ad 3AIVA I I .Y i 0 /£I O O r- HO11MS N3dO £ -Ad 3A IVA O O N O Ho cu 10 10 O £/£ I m O 0 0 n Ho11MS Nd0 Z -Ad 3AIVA i O Z/£ I O m O HO11MS 3SO10 l-Ad 3AIVA 1 0 z 0 l /£I _ z O 0/£ I 0 O ? n O ^ H311MS N3d0 t -Ad 3AIVA 1 w O 6/0 O W 6 311MS 38nSS38d'd310 V) 0 9/0:1 O H311MS 3SO10 l -AOd 3AIVA PO- v H311MS Nd0 l -A34 AVA T 0 9/0.1 O v O � HO11MS 'dW31a3A0 8 -d I O 5/01 O O H011MS 32lf11SI0W 8l -d, O 4/01 0 0 O H011MS 'dW31b3AO Vl -d 0 OOl£ O H011MS 3af11S10W Vl -d 0 038- HO11MS HJIH L -1 a E CD 090£ O � N18- H311MS MO-1 l -1 1 1 ? O Z /0:1 O 1HM- HOlIMS H91H t -1 O l /0:1 O c4 1HM- HO11MS MO-1 l -1 S N r C O 0 /0:1 O Z; 03N- NOSN3S MO-Id O 050£ O 0 Nl8 -WSWS MO-1-4 O 02 O1HS- 80SN3S MO -4 O 00 Nl8- 18 HOIH L -1 O 038-HO11MS MO-1 L -1 , VA 0 ;° (TIHS 108iNOO 3AIVA � O1HS 83111WSNVNi .1110188tH ,' 0 '* OIHS 831LIWSNV8i 38nSS3Nd o lZ0£ O OIHS 83111WSNV8i 13A31 ,') -1 I 0 83LUNSN)MI 38nss38d Z LU ,Nn -0'91 O ,n a3111WSNVal 13A31 l -1 om O 0'9 :0 O 0 VW OZ -* lOalNOO 3AIVA LO cn �a O 0'9:0 O VW 0Z -* - IONINOO 3AIVA scr 0 -Z'9:1 O URIIWSNVa ,11I01aNni Qo p +Z'9 :1 O 831LIWSNV81 uiaimni »o p +L'S:1 0 (D 83111WSNVal 38nSS38d O° �`=' p +0'9:I O N3111WSNV i 13A31 L -1 0 0-, 0 L ££Z 0 1DV1NO0 031VIOSI m 3m 0 0££Z 0 IOLIINOO Z -An Z. J Nz 0 l L£Z 0 Nd 10V1NO3 031VIOSI Q i a 0 0 L £Z 0 I081NOO l -An a as 0 °,) 8313W10188f11 „ 0 0 M -V-A8 3AIVA o t:m ca � s 0 cO £ -A8 3AIVA z uU 0 ,^� Z -A8 3AIVA a O ;° l -A8 3AIVA Lu Fn 0 a 0 M b -Ad 3AIVA L 0 0 ,;� £ -Ad 3AIVA z 0 N 0 ,''�� Z -Ad 3AIVA O N L -Ad 3AIVA 0 0 ,o ONO 0 0 l -AOd AVA O N313WIOl8nl 0 N 0 m 0 * -A8 3AIVA N N N 0 1. O N £ -A8 3AIVA O 0 N Z -A8 3AIVA 0 0 N l -A8 3AIVA 0 O N -Ad 3AIVA 0 N O £ -Ad 3AIVA N 0 Z -Ad AVA N lZ0£ O 1N o 0 l -Ad 3AIVA o v N O N l -AOd 3AIVA O �_ LU o O 09£ L O 8313WIoleNn i 0 O 0££ l 0 °D 3SO10 i' AVA O 1` o O lZ£l 0 r N3d0 * -A8 3AIVA cD En O O l£ l O �O 3SO10 £ -A8 3AIVA 0 ,n N O LO£ l 0 'n N3dO £ -A8 3AIVA z 0 O 06ZL O �_ 3SO10 Z -A8 3AIVA O r� O l9Z L O '� N3dO Z -A8 3AIVA z OZO£ 0 N 0 OLZ L 0 N 3SOIO l -A8 3AIVA O 0 O L9Zl 0 N3dO L -A8 3AIVA z o 0 09Z l 0 0 3SOIO -V-Ad 3AIVA w ? p 0 L *ZI 0 rn N3dO 4 -Ad 3AIVA ~ 0 rn 0 0£Z L 0 ao 3S0 10 £ -Ad 3AIVA O l OZ O m O tZZI 0 n N3dO £ -Ad 3AIVA 0 1` 0 0 t Z t 0 to 3SO10 Z -Ad 3AIVA 0 (D 0 LOZ l 0 to N3dO Z -Ad 3AIVA 0 u-) O 06t l 0 t 3SO10 l -Ad 3AIVA 0 0 L9ll 0 n N3dO L -Ad 3AIVA O M O N 0 OLll 0 N 38VdS 0 n I l 9 l t 1 O - l -AO3 3AIVA L£ L L A P•My, cp,yy,y CONCEPT ®Wali_N'�ount Enclosures Application CONCEPT® enclosures house and protect your sensitive electrical or electronic components from harsh, dirty environments. For use in installations where dirt, dust, oil, water, or other contaminants are present. Streamlined styling, flush latching, and an attractive durable finish complement any high -tech electronic equipment Construction • Manufactured from 16 or 14 gauge steel (see tables) • Seams continuously welded and ground smooth • Minimum width body flange provides maximum door opening • Body flange trough excludes liquids and contaminants • Panel mounting studs fit optional CONCEPT panels and other accessories • Mounting holes in back of body for direct mounting or for optional external mounting feet • Hidden hinges for clean aesthetic appearance • Doors are interchangeable and easily removable by pulling captive hinge pins • Hinge mounting brackets for wire management or optional accessories • Seamless foam -in -place one piece gasket Provides oil -tight and dust -tight seal against contaminants • Self- grounding latch system with double seal Provides maximum protection against leakage • Integral body grounding stud • Provision for thermoplastic data pocket on solid door styles (right door on two -door models) • Provision for optional door stop kit on solid door styles • Furnished hardware kit consists of panel mounting nuts, grounding hardware, and sealing washers for wall mounting holes • Installation instructions for enclosure and accessories are provided CONCEPT® single -door enclosures with solid door • Door bar on hinge side for wire management and grounding • Additional door bar and center stiffener on larger doors for extra rigidity • Quarterturn latches (U.S. patent 5,509,703 European patent pending), or a 3 -point latch system on larger enclosures, furnished with flush slotted insert Optional handles or inserts are available. CONCEPT® single -door enclosures with window • Clear polycarbonate window is mounted flush with door surface • Quarterturn latch(es) include flush slotted insert Optional handles are available. CONCEPT• flush -mount enclosures • Mounting frame extends completely around enclosure • Quarterturn latch(es) furnished with slotted insert Optional handles or inserts are available. CONCEPT® two -door enclosures • Overlapping door design (U.S. patent 5,465,528) provides full width access • Door bars on each door for wire management and grounding • 3 -point latch system on right door furnished with flush slotted insert • Optional handles or inserts are available. Finish Two standard finishes are available: ANSI 61 grey Polyester powder coating inside and out over phosphatized surfaces; or, textured light grey (RAL 7035) polyester powder coating inside and out Optional panels are white. Industry Standards NOTE: Mountutg feet required to maintain UL/CSA ratings. Some models also require internal ponek see order tables. ■ CONCEPT° solid single -door and flush -mount models UL508, File No. E61997, Type 4 and Type 12 NEMA/EEMAC Type 4,Type 12, and Type 13 CSA, File No. LR42186,Type 4 and Type 12 VDE IP66 IEC 60529, IP66 ■ CONCEPT- single -door models with window UL508, File No. E61997.Type 4 and Type 12 M SA. F le No. LR42186, Type 4 and Type 12 VDE IP66 IEC 60529, IP66 4.26 Data subject to change without notice Rev C ■ CONCEPT® two -door models UL508, File No. E61997,Type 12 NEMA/EEMAC Type 12 CSA, File No. LR42186,Type 12 VDE IP55 IEC 60529, IP55 Accessories See General Accessories: CONCEPT* Enclosure Acce Pages 11.66 -11.71 Adjustable Mounting Kit Corrosion Inhibitors Data Pocket (except window door style Dead Front Kit DIN Rail Kit Door Stop Kit (except window door sr, Electric Heater Fan Cooling Products Grid Straps Handles and Latches Key Inserts Lighting Kits Mounting Channels Mounting Feet Kit Panel Conversion Kit Panels ((See tables) Panels, 2EMA Pole Mounting Kit Rack Mounting Angles Swing -Out Panel Kit Swing -Out Rack Frames Terminal Kit Assembly Touch -U Paint A- TPPY61 ANS161) orA- TPG7035 (RAL7035� wiring Duct Modification Services Program You can customize this product to your unique requirements by specifying from th Options: • Enclosure height, width, depth (not avails on window door enclosures) • Over 100 standard finish colors and textures • Holes and cutouts in body, doors, Subpart, • Tapped holes, fasteners in enclosure or • Mounting • Doors • Subpanels • Structural changes • Environmental control (louvers, fans, filters • Windows (not available on window door enclosures) • Standard accessories For details, see Modification Services at hoffmanonline.com. To order, contact your local Hoffman sales representative. Parents: Cabinet wnh Osed-PPing Double Doors 5,465,528 (U.S.) Combined Handle and Lock Unit 360,345 (U.S.) OEM 94058S4.7 (Germany) Enclosure Latch 5,509,703 (U.S.) Hinge System 5,666,695 (U5.) Other parents pending. V 763 422 2211 FAX 763 422 2600 ©2000 Hoffman Enclosures Inc. PanelView 550, 600, 900, 1000, and 1400 operator Operator In The PanelView 550, 600, 900, 1000, 1400 terminals provide operator interface capabilities in space- saving, flat -panel designs or 14 -inch CRTs. These electronic operator interfaces feature pixel graphics and high - performance functionality in color, grayscale and monochrome flat -panel displays, as well as Super VGA, CRTs with optimum viewing angles and resolution. Performance functionality including built -in alarms, ASCII input and display, Universal Language Support, PC memory card capabilities, floating point support and online printing maximizes performance strengths within the small form factor. Communication Features Terminals are offered in multiple communication versions. • Remote //O terminal connects to a PLC or SLCI controller on the Remote 1/0 network, supporting both discrete and block transferring of data and Remote 1/0 Pass - Through. • DH -485 terminal connects to a single or multiple SLC 500 processors on the Allen - Bradley DH -485 network. Direct access to SLC data files minimizes ladder logic. Supports point -to -point or network transfers. Also supports the MicroLogix 1000 controller. • RS -232 (DH -48,5 protocol) terminal connects to the Channel 0 port of an SLC 5103, 5/04, or 5/05 controller using DH -485 protocol. The RS -232 terminal provides a dedicated connection for high - priority data. Supports Pass- Through from the DH+ network to the PanelView through Port 0 of an SLC 5/04. Supports the MicroLogix 1000 controller. • RS -232 (DF1 protocol) terminal connects to the Channel 0 Port of an SLC 5/03, 5/04, or 5/05 controller as well as PLC -5 controllers using DF1 protocol. The RS -232 terminal provides a dedicated connection for high - priority data. DH+ terminal connects to a single PLC or SLC 5/04 or multiple controllers on the A -B DH+ network. Direct access to controller data files minimizes ladder logic. DeviceNet terminal connects and communicates at device level on a DeviceNet link using server explicit, client explicit, or 1/0 messaging. Also connects to a PLC or SLC 5/02, 5/03, 5/04, 5/05 controller on the DeviceNet link using a DeviceNet Scanner Module. Allen- Bradley ControlNet terminal connects to a single or up to 99 F controllers on the Rockwell Automation ControlNet network. ControlNet scheduled and unscheduled PL( and ContriLogix support along with redundant cable option. I Requires 1747 -SN Series A or B Scanner PanefVfew Features • Keypad or Touch Screen terminals offer convenient ar flexible choices for operator input. Operators enter inpi using configurable function keys and a numeric keypac by simply selecting graphic symbols on a touch screen • Pixel Graphic Displays enhance operator screens. Available in color, grayscale and monochrome displays the terminals are designed with display technologies offering minimal depth with maximum viewing angles. Plus, the PanelView 1400 offers an SVGA CRT. • Full Complement of operator Devices to create screens including push buttons, selectors, numeric and ASCII entry devices, diagnostic indicators, message displays, embedded numeric and ASCII variable displays, custom graphics and more. • Extensive Alarm Capabilities include an Alarm List to record and display important data on triggered alarms, with additional options for printing or clearing the List. Alarm Banner notifies the operator when an alarm occur, by displaying a message and buttons for responding to the alarm. Depending on how the application is designec the operator can acknowledge all alarms, a single alarm, print an alarm, or clear an alarm. • Optional RS -232 Printer Port lets the operator print alarms, alarm history, triggered messages and triggered states of a multistate indicator. • Quick Replace' Backlight makes field replacements easy and extends the life of the PanelView 550, 600, 900/1000 (color) terminals. Because the 1000 grayscale terminals have an emissive display, these terminals do not require a backlight. • Universal Language Support is available to program PanelBuilder32 applications in any of the Microsoft supported fonts. Global customers have the advantage of creating applications in over 46 local languages. 13 -7 Operator Interface PanelView 550, 600, 900, 1000, and 1400 Operator Terminals Specifications — PanelView 550 and 600 Display Type Size Replaceable Backlight Touch Cells (touch screens) Application Memory Keypad Front Panel Design Keypad Function Keys Operational Life Electrical Communication Port RS -232 Printer Port AC Power Requirements AC Power Consumption DC Power Consumption DC Power Requirements Environmental Operating Temperature Storage Temperature Humidity Ratings Certifications Weight Keypad and Combination Key/rouch Touch Screen Only Dimensions Keypad and Combination Key/rouch Touch Screen Only 2 PanelView 600 bears the UL Listing Mark for Canada. Requires Revision B Terminal 13 -8 ©�• CE. *i PanelView 550 Monochrome Display Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) 256 x 128 pixels (W x H) 122 X 66 mm (4.8 X 2.6 in) Field replaceable backlight 128 240K Flash (application screens) Stainless steel domed membrane 10 (F1- F10) 1 million cycles minimum DH +, Remote U0, DH -485, DeviceNet, ControlNet, or RS -232 (DH-485 and DF1 protocols) 1200, 2400, 9600, 19200 baud rate 85 to 264V ac absolute, 43 to 63 Hz 45 VA maximum 18 to 30V do (24V do nominal) 18 to 32V do (24V do nominal) - Touch Only 18 Watts Max. (0.75A ® 24V dc) 0 to 55' C (32 to 131' F) -25 to 70' C ( -13 to 158 • F) 5 to 95% (without condensation) @ 0 to 30'C (32 to 86'F) NEMA Type 12, 13, 4X (indoor only), IP54, IP65 CSA Certified UL Listed CE marked for all applicable directives North American Hazardous Locations Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C, D 1.2 kg (2.7 lbs.) 0.93 kg (2.7 lbs.) (H X W x D)167 x 266 x 106 mm (6.57 X 10.47 X 4.17 in) (H x W X D)150 x 183 x 81 mm (5.92 x 7.21 x 3.20 in) PanelView 600 Color Display Active Matrix Thin Film Transistor 120 X 234 pixels (WxH)115 x 86 mm (4.54 X 3.4 in) Field replaceable backlight 128 240K Flash (application screens) Stainless steel domed membrane 10 (Ft -Flo) 1 million cycles minimum DH +, Remote V0, DH485, DeviceNet, Conti RS -232 (DH -485 and DF1 protocols) 1200, 2400, 9600, 19200 baud rate 85 to 264V ac absolute, 47 to 63 Hz 60 VA maximum 18 to 32V do (24V do nominal) 34 Watts Max. 0 AA 0 24V dc) 0 to 55' C (32 to 131 ' F) -25 to 70' C ( -1310 158 • F) 5 to 95% (without condensation) e 0 to 55'C (32 to 131'F) NEMA Type 12,13,4X (indoor only), IP54, IP65 CUL Certified UL Listed CE marked for all applicable directives North American Hazardous Locations Class 1, Division 2, Groups A,B,C,D European and International Explosive Gas Atmospheres - Class 1, Zone 2 2 2 kg (4.4 lbs.) Not Applicable (H X W X D) 192 x 290 X 116 mm (7.55 X 11.40 x 4.57 in) Not Applicable Allen- Brad /ej MicroLogix 1,500 / 1769 System System Overview Data Access Tool (1764-DAT, optional) Optional Modules Real -Time Clods Module (1764 -RTC) Module (1764 -MMi) 'e Clodc/Memory Module (1764- MMIRTC) (1764-24AWA, or 1764- 24BWA, or 1764-28BXB, one required) 9N Compact n VO Modules (1769) Add modules to the base unit (within the limits of power supply capacity). You can add an additional bank of 1/0 modules by using an expansion cable and power supply. The total number of 1/0 modules must not exceed eight. 1/0 modules are Optional for expansion. MicroLogix 1500 / 1769 System 4 -2 End cap, 1769 -ECR, is required when expansion VO is used. Allen- Brad /e Base Unit Specifications General Speciflcatlons Descriptlon 1764 - 0pera6n T MicroLogix 1500 / 1769 MicroLogix 1500 Base e Y� Class I, Division 2 A, B, C, D Hazardous C V empereture Storage Temperature 0 to 55 °C (32 tc 131 °� ambient �•.o�A 1764 -28BXB Operating Humidity -40 to 85°C (-40 to 185° F) ambient 85 to 265V ac Vibration 5 to 95% relative humidity (witiiout condensation) 85 to 265V ac 120V ac Operating: 10 - SOOHz, S9, 0.015n. peak - to-peak Relay Operation: 2g relay Shock Without Data Access Tool installed: relay Not Applicable - Operating: 309 panel mounted (15g DIN Rag mounted) - Relay Operation: 7. - Non Panel mounted (5g DIN Rag mounted rating: 409 With Data Access Tool installed: Operating: 2 - OPB "g' 08 Panel mounted DIN Rail mounted Agency Certification panel mounted )) (30g DIN Rag mounted) • UL 508 _ Nonn-yOPerearetio 37.58 panel mounted (Sg DIN Rail mounted) mounted Og panel mounted maximum • C•Ul under CSA (20g DIN Rag mounted) Number of VO LineLineP —owes Us—er P Outower put Input Circuit duro—' —Type Output C drat —' Typo Input Specifications Description On -State Voltage Range79 t Off-Stale Voltage Range Operating Frequency On -State Current DO -State Leakage Cum Nominal lmpedancepedance Inrush Current (max.) at Relay Contact Ratlngs At 240V ac 240V ac m.hu. At tmfv —. • Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D (UL 1604, C -UL under CSA C22.2 1. 213) • CE compliant for all applicable directives 4.OA 12 inputs,12 outputs 85 to 265V ac 12 inputs, 12 outputs none 85 to 265V ac 120V ac 24V do at 400M, 400µF max. relay 24V dc, sink or source maximum total relay 1764-24AWA 0132V ac 0 to 20V ac 47 to 63Hz • 5.OmA at 79V ac minimum • 12-W at 120V ac nominal • 16.0mA at 132V ac maximum 2.5mA min. 12kQ at50Hz I OW at 6OHz ac 25OmA 7.5A make, 0.75A break, 2.5A At 15A make, 1.5A break, 2.SA o 125—V do maximum 0.22A mak A124V do maximum I make FIET output SPectlicatlorts (1764.288XB only) Descrptlon User Suo01v Vnann• Confini- 1.2A break, -0A` continuous Loatete Voltage Drop at maximum bad arrest at maximum surge current Current Rating per Output maximum bad minimum bad maximum leakage Surge Current per Output peak parent L=245 WA and 1764 -288) Inputs 0 thru 7 14 to 30.OV do at 30°C (86 °F) 14 to 26.4V do at 55 °C (131 °F) 0 to QV do OHz to 20kHz (I 764 24BWA) • 2.SmA at 14V do minimum • 7.3mA at 24V do nominal • 12.OmA at 30V do maximum 1.5mA min. 3.3k1] not applicable 1800VA make, 180VA break 1800VA make,180VA break 28VA make or break 28VA make or break General Operation (Outputs 2 thru 7) 20.4V do min., 26.4V do max IV* 2.5V do to at 55°C (131-F) 1.5A a (66C30t Fl 16 inputs, l2 outputs 20.4 to20.4 to 30V—dc n*ne 24V dt:, sin arc. 6 relay, 6— F Inputs 8 and Higher 10 W 30.OV —dc a130- Ca1 1010 26.4V do at 55 °C OHz to 1kHzl (1764 248WA) • 2.6rr at tOV do minimum • 8.9mA at 24V do nominal • 12.OmA at 30V do maximum 2.7kQ not ant High -speed Operation (Outputs 2 and 3 20.4V do min., 260V do Max Not Applicable 100mA 10rA 4 -7 maximum surge duration 4.OA — Not Applicable maximum rate of repetition at 30 °C (86 °F) toms ot Applicable Current per Common maximum rate of re Petition at 55 °C (131 °F) once every ery secs once every 2 seconds Not Applicable 7um-on Time maximum total 6A Not Applicable 7um-off Time maximum 0.1ms Not Appliceble Repeatability maximum 1.Oms 6µs Drib maximum Not Applicable 18µs 1 Scan time dependent. 2 Outputs 2 and 3 are des' maximum pr increased Not Applicable 2 µs 1µs Per 5°C (1µs per 9°F) they may be operated at a fxg speed. p 2 do 3 nalit teethe other � outputs (4 thru 7). They may be used like the other FET outputs, but in output (P70) or pulse width modulation (PWM) output addition, within a limited current range, function. A//en-Bradley 4 -7 Digital Input Module Selection MicroLogix 1500 / 1769 1769 Compact 1/0 Mo( Volta ge Ce 0 7109.1A16 � �' 100 to 120V ac 1769 -IM17 Operating Voltage Ran 100 to 120V ac 200 to g 9 Range 1769- 1016. 79132e47 63Hz 240V ac 79- 132�47.63Hz 24V do (sink or source) Number of Inputs 159- 265 ®47 -63Hz 8 (individually isolated) 10- 30 @30 °C (86 °F) 10.26.4060°0 16 Bus Current Load (max) 90-A A 5V (0.45W) 12 (140 °F) 115mA 5V Power Dissipation (max) t 1.81W (-.575W) 100mA 5V ( 0.500 (2 sets of 8) 3.30W Signal Delay (max) On: 20.0ms 3.65W 11516 m A @ 5V (0.575W) Off 20.0ms On: 20.Oms Ott State Voltage (max) Off. 20.0ms On: 20.Oms lt 20V ac O: 20.0ms 3.55W On: B.Oms Off-State current (max) 2.5mA 20V ac 40V ac Of 8.Oms On -State Voltage (min.) 79V ac 2.5mA 2.5mA 5V do On -State Current min 79V ac ( ) 5►nA�79V 159Vac 1.5mA Inrush Current (max) 25OmA 5mA @79V 5.OmA0159V tOVdc Nominal Impedance f1 25Omq 12k®50Hz 250mA 2.OrrA 1MQR6OHz 12kQ@50Hz 27kf2 ®50Hz IEC Input Compatibility 1042@601-1z 23kQ@60Hz 250mA 3kn T 1+ Power Supply Distance 83 Type 1+ Type 1+ Rating 83 3 6 Type U 1 With all inputs energized. 21npu is are 83 compatible with a source or a sink, but those inputs within a set (a single common) must all be connected to sources 3 The module may not be more than the specified number of modules away from or all connected the power supply Of the controller. to sinks. Digital Output Module Selection Catalog Number 1769 -OA8 1769 -0W8 Volta 1769-0W81 a Category g e9 ry 100 to 240V ac 1769 -OB16 AC or DC Nomtally open 1769.OV16 relay AC or DC Normally open 24V do Operating Voltage y relay 85V ac to 265V ac 24V do Range at 5 to 265V ac 47Hz to 63Hz 5 to 125V do 5 to 265V ac 20.4V do to 26.4V do 5 to 125V do Number of Outputs 8 (2 sets of 4) (source) 20.4V do to 26.4V do 8 ( 2 sets of 4 ) ividually Bus Current Load (max) 141 a 5V (0.725W) 125mA 16 (sink) 0 5V (0.625M 12(in 5V 0.62teo) Power 100mA 0 24V (2.4W) 100mA 0 5V do (2 4�11V) 200mA @ 5V (1.0M 2.12W 16 200mA 5V (1.OW) um)fatbn (maximum) j 2.83W 2.83W 2.11W Maximum Signal Delay (resistive load) y /2 �e2 lum -on: loms 2.06W tum� cY tum- off: tum- on: tum- on:0.lms Maximum afState 2.0mA 0 132V tum ofF 10ms tum -off: 1.0ms tum -on: 0.1ms ac Leakage 2.5mA � 265V ac OmA OmA Maximum On -State 1.OmA ®26.4V do tum- off 1.OmA 0 26.4V do Voltage Drop 1.5V do 0.5A not applicable riot applicable 1.OV do � 1A Minimum On -State 10.OMA 1.0V do 0 1.0mA Current 10mA 0 5V do 10mA 0 5V do I-OmA ° ° Maximum Continuous 0.25A ®60 C (140 F) 2.5A Current per t 1.Onu4 0' 0 30°C (86 T) (Also see Relay Contact 2.5A 0•5A 0 60 °C 140° (Also see Relay Contact ( Ratings on page 4.12.) 1-OA R 30 °C (86 ° F) Maximum 0.5A °C (140 °� Continuous 2 Ratings on page 4 -12.) Current .OA 0 60 °C (140°) per Module 16A (8A per common 4.OA °C mon 1-OA 0 30 °C (86°F) � 30 (86-F) 16A (86 ° 4.OA @ 60 °C (140 T) Maximum Surge 10.0A 3 30 °C 86° Current not ( FI 4-OA 4.OA � 60 °C (140 °F) applicable not applicable 4 2.OA 8-OA ®30 °C (B6 °� Power Supply Distance 85 2.OA 4 Rating 86 85 85 t With all outputs energized. 2 Triac g5 outputs turn ON at any point in the ac line cycle, and turn OFF at ac line zero cross. 3 Repeatability is once every 2 seconds for 4 duration a of 10ms. Repeatability is once every 2 seconds for a duration of 25ms. 5 The module may not be more than the specified number of modules away from the power supply of the controller. Allen- Bradley 4 -11 MicroLogix 1500 /1769 System 1769 Compact 1/0 Modules Relay Contact Ratings, 1769 -OW8, -OW81 ontlnuoua NEM ICS Amperes Maximum Volts Amp"" P' Voltamperes Make Break 240V ac 2.5A Make 120V ac 5A 0.75A 1800VA 125V do 1.5A 1.OA 8 2 � 24V do 2.OA 28VA I For do voltage applications, the make or break am can do = 0.58A For do voltage applications less than 48Vre the ratin make/break for rela 28VA be determined by , mcb ngs for relay contacts cannot Digital Input/output Module Selection Voltage number of Input and Outputs Input Operating Voltage Range Output Operating Voltage Rang Maximum Bus Current Load Break IEC 947 NEM ICS 180VA AC15 0300 DC13 R150 g 28VA by the applied do voltage. For d2 A exampl e,; Inputs: 24V do (sink or source) Outputs: AC or DC normally open relay 6 inputs, 4 outputs 10 to 30 0 30 °C (80 10 to 26.4 0 60 °C (140°F) 5 to 265V ac 5 to 125V do Power Dissipation (maximum) I 105MA @ 5V (0.52541x) 5OmA 0 24V (1.200M Maximum Input Signal Delay 2.75W Maximum Output Signal Delay (resistive load) On: B.Oms Off: 8.0ms Power Supply Distance Rating turn-on: 10ms turn-off: 10ms t With all 1/0 energized. 2 The module 8 2 may not be more than 8 modules away from the power supply of the controller. Analog Output Module Selection Analog Ranges 1769 OF2 Vo pu Of Maximum Bus P� Current Load Overall Accuracy I Resolution Across Maximum Conversion Rate power • ±1 2 single ended 120mA @ 5V do ry Voltage Terminal: Full Range Sul (all channels) pls� F • 0 to 10V dc, 200MA 0 24V do ±0.5% full scale at °C bipolar: 12 bits plus sign 2.5ms 82 • 0 to 5V dc, 25 unipolar: 61 10 5V do Current Terminal: 12 bits Current ±0.35% full scale at • 0 to 20n A, 25 °C • 4 to 2OrrLA t Includes 2 The offset, gain, non lineari and repeatability error term. module may not be more than the specified number of modules away from the Power supply of the controller. 4 -12 Allen- Bradle MlcroLogix 1 500 / 1 769 1 1769 Comnar_t urn ee... Analog Input Module Selection Analog Ranges Inuu of p Maximum Bus Current Load Maximum Voltage: • t1 0V dc, 4 differential or sin a ended 120mq � � � Overall Accuracy r cY Voltage Terminal: Resolution • 0 to 10V dc, 150MA 0 24V do 30.2% full scale at 14 bits minimum • 0 to 5V dc, • 1 to 5V do 25 °C n•� Current Terminal; 14 bits 14 bits plus sign Current: • 0 to 20mA, 30.35% full scale at 25 °C (77°F (bipdar) with 50 or 60Hz • 4 to 20mA filter selected ' Includes offset, gain, non- ore t ty and repeatability error terns. 2 The module must not be more than the specified number of modules away from the power supply of the controller. 1492 Series 7input on Rate Power , Dlstana on input 8 2 tion. lues: r channelr channel 110 Connection Hardware tWirinn c..v.4_. Instead of connecting wires to the RTB on 17691/0 modules Yourself, you can buy either of two wiring systems: • Interface modules (IFMs) and pre -wired cables. You must select one of each. An IFM mounts on a DIN rail. Pre -wired cables are totally factory -wired cable assemblies. One end of the cable assembly plugs into the IFM. At the other end is an RTB that plugs into th front of the 1/0 module. For digital 1 /0, see the selecti chart for IFMs for digital 1/0 modules (page 4 -14) and selection chart for pre -wired cables for 1769 digital I/Q modules (page 4 -15). Pre -wired cables are not availal for 1769 analog 1/0 modules, nor for the 1769 -IQ6= module. IFM • 1/0- module -ready cables. One end of the cable assembly is factory-wired to an RTB that plugs into the front of the 1/0 module. At the other end are individually color -coded conductors for you to connect to a standard Feld Wiring terminal block of your choice. See the selection chart for 1 /0- module -ready cables for 1769 digital 1/0 modules (page 4 -15). ' RTB WO-nwdule -ready Cable 1!O Module �Fadory- o e wired For general information on 1492 series wiring on 14. systems, see For details, see: Digital Programmable Controller W secti Systems Product Data, Publication 1492 -2.12. rung Allen- Bradley 4 -13 System PKZ 2- Motor Protector Manual Motor Protectors, Magnetic Motor Protector Combinations UL C; 1 2 3 Circuit Diagram 4 UUCSA Maximum Type 3 Phase HP Rating @: (Single phase ratings: page 7/53) Manual Motor Protectors 200 V 230 V 460 V 575 V z n� trips to oe energize the motor circuit in case of a short circ uit. The PKZ M- is a combination of the PKZ 2 /ZM.,,, manual motor protector and the S- 211 2 High Capacity magnetic contactor. The PKZ 2/ZM -... and the PKZ 2/ZM -.../S are UL listed and CSA certified as HP rated motor controllers which provide motor running overload protection. In addition, they are UL listed and CSA certified for group applications as per NEC 430 -53(c) and CEC part 1, Rule 28 -206. This means that a group of motors, each protected and controlled by a PKZ 2 /ZM•... or a PKZ 2/ZM- ... /S, can be combined under a single branch circuit short circuit and ground fault protective device, the maximum rating of which is marked on each PKZ 2 motor protector. (See columns 7 -9 for UUCSA short circuit current and backup overcurrent protection ratings.) 7/24 Ratings: 42 Amp, 600 V AC - 30 HP /460 V, 30 HP /575 V ma; ■ Approved for world markets = UL, CSA, IEC /EN 60 947, CE t ■ Conformity with IEC/EN 60 947 "Type 2^ co -ordination levels ■ Phase failure sensitive. ■ Adjustable thermal trips set to motor FLC. Ambient compens, ■ Adjustable magnetic trips. ■ Open or door mounted handle, padlockable, with 3 position in (ON, OFF, Trip). See Accessories on page 7137 ■ Finger Safe' construction. ■ 35 mm DIN rail or panel mounting. Ordering Information: Specify Type from column 4 and add control voltage if applicable. Example: PKZ 2/ZM -16, or PKZ 2 /ZM -16 /S (120V, 60HZ) MOELLEP UL /CSA /IEC /CE Manual Motor Protectors, System 6 � 8 Magnetic otor Protector torNCoo Adjustable — Thermal Adjustable UUCSA Trip Setting Short Circuit 9 10 Maximum Maximum n 11 Remarks Ran a Set o Current of Current Rating Magnetic Trips kA RMS S mg isted Branch Listed Circuit Branch Circuit otor FLC) y @ Protective Fuse Protective Circuit Breaker A A 480 V AC 600 V AC A A 0.4 -0.6 5 -8 65 42 0.6-1 8-14 65 500 600 s I 1 19 1 - 1.6 14-22 42 500 600 e 65 42 500 600 1.6-2.4 20 - 35 65 42 0 2.4-4 35-55 65 500 600 4 - 6 50-80 42 500 600 A GD 6-10 80-140 65 42 500 600 10-16 130-220 65 42 65 500 600 16-27 200-350 42 65 500 600 3 24-32 275-425 42 65 500 600 I I a 2 Is 32-42 350-500 42 65 500 600 s I' 16 � 42 500 600 ~ I 0.4 -0.6 5 -8 65 42 2000 Gp o' QUID 0.6-1 8-14 65 42 2000 1-1.6 14-22 65 42 2000 2000 1 - PKZ yZM.,,, Manual Motor Protector 1.6-2.4 20-35 2000 2000 2 - PKZ 2/ZM -... /S Magnetic Motor Protector 65 42 2000 2000 Combination 2.4 4 35-55 65 42 2000 2000 3- Standard Auxiliary Contact (Short Form) 4- Standard Auxiliary 4 - 6 50 - 80 65 42 2000 Contact (Long Form) 5- Trip Indicating /Differentiating 6-10 80 -140 65 2000 Contact 6 - Shunt Trip 10-16 130-220 42 2000 2000 Undervoltage Trip 65 42 2000 2000 7- Remote Control Operator 16-27 200-350 65 42 8 - High Capacity Contactor Module 24-32 275-425 2000 2000 9- Clip Plate 32-42 350-500 65 42 65 2000 2000 Accessories 42 2000 2000 7/28 System PKZ 2 Motor Protectors in Group Motor Applications PKZ 21ZM Manual Motor Protectors and PKZ 2/ZM -... /S Magnetic Motor Protector Combinations are UL listed and CSA certified for group applications the intent of NEC 430 -53 and CEC part 1, Rule 28 -206. This eliminates the need for individual motor branch circuit overcurrent protective devices for each thus greatly reducing the cost and space requirements of industrial control panels and assemblies. In group installations involving a number of System PKZ 2 Motor protectors, the maximum rating of the group branch circuit overcurrent protective dev c based on the lowest backup overcurrent rating marked on each motor protector in the group, combined with applicable NEC installation rules. Please refer to the UUCSA short circuit current and backup overcurrent protection ratings in columns 8 -10 for selection guidelines on System PKZ 2 Mot protectors. MOELLER M r)PQ. -.; 4; w� Produrf TABLE OF CONTENTS Description ..ccessorles.. . ...... ....... • • • • • • • • • • ....4 -14 I Specifications .. . Description 4.2o q IEC Load Bulletin • 25, 32, 40, 63, 80, 1 Inductive Load Rat Switches IP65/Type 1/3/3R/15 Operating Handles IP2LX Fing er -Safe 3 and 6 Pole Versio Add -on Accessory Make 4, 5, 7 and 8 P Front/Door or DIN /B Mounting Configura OFF -ON Configurati 3 and 6 Pole Enclose Switches Optional Thermoplas Enclosures Positive- Guided Actu pproximate Dimensions . . . . . ..................... Bulletin 194E family of load switches are designed for use as local motor isolation and IEC disconnect switch applications. Available with 3 and 6 pole versions with add -on additional poles, grounding and neutral terminals and auxiliary contacts. Bulletin 194Es share the same operating handles as the Bulletin 194L Control and Load Switches. Bulletin 194E switches are offered in two mounting styles, Front/Door and Base /DIN configurations for a variety of installations. Switch body styles for Bulletin 194E base mounted switches include standard interlock shaft; Bulletin 194E front mounted switches include standard shaft. Two position OFF -ON switch is used to connect or disconnect a variety of inductive loads including: solenoids, actuators, valves, magnetic starters, relays, and motors. Actuators featuring marked legend plates are available in Selector -Knob, Disk -Style, Rectangular -Style and Key operated versions. Selector -Knob versions are available in three sizes. Most actuators are available in colors of Gray/Black or Red/yellow and have padlockable versions. Conformity to Standards: IEC 207 IEC 947 -1 IEC 947 -3 Low voltage switchgear and control gear part 3: Switches, disconnectors, switch - disconnectors and fuse - combination units. CE UL 508: Industrial Control Equipment. UL CSA: C22.2 No. 14: Industrial Control Equipment Allen- Bradley Approvals: UL Listed (File No. E54612 NLRV) CSA Certified (LR 13002) Meets IEC, VDE and BS Standard requirements IEC /CE Marked (Per EN60947 -3) Your order must include: • Cat. No. of switch body. • Cat. No. of actuator. • If required, Cat. No. of accessories Electrir_m Performance Data 25A IEC Applications M 690 M 600 M 690/600 [k\] 8 [kV] 2.5 [HZ) 50/60 [A] 30 [A] 25 32A 690 600 690/600 8 2.5 50/60 40 32 E40A 690 600 690/600 8 2.5 50/60 50 IEC Load ap 63A 80A 100A 690 690 690 600 600 600 690/600 690/600 690/60c 8 8 8 2.5 2.5 2.5 50/60 50/60 50/60 75 100 120 AC -1/ Non- inductive or only slightly 40 63 80 100 inductive loads AC -21A Switching of resistive loads with [A) 25 32 40 slight overload 83 80 100 Rated power Pe AC -23A Occasional switching of 3 -fd motors and other highly inductive loads 230V [kVUJ 7.5 (criterion for selecting main 400V [kW] 11 11 1 22 30 switches) 690V [kW] 11 15 8. 18.5 22 2 37 45 AC -3 Squirrel -cage motors; starting and 230V [kWJ 5.5 15 18.5 22 37 45 stopping of running motors 400V [k W) 7 5 7.5 11 15 18,5 22 Short clrcult current 690V yy[ Ik 7.5 11 11 15 18.5 30 37 (co- ordination type 2) 15 18.5 22 22 Rated conditional short- circuit current Maximum fuse rating of circuit (type 400/415V p g, G) [kA) 15 15 20 Rated short-time current 1cw, 1s [A) 25 25 15 - - 230V Rated breaking capacity AC23A (cos [A] 430 IA] 204 500 296 50 600 63 1300 80 1850 100 2500 rp 0.45) 400V [A] 172 232 400 484 580 780 DC switching capacity 690V [A] 100 136 280 336 544 680 Rated current /e 164 196 316 376 24V 48V [A] 20 [A] 16 25 35 50 63 80 1 Pole 110V [q] 6 20 28 40 50 220V [q] 2 35 12 15 20 23 440V [A] 0.55 [A] 0.75 18 12 1.5 24V 0.3 [A) 25 0.4 32 0.5 0.6 0.7 1.5 1.8 0.8 DC -21A For resistive loads, 2 Poles 48V [A) 20 25 4 0 63 80 100 Ts 1 ms in 110V [Al 14 17 35 50 63 80 Ue max = 660V series 220V [A] 5.5 24 44 53 440V 60 [A) 1.7 2.5 12 14.5 4.5 18 22.5 24VV Iq] 25 1.5 25 2.5 35 6.8 3 Poles 48V [A) 25 32 40 63 80 00 in 110V 220V [A] 18 [A] 23 32 89 45 80 56 100 series 440V 10.5 [A] 3.8 13 19 24 30 70 37 Rated power Pe 600V [A] 2.5 5.5 3.5 7 5 9 11 13 DC -23A, DC -3, DC -5 24V 4.5 5.5 g 8 For inductive loads, 3 Poles 48V [kW] 0.384 [kW) 0.528 0.48 0.768 0.672 0.96 1.2 1.512 T 515 ms in 110V 220V [kW] 0.77 1.045 1.056 1.65 1.44 1.824 2.256 series 440V [kW] 0.88 [kVV) 0.704 1.1 1.65 1.87 1.98 2.31 2.464 2.86 3.08 - 600V O See conformity to standards listed 0.6 0'88 0'78 1.32 1.02 1.54 12 1.804 2.2 on page 4 -13.� ® Suitable also for SEV 500. 1.5 1.8 Product Selection . page 4-14 Alen- Bradley Continued on next p; 4 -' Bulletin 194E IEC Load Switches specifications, continued Electrical Rntt— — lunuous current Heavy Pilot Duty Standard Duty Motor rating 60 Hz single phase (2 poles) three phase Mechanical Data Performance Data Performance Data Motor rating 60 Hz actuators switch bodies Mechanical life Max wire gauges Terminal size per IEC 947.1 fine strands 1 conductor rigid wire 1 conductor Wire gauges accordlna t. , u ,rc Product Selection — Page 414 4 -26 25A I 32A UUCSA Applications IA] 25 32 [AC] A600 A600 [DC] _ _ 120V, 1P FLA 9.8 16 HP 0.5 1 240V, 1P FLA 10 12 HP 1.5 2 480V, 1P FLA 8.5 14 HP 3 5 600V, 1P FLA 6.8 11.2 HP 3 5 120V, 3P FLA 13.6 19.2 HP 2 3 240V, 3P FLA 15.2 22 HP 5 7.5 480V, 3P FLA 14 21 HP 10 15 600V, 3P FLA 11 17 HP 10 15 40A 40 24 2 17 3 21 7.5 16 7.5 28 5 28 10 27 20 22 20 63A 63 34 3 28 5 26 10 20 10 40 7.5 42 15 34 25 27 25 80A 100A Cc 80 100 C 56 80 5 7.5 50 68 10 15 34 55 15 25 27 44 15 25 56 84 10 15 68 80 25 30 52 65 - 40 50 52 52 50 50 25A 32A 40A I 63A I nux. 80A 100A Co tac, IP65 IP65 IP65 IP65 IP20 IP20 IP65 IP65 IP65 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 0.2 0.2 n IP20 AS mm2 1...10 mm2 1.5...16 [AWG] 14/8 AS 1...10 1.5...16 14/8 L .A.1'164.A5305 A9 2xA2 2.5. ..35 0.5...2. 5 25 4...50 0.75...2.5 Allen- Bradley Bulletin 194R Fused Disconnect Switch Line Product Selection, Continued Operating 14 nn,11- - -- = Fast Shipment Program Cat. Nos. are printed in blue. Disconnect Switch Dim. Ref. Description Color Degree of Protection Black IP42 (Type 1) With Defeater IP66 (Type 3R, 3, 12, 4, 4X) Red/Yellow IP42 (Type 1) .. Al, B IP66 (Type 3R, 3, 12, 4, 4X) Black IP42 (Type 1) Without IP66 (Type 3R, 3, 12, 4, 4X) Defeater Red/Yellow IP42 (Type 1) IP66 (Type 3R, 31 12, 4, 4X) '! Black IP42 (Type 1) Standard IP66 Orientation (Type 3R, 3, 12, 4 4X) With Defeater IP42 Red/Yellow (Type 1) IP66 (TYpe 3R, 3, 12, 4, 4X) Standard Black IP42 (Type 1) j Orientation IP66 (Type 3R, 3, 12, 4, 4X) 1,F Without C1, C2 Defeater Red/Yellow IP42 (Type 1) 1 D1, D2 IP66 (TYpe 3R, 3, 12, 4, 4X) 19 E1, E2 F1 IP42 (Type 1) 1 90° Rotated Black Orientation IP66 (TYpe 3R, 3, 12, 4, 4X) 10A With Defeater IP42 Red/Yellow (Type 1) 1 IP66 (Type 3R, 3, 12, 4, 4X) 199 90° Rotated Black IP42 (Type 1) 14,' Orientation IPfi6 (Type 3R, 3, 12, 4, 4X) j ' Without , Defeater IP42 (Type 1) 1kj Red/Yellow _ IP66 (Type 3R, 3, 12, 4, 4X) F Accessories - Page 5-7 Specifications - page 5.10 Approximate Dimensions - page 5-23 5 -4 * Prices -Consult Sales Office or price list Al /en- Brad /ay Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes. Note: Height dimension is measured from top of rail to top of terminal block. Specifications Approvals (See Page 12 -6) Voltage Rating Maximum Current Wire Range (Rated Cross Section) Wire Strip Length Recommended Tiahta„i— -urRmg Voltage (Indicating Circuit) Leakage Current (Indicating Circuit) Fuse Type Insulation Temperature Range Fuse Holder Without Blown Fuse Indicator With Blown Fuse Indicator Accessories Mounting Rails: (Details Page 12 -143) 1 M Symmetri cal IN (Steel) 1 M Symmetrical DIN (Aluminum) 1 M Hi -Rise Sym. DIN (Aluminum) 1 M Angled Hi -Rise Sym. DIN (Steel) End Anchors: (Details Page 12 -146) DIN Rail — Normal Duty DIN Rail — Heavy Duty o Gould ATQR 1 -1/4, 1 =0.42A max. Gould ATQR 1 -4/10, 1 =0.47A max. Allen - Bradley 'I' Prices — Consult Sales Office or price list Bulletin 1492 IEC Terminal Blocks Standard Feed - Through Blocks Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes. Note: Height dimension is measured from top of rail to top of terminal block. Specifications Approvals (See Page 12 -6) Voltage Rating Maximum Current Wire Range (Rated Cross Section) Wire Strip Length Recomm�Tightenin —Torque Insulation Temperature Range Terminal Blocks Color: Gray Red Blue Black Green Yellow White Accessories Mounting Rails: (Details Page 12 -143) 1 M Symmetrical DIN (Steel) 1 M Symmetrical DIN (AlUminum) 1 M Hi -Rise Sym. DIN (Aluminum) 1 M Angled Hi -Rise Sym. DIN (Steel) End Barrier: (Details Page 12 -147) End Anchors: (Details Page 12 -146) DIN Rail — Normal Duty DIN Rail — Heavy Duty Jumpers: (Details Page 12 -150) Side Jumper— 10 Pole Insulated Center Jumper -- 10 pole Center Jumper — 3 Pole Center Jumper — 2 pole Center Jumper Link Center Jumper Cover Other Accessories: Partition Plate Separation Plate Test Plug Test Plug Adapter Electrical Warning Plate (4 Pole) Group Marking Carrier larking Systems: (See Paae » -i rt, 1492 -W3 1492 -W4 I rya ®�� 1 ' 1 , 1 , vi$ k 1 / . 11 a � �© r��S Ma�t•�� I"' x d`, _0= t 1 I �n v � 1 0. �a � x 1 � 4n.�i 1 P a 1 a a , r t V�_r" i ®- JYs Et a 1 acY 1492 -W4 12 -10 * Prices — Consult Sales Office or price list E E M to 1492 -W6 1 , 1.87' (47.6 mm) Single clrouit terminal block. NOW ® I rya ®�� 1 ' 1 , 1 vi$ k 1 . F ;¢ x t 1 I w � 1 � z � tt a , t ®- ¢ K'.. ©_ �Y acY 12 -10 * Prices — Consult Sales Office or price list E E M to 1492 -W6 1 , 1.87' (47.6 mm) Single clrouit terminal block. NOW ® I 600V AC/DC 600V ®�� 1 ' 1 , vi$ k �g�- Sd�.#y30— I � 1 10 10 10 10 10 50 m m Allen- Bradley IEC Termini Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes. Note: Height dimension is measured from top of rail to top of terminal block. Specifications Approvals (See Page 12 -6) Voltage Rating Maximum Current Wire Range (Rated Cross Section) Wire Strip Length Recommended Tightening Torque Insulation Temperature F Terminal Blocks Color: Gray Red Blue Black Green Yellow Orange Accessories Mounting Rails: (Details P— age 1 M Symmetrical DIN (Steel) 1 M Symmetrical DIN (Aluminum) 1 M Hi -Rise 7DINA (Aluminum) 1 M Angled m. DIN (Steel End Barrier: (De 12 -147) End A nchors: (De 12 -146) DIN Rail — Nty DIN Rail — HJumpers: (Detail-150) Side Jumper — 10 Pole Insulated Center Jumper — 1 o Pole Center Jumper — 3 Pole Center Jumper — 2 Pole Center Jumper Link Other Accessories: Partition Plate Separation Plate Test Plug �- Test Plug Adapter Electrical blaming Plate (4 Pole) Group Marking Carrier Marking Systems: (See Page 12 -155) 1492 -WD3 1492 -WD4 50 50 10 10 10 10 5 Allen- Bradley * Prices – Consult Sales Office or price list i l`t 11 • 11 11 1 1 I =5 1 k 0 rn � rr 1492 -WD4 50 50 10 10 10 10 5 Allen- Bradley * Prices – Consult Sales Office or price list Bulletin 700 General Purpose Relays and Timing Relays Type FS, H TABLE OF CONTENTS Bulletin 700 Type FS, H General Purpose Relay., and Timing Relays • Plug -In and Panel Mount Versions • Contact Switching up to 30 Amps • Visual On /Off Flag Indicator Standard • Manual Operator or Pilot Light Version Optional • AC and DC Coil Versions Available • Single Function Timing Range Versions up to 60 Hours • Multi- Function Timing Range Versions up to 999! Hours Product Selection Page Description Type FSM — Multi-Function, Multi- Range, DIN Mounting Timers .. Type HJ — Square Base, Magnetic Latching, 10 Am PagE Type Type FS — Delay Timing Relays, DIN Mountin Type FSD —Star HK — Miniature Square Base, Slim Line, 5 and 10 Am 10 -9. 10-83 TYPe HR, HRM, HRC — Multi- Range, Multi- P 10 -9: 0 83 Dial Timer . Function, -Delta Timing Relays, DIN Mounting Type FSR — Repeat Cycle Timer, DIN Mounting . 10 Type HS, (HSF) — Square Base, Single Type HA — Tube Base, 10 Amp . • , , , g ' ' ' ' ' ' ' ' . • • Type HB — Square Base with Blades, Range Timer, (Fixed) 10 -94 10 -� TYPe HT, (HTF) — Tube Base, Single Range Timer, (Fixed) 10 -85 Type HV, (HVF) 10 -96 10 Amp Type HAB — Tube Base, 4 Amp, Bifurcated Contact . — Tube Base, Repeat Cycle Timer, (Fixed) 10 -98 10-85 Type HX — Multi- Range, Multi Function, .. Type HAX — Tube Base, 4 Amp, Bifurcated Contact with Gold Overlay Digital Timer .... 10 -100 10-86 Retainer Clip Reference Chart . Type HC — Miniature Square Base, 1, 3, & 5 Am Type Accessories, Sockets, Clips and Attachments . , 10-101 10-87 Type HT1— Multi- Range, Multi- 10-101 HF — Miniature P • • • • • • • • Square Base, 10 Amp , . , . , , ...... Type HD — Flanged Cover, Function, Time Module . 10 -88 Type HSV — MOV Su 10 -104 10 -89 Suppressor Module Square Base, 10 Amp ....... Type HHF — Flanged Cover, 10.90 Specifications 10 -104 Square S uare Base, 25/30 Am P • • .. Type HG — Screw Terminals, ....... riming Charts ... • • • • 10 -107 10 -90 30 Am Amp ................. Description NEMA Rating Table and Definitions 10-109 10 -91 Approximate Dimensions 10-6 Bulletin 700 Type H Line of General Purpose "Plug With .......... ................ 10.119 -In" Relays and Timers combined sockets for DIN rail or panel mounting, provides a highly flexible line of world acceptable devices. Conformity to Standards: IEC 255 -1 -00 (Type HA & HB) Approvals: VDE 0435 (Type HA & HB) CSA Certified CE Certified (except 700 -HJ) UL Recognized Relays - File E3125 Guide NLDX 2 Sockets - File E96409 Guide SWIV2 r must include: UL Listed - Type HG File E3125 Guide NLDX of plug -in relay plus UL Listed - Type HA, HB f selection options. FHNaccessories'. & HK with Allen - Bradley of socket required. socket , Cat. No. of Type 10 -82 sories. Allen - Bradley Bulletin 800H NEMA Style Push Buttons 30.51m NEMA Type 4/4X, Corrosion- Resistant TABLE OF CONTENTS no Technical Data Pago Complete Assembled Stations, Stainless Steel 11 -5 • , Complete Assembled Stations, Pilot Lights Non - Metallic .............. Push Buttons 11 -6 Momentary Contact, Non - Illuminated ..... . Momentary Contact, Flip Lever 11-6 ................ • Mechanically Interlocked Maintained 11- . • • , ... Momentary Contact, illuminated 11 -64 . • • • • . , , Push -Pull, Non - Illuminated 11 -66 2 Position Twist ........... . 3 Position Push -Pull 11 -68 .... ............................... Push -Pull, Illuminated 11-68 2 Position push-pull/Twist .............................. 3 Position Push -Pull 11 -70 .... • • • , Selector Switches, Non - Illuminated 11 -70 2 Position ....................... 3 Position ............. ............................... 4 Position .... ............................... 11 -72 Potentiometer ............................ 11 -74 ........... 11 -74 11 -56 Descrin +in., Bulletin 800H NEMA Style 30.5mm Mounting Hole NEMA Type 4/4X Corrosion - Resistant Heavy Industrial Stations and Operators 7 Selector Switches, Illuminated Pagc 8 2 Position ............. . 0 3 Position ........... 1 ............................... Pilot Lights . ............................... 11 -76 Allen- Bradley 0,000 minimum Selector Switches (Non - illuminated (Illuminated): ) 1,000,000 minimum Max. Utilization Rated Op Potentiometers: 200,000 minimum Opertnl. Category Curr All other devices: 100,000 minimum volts ue IEC NEMA Volts Contact Operation 200,000 minimum ue M Shallow, mini, & Low Voltage Contact Blocks: Slow, double make and break AC soo AC -15 8600 120-600 361 Logic Reed & Sealed Switch Contact Blocks: Single break magnetic o t2o 3 Typical Operating Forces oc 30o DC -13 P300 24 -300 o -2a Operators without contact blocks: Stackable Sealed Switch Contact Flush' Extended, Standard Mushroom, Jumbo Plastic Mushroom: 2 lbs. Max Maximum continuous current Ith 3 Am, Maintained Selector Switch: 3.6 in. lbs. maximum Spring Return Selector Switches: Logic Reed Contact Ratings 3.6 in. lbs. to stop Maximum DC: 30V, 0.06A 0.2 in. lbs. to return Maximum AC: 150V, 0.15A Illuminated Push Buttons and Push- to-Test Pilot Lights: 5 lbs. maximum Should only be used with resistive lo< 3 Position Push -Pull: Pen TUFF- (Low Voltage) Contact R: 8 lbs. maximum push to in Minimum DC: 5V, 1mA maximum pull to out eosin Position or pull to center position (15 lbs. Maximum DC: 48V, 0.1A Push -Pull and Push- Pull/Twist: Maximum AC: 240V, 0.4A Should only be used with resistive loa 9 lbs. maximum push or pull 30 in. oz. maximum twist, 6 in. oz. minimum return Approvals Potentiometer. UL Listed - File: E14840, E10314 Rotational Torque: 3 -12 in. oz. ed: LR Guide: NKCR LR1NO Stopping Torque: 12 in. lbs. (minimum) CSA Certified: Contact Blocks: CE compliant IEC:947 -5 800T XA: 1 lb Materials Used In 800H NEMA Type Logic Reed: 1 lb. maximum Operators Sealed Switch: 3 lbs. maximum at 0.205" plunger travel Thermoplastic Polyester (Fiberglass Reinforced) Temperature Range ENVIRONMENT - Bushings Operating: +14 °F to +131 °F (_10 °C to +55 °C) - Mounting Rings Storage: -40 °F to +185 °F (-40 °C to +85 °C) - Sockets Note: Operating temperatures at -10 °C are based on the absence of freezin Thermoplastic Polyester moisture and liquids. Contact your local Allen - Bradley sales office for use in -Noli- Illuminated Button Caps 9 Transparent Amorphous Nylon lower temperature applications. Humidity - Pilot Light Lens Cap 50% at +104 °F + - illuminated Button Caps ( 40 °C) Glass Filled Crystalline Nylon O Performance Data —See Page Important-2. - Thrust Washer 9 portant -2. Mineral Filled Nylon - Trim Washer Nitrile (Synthetic Rubber) A% /en- Brassy - Gaskets and Internal Seals 11 -. NEMA Style Push Technical Data O 3 30.5mm NEMA Type 4/4X, Corrosiol ELECTRICAL RATINGS Contact Ratings C Contact Ratings Refer to the Contact Ratings tables to the right. ( (IEC 947 -5-1) (NEMA ICS 5-1) b 2200 Volts for one minute; 1300V for one minute -Logic Reed 8 10 A AC /2.5 A 1,000,000 at maximum rated load u as folloH MECHANICAL RATINGS O Max. Cate gory Rated 10 -2000 Hz 1.52mm displacement u IEC NEMA Volts Shock -soo AC 600 AC -15 A600 72 -120 1/2 cycle sine wave for 11 milliseconds > 2 2a 72 Degree of Protection © 2a -2s IEC 529 IP P recommended. Push Buttons (Momentary, Non - illuminated): 10,000,000 minimum Bulletin 800H units have c 250,000 minimum w control cir Bulletin 800H NEMA Style Push Buttons 30.5mm NEMA Type 4/4X, Corrosion- Resistant - -- %avvnun units, Non - Illuminated Accessories - Page 11 -81 Legend Plates - Page 11 -91 Dimensinne - n..__ .A — - -• — lautor switch Units, Non - Illuminated Accessories - Page 11 -81 Legend Plates - Page 11 -91 * Prices - Consult Sales Office or price list Allen - Bradley Bulletin 800H NEMA Style Push Buttons 30.5mnt NEMA Type 414X, Corrosion- Resistant Accessories —Page 11 -81 Lamp Information — Page 11 -90 Legend Plates — Page 11 -91 Dimensions — Page 11 -94 Transformer Type Pilot Light Catalog Number 80OH -PR 16R Lamp Type Volts Color Pilot Light s Push -To Test Push -To -Test Pilot Light Catalog Number BOON- PRT16R Dual Input NORMAL 0 Dual Input Diode Pilot Light Device Schematic NORMAL-- -R--------------- (3) ' Di TEST L' A. A, cou ' T R2 D2 L2 (2) Dual Input Pilot Light ' - - _ _ _ Typical Application Wiring Diagram Dual Input Pilot Light TEST Lt tLS tcR Transformer Type Device Schematic 1 NORMAL (3) 7 - - - - - - - - - (3) M (t) 3C R (3) TEST ; M m , (1) C 2LS (3) Y ------------------- ---- -Lzf21 11 -78 N� Prices — Consult Sales Office or price list Allen- Bradley Bulletin 800H NEMA Style Push Buttons 30.5mm NEMA Type 4/4X, Corrosion- Resistant Moma --' I .__ — -- r'usn OUtton Units, Non - Illuminated Accessories - Page 11 -81 Legend Plates - Page 11 -91 Dimensions - Page 11 -94 Contact Type No Contacts °—� 1 N.O. 1 N.C. 1— 1 N.O. - 1 N.C. r� 2 N.O. -2 N.C. Button Color Green Black Red Green Black Red Green Black Red Green Black Red Green Black Red Booted Unit Catalog Number 80oH -RZ4 Booted Bootless Guarded Head Catalog Number 800H -GRIA Contact Type Button Boot�Nead Color Guarde KI- _ Gree Bootless Flush Head Unit Catalog Numb-800H-ARIA Bootless Flush Head Bootless Extended Head U Catalog Number 800H -BRE Bootless Extended Head Bootless Mushroom Head Catalog Number 800H -DR6A Bootless Mushroom Head Jumbo Mushroom Head Catalog Number 800H- -DR6JA Jumbo Mushroom Head * Prices - Consult Sales Office or price list Allen- Bradley Bulletin 800H NEMA Style Push Buttons 30.5mm NEMA Type 4/4X, Corrosion- Resistant 2 PAST inn T.... -a ems_. -- .•a w—v units, Non - Illuminated Accessories —Page 11 -81 Legend Plates — Page 11 -91 Dimensions — Page 11 -94 Note: A jumbo or large legend plate is recommended, if space allows. 2 Position Push- Pull?wist Catalog Number 600H- FRXT6D4 Operator Position Contact Type J Q Button Push -Pull/ Maintained Maintained Color Twist Release Out In N.C.L. B. O X ' - -'r—, N.O. - O O Red °— -° N.C.L.B.0 X p Red N.C.L.B. - N.C.L.B.O X X O Note: X= Closed/O =Open O Red 3 Position Push -Pull Units, Non - Illuminated Accessories - Page 11 -81 Legend Plates - Page 11 -91 Dimensions — Page 11.94 Note: A iumhn n, ice.,.., j____, .. 'J .10W oerore the mechanical detent occurs .o. "�� cne Dutton is pulled from the "In" to the °Out" position, the electrical al contacttsechange 11 -68 k Prices — Consult Sales Office or price list Allen - Bradley • • lub control Transformer - Applications C�. UL .7 The Hammond "PT" series of machine tool transformers, now'CE Marked', are specifically designed for high inrush applications requiring reliable output voltage stability. Designed to meet industrial application where electromagnetic devices such as relays, solenoids, etc. are used, the Hammond "PT" series trransforl maximize inrush capability and output voltage regulation when electromagnetic devices are initially ener ize 9 STANDARDS Hammond Industrial and Machine Tool Control and Instrument Transformers most or exceeds the standards established by UL, CSA, IRC, ANSI, NEMA. BWWAW File alt UL (ANsuuL so6) E50394 All PT CSA (C22 -2 Na 66) LR3902 All PT IEC 989 All Molded PTs NEMA (ST-1) All PT At HAMMOND, we rate the VA capacity of our transformers at the ..... where it counts. Other transformer manufacturers rate their capacity on the input side of the _ transformer, which can result in a 5% to 20% lower actual VA at the output. T AAj © Hammond Power Solutions Inc. 33 Data subject to change without notice. Features Benefits C C S� �L CORE & COILS • High quality, high permeability silicon steel laminations. • All-welded construction. • Computer designed copper wound coils with Optimum turns ratio. INSULATION • Mylar, Nomex and other insulating materials are used for phase to phase and layer to layer insula tion. • The "PT" series transformers have the following insulation systems: • Up to 200 VA; class A, 55 "C rise, 105 °C class. • 250 to 1000 VA ; class B, 80 °C rise, 150 °C class. • 1500 VA and up ; class F, 115•C rise, 180•C class. CORE & COILS • Provides optimum performance and reliability. • Rugged one -piece assembly with low noise. • Enhanced voltage regulation with excellent thermal characteristics. INSULATION • Provides the best insulated control transformer in the industry. • Insulation materials are of the highest rating available for the temperature class. • Assures long life and reliable performance. VACUUM IMPREGNATION VACUUM IMPREGNATION • AII Hammond Control Transformers are Vacuum • Impregnating the entire unit provides a strong Impregnated with "VT" (vinyl - toluene) Polyester Resin ". mechanical bond and offers protection against • Oven cured after vacuum impregnating. environmental conditions. • Seals the surface and eliminates moisture. MOLDED CnNCro1Ir•rer%am • All PT series transformers, up to 1000 VA, are molded in a UL 94 flame retardant polyester compound. • These units have a thermal plastic, injection molded cover with distinctive cooling fins. TERMINAL BLOCKS • Fabricated from molded "high - impact" resin, finished in black. • Combination Phillips ( #2) and Robertson (# 2) Red terminal screws with #9 head, 8 -32 UNF threads. • Terminals are tinned brass and chrome plated, and all connections are soldered. • Terminals are torque tested with automatic drivers. NAMEPLATE • Black letters on white background including terminal markings, schematic and CE mark.. • Polyester, nonconductive material. MOUNTING PLATE • Offers an unique Universal Mounting Plate made of heavy steel, welded to the core. FINGER SAFE TERMINAL COVERS • Finger safe terminal covers for both fused and unfused terminals, in a clear, see through finish are available for all molded PT series units. STANDARD SECOND% MOLDED CONSTRUCTION • Completes the protection process by sealing the core and coils against moisture, dirt and other airborne contaminants. • Strong and durable, yet still dissipates heat quic and efficiently. TERMINAL BLOCKS • Easy access to terminals while separation barriers prevent unintentional contact. • Versatile screw head with optimum torque and retention ability. • Assures integrity and strength of connections and terminals • Withstands any manual installation method. NAMEPLATE • Ease of readability results in easier installation. • Safe for other conductors, even in close proximity. MOUNTING PLATE • Provides direct interchangeability with many other popular control transformers. FINGER SAFE TERMINAL COVERS • This ensures your protection against electric shock or accidental contact of any kind, and complies with IEC and CE requirements. RY FUSE CLIPS STANDARD SECONDARY FUSE CLIPS • Each "PT" series transformer, that has a single • Accommodates 13/32"X 1 1/2" Midget Fuse. secondary, comes with a factory installed secondary Tfuse kit (fuses not hduded). © Hammond Power Solutions Inc. 34 Data subject to change without noti, Class CC Fuses 600 VAC ■ 1/10 — 60 Amperes CCMR Series KLDR Series KLKR Series For space- saving protection of motor circuits up to 40 HP", we recommend Littelfuse POWR -PRO® CCMR series fuses. These fuses are the only true dual- element time -delay CC fuses specifically engineered for motor branch circuit protection. They provide Type II Protection (no damage) to both NEMA- rated and the more sensitive IEC (International Electromechanical Com- mission) type motor circuit components. CCMR series fuses are now available in larger sizes — from 35 to 60 amperes! No other 600V fuse is available with this current carrying capacity In a Package this small. -Consult the Motor Protection Tables in the Fuse - 0109y section for specific motor sizing Information KLDR fuses are time -delay fuses specif- ically designed for the protection of con- trol transformers, solenoids and similar inductive components with high magne- tizing currents during the first half- cycle. They closely match most control power transformer characteristics, which per- mits the fuses to be sized in accordance with the latest revisions of UL 508 (Industrial Control) and UL 845 (Motor Control Centers). When the time delay of KLDR fuses is adequate to carry motor starting current, they provide ex- cellent protection of motor branch cir- cuits containing IEC or NEMA rated motor controllers or contactors. KLKR series Class CC fuses are fast - acting fuses intended for general pur- pose branch circuit protection. Their compact size, fast- acting overload response, and their highly current limit- ing design make them ideal for use in OEM equipment and control panels. Solid -state devices such as SCRs and other electronic equipment generally require fast -acting protection. F4 Lift POWHAW For more information on CCMR Class CC fuses, see the CCMR pages in the POWR -PRO® sectic this catalog. 1/10 – 30A: UL Listed Time -Deli Class CC 35 – 60A: UL Listed Class CD AMPERE RATINGS No 2940 1X 3 No X 1X 1 Soo 2% 294o 5 5% 9 10 Xi0 X 1% 1% 3 3y4o 6 6/. 12 15 !40 Yo 1940 2 3/. 4 7 7% 17% 20 1 2'/. 4% 8 25 Example part number (series & amperage): CCMR 30 AMPERE RATINGS �0 X 940 No 2940 1X 3 5940 6 'XOO X 948 940 1940 3X0 1940 3/ 6'. 7 3�0 1 /. 1:f 2 4 2/. 4X 7% 8 940 1'. A 2% 5 9 Example part number (series & amperage): KLDR 5 940 AMPERE RATINGS X0 X 2 4 8 15 :ti 9: 2% 5 9 20 X0 1 V 7 10 25 12 30 oii0 Example part number (series & amperage): KLKR 25 Type 7.5W 15W' 300 30W PSSR -A PSSR -B Input Voltage (single phase, 2 -wire) 100 to 240VAC nominal, 50 /601-lz Input Current (typical ® 100V) (85 to 264VAC) (47 to 6311z) 110 to 340VDC nominal, (105 to 370VDC) Internal Fuse Rating O.17A 0.30A 0.68A Inrush Current A Leakage Current (at no load 50A max. (Cold Start at 200V) 3.15) Overvoltage Protection max. (60Hz Measured in conformance with 0 5% 105% VDE, UL, CSA) Typical Efficiency at 12VDC (t (typical) Typical Efficiency at 24VDC 73% 75% Output Voltage & Current Ratings 75% 79% 75% 75% at 5V Output Voltage & Current Ratings 5V/1.5A 5V/2.5A at 12V Output Voltage & Current Ratings 12V/0.6A 12V/1 2A _ at 24V Voltage Adjustment 24V/0.3A 24V/0.6A 12V/2.5A O ut put Holding Time +/- 10% (V.ADJ control on front) 24V/1.3A Rise Time 20ms min. (at rated input and output) Line Regulation Load Regulation 0.4% max. 200ms max. (at rated input and ou temperature Regulation 1.5% max. Ripple Voltage 0.05% max. 3vsrload Protection 2% peak to peak max. (including noise) 120% typical (Zener) 120°/ Dielectric Strength Insulation Resistance Operating Temperature Storage Temperature Operating Humidity Vibration Resistance Shock Resistance Approvals Weight (Approx.) Terminal Screw IP Protection Dimensions HxWxD (mm) Dimensions HxWxD (inches) 'Note: PS5R -Bo5 output is a maximum of 12.5W Between input and output terminals 3,000VAC, 1 Minute / Between input terminals and h Between input and output terminals / input terminals and housing: 100MO minimum (500 -10° to +60 °C (14° to 140° F) -30° to +85 °C ( -22° to 185° F) 20 to 90% relative humidity (no condensation) 45m/s2, (4.6G) 10 to 551-1z, 2 hours on each of 3 axes 294m/s2, (30G) 3 shocks in each of 6 directions Conforms to EMC Directives EN50081 -2 & EN50082 -2. LVD Directive EN60529 — Certified to EN60: 150g 1708 Sprang up hngersate terminals with captive MY5 screws 3608 IP20 (finger safe) L(2.76 L45 75 95x45x75 2.95) (3.74 x 1.77 x 2.95 9�xqo 75 95 x ( 3.74 x 2.95) (3.74 x Decr_rint:.... TABLE OF CONTENTS - Necmcations ........ , ........ Light Modules .... , .............. • • • • • • • • 11 -2 . Light Modules/with Sound ....... 11 -6 Sound Modules " " " " " 11-8 Single Tone /Single Circuit ................ Dual Tone/Dual Circuit . 11-12 . , , , Standard Stack Light Bases , • " " •11 -12 DeviceNetTM Stack Light Bases " " ' • • • 11 -14 Pre - Assembled Stacks ...... . ........ • • • • • • • 11 -16 One Module .... . Two Modules ............... 11-18 Three Modules ....... " " " ' 11 -20 Four Modules ............................. 11 -22 Five Modules .......... 11 -24 A/ /en- Bradley Control TowerTM Stac Bulletin 8 Control Toi Stack Lig • Light and Sound Signaling Produi • Horizontal or Vei Mounting • Sound Modules IP54/NEMA Type • Light Modules IP65/NEMA Type General Accessories ............... . Tone Tables Single Tone Sound Modules ......... . Dual Tone Sound Modules ...... , . • , , , • • , Approximate Dimensions .......................... . Drilling Templates .... . Bulletin 855T Control TowerTM Stack Lights Specifications O Shock and Vibration Surface Mount Base or Standard Bases 10 cm Pole Base Vertical Base or 25 cm Pole Base Surface Mount Base or DeviceNet Bases 10 cm Pole Base Vertical Base or 25 cm Pole Base Recommended Wire Sizes Recommended Terminal Torque Env Light Modules with Cap Light Modules/with Sound Ingress Ratings Sound Modules Surface, Vertical, Tube Mount Bases Pole Mount Bases Temperature Ratings — Operating Temperature All Products �.____ Lens Sound Module Housings Lenses Lamp Socket Rubber Seals and Gaskets Pole (for aluminum pole bas Pole Base Footing Conduit (for pole insulation) Mounting Screw Washers DeviceNet Base Grommet DeviceNet Cable Jackets DeviceNet Cable Connectors UL /cUL File Number CE O Performance Data — See page Important -1. 11 -2 :nanical Ratings Based on the weight and style of mounting; tower lights are subject to di from shock and vibration. Listed below acceptable conditions. are reference guidelines for maxis 1 Module Stack 3 MVa' tack 150 G Shock 4ck 5 Module Sta 5 G Vibration 1.5 tion 35 G Shock 95 G Shock 30 ck 0.75 G Vibratile 3.5 G Vibratio n 1.25 tion 20 G Shock 50 G Shock 45 ck 0.5 G Vibratol 5 G Vibration 1.5 tion 35 G Shock 50 G Shock 30 k 0.75 G Vibratio 3.5 G Vibration 1.25 tion 20 G Shock 0.5 G Vibration 0.5...2.5 mm2 (22...14 AWG) 0.8 Nm IP65/Type 4/4X/13 IP54/Type 12 IP541Type 12 IP65/Type 4/4X/13 IP65/Type 4/13 – 25... +70 °C ( -13... +158 °F) – 40... +85 °C ( -40... +185 °F) P°lycarbonate (94V-2) Nitrile Rubbe— r – Aluminum Glass - Filled Nylon 66 ne /Polyphenylene Ether Blend CPR Chlorinated ��• •wry 6110 Approvals All products— E14840 Standard Bases and Light Modules — EN 60947 -5 -1 DeviceNet Bases — EN 60- ht M 1, EN 50082 -2, EN 50081 -2 Allen- Bradley 7 c Nsdiption £t xw-ro a �eat i�$ 'y ;; ft 0�!��^ �4ppifcatjdns a t .,A�„ ` �Aj n a,t lax WE �£ r ry} C m orm� -s" ✓q-+7 .. / ETl j � �f.s _ �' d I Se y�'"�"'��yJµy� �� yynn,, t r�3 7 c Nsdiption £t xw-ro a �eat i�$ 'y ;; ft 0�!��^ �4ppifcatjdns a t .,A�„ ` �Aj n a,t v 0 v a 3 L VIBRATING MECHANISM Net Model Number e Depth Weight Am s p 500 4 08 !2.50VDC 04 600 1.6 8 .4 .08 �...... — - 03 Model Number Voltage 700 24VAC 120VAC Model I Height I Width A6 6• A10 10- 2 j.Amp3 .j 8 .16 611 3/4" 11b. 1.21t 10" 1/4" 3.51bs. 4lbs. Type of Beli "Decibels at 10' 4" Bell 500, 600, or 700 + A4 (Mechanisms) (Gong) 98d6 6" Bell 500, 600, or 700 + A6 (Mechanisms) (Gong) 100dB 10" Bell 500, 600, or 700 + A10 (Mechanisms) (Gong) 102d6 FBL Deep back box used for flush mountin FG Flush Grill used for flush mountin 9 f W /4� ill NB Back box interior 9 t"' /4" III only) VBL Large interior back box 3F Semi -flush mounting plate NB Weather -Proof back box HOW to order, please specify: 1 • Model number for mechanism 2. Voltage 3. Model number for desired gong size Optional: 4. Accessories Net Shipping Depth Weight Weight 1.1 lb. 71/8"1 1 lb. 2 lb. 611 3/4" 11b. 1.21t 10" 1/4" 3.51bs. 4lbs. Type of Beli "Decibels at 10' 4" Bell 500, 600, or 700 + A4 (Mechanisms) (Gong) 98d6 6" Bell 500, 600, or 700 + A6 (Mechanisms) (Gong) 100dB 10" Bell 500, 600, or 700 + A10 (Mechanisms) (Gong) 102d6 FBL Deep back box used for flush mountin FG Flush Grill used for flush mountin 9 f W /4� ill NB Back box interior 9 t"' /4" III only) VBL Large interior back box 3F Semi -flush mounting plate NB Weather -Proof back box HOW to order, please specify: 1 • Model number for mechanism 2. Voltage 3. Model number for desired gong size Optional: 4. Accessories June 11, 2002 Mr. Dale E. Winterquist President Falcon General Engineering, Inc. 572 Collyn Street Vista, CA 92083 Re: Moonlight Beach Urban Runoff Treatment Facility Submittal No. 016 -01 Pumps General Dear Mr. Winterquist: Richard Brady & Associates has reviewed the subject submittal. We have the fc comments: RECOMMENDED ACTION MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED Transition to 4" pipe within 1 ft. of 3" discharge elbow. Should you have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact me. Very truly yours, Richard Brady & Associates cc: 016 -01 -00 Submittal Review File Kipp Hefner �5�/ 460500 • � /��/ ��a5o� To: Richard Brady & Associates 4909 Murphy Canyon Road, Suite 220 From: San Diego, Ca 92123 Attn: Sean F. Manning P.E., A.E.E. Moonlight Beach Urban Runoff Treatment Facility City of Encinitas, Ca Proigct # CMS015 Date of Submittal: 5 -31 -02 Falcon General Engineering, Inc. 572 Collyn St. Vista, Ca. 92083 Falcon General Engineering, Inc Submittal No. Specification Section Drawing Reference 11010 PUMPS GENERA Date Item Required by Schedule This is an X Original Submittal Resubmittal We have verified that this submittal contains all applicable material and information r Of its compliance with the project plans and specifications. Furthermore, we submit th ese items, v comply with the project plans and specifications (check one): required for e with no deviations x except for the deviations described below (Attach additional sheets, if necessary No. of Sheet or Copies Item No. Description (Name, Type, Model, Catalog Number M 8 Submittal 016 -01 Section 11010 PUMPS GENERAL anufacturer) Comments THIS PUMP WILL BE PROVIDED WITH A 7.5 HnRCr=o1-%1A11 , .. —__ Submitted By: Signature Received By Signature -0- N - -- G_ E_ -N- E —R -A L- -- E N G_ 1 v«rN STREET VISTA, CA 92083 TEl 760/630 -9570 FAX 76ov6 E -3E48R STATE N SUBMITTAL NO, 016 -01 For SECTION 11010 PUMPS GENERAL MOONLIGHT BEACH URBAN RUNOFF TREATMENT FACILITY CONTRACT # CMSOIB CITY OF ENCINITAS, CA It is hereby certified that the Equi pin ent/lyaterial shown and marked in this submittal „takAose) to be incorporated into Contrac C1kMSOlS; �"forn0liance with the contract drawings specificationS,,dtfd can be installed in the allocate for approval. aces, and is's*,#ted Certified By Electrical Data MODEL; S3HRC -- Recessed Impeller Sewage Pump R_P.M. MOTOR TYPE MOTOR DESIGN NEMA TYPE GENERAL INSULATION CLASS STATOR WINDING CLASS MAXIMUM STATOR TEMPERATURE MOTOR PROTECTION ELECTRICAL RATINGS VOLTAGE TOLERANCE Section VORi Dated JA 5uperesdes 3450 ENCLOSED, OIL COOLED INDUCTION _B (30) L (1o) 1= F 311 °F 131- METALLIC, TEMPERATURE SENSITIVE DI SIZED TO OPEN AT 120 °C AND AUTOMATICA RESET 0 3035 °C DIPPERENTIAL, ONE Its SINGLE PHASE, TWO IN THREE PHASE HEAT 24VOC 115VAC I SENSOR 5AMPS SAMPS SEAL FAIL 300VAC 5mA ±10% 811 -3 if /Vo d 969 -1 +r HYDROMAT 6ZOE- ZEZ -6l9 S00d 43a33N19N3 11383a8 -w063 wavo : < < ao- Te�hnieal Dpta Seaton VORTI Datec Superesde MODES,: S3HRC — Standard Recessed Impeller Sewage � Pum>n Physical Bata: DISCHARGE= SIZE SOLIDS SIZE IMPELLER TYPE CABLE LENGTH PAINT MAXIMUM LIGU16 MAXIMUM STATOR OIL FLASH POINT HEAT SENSOR Open; Closed: Technical Data: POWER CORD TYPE SENSOR CORD TypE MOTOR HOUSING LL Z CASING a IMPELLER a ¢' CASING WEAR RING f- MOTOR SHAFT o HARDWARE "O "RINGS MECHANICAL SEALS Standard: Optional: UPPER BEARING LOWER BEARING 811 -d I(/50 d 969 -1 3" 2" BALANCED, RECESSED, 8 VANE, SEMI -OPEN VORTEX 30' STANDARD 50' OPTIONAL PAINTED AFTER ASSEMBLY. DARK GREEN, WATER REDUC113L ENAMEL, ONE COAT, AIR DRIED. 140 °F 311 °F 390 °F 257 °F MAX. /239 °F MIN. 194 °F MAX. /119°1" MIN. ST W -A WATER RESISTANT 600V, 60 °C 16 -4 STW -A WATER RESISTANT 600V, 60 °C, 10 AMPS CAST IRON ASTM A -48 CLASS 30 CAST IRON ASTM A -48 CLASS 30 DUCTILE IRON ASTM A -536 N/A 416 STAINLESS STEEL 300 SERIES STAINLESS STEEL BUNA N UPPER AND LOWER CARBON /CERAMIC, TYPE 21, 13FiC1 LOWER TUNGSTEN CARBIDE/TUNGSTEN CARBIDE TYPE 21 gD (RADIAL) SINGLE ROW — BALL (THRUST) SINGLE ROW — BALL Ir1r HYDROMar 6ZOE- ZEZ -6f9 SdINNd 03833WnN3 11388b8 -W088 WV50:f1 7n -F n Section VORT Dated JAI �uPeresdes 5 I Performance Curve RPM: 34.40 Witnout iave a service factor of 1.2. Operation is recommended n the bounded exceeding eafulltlh od (Nameplate) horsepower. All pu Performance curves are based on actual tests with clear water at 70° F. and 1280 feet site elevatlon. perational point within the curve li Conditions of Service: GPM: 1 f L TDH: 60' s11 -� l iiZO d sss -1 �rIr- HYDROMA E- ZEZ -6l9 _ saind C3833Ni�U 11388VS -�108j INVVo: i i Z0_ Specifications Section INSTALLATII Dated JA Superseeds S PULTRUDED _- GUIDE RAIL STATION 1.01 GENERAL A. Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required to provide a coml system as specified herein. B. The Pultruded hail System shall include_ elbow with guide arms, hydraulic sealing flange assembly with sealing diaphragm, sewage pump guide chain or cable, access frame and hatch cover, float mounting bracket, control quipment ail co c and discharge piping, 2.01 DISCHARGE ELBOW WITH GUIDE ARMS A. A discharge base elbow, designed to mount directly to the sump floor shall be supplied for each p have a standard 125 pound flange faced and drilled on the outlet side with the inarlge faced at. coated to provide a smooth corrosion and abrasion resistant surface. let flange Three stainless steel guide s bolted to the discharge elbow that will guide and support the pump when it is lowered into the surf corrosive FRP, pultruded I -beam shall attach to the base elbow. All The base elbow shall be painted with one coat of corrosive resistant zinc zinc ch oma a enamel. Mes sty 2.0 2 The SEALING FLANGE A. A Cast iron scaling flange, complete with Buna N rubber diaphragm type sealing gasket, shall be t each pump discharge. This diaphragm shall be held in place by a clamp ring with stainless steel fag 2.03 GUIDE RAIL CONNECTOR A. The pump shall be equipped with a stainless steel sliding and loosely fits over the pultruded I -beam rail, All fast nnerrs,}wa hers. and ultscrequired shall be 3C steel. 2.04 LIFTING CHAIN/CABLE A. Each pumping unit shall be provided with a lifting chain or cable, and be of sufficient length to exten, Pump to the top of the wet -well. The access frame shall provide a hook to attach the chain or cable w use. The lifting chain or cable shall be sized according to the pump weight. 2.05 ACCESS FRAME AND DOOR A. A separate access frame assembly shall be supplied with a separate hinged door for removal of each p frame assembly and door shall be aluminum with 300 series stainless steel hinges and hardware. The E door shall be raised tread plate to provide a skid -proof surface. As a safety precaution, each pump sha vided with a separate door so as to limit access to the wet -well. The frame shall support the float I bracket. A recessed handle shall be provided with each door, as well as a safety latch to hold the door it position. 2.06 FLOAT MOUNTING BRACKET A. A float mounting bracket shall be provided with strain reliefs that support and hold the level centre Continuous cords are to run from pumps) and level controls to a control panel or junction box. No spli be made in the wiring. The bracket shall be fabricated from steel, coated for to the access frame with s fr ame, series stainless corrosion resistance, and ing to an aluminum access frame. fasteners. A dielectric spacer should be .installed wh 811 -d It /90 d 669 -i �r1r HYDROMAT 6Z0£ -Z8Z -619 Sdind 03633NI0N3 iAbbvs -Noaj WV60:l1 ZO -6 Section INSTALLATION Page 526 Dated SEPTEMBER 1993 2.07 PULTRUDED GUIDE RAIL A. A single guide rail shall be used to direct the pump into proper alignment with the stationary base lb pul discharge piping. This rail shall be a non -corrosive, non-sparking, beam. It shall bolt directly to the base elbow on the sump floorande end up and bolt directly ttoothe frame. It shall be one piece. 2.08 PIPING A. Piping shall include one (1) swing check valve with outside lever and spring, one (1) Plug/gate valve and necessary gaskets, straight pipe, brackets, elbows, tees and fittings. All i epoxy or equal for corrosion resistance. Where Pi Ping Piping should be coated with c be used to make a watertight Joint. P p passes through a wall, welding at sealing concret B. Note: The Discharge Piping and Valves are generally supplied by others. They are mentioned here and; in the arrangement drawing to provide assistance and clarity, 3.01 WARRANTY A. In addition to the manufacturer's standard warranty, a five-year w Period shall be five years from date of shipment at3' shall also be provided. The wa carry the manufacturers standard warranty, pment on all equipment except for the control equipment whic; shipment upon payment of the applicab p nretttagelof the 1� t Price cash replaced within five years in effect at the time of d� ment. ref B. Months after shipment shall be determined by date of receipt of defective product by authorized service st representing manufacturer. Purchaser shall assume all responsibility and expenses for removal, reinstall. and freight. Months After Shipment 0 -18 19 -31 32 -45 Mechanical Seal 46 -60 0°� 25% SOolo 75% Impeller 0% 30% 30°x6 80% Pump Housing 0% 30% Wear Ring 0% 50!0 50% 80% 80 % Ball Bearings 100% 0% 50°Io Rotor &Stator 80% 100% 0% 40% 80% 100% �� HYDROMATIC 811 -3 ll /10 d 563 -1 6208 -Z8Z -613 SdNfld 03b33NION3 113c'db3 -VI06d WJSO ll ZO -6 Installation i Dptd i HYDRAULIC SEALING FLANGE ASSEMBLY WffH DUNA DIAPHRAGM ACCESS FRAME Section INSTALLATIE DatE Superesdes ! DISCHARGE FLANGE — OF PUMP DISCHARGE ELBOW �� MYDROMA7 811 -j ll /80 d 569 -1 6208 -Z8Z -619 SMOd 03633MN3 113a8q -Hobj WV90 ! l ZO- J stallation e ata ALL DIMENSIONS IN INCXES NOTE CASTING DIMENSIONS MAY VARY Section INSTALLATIC Date 5uperesdes S3HRC /S3HVX mlerNne) �� HYDROMA7 811 -8 ll /ll d 569 -1 - ZEZ -6l9 -- - -- SdHnd 03b33NIJN3 113a6d8 -Hobj 6YV90:f1 ZO -E section INSTALLATION Page 634 Dated MAY 2000 Superesdes SEPTEMBER 1993 0 E MIN. WATER 1 LEVEL � II�r Dimensional i Data w A -- HINGED SIDE p ° {II SUMP h- i — — — H e HYDROMATIC DUPLEX ALUM. HATCH s /e° alA BOLTS /-- RIM ELEV.. .D _.._ ... LIFTING CHAIN INFLUENT PIPE CONTROVPOWER CABLES INK EL: n ! , ALL DIMENSIONS IN INCHES �� HYDROMATICq e �- ELfV_ INTERMEDIATE GUIDE RAIL SUPPORT - REp. FOR DEPTHS EXCEEDING 9' -6" HYOROMATIC 3900 SUBMERSIBLE LEVEL SWITCHES FRP GUIDE RAIL HYDROMATIC NON -CLOG SUBMERSIBLE PUMP -- HOPPER BOTTOM RECOMMENDED DISCH. ELBOW 811 -j If /60 d 969 -1 e- ZEZ -619 �--- -- -..• -. SdUlfld 03633NInN3 113aaV8 -lNGbj UiV90 lI ZO -6 1 .1 Section INSTALLA Superes, Dimensional patq NOTE: 1. For sln5 not listed, consult f acrury. 2. See hatch detail for each individual pump model for more detailed information 3. See discharge elbow detail for each individual pump model for more detailed information 4. Layout and dimensions shown are minimum suggested requirements. This drawing is a and val. of it, location and arrow ement of valves, piping, etc. are to be specified edrand confirmed b he consulting engineer ducting: pit size, arrangement pit, g p p g Y g g and are subjer dl. DIMENSIONS IN INtHES DT CASTING DIMENSIONS M4T VARY I�8" �� HYI)ROMN 811 -d 11/01 d 969 -1 6ZOE- ZEZ -6l9 sdond 03b33NI01\13 1138aVe -1 • 106] V90:11 DUPLEX 3" THRU b" PUMPS INTM ELBOW Mtn. SIZE PUMP MODELS Sump Discharge 3. S3S, S� $3HV% S, S3HX Diu. 4'•6» 4'•6" Pt to •A 3" Ca-- "antra 9.3/16 B 24 -1 11-1/8 D 31.1/16 E 3 F 8 -5/8 54S, SH, S4E, S4HX, AN, S4NX, SUR 5' -D" 4" Eccentric 6" Ectentrk 7 -3/16 4 -3/16 24 -1/2 24.1/2 11 -1/8 11.1 8 314/16 31.7/16 3 8.5/8 6 6 6 g. 8 -' 5414VX 54K S4MX, SUN, S4MRC S4MVX, S4HRC SQHYX 5' -6' 5.- » 6 4" [ontenttic 6" 12 -5/16 3D 1/2 13 -1/8 51 0 1 8.5/8 113/4 6 6 8.1 4., 54P S4PX 54 54LX 541RC 541VX 6 -0" Concentric 8,. Eccentric 10.5/16 3D -1/2 13-1/8 51 S 11 -3/4 6 10• 10 S48, SOX, S40, S40X SA S4XX 6'•0" $" Concentric 8 -5 6 15.5/16 30.1 2 30.1/2 13 -1 16 -1/8 Sl 3 11 3 4 6 10.1 6'•6" 6" Concentric 12.5/16 30-1/2 16 -1/8 58 S8 10 7 11-3/4 6 13.1 6" S6L, S0, 56k S6AX 6'-6' 8" Eccentric 10.5/16 30 -1/2 16.1/8 58 5 11-3/4 6 13.1 6' -6" 6" Concentric 11.9/16 30-1/2 16 -1/8 58 8 11 -3/4 6 13.1, 6'-6" 8" Ecwntric 10.9/16 30 -1/2 16 -1/8 58 1 10-114 6 13.1, Subtract 3/8" for location of guide rail mounting surface. y 10 -1/4 6 13.1, NA: Not Applicable NOTE: 1. For sln5 not listed, consult f acrury. 2. See hatch detail for each individual pump model for more detailed information 3. See discharge elbow detail for each individual pump model for more detailed information 4. Layout and dimensions shown are minimum suggested requirements. This drawing is a and val. of it, location and arrow ement of valves, piping, etc. are to be specified edrand confirmed b he consulting engineer ducting: pit size, arrangement pit, g p p g Y g g and are subjer dl. DIMENSIONS IN INtHES DT CASTING DIMENSIONS M4T VARY I�8" �� HYI)ROMN 811 -d 11/01 d 969 -1 6ZOE- ZEZ -6l9 sdond 03b33NI01\13 1138aVe -1 • 106] V90:11 June 11, 2002 Mr. Dale E. Winterquist President Falcon General Engineering, Inc. 572 Collyn Street Vista, CA 92083 Re: Moonlight Beach Urban Runoff Treatment Facility Submittal No. 009 -01 Earthwork/Shoring Dear Mr. Winterquist: Richard Brady & Associates has reviewed the subject submittal. We have the followi comments: RECOMMENDED ACTION NO EXCEPTION TAKEN Should you have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact me. Very truly yours, Richard Brady & Associates cc: 009 -01 -00 Submittal Review File Kipp Hefner 9J0.% ,_.2�ii�ir� ��uu�iirr ._earl . �i � ,�;Y // • . �ir �ie�� it��ii,�irrir %r"1`r'.S' To: Richard Brady & Associates 4909 Murphy Canyon Road, Suite 220 JFrom. San Diego, Ca 92123 Attn: Sean F. Manning P.E., A.E.E. Moonlight Beach Urban Runoff Treatment Facility City of Encinitas, Ca Project # CMS015 Date of Submittal: 5-31 -02 Falcon General Engineering, Inc. 572 Collyn St. Vista, Ca. 92083 Falcon General Engineering, Inc Submittal No. Specification Section 03100,03300,03305 COP FORMWORK, CAST -IN -PLACE CO MINOR CONCRETE Drawing Reference Date Item Required by Schedule This is an X Original Submittal Resubmittal We have verified that this submittal contains all applicable material and information required for ei Of its compliance with the project plans and specifications. Furthermore, we submit these items, N comply with the project plans and specifications (check one): x with no deviations except for the deviations described below (Attach additional sheets, if necessary No. of Sheet or Copies It No. Description (Name, Type, Model, Catalog Number, Manufacturer ) 8 Submittal 009 -01 Section 03100,03300,03305 CONCRETE FORMWORK PLACE CONCRETE, MINOR CONCRETE , CA Comments Submitted By: Sig6at Heceived By Signature O N G E N E R A L - - - - - - - -- - - -- - - - -- - - -- --- ---- - - - - -- - - -- - -- - - - - -- �- vLLrl'l STREET • VISTA, CA 92083 • TEL 760/630 -9570! FAX X !6 1 630-3648 R STATE A SUBMITTAL NO. 009 -01 RICHARp gRgDY &ASSOCIATES V TAKEN "IONS NOTED X REVISE - RESUPMIT k F AE[ REJECTED- RESUPM'T -y DATE: DATE: r ' At.'FNTS MADE ON CONTRACT :Vf_THF FROM ME OPDRAWiNGSDURiNO CONTRACTOR FROM COMFUAN' THIS SHOP DRA'JyINGHAS L - CE WITHCONTRAC F EWEDF-T f)ESIGN � -E EN REVi C JNCEf AND GENERAL ' " )MENTSONLY ()N-;- CONFORMANCE 'Ht TIE( l "'CT HAS THE �,MiNr '�C��kAI.YAND COMP, ETENESS OFF E FULL N! C H 1ELATING ALL OUANTITI HE SUBMITTAL f f x;F SE , N(; TECRMU'JES. C(X)R ES AND DIMENSIONS, FABRICATION I PERT ;,N1) TECHM DINATING W,)Rfi VJITH ( HF "ADES AND ��'RK IN A SAFE AND SAt ISFAGTOhr MANN'L Sent BY: CALMAT 1I\/ISTC1.J; 619298 6613; Uulian Materials Company Western Division Falcon Gen. En 4. Inc. 5130x'02 572 Collyn St. Vista, CA. 9208 Project: 3rd & B �t. Encinitas hear Sir- May -30 -02 10:42; As per your re fit est we are submitting the attached concrete data sheet(s) containing Palomar Transit ix standard mix design(s) for your approval for the above mentioned project. The cement will be in accordance with ASTM C -150, Type IIN, low alkali. The aggregates and r ady mixed concrete will be from sources as indicated on the data sheet(s), Each mix can be expected to produce concrete meeting the acceptance criteria of AC1 318 -97, paragra h 5.3, for the respective compressive strength as indicated provided the design ,lump an /or water /cement ratio is not exceeded. Ily SLJ �nlitted, Phil Harris Testing Laborat ry Enclosure Attached I I 57'35 MISSION CENTER ROAD . SAN DIEGO, CALIFORNIA 92108 -439p BOX 3098 - SAN DIEGO, CALIFORNIA 92163 -3098 TELEPHONE 619 7qP, -0551 . PAX 619 298 -1355 Sent By: — AL'�gAT DIVIbIC°�, 619298 6613; MA'Y -30 -02 10:4x; UufLan Materials Company Western Division Date; 30- May -02 Vu car, Mat-I's V"terrn Div Tiae z 09:41 - 5P p mix Mix Deaign *pigbts � and Volua Mix Mule. ; Schedule. 1 Poduct. UoM : Yf) plant: rDeasign >alu>• _ P 4. M M PSI 0 Za !latE►ri�2 -- --------------- antit Sys # ?ic Abaolul - - --------------- t"1 Acar�'�late Gr•avit Y volume CEMENT ------------- - ----- FLYASH So. Q/QI1 31B. 00 --------- 3.15 - - - - -- 0. i res Mater (qa1. l bm -) �. ee S0' 06 1 WQI. 0Q1 2-05 2. � 0. Admixtures s 416.' 50 16.. 4 DARAVAIR iGM& 4. � 6.6 Air p4pr- entege 1W. 00 0. • M /(C•P) Ratio 2.22 2.9 =aeawwam 26.a Aggregate Gradings Percent Pasainq SIEVE SI2R I 1 - 1--- 112 1 3/4 - - - - -- 1/2 b 16 wCS - -- --- COMBIMEII - ----== maa = =«. =�_________ 99 ar, ?3 3�1 2 1M lee Joe -- 1000 ]oe -= =S== =a Aggr�ete Sour-ce; 86 73 4 2 54 ycs I vane Lake Notes; 2 k, Slurry 57415 MISSIOfV CENTER ROtiD - SAN DIEGO P 0 , CALIFORNIA 92108 -43(l0 BOX 3098 • SAN DIEGO, CALIFORNIA 92163 -3098 TELEPHONE 619 298.0551 - FAX 619 298.1355 I Sent By: CALI:dAT CTVISION; 61929E3 6613; May -30 -02 10:43; CALIFORNIA PORTLAND CEMENT COMPAN 93 O OAK CREEK ROAD. MOJAVE, CA 93501 / TEL (805) 824 2401 FAX (8050 82 Manufacturer's Certification "re hercbY CCrtif' that ojave Tope ti /V Lox Alkali cement supplied to you tats been mauuftc {tired in cc %%ith and utects the slan and requirements of the current ASTM C 130 specification for TYPE [I and c cement. Additionally, h ojave Typc ll /V ecutent meets the requirements of Caltrctns Standard specificatic 90 paragraph 2.0 1, Folio wing are the average chemical and physical data for the month of April. 2002: Chetnica Analysis TYPE II TYPE V MOJAVE Requirements Requirentcitls TYPE 11 / V Silicon dioxide (SIO ), min,% 20.0 Aluminum oxide (Al 03), max,% "- 21,52 Ferric oxide (Fe203 , max,% 6.0 "" 3.30 Magnesium oxide 6'0 3.72 ( 90). max, 6.0 6,0 2.1 Sulfur trioxide (S03 , max,% 3.0 Loss on ignition, ma ,% 2.3 2.9 r+o) Insoluble residue, m x,% 3.0 30 1.8 Alkalies(Na20 +0.65 K20), max,% 0.75 0,75 0.29 Tricalcium silicate ( 3S),% 0 0.60 0.80 0.59 Tricalcium aluminal (C3A), max,% g 5 71 62 Tetracalcium aluml ferrite (C4AF),% 2 C4AF + 2 (CU), m x,% _ -� - -- 11 -- 250Ct 15 Physi al Data Air content of motta , max,% 12 Normal consistency, a 12 7.8 Passing 45um (no_ 25) sieve, % 25.7 Fineness, specific s rface, min,m2 /kg 280 97.6 Autoclave expansio , max,% Z8-0 386 Compressive Stren h, min, Mpa, (psi 0.80 0.80 -0.02 3 days 10,0 g:0 7 days (1450) (1160 26.0 ) (3770) 17.0 18,0 33.5 28 days (from previ us month ) (2470) (2180) (4853) 28.0 21,0 47.5 Vicat, initial set, min - max_,minutes (4060) (3050) (6885) 0' C 1038,14 day rna % expansion 45020 45 -375 132 C 452, 14 day max, /a expansion (4D) -- 0.020 0.004 False Set, final pen tration, min,% 0 -040 0,026 50 50 as Apparatus and methods used this laboratory have been checked by the Cement and Concrete Reference Laboratory of the National institute of Standards and Tec nology. Major Oxides are analyzed by x-ray Fluorescence Spectrometry. Applicable ASTM 150 Notes Table 1 Note D There are case where optimum S03 (using test Method C563) for a particular cement Is close to or in excess of the hmll in this specification I such cases where properties of a cement can be improvad by exceeding the S03 limit stated in this table, it is permissibl to exceed the v lues in the table, provided it has been demonstrated by Test Method C tO38 that the cement with the increased spa will not develop ex neon in water exceeding o,", % at 14 days When the manufacturer supplies cement under this provision, he shall, Table 1 N upon request, ts ppty supporBng data to the purchaser. Note C Does not a I hen the optional sulfate resislanw limit is specified Tabled Note D When the sulrsl resrstanc i• ^pacified I sheu be Instead of the limits of C3A, C4AF -203A, 5102, and Fe203 baled in Table t Jerold S. Kennedy, Qualit% Control Superintendent Se��t Ry: CALP::IAT DIVISI0 %; -hipped to: 619298 6613; May -30 -02 10:43; Phoenix Cement Company Clarkdale, Arizona 86324 FLYASH CERTIFICATION VULCAN MATERIALS Material: CLASS F FLYASH ATTN: PHIL HARR S P O BOX 3098 Source: 4 Corners SAN DIEGO, CA 92 03 specifications: ASTM C -618 Sample /Testing Method: ASTJ Lot ID: 5420 Date: 3 -09 -02 ------- --------- --- -- , CHEMICAL ANALYSIS Calcium Oxide, 4a0 Total: Si02 + A1203 + Fc203 2.E Sulfur Trioxide S03 92 -3 Loss on Ignitio 0.2 Available Alkal es as Pda2O 0.3 Moisture Conten 0.3 R Factor 0.0 0.4 PHYSICAL DATA: Fineness ( +325) Pozzolanic Acti ity Index 18 7 day with ime 28 day with cement (% of control) - Water requireme r 85.71 Autoclave Expan ion or Contraction 95.8' Uniformity Requ rements 0.01 Specific Gr vity (Var from avg) Fineness (v r from avg) 2 -1f Specific Gravit 0.5C 2.0E All tests have bee Of the American So flyash specified a made in strict accordance with the current stan iety for Testing and Materials covering the type ove. Lee Gorby, Quality Cc rol Ma. Sent By: CA'_fIAT DIVISION; P R O D U C IT Description Daravair' 1000 is a liq id air- entraining adttiixtur that provides freeze -thaw re isrance, yield control, and finis bility performance across the ull range of concrere mix designs Daravair 1000 is a clean, light -o nge Product designed to ge crate specification - quality ai systems. Based can a high grade aponified rosin formulation, Dar vair 1000 is chernically similar to insol- based products, but wi h increased purity and su plv Jcpcndability. Us�)S Daravair 1000 air -crltr, ining Admixture may be use Wherever the purposeful crrtraini ent of air is required by concrete specifica- rions. Formulated to p rform across the entire spectr an of production mixes, Dar vair 1000 generates quality, freez -thaw resistant air systems in concrete conditions thar include the following; • Low Slump • Paving • Central Mix • Extruded Slip Form • Mixes Conraining 1 of W;ter and Acccicrarors • Precast • High Cement Facto 619298 6613; IdAv- 4n-n--) ice.., Daravair 1000 �kk'-1 kltr�llllln� rldmiMure AS1 "1l C: 260, AASHT0 • Fly Ash and Slag • Superplasticizers • M:rnufaCttlred Sands Air-Entraining Action Air is Incorporated into the con. crete by the mechanics of mixing and stabilized into millions of dis- crete -semi microscopic bubbles ilr the presence of a spe-cifically designed air - entraining admixture such as Daravair 1000. These air bubbles M ML h like flexible b.111 bearings incrruirlg the mohility, Or pl;rnricity and workahlhth of the c(ncrere. I his c;tn permir a rrduC(iOn in 1111xing vvatc loss of slump. Placcabiliri improved. Bleeding, plast shrinkage and sc',gregarlOr minimized. Through thr f)urpasrful e merit Of air, Daravair 100 markc•di.v incrc -lies rile dc! of concrete to severe expr paruC1.110rly to freezing an ing. It has also (temtmstra rernarkal-,le ability to imp; tance to tht• ac(iott of rros deicing sairs a; well as sul and .iIk:rllnr V, I(Cfj. G4�A Sent By: CALMAT DIVISIGN; 619298 6613; May -30 -02 10:44; Compatibility with Other Admixtures Daravair 1000 air - entraining; JdI111\ture is fulls• effective and %:ompatible in concretr swidl utl adnliXtures. EACH ADMIX- TURE, HOWEVER, SHOULD RE ADDED TO THE CON- CRETE SEPARATELY. Addition Rate There is no srandard addition ra for Daravair 1000 air - enrraining admixture. The amount to be used Nyill depend upon the amount of air required for job conditions, usually in the range 4 to $%,. Typical factors which might influence the amount of ai entraining admixture required are, remperanrre, cement, sand gradation, and the use of extra fine materials such as fly ash an microsilica. Typical Daravair 1000 addition rarer range from 50 to 200 mL/100 kg (; /a to 3 fl oz /100 lbs) of cement. The air - entraining capacity of Daravair 1000 is usually increased when other concrete admixtures are contained in the 0)rlCrc'ttc, parriCularlw waccr- rct.itiow� admixtures and water redu(:ing; retarders. This mas ,111(m up it) it two- thirds reduC- rion in the :1r110LUrlt of Daravair 1000 regttired, Mix Adjustment Entrained air will increase the volume of the concrete making it necessary to adje_,st the mix pro - porrions to maintain the cement factor and yield. This may be accomplished by a reduction in water requirement and aggregate content. Dispensing Equipment A complete line of accurate auto matic dispensing equiptttent is available. These dispensers can he lucatcd to discharge into the seater line, the mixer, or on the sand. Packaging Daravair 1000 air - entraining admixture is available in bulk, delivered by metered tank trucks and in 210 L (55 gal) drums. Daravair 1000 contains no flam- %','.R. (,rai L & Co. Conn. 62 It hatcnwic A,crnlr ( awl" NIA o2 14u nlahle inLredirnts. Daravair 10C swill freeze at about -1 °C (. ;0 OF but its air- entraining properties are completely restored by thawing and thorough mechanic agitation. Architects' Specifications Concrete shall be air entrained concrere, containing 4 to entrained air. The air contents in rile czntcrctc shall be determined by rite pressure method (AST�II Designation C 23 1) or voluntetri method (ASTN1 Designation C 173). The air- enrrairnng admi.- ture shall be a completely neutra . ized rosin solution, such as Daravair 1000, as manufactured by Grace Construction Products, or equal, and comply with S"Undard specification for air - entraining zdrnixtures (ASTNI Designation C 260), The air - entrairling admixture shall be added at the concrete mixer or batching plant at approximatet, 50 to 200 mL /100 kg (t /4 to .; fl 07.1100 Ibs) of cement, or in such quantities as to give the spec ified air contents. h,. N,,.wo nee. h.- J b.-rainb,_r P"(-. r—J, , ( o,�1101 I'll lv M (& (o . ( --, ,MA "b Pnni.l .n t' i � GRACE t b(,PS I�JI Construction Products 'lC�l PALOMAR TRANSIT MIX h y P.O. Box 461179 Escondido, CA 92046 -1179 Main Office (760) 737 -3486 • Fax # (760) 737 -2812 Sales Office Fax # (760) 480 -9486 4191 19-:Ay9-01 VulcafliQat4'1,XeVty6fltRiXnd 9RIUUgy tlir. ?fix Hummer-: 404010E Schedule Product UOM: YI) 1 1/2 1 plant: c* I)esigr, slump: 4,00 9000 PSI E+ 2F Material Batch Percent Specific ALsolu -------------------------------- Quantity of Aggregate Gravity Valune .EMENT 6�i6. 00 30 3 /8 "C6 1 100 1 " CG 3 /£t "CG 1367.00 44.17 3.15 2.89 3. 7. MCS 432. 00 14.74 2. 74 2. )later- (gal. lips.) 1.!01.00 '_t1. 10 305. 09 41. M 2.73 7. Admixtures: 95 15 1 4. ECLIPSE 16.00 I 100 100 100 WRUA -64 26. 98 0. UARAVAIR 1000 6.00 COMBINEI) 1 100 0. Air per-cer,tage 5.00 71 60 0.1 W /(C *F) Ratio 0.44 Aggregate Gradings Percent Passing 1.: 27, i SIfiVfi SIZE I 2 1 1/2 1 314 1/2 3/8 4 ------- -I - - ------------- Fa 16 30 3 /8 "C6 1 100 100 100 as 35 12 3 0 i+I CS 1 100 100 100 100 100 95 15 1 0 0 I 100 100 100 100 100 100 98 ,62 62 42 COMBINEI) 1 100 100 100 93 71 60 44 34 25 17 Aggregate Source: 1" CG 3 /b► "CG WCS Notes: PALA PALA PALA 4000 PSI 1" Pump /Place 4" Line Dispatch Office Escondido : Oceanside (760) 480 -8191 awIQA PALOMAR TRANSIT MIX P.O. Box 461179 Escondido, CA 92046 -1179 Main Office (760) 737 -3486 • Fax # (760) 737 -2812 Sales Office Fax # (760) 480 -9486 e' COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH TEST REPORT Date: 05/03/2000 Project Title: TRIAL BATCH Project Location: Architect: Engineer: Contractor: Location in Structure Concrete Temp: 75 Material Supplier: VULCAN Ambient Temp: Mix Designation: 404010 E Time: Time in Mixer, Minutes: Truck #: Slump, Inches: 3 3/4" Ticket#: Samples Fabricated by: Lab Samples Tested by CS Laboratory# 9429 9430 9431 9432 9433 Mark Date Made 05/03/2000 Date Received 05/04/2000 Date Tested 05108/2000 05/10/2000 05/31/2000 05/31/2000 06/28/2000 Diameter, Inches 6^ Area, Square Inches 28.27 Maximum load, lbs. 54562 61150 80380 79650 Compressive Strength, PSI 4340 4870 6400 6340 Age Tested, Days 5 7 28 28 56 Required 28 Days Unit W t. /Cu. Ft. Plastic Notes: jar \,cl C rlsori at ab anager Die o e ion Dispatch Office Escondido : Oceanside (760) 480 -8191 _a SOIL 8 TESTING. irrt ' 2 Cr O J , PHONE P.O. Box a (619) 280 -4321 V �- San Diec TOLL F R E E W (877) 215 4321 6280 Riv F A X San Dieg O - N (619) 280 -4717 www.scs' June 12, 2000 VULCAN Post Office Box 3098 SCS &T 0 San Diego, California 92163 Repot Reference: Mix 404010 E Subject: Concrete Field Drying Shrinkage (ASTM C157) Ladies /Gentlemen Southern California Soil & Testing, Inc. has conducted drying shrinkage testing of cc specimens which we understand were cast by your representative on May 3, 2000. The shrinkage samples were received by our laboratory on May 4, 2000. We understand the s, were field cured for approximately 24 hours, and upon receiving, the samples were cured i water for seven days. Other than the field fabrication and initial curing, the drying shrinkag were conducted in accordance with ASTM C157 "Length Change of Hardened Cement Mort Concrete" as modified by the Structural Engineers Association of California (SEAOC) (7 -da reading). The test results are provided in the attached Table A. We appreciate the opportunity to provide our Materials Testing Services. Respectfully Submitted, SOUTHERN CALIFOR George A. Gavit, R.0 GAG:GGM:ggm cc: (1) VULCAN TESTING, INC. i.M. { or��N� 2 R.C.E. #60481 6 -30 -00 SCS &T 9912001 June 12, 2000 TABLE A: MIX 404010 E — May 3, 2000 DRYING SHRINKAGE (ASTM C157 SEAOC MODIFIED), % length change Note: (1) The average 7-day base reading was +0.004°/x. (2) Samples fabricated and transported by VULCAN representative. Specimen A Specimen B Specimen C 14 Da 7 Day Air D -0.015 -0.016 -0.016 21 Da 14 Day Air D -0.025 -0.026 -0.025 28 Da 21 Day Air D -0.031 -0.033 -0.032 35 Da (28 Day Air Dry) -0.035 -0.036 -0.037 Note: (1) The average 7-day base reading was +0.004°/x. (2) Samples fabricated and transported by VULCAN representative. CALIFORNIA PORTLAND CEMENT COMPA 9350 OAK CREEK ROAO. MOJAVE. CA 93501 i TEL(661) 8219-21901 FAX(661) Manufacturer's Certification We hereb% certif% that Mojave Type [IN Lou Alkali cement supplied to you has been manufactured in ac with and meets the standard requirements of the current ASTM C 150 specification for TYPE [[ and cement. Additionally, Mojave Type lVV cement meets the requirements of Caltrans Standard Specificat 90 paragraph 2.01. Following are the average clicinical and physical data for the month of June. 2001: Chemical Analysis TYPE II TYPE V MOJAVE Requirements Requirements TYPE II / V Silicon dioxide (S102), min,% 20.0 - -- 21.78 Aluminum oxide (A1203), max,% 6.0 - -- 3.16 Ferric oxide (Fe203), max,% 6.0 - -- 3.67 Magnesium oxide (Mg0), max.% 6.0 6.0 2.05 Sulfur trioxide (S03), max,% 3.0 2.3 2 82110) Loss on ignition, max,% 3.0 3.0 1.39 Insoluble residue, max,% 0.75 0.75 0.30 Alkalies(Na20 +0.6581(20), max,% 0.60 0.60 0.57 Tricalcium silicate (C3S), % - - -- 62 Tricalcium aluminate (C3A), max,% g 5 Itc1 2 Tetracalcium aluminoferrite (C4AF),% 11 C4AF + 2 (C3A), max,% __. 250() 15 Physical Data Air content of mortar, max,% 12 12 7.4 Normal consistency,% - -- - -- 26.5 Passing 45um (no. 325) sieve, % 97 0 Fineness, specific surface, min ,m2 /kg 280 280 388 P Autoclave expansion, max,% 0.80 0.80 0.02 Compressive Strength, min, Mpa, (psi) 3 days 10.0 8.0 24.2 7 days (1450) (1160) (3516) y 17.0 15.0 31.2 (2470) (2180) (4524) 28 days (from previous month) 28.0 21.0 46.1 (4060) (3050) (6692) Vicat, initial set, min.- max.,minutes 45 -375 45 -375 105 C 1038, 14 day max, % expansion E 0.020 0.020 0.008 C 452, 14 day max, % expansion (°O) - -- 0.040 0.026 False Set, final penetration, min,% 50 50 87 Caltrans 527 -D, max. % expansion 0.010 0.010 0.006 Caltrans 527 -D, max. % contraction 0.048 0.048 0.046 Apparatus and methods used in this laboratory have been checked by the Cement and Concrete Reference Laboratory of the Natio Institute of Standards and Technology. Major Oxides are analyzed by X-ray Fluorescence Spectrometry. Applicable ASTM C 150 Notes Table 1 Note 0 There are cases where optimum S03 (using Test Method C563) for a particular cement is close to or in excess of the limit in this specification. In such cases where properties of a cement can be improved by exceeding the S03 limit slated in this table, 11 is per to exceed the values in the table, provided it has been demonstrated by Test Method C 1038 that the cement with the increased S( not develop expansion in water exceeding 0.020% at 14 days When the manufacturer supplies cement under this provision. he sh upon request, supply supporting data to the purchase. Table 1 Note C Does not apply whe a optional sulfate resistance W specified Table 4 NoteD When the sulfate rest Ice n is specified, it shall be iralead of the limits of C3A and C4AF•2C3A Id S. Kennedy, Quality Control Superintendent P R O D U C T Description WRDA 64 is a polymer based aqueous solution of complex organic compounds. WRDA 64 is a ready -to -use low viscosity liquid which is factory pre -mixed in exact proportions to minimize handling, eliminate mistakes and guesswork. WRDA 64 contains no calcium chloride and weighs approximate- ly 1.21 kg/L (10.1 lb/gal). Uses WRDA 64 produces a concrete with lower water content (typical- ly 8 to 10% reduction), greater plasticity and higher strength. It is used in ready -mix plants, block and concrete product plants, in lightweight and prestressed work ... wherever concrete is produced. Advantages WRDA 64 offers significant advantages over single component water reducers. Water reduction and setting times are more consis- tent due to the polymer compo- nents. WRDA 64 also performs especially well in concrete con- taining fly ash and other pozzolans. o n c r e t e I N F O R M A T I O N WRDA` 64 %Miter- Reducing Admixture ASTNI C 494, Type A a The use of WRDA 64 produces a plastic concrete that is more workable, easier to place and more finishable than plain or other admixtured concrete. In the hardened state, WRDA 64 con- crete has higher compressive and flexural strengths at all ages than untreated or conventional admix- tured concrete. The greater degree of plasticity achieved, compared with conven- tional water - reducing admixtures, allows improved finishability. Finishability Finishers have stated tl- cement paste, or morta WRDA 64 admixtured has improved trowelab influence of WRDA 64 ishability of lean mixes particularly noticeable. and troweling, by mach hand, imparts a smooth erance surface. GR� Constructic Addition Rate The addition rate range of WRDA 64 is 195 to 390 mL /100 kg (3 to 6 fl oz/100 lb) of cement. Pretesting is required to determine the appropriate addition rate for Type A and Type D performance. Optimum addition depends on the other concrete mixture com- ponents, job conditions, and desired performance characteristics. Dispensing quipment A complete line of accurate, auto- matic dispensing equipment is available. WRDA 64 may be introduced to the mix on the sand or in the water. Compatibility with Other di— nixtures WRDA 64 is compatible in con- crete with all air - entraining admixtures such as Darexm II AEA and Daravairm. Due to the slight air - entraining properties of WRDA 64, itself, the addition rate of air - entraining admixture may be reduced by about 25 %. By combining the separate effects of air - entraining and dispersion, the water requirement of concrete may be reduced up to 15 %. EACH ADMIXTURE SHOULD BE ADDED SEPARATELY. While WRDA 64 contains no calcium chloride, it is compatible with cal- cium chloride in concrete mixes. Again, each should be added sep- arateiv. Packaging WRDA 64 is available in bulk, delivered by metered tank trucks, and in 210 L (55 gal) drums. WRDA 64 contains no flammable ingredients. It will freeze at about -2 °C (28 °F), but will return to full strength after thawing and thor- ough agitation. Architects' Specification for Concrete Water- Reducing Admixture Concrete shall be designed in accordance with ACI Standard Recommended Practice for Selecting Proportions for Concrete, ACI 211. The water- reducing (or wo reducing and retarding) ac cure shall be WRDA 64, a manufactured by Grace Construction Products, or The admixture shall not a calcium chloride. It shall E in strict accordance with t ufacturer's recommendam admixture shall comply w ASTM Designation C 494 A water- reducing (or Type water - reducing and retard admixtures. Certification I pliance shall be made avai request. The admixture shall be co part of the total water. Th admixture shall be deliver, ready -to -use liquid produc shall require no mixing at batching plant or job site. W.R. Grace & Co. -Conn. 62 Whittemore Avenue Cambridge, MA 02140 WRDA. Dares and D ... —, ,.xi cd rradrm k, f W.R. Grace & Co.Lonn. We n hot 11 be helpful. Ir n h—d on Ja and Lnowledgr onudercJ u. he vue mJ ucuurc mJ s of(er<d for the suers' cunudmrrun, m.eu,ynon anJ .<ntkanun, hur we Ju nut warram rh< rnulrs n. he .Ma�n<d. Muse real ull .rereir.enr., mnmmrndanuns ur srggesnuns in n.nluncron with our cond "rcwm o(ul<. C .. pl. n+ II Rg ,i .uppl.rd h. us `n .rarem<nc, rea'�.mmendauun nr w e<r�,ni „ wrrndeJ hr anv u e whah wwld mfnn a y pa copyright. W. R. Gr a C... leunn.. 6: VC'h�rtcnx,rr .A -- CambnJgc, N:s i,T,',, . In Canada. W. R. G,r .l e ... CanaJa. Lrd. ' -Yd Clem Ruad, VJryc .1ta s�Onrano, Gmda LIS 3C6. Thy, p-J— ma. hc. ,J b. p pare... p<ndmg Cnp.nghc I -I u R (.ri,c N 0.. Cann. CSID 166C N.n din U.S.A. 6196 MGMSM Construction P R O O U C T k Description ADVA® Flow Su high ran Perplasticizer is a admixtu�e water - reducing It is a lui een d which has b formulat iqed by the manufacturer Flow for use as recei ved. conta DVA Superplasticizer ins no added c ADVA Flow Su hloride. formulated to Perplasticizer is Standard SPecifi0a Ply with Chemical Ad n for Concrete, AST i'�tures for ne MC 494 T 1.05 liter weighs apProximatel F kg (8.7lbs /gal). y -- r•4`)11c1zer AS7-M C 494 T ype F Dispersion ADVA Flow Su superior dis Perplasticizer is a having ersing admixture perse he Barked capacity to dis- normall cement agglornerates suspension. y found in a cement_ exceeds that This capability wa reducing adm f normal water - lower doss tures, resulting in ges and better control. ADVq Uses er ADVA Flow S duces concrete uPerplasticizec pro- workability with extreme high slum tY a racteristics for also allows °wing concrete. It duced with very ncrete to be pro ratios at low or low `mater /ce meet normal slumps. Construction prod E ucts ADVA Flow ideal f °r use SuPerplastici 'here is in anY co zer is Water /cemedesired to ncrete Addition and still keep the Addit- Rotes nt ra�O to achieve the super n rates of AD wOrkabil- ne a Minimum Plasticizer o most easy Place cess degree of with tY e can vVA F/ w T ADV ement an ary cO PcOVi will no P °f applica i ary Type p YPe A water also FlO`� SuPerd consolidatide I9S t0 6S ally range frOn, but are c0 water-redu reducers or Ideal uidize concr Plasticizer °n' 10 R ° 0 mL100 °m Super rnPatible wit sing retarder Other for tremie c0 ete inakin w,11 most ins 100 lbs) of kg (3 to are se Plasticizer as h ADVA Flo s slum ncreting og /c 19 t0 lances the cement In crece. Parat.1y ad long as the w S 32S m addici ded to amps are desired where high caution c Y °n of cised when .should belie con_ S Fie t lb s o f 0 kg (3 to superp/asti Using ApV eXer- ce 4dvonto9es Flow Su t' FOr best re ent wi!! be retarde crier together A Flow SADVA Flow Pere /asticizer shou! ADVA don °CCuraf theessirtrdith a Y efficientu a given to the initial d be s anon luln Perp /asticiz n water/ a! mix w O f ages are too admixture urnP concr � Produci er is slump re cement ra[i ater. At the co high. etc at 2• AD age with no loss l w high the concro% eded for Place o' the formed t0 Cone shou /d bee- testing VA Flo ss in str °n race. s by varyin ment can addition ti Ptimize d0 Per - added to w SuPerPlasti ength' lions require Oul d lob site thea ddi tares. -r rn s °f these sages and for raPid concrete miX cizer is recotnnte using ino con di- contact a mixture dmix- 3 ADV� Flowasu g, water RePrese °nsult a udicion ratesn enter the con �e�er before lied not Provides a superior ntative Grace Y tion Of IO uperior c0 zer PQC near neutr l slump life mb'na- Corn ADVkogln9 4• ADVA Flows a/ sec time with In cone a tibility availablFlow super concrete uPerPlas Flow Su ere concaini meter ejn bulk Plasticizer is exhibits n0 ven at high s� cizer an air- enPerplasticizerg Mete (33p read tank tru�kdelivered by Without a cOmPariso nt segrmeP, Daravair ®10 ing agent (suuse °f 208 L (SSdisposable totes 1250 L bout a s °n to c0 ga' AEA) is re 0p or Dar m ch as Flow Su gal) drums. , and in S• AD same s /unlPcPlasticizer at r SU' sisa6le- air o d ended o Provide 1 f aininableIngredients. Pl asticizer DVA finis VA Flow su ate ranee again Parameters It will be contains no lies easi! Perp /asricizer betack' Due to t freeze_th for mate/ gin to freeze tress, cearin Y wuhout stic ween ApV synergiscic aw tO fu11Y 0 C (32 °F at aPpro acteristics. g °r spotty sec Char- thesr and air enc rain SuPe Plastis thorough angth afterbht Will return a quanti of ning agents in gitation. awing and `lmixt air -e g nts, tota tain - are added t0 ntraininr Pensin rage and for cizer AADVA Flow concrete con- cizer sh ' AD VA Flo Proper dis- cOnsu /t Y be reduced SuPer Plasti temPeraOUld be maint SuPerPlasci_ Your G for dosage guidance Reprle entativ lures above 0 C (32 °F'). e r* Viso our N' °b R. Cray s oo Qt; Q w "'wow nn. 6 onstru 2 �tirre cNon.co n �c p•m,rb em°`+�unc .e�6 more q' bw 1, "+,k ev `true �J twt i. � 4a ,�+aa �4e °, tiq A �oCambr'dge, W4 t 0 ao " Qwe `v:�•y.�Ll�t�� °r"l °"y'd'mlr..� r""4G,, 2140 � 4du 79gq Q. R f,� �� Yr�L wnyld�� *qd" ova h (.�.. rim �n �'°`+o.. �'ea.a "�4 •¢ l" �M;py1M q?Aon rOaucts P R O D U C T Description Daravair° 1000 is a liquid air - entraining admixture that provides freeze -thaw resistance, yield control, and finishability performance across the full range of concrete mix designs. Daravair 1000 is a clean, light- orange product designed to generate specification - quality air systems. Based on a high -grade saponified rosin formulation, Daravair 1000 is chemically similar to vinsol- based products, but with increased purity and supply dependability. Uses Daravair 1000 air - entraining admixture may be used wherever the purposeful entrainment of air is required by concrete specifica- tions. Formulated to perform across the entire spectrum of production mixes, Daravair 1000 generates quality, freeze -thaw resistant air systems in concrete conditions that include the following: • Low Slump • Paving • Central Mix • Extruded Slip Form • Mixes Containing Hot Water and Accelerators • Precast • High Cement Factor aravaiV 1000 Air- Entraining AdmiXture ASTM C 260, AASHTO LI 154 • Fly Ash and Slag • Superplasticizers • Nlanufactured Sands Air - Entraining Action Air is incorporated into the con- crete by the mechanics of miring and stabilized into millions of dis- crete semi- microscopic bubbles in the presence of a specifically designed air- entraining admixture such as Daravair 1000. These air bubbles act much like flexible ball bearings increasing the mobility, or plasticity and workability of the concrete. This can permit a reduction in mixing water with no loss of slump. Placeabiliry is improved. Bleeding, plastic shrinkage and segregation are minimized. Through the purposeful entrain- ment of air, Daravair 1000 markedly increases the durability of concrete to severe exposures particularly to freezing and thaw- ing. It has also demonstrated a remarkable ability to impart resis- tance to the action of frost and deicing salts as well as sulfate, sea and alkaline %Liters. GRACE Construction Products Compatibility with Other Admixtures Daravair 1000 air- entraining admixture is fully effective and compatible in concrete with other admixtures. EACH ADMIX- TURE, HOWEVER, SHOULD BE ADDED TO THE CON- CRETE SEPARATELY. Addition Rate There is no standard addition rate for Daravair 1000 air - entraining admixture. The amount to be used will depend upon the amount of air required for job conditions, usually in the range of 4 to 8 %- Typical faccors which might influence the amount of air - entraining admixture required are, temperature, cement, sand gradation, and the use of extra fine materials such as fly ash and microsilica. Typical Daravair 1000 addition races range from SO to 200 mLJ100 kg (3/4 to 3 oz/100 Ibs) of cement. The air entraining capacity of Daravair 1000 is usually increased when ocher concrete admixtures are contained in the concrete, particularly water- reducing admixtures and water reducing retarders. This may allow up to a two- thirds reduc- tion in the amount of Daravair 1000 required. Mix Adjustment Entrained air will increase the volume of the concrete making is necessary to adjust the mix pro. portions to maintain the cement factor and yield. This may be accomplished by a reduction in water requirement and aggregate content. Dispensing Equipment A complete line of accurate auto- matic dispensing equipment is available. These dispensers can be located to discharge into the water line, the mixer, or on the sand. Packaging Daravair 1000 air - entraining admixture is available in bulk, delivered by metered tank trucks and in 210 L (SS gal) drums. Daravair 1000 contains no flam. mable ingredients. Daravair 1000 will freeze at about -1 'C (30 •F) but its air - entraining properties are completely restored by thawing and thorough mechanical agitation. Architects, Specifications Concrete shall be air entrained concrete, containing 4 to 8% entrained air. The air contents in the concrete shall be determined by the pressure method (ASTM Designation C 23 1) or volumetric method (ASTM Designation C 173). The air - entraining admix- ture shall be a completely neutral• ized rosin solution, such as Daravair 1000, as manufactured b�. Grace Construction Produces, or equal, and comply %vich standard specification for air- entraining admixtures (AST( Designation C 260). The air - entraining admixture shall be added at the concrete mixer or bacching plant ac approximarek- 50 co 200 MIJ100 kg co 3 R oz/100 lbs) of cement, or in such quantities as to give the spec- ified air contents. W.R. Grace 6c Co. -Conn. 62 Whittemore Avenue ""`•'�- �+..a...��,�Q4_r� Cambridge. MA 02140 rh .�G.s• f .�.Mw.• •� vn.jr�.,.N G `b. � � � w I. .v •+^�•� 4 w �' d �r }� �� <rt Lt t�,•r.,�, `mow• . '�w+•� r•', rte.-.. ►.o�,o ""' �' r•..1 y rr. a ...t C•+�. w at�� ti •° .. � .wy ,-� ..�..... �• �'�'� C4►'�h a . w R riv (t CO -Car. AIA- nt Rv..d . u s A GRACE Construction products P R O D U C T _t -P. Description: E Shrinkage Reducing Admixture from Grace Construction Products Description: ECLIPSE" Shrinkage Reducing Admixture is a liquid admixture for concrete (or virtually any Portland cement based material) which dramatically reduces the materials shrinkage due to drying. ECLIPSE contains no expansive material, but instead acts chemi- cally to attack the primary mecha- nism causing shrinkage. Concrete containing ECLIPSE at a dosage of 2% by weight of cement has been shown to reduce shrinkage, as measured per ASTM C1S7, by as much as 80% at 28 days, and Lip to 50% at one year or beyond. This level of shrinkage reduction, in well proportioned concrete mixtures utilizing quality materi- als, has been demonstrated to eliminate cracking due to drying shrinkage in fully restrained concrete. One liter of ECLIPSE Shrinkage Reducing Admixture weighs approximately 0.93 kg (7.8 lb/ gal). Usa: ECLIPSE Shrinkage Reducing Admixture may be used in any concrete, but will provide the most value in structures and environ- ments where cracks due to drying shrinkage are prevalent and the repercussions are most severe. Some examples of applications where this is true are bridge decks, parking garages, marine structures, containment structures, and high performance floors. Chemical Action: Drying shrinkage of concrete is a complicated phenomena which is widely acknowledged to be the function of several mechanisms. The primary driver in the predomin- ant mechanism causing shrinkage for internal relative humidities in excess of 40% is the surface ten- sion of water. As water- filled pores in the size range of 2.5 to 50 nm (nm = manometers = one billionth of a meter) lose moisture, curved menisci are formed and the surface tension of water pulls the walls of the pores. (In pores greater than 50 nm, the magnitude of the tensile force, relative to the size of the pore, becomes negligible; pores smaller than approx. 2.5 nm will not support the formation of a meniscus.) ECLIPSE reduces the surface tension of water. With reduced surface tension, the force pulling in on the walls of the pores is reduced, and the resultant shrinkage strain is reduced. With ECLIPSE at a dosage of 2% by weight of cement, this effect results in ultimate shrinkage reductions on the order of 25 to 50 %. Addition Rates: The recommended addition rate to maximize the effectiveness of ECLIPSE is 2% by weight of cement (or total cementitious material). This equates to 7 kg/m3 or 7.5 liters /m3 for a concrete mixture with 350 kg/m3 of cementitious material (12 lb /cy or 1.5 gal /cy for a concrete mixture with 600 lb /cy of cementitious material). For the range of addition rates between 1 °o and 2.5 %, shrinkage reduction as a function of dosage is relatively linear and any dosage GRACE Construction Products within this range may be selected to obtain a desired level of shrink- age performance. Addition rates outside this range are not recom- mended unless adequately tested. Cc octibility W /ith Other AC•- ^.IXtUIeS: ECLIPSE Shrinkage Reducing Admixture is compatible with all conventional air entraining agents, water reducers, mid -range water reducers, superplasticizers, set retarders, accelerators, silica fume admixtures, and DCIJ corrosion inhibitor. Precaution should be taken to avoid mixing ECLIPSE with other admixtures before they enter the concrete. However, once they have been separately added to the mixture, the products will not exhibit any incompatibility. ECLIPSE does have minor retard- ing properties (set times are typi- cally extended less than one hour). If used in combination with other products exhibiting retarding properties the net retardation may L e more than the simple additive Impact on Ha ��ned effect of the two products used Concrete Prore't;es: separately. The primary impact of ECLIPSE is the reduction in drying shrinkage as previously detailed, but other hardened concrete properties are affected as well. The addition of ECLIPSE acts to flatten out the heat generation due to hydration, reducing peak temperatures in concrete but also reducing concrete compressive strengths. These reductions in compressive strengths vary from 0 to 15% depending on the mixture and materials used. The typical reduction is of 10% or less. In mixtures proportioned for durability, this level of strength reduction is typically- not an issue. For established concrete mixtures as the equivalent volume of water. It is therefore recommended that when incorporating ECLIPSE into an established mixture design that it should replace an equal volume of water. Impact on Fresh Concrete Properties: When substituted in a mixture design for an equivalent volume of water, ECLIPSE has little or no effect on concrete slump. It does however have a slight retarding effect (typically less than one hour extension of set time, see section on compatibility), and will aid in extending slump life -Where tested to date, mixtures containing ECLIPSE have been described by concrete finishers to be equal or superior in terms of finishing characteristics to reference con- crete mixtures. Mixtures with ECLIPSE will require increased amounts of air entrainer to achieve a specified level of air. Adjustment: ECLIPSE contains no water, but is added at fairly high dosages and should be accounted for in the mixture design. At a 2% dosage (by weight of cement) in a mix- ture with 350 kg/m' of cement, the volume of the product is 7.5 L/m3 (600 Ib /cy of cement, the volume of the product is 1.5 gaUcy). This liquid volume will contribute to the overall porosity of the concrete in the same fashion that an added 7.5 Urn' (1.5 gaUcy-) of water will. In addition, fhe effect on concrete slump will be virtually the same where strength must be main- tained, superplasticizers such as Daracem= 19 may be used to cut water to offset the strength reduc- tion of ECLIPSE, without com- promising its shrinkage reducing capabilities. For more information on this topic consult your local Grace Sales Professional. Packay;; lg and Availability: ECLIPSE is currently available in bulk quantities by Grace metered systems, in 1250 L (330 gal) totes, or in 210 L (55 gal) drums. Dispensing: Dispensing equipment will be provided by W. R. Grace & Co.- Conn. ECLIPSE may be intro- duced at any time in the bitching cycle, but delayed addition has been shown to work best for con- trolling entrained air. Flammability: ECLIPSE is a potentially combus- tible material with a flash point of 96 °C (205 'F). This is substantially above the upper limit of 60 'C (140 °F) for classification as a flammable material, and above the limit of 93 'C (200 'F) where DOT requirements would classify this as a combustible material. Nonetheless, this product must be treated with care and protected from excessive heat, open flame or sparks. For more information consult the MSDS. W.R. Grace & Co. - Conn. 62 Whittemore Avenue Cambridge. M 02140 M-1 Inj Dara—, art rrgu[rrcJ :n Jrm�rl.> ,rnd Edipsr is traJcm.rrk or \l.R. G, l l.nr: C4'e hup< ehc n, rurmuwn gisen w, I 'nc Ic �n .ns.�nn >nJ ,cnnunun bur wr J n`r.. ; I „h' un Juo mJ 4uus!<Jer .�:..JeeJ w be i._.cul ... �nJ n ofrcrcJ L.r the u ' � J r I he sups ro be uhr, r cJ. I'Ic„c .;.J III ,c�icc Jcr�n liar >ppluy c. III q,. J by ,rho _ ur >ugges io 1 w h u 1 , ¢h A R. c r & C -�unn e. LL F c . {.c.. GmbnJge� {L \r,L' I {rlc In,i �n�J�f 4CxR L r� r rh r uuld i g �rpurnt u O um (,n d L,I, X, r S t� cClcmcnr A, G T"x Pr 6>d may be rm ed by paz u w pwmU pending C CopyriLtht 19,,6 - K' 0. Gracr,L Co -Cum EC { Pnnred in U 5 A 697 GCS,'GPA, Oht GRACE Construction Products in 3- C. 00 Designation: C 309 — 98a Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane - Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete' This standard is issued under the f.ccd designaoon C 309; the number Lnmedi origina .ltety following the designation indicates the yeti of adop(ion or, in the case e( recision, the year of last revision. A number in parentheses indicates the year of fast rcapprovll A supersenpt epsilon (e1 indicates an editor'a! chanae Since the last revision or reapproval. Dies standard has been approved for use by agencies of the Deparmrenr of Drfrn,e, 1, Scope 1.1 This specification covers liquid membrane - forming compounds suitable for application to concrete surfaces to redul'c the loss of water during the early- hardening period. White- pigmented mcmbrane- forming compounds serve the additional purpose of reducing the temperature rise in concrete exposed to radiation from the,sun. The membrane- fomung compounds covered by this specification are suitable for use as curing media for fresh concrete, and may also be used for further curing of concrete after removal of forms or after initial moist curing. KoTT 1— Solutions of silicate salts are chemically reactive in COMM nthcr thin membrane•fo=drig; therefore, thcy do not meet the intent of ttis spccillcalion. 1.2 The values stated in SI units are to be regarded as the standard. The values given in parentheses arc provided for informational purposes only, 1.3 The following precautionary caveat pertains only to the test methods porlion, Section 10, of this specification_ 77tis standard does not purport to address all of the safety concerns, if anr, associated vVith its use. It is the responsibility of the riser of this standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory limita• tions prior to use. 1.4 The text Of this standard references notes and footnotes wHich provide explanatory material. These notes and footnotes shall not be considered as requirements of the standard. 2. Referenced Documents 2.1 ASTM Standards: C 156 Test Method for Water Retention by Concrete Curing Nfaterials2 C 1151 Test Method for Evaluating the Effectiveness of Materials for Curing Concrete" D 56 Test Method for Flash Point by Tag Closed Tester3 1� z spcci6catio n is ender rho jcrisdiction of ASTM Ca tin Rce C -9 cc ere Lid Ccccrete AySrcgzte5 ^,. i s n the dint responstbili;v o.° Scbco^�t ::e on Cunu:n kl9 .,n js. approved \'uv lil 1y94. F1 ' r :i a C : OG - 53. t� :a pr; �s r on C 3C9 - 9, ,'fir ^.�! ooa� ojAS71.! S :ard:rdr_ vcl 6, 0= Ate. i o ^�o o .9ST.b. Sr� , Vol OS,C. P. D 669 Tcst Method for Evaluating Degree of Settling of Paint` D 883 Terminology Relating to Plastics, D 1309 Test Method for Settling Properties of Traffic Paints During Accelerated Storage° D 2369 Test Method for Volatile Content of Coatings6 D 3960 Practice for Determining Volatile Organic Com- pound (VOC) Content of Paints and Related Coatings6 E 1347 Test Method for Color and Color- Difference Mea- surement by Trisdmulus (Filter) Colorimetry6 3. Classification 3.1 The following types of Iiquid membrane - forming com- pounds are included: 3.1.1 Type 1 —Clear or translucent without dye, 3.1.2 Type 1- D -0car or translucent with fugitive dye, and 3.1.3 Type 2 —White pigmented. 3.2 The solids dissolved in the vehicle shall be one of the following classes: 3.2.1 Class A —No restrictions, 3.2.2 Class B-- --Must be a resin as defined in Terminology D 683. NOTE 2— Pcrmanrnt Colors other than white, or other special attributes, arc beyond the scope of rl-ds Specification and arc subject to negotiation between the purchaser and the supplier. Ordering Liformation 41 The purchaser shall include the following information in the purchase order when applicable: 4.1.1 Type of liquid membrane- forming compound and class of solids to be furnished, and 4 -1.2 Rate of application to be used to determine conform- ance to this specification, If not specified, the liquid membrane- forming material shall be applied at a rate of 5.0 m 2/L (200 ft2 /gal) for testing purposes. NoT-E 3 --The apphcatiorl rate used for testing may, or may not, be the same as L-he rate to be used for field application, Many agencies use the same rate for field application on rclativcly smooth surfaces as t-he rate used for testing, while requiring a subsl- ,tially greater field application, rate on deeply textured surfaces Boc._ orAST. -ll 5 :�, :'cr4s. Vvl ' Arp_ -.1 Boob Of Ai TV Srar. Cra. Vol OS.iJ: `Anil_! k00A of AST,",! S;ac_'srd;, VO! rip (ii. �+ _ t; �FOh1JR,:I_i CARS_ c:AD 76( =t l FE 1 $]I 9117, EfFr P SEA►TL_ March 1998 HYDRO- CURETNI CC -309 -1 WS Clear All -Resin Water -Base Concrete Curing Compound DESCRIPTION HYDRO- CURETM CC -309 -1 WS is a ready - to -use, easy to apply, Water Emulsified Clear All -Resin Base Concrete Curin.g Compound which combines the superior curing properties of hydrocarbon resin with the ease of clean up and environmental preferability of a water base product. HYDRO -CURE CC -309 -1 WS is a homogeneous solution of carefully balanced chemicals suspended in water. Applied to freshly poured and finished concrete, it forms a moisture resistant barrier that holds in the mixing; water. The concrete hydrates over prolonged periods and cures properly for maximum ultimate strength. After the concrete has cured, cxposurc to sunlight and air causes the clear all -resin base curing membrane, which contains no wax, to oxidize and disintegrate into dust, The norntal oxidization period is approximately 60 days, but will vary according to sunlight intensity. When oxidization is complete, the concrete surface will accept paint, floor hardeners, and adhesives to which vinvl the can be later applied. USES HYDRO -CURE CC -309 -1 WS Clear All - Resin Base Material is a general use concrete curing compound, particularly suited for use in commercial and institutional buildings where large areas of concrete is poured in slab form. It is also valuable for use on various roadway structures. 14YDRO -CURE CC- 309 -1 WS must be spray applied in a uniform manner. Do not pour, splatter or drip onto fresh concrete surfaces TECHNICAL DATA Composition Appearance Moisture Loss; 72 hrs Moisture Loss; 24 hrs Density, lbs. /gallon Dry Time, hours All Resin Base White, Creamy Liquid Passes - .043 gm /cm= Passes - .011 gm /cm2 8.33 1.5 -2 APPLIC,4$LE INSTRUCTIONS HYDRO -CURE CC- 309 -1 WS Water Emulsified, Clear, All -Resin Base Concrete Curing Compound is supplied in a ready -to -use liquid, the consistency of which is suitable for easy application by a commercial grade type of hand sprayer or power sprayer equipment capable of applying a smooth uniform coating. Thoroughly stir prior to use so that all materials are evenly mixed. HYDRO -CURE CC -309- 1 WS should be applied immediately after surface water has disappeared and finished steps are complete. If the surface of the concrete is clean and free of foreign matter, no further preparation is required. If foreign matter, such as dirt or dust, has accumulated on the surface, it should be removed before applying the clear curing compound. If the surface moisture has evaporated from the surface of the concrete, as in the case of formed surfaces, or the concrete stab is beginning to dry out, the best curing will be obtained if the concrete is wetted before the application of the curing compound. The concrete surface should be moist, but not wet. Workmen should not track across freshly poured concrete until after the curing compound is sprayed on the surface and allowed to dry. (Continued on Reverse Side) PUS, QPCO CAP!__-�BAD 76f =) 4-- 9664 HYDRO- CURETNr CC -309 -1 WS (CONTINUED) SPECIFICATIONS ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class B AASHTO M 148, Type 1, Class B CALTRANS 1995 Specifications, Page (90- 21), Section 90- 7.0113 (4) COVERAGE Unless ected by applicable specifications, the rate of coverage should be approximately 200 to 300 square feet per gallon. CLEAN -UP Tools and equipment should be cleaned immediately after use with plenty of water, Dried film of HYDRO -CURE CC -309 -1 WS will require strong solvents such as paint thinner of toulene (DFC #7 Cleaner) for removal. Because the solvents are flammable, care should be taken to clean equipment away from heat, sparks and open flame and to avoid breathing vapors or allowing the solvent to contact skin. CAUTION HYDRO -CURE CC -309 -1 WS is a watcr- based product. Keep from freezing_ If frozen, allow to thaw and mix thoroughly before use. Avoid skin and eye contact. This product may cause skin irritation after Prolonged and repeated exposure. If contact should occur, wash immediately with soap and water. In case of eye contact, flush with plenty of water and seek medical attention. When handling, use disposable plastic or rubber gloves. Wear protective clothing and discard clothing and gloves when finished. Use in a well - ventilated area. Avoid breathing vapors and fumes. If swallowed, call a doctor immediately_ Do not induce vomiting. Keep out of reach of children. LIMITATIONS Do not thin HYDRO -CURE CC -309 -1 WS. Its use is not recommended for use when pavement temperature is 351F. or lower. TECHNICAL SERVICE For additional technical and /or marketing information, please write or call: W.R. MEADOWS OF S. CALIFORNIA P.O. BOX 667 WALNUT, CA. 91788-0667 (909) 469 -2606 OR (800) 342 -5976 FAX: (909) 469 -2611 LIMITED WARRANTY W.R. MEADOWS, INC. warrants that, at the time and place we make shipment, our materials will be of good quality and will conform to our published specifications in force on the date of acceptance of the order, Read complete Warranty, copy furnished upon request. DISCLAIMER ne intormation contained herein is included for illustrative purposes only and, to the best of our knowledge, is accurate and reliable. W.R. MEADOWS, INC. cannot however tinder any circumstances make any guarantee of results or assume any obligation or liability in connection with the use of this information, As W.R. MEADOWS, INC. has no control over the use to which others may put its products, it is recommended that the products be tested to determine if suitable for a specific application and /or our information is valid in a particular circumstance. Responsibility remains with the architect or engineer, contractor and owner of the design, application and proper installation of each product. Specifier and user shall determine suitability of products for specific application and assume all responsibilities in connection therewith. P_ 4 Ma.y -30 -02 09:49A Orco Construction Supply 714 SS6 6810 _o c�.�_ ice• It r ur -rt till Ur5 P _ O; 1V(1L l CIt J�IJ Eibts��ti a '�1�41'i.�',' j F QT. ©g SELECT * FROM WEB.WBLIleat WHERE ((TAH -AT)= 222970 AND (BLCUSN) = 55139) Mall Certification Customer GEORGIA PACIFIC SAVAGE LOS ANGELES Address LOS ANGELES, CA City RIVERSIDE State CA Zip Code 92502 Product Grade 15 -0t Heat# 222970 Date 05/05/02 Yidd. Tensile .Elong P.S.! P.S.I a's 6'1390 99.639 14.( t-� 0 0 0.0 j NX CR 7 V MO SN AL _'.' ll H - V 0-0177 0.0096 0.0010 O.OQSO 0.0020 O.00IO 0.0043 0.0005 The testing was conducted in accordance with the requirements of this specification All Mang and manufacturing processes performed in the United States of America Shane Vernon - Signature on File Nucor Steel -Utah is an I.S.O 9002 and an A.B.S. Certified Mill M°P'- http : /iI,vww_nsutah.com/MILLDSP.ASP 182=1 CN-Or Steel 4U Right R,,,,-d 05/28/2002 r 0 a • N .d •O 2 I s • • It Z ZO "d 4 il a • i u c i t� �l 1 • r � r a —A. !V 0 0 2 A t r t • • 1 ~ •f dw Mb vo + ^ • r • - i5:s -�1c�1 0 f c d O I89 9SS viz A-L ddnS �suo� oo tO vso = OI --O- OE:-A--" WA uawm „ 6112111 June 11, 2002 Mr. Dale E. Winterquist President Falcon General Engineering, Inc. 572 Collyn Street Vista, CA 92083 Re: Moonlight Beach Urban Runoff Treatment Facility Submittal No. 019 -01 Electrical General Provisions Dear Mr. Winterquist: Richard Brady & Associates has reviewed the subject submittal. We have the following comments: RECOMMENDED ACTION MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED Contractor to provide additional submittal data as specified in spec sec 16050. Provide the following for review by the engineer: 1. Location of conduit entrances and access gates 2. Connection diagrams terminal number, etc. 3. Method of anchoring (NEMA enclosure) Should you have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact me. Very truly yours, Richard Brady & Associates cc: 019 -01 -00 Submittal Review File Kipp Hefner �i.90.9 ✓l�ii�ir� ��ri�we- .�'��l ur.� ,Y,�O • �ie �ue�o, �a�t�otiiia .9,e"1,P9 To: Richard Brady & Associates 4909 Murphy Canyon Road, Suite 220 From: San Diego, Ca 92123 Attn: Sean F. Manning P.E., A.E.E. Moonlight Beach Urban Runoff Treatment Facility City of Encinitas, Ca Project # CMS015 Date of Submittal: 6 -6 -02 Falcon General Engineering, Inc. 572 Collyn St. Vista, Ca. 92083 Falcon General Engineering, Inc Submittal No. 019 -01 Specification Section 16050 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Drawing Reference Date Item Required by Schedule This is an X Original Submittal Resubmittal We have verified that this submittal contains all applicable material and information required for evaluation of its compliance with the project plans and specifications. Furthermore, we submit these items, which comply with the project plans and specifications (check one): x with no deviations except for the deviations described below No. of I Sheet or Copies Item No. (Attach additional sheets, if necessary) Description (Name, Type, Model, Catalog Number, Manufacturer) 8 I I Submittal 019 -01 16050 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS Comments Submitted By: Received By Signature ,�--� Signature C O N G EN-E--R---AL- E N G I N E E R _. -- - STREET - VISTA, CA 92083 • TEL 760/630 -9570 • FAX 760/630 -3648 SUBMITTAL NO. 019-01 For SECTION 16050 I_NG, INC STATE CONT. LIC. #54071 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS MOONLIGHT BEACH URBAN RUNOFF TREATMENT FACILITY CONTRACT # CMSOIB CITY OF ENCINITAS, CA It is hereby certified that the Equipment/Mgtterial shown and marked in this submittal is that proposed to be incorporated into Cont ct # CMS015, is in compliance with the contract drawin & specifications, and can be installed in the alloca spaces, and is submitted for approval. Certified By, PVC Rigid Electrical Conduit S 40 Hea Wall Conyuuit K ISTED Conforms to UL Standard 651 and NEMA Standard TC -2 1. SCH 40 conduit is rated for go, C conductors per UL 651. 2. SCH 40 conduit is sunlight resistant per UL 651. 3. SCH 40 conduit is provided in 10' total length, with 20'total length available. 4. All conduit is provided with one end belled standard. Plain -ended conduit may be available. 5. Conduit color is gray, except where noted. Item Number Size pp Average ID Min. Weight 4600 500103 1/2 60 Wall lb/1001 �-�► -4600 750103 3/4 .840 1.050 109 16 -4601 000103 1 1.315 .80 1.03 .113 21 4601 250103 11/4 1.660 1.36 .133 32 4601 500103 11/2 1.900 1.59 .140 46 4602 000103 2 2.375 2.04 .145 55 4602 500103 21/2 2.875 2.44 .154 73 4603 000103 3 3.500 3.03 .203 116 4603 500103 31/2 4.000 3.51 .216 166 4604 000103 4 4.500 3.99 .226 199 .237 236 4605 000103 5 5.563 5.01 .258 320 4606 000103 6 6.625 6.02 280 415 ;y Pacific Western extruded Plastics Company av� Fi) L,u� 1G(, -4u 'lrt,n 9J�ta PVC Electrical Conduit Fittings UL Couplings KLISTED All sizes conform to UL 514 -8 and NEMA TC -3 40 E Item Number Size Aver. A Aver. 8 Min. Min. Min. C N D E 6001 0050 1/2 .852 .836 .652 3/32 .630 ---*06001 0075 3/4 1.064 1.046 .719 3/32 .834 .095 .095 --- -6001 0100 1 1.330 1.310 .875 3/32 1.059 .100 60010125 11/4 1.677 1.655 .938 3/32 1.392 .120 60010150 11/2 1.918 1.894 1.062 3/32 1.622 .120 60010200 2 2.393, 2.369 1.125 3/32 2.079 .130 60010250 21/2 2.890 2.868 1.469 3/16 2.484 .165 60010300 3 3.515 3.492 1.594 3/16 3.083 .216 60010350 31/2 4.015 3.992 1.687 3/16 3.598 .226 6001 0400 4 4.515 4.491 1.750 3/16 4.076 .237 6001 0500 5 5.593 5.553 1.937 3/1 s 5.097 .258 up 6001 0600 6 6.658 6.614 2.125 1/4 6.115 .280 Pacific Western Extruded Plastics Com inv P 4 P� PVC Electrical Conduit Fittings Female Adaptem �� LISTED Conforms to UL 514 -B and NEMA TC -3 Item Number Size Aver. A Aver. Min. Min. Max. g C F F 6007 0050 1/2 .852 .836 .652 .591 - x+6007 0075 3/4 1.064 1.046 .719 .783 .622 ,..W6007 0100 1 1.330 1.310 .875 .997 .824 1.049 6007 0125 11/4 1.677 1.655 .938 1.311 1.380 6007 0150 11/2 1.918 1.894 1.062 _ 1.529 1.610 6007 0200 2 2.393 2.369 1.125 1.964 2.067 6007 0250 21/2 2.890 2.868 1.469 2.346 2.469 6007 0300 3 3.515 3.492 1.594 2.915 3.068 6007 0350 31/2 4.015 3.992 1.687 3.371 3.548 6007 0400 4 4.515 4.491 1.750 3.825 4.028 6007 0500 5 5.593 5.553 1.937 4.795 5.047 6007 0600 6 6.658 6.614 2.125 5.762 6.065 fix �� r'cific Western extruded Plc, tic: Companv PVC Standard Radius Elbows Schedule 40 �KLISTED and conforms e.E,,., 45° Elbow Plain End Item Na. Belled End Item No. 4.500 Plain End 1 1.315 Size Item No. 7145 0050 X7145 7545 0050 112 7190 0050 0075 7545 0075 3/4 7190 0075 ____W7145 0100 7545 0100 1 7190 0100 7145 0125 7545 0125 11/4 7190 0125 7145 0150 7545 0150 11/z 7190 0150 1450200 7545 0200 2 7190 0200 7145 0250 7545 0250 2112 7190 0250 7145 0300 7545 0300 3 7190 0300 7145 0350 7545 0350 31/2 7190 0350 7145 0400 7545 0400 4 7190 0400 7145 0500 7545 0500 5 7190 0500 7145 0600 7545 0600 6 7190 0600 Standard Radius Sweep Dimension - Schedule 40 B C Size A Min. (in.) Min. (in.) 1/2 .840 4.000 1.500 ff 7- a 3/4 1.050 4.500 1.500 1 1.315 5.750 1.875 11/4 1.660 7.250 2.000 _ 1112, _ 1.900 _ 8.250 _ 2.000 _2_______2.37_5__ 9.500 2.000 l 90° Elbow Belled End Item No. Size 7590 0050 1/2 7590 0075 3/4 7590 0100 1 7590 0125 11/4 7590 0150 11/2 7590 0200 2 7590 0250 2112 7590 0300 3 7590 0350 31/2 7590 0400 4 7590 0500 5 7590 0600 6 Paclf' Westcr.l ExtnldPd Plastics Co(7i )any � �1�M� P -0 3,x i;JOd9 n1�ne. rrq 9/440, 1-800- 34 %!7PG0 �_''•' 343-OPOO!f;AX(5411686925 B C Size A Min. (in.) Min. (in.) 2'/2 2.875 10.500 3.000 3 3.500 13.000 3.125 31/2 4.000 15.000 3.250 _4.___4-500 16.000 3.375 5 - 5.563 24.000__ 3.625 6__ 6.625 30.000 3.750 Paclf' Westcr.l ExtnldPd Plastics Co(7i )any � �1�M� P -0 3,x i;JOd9 n1�ne. rrq 9/440, 1-800- 34 %!7PG0 �_''•' 343-OPOO!f;AX(5411686925 citedwf 4Q ::80 :ca Fittings End Bells Reducers �D Poly Plugs cg 1111111 Poly Plugs with Pulling Eye PART STD. - UPC -ITF D KG. NO. _ -- SIZE PKG. 3 00 88700. WT. PRi 5144003 1 /2 100 52824 7 2.25 PER 5144004 3/4 100 528254 193. 5144005 i 1 50 ' 2.65 214. 5144006 1 1/4 567123 2.30 267. 5144007 1 1/2 50 56713 0 2.65 5144008 2 50 I 567147 4.30 324. . 5144009 i 2 1/2 40 1 ! 567154 3.60 500.1 5144010 3 30 50 567284 4.27 521.E i 5144011 3 1/2_5 50 56850 2 8.97 583.; 5144012 - 4 - 52832 2 -- J 13.42 -- -- - 630.( 5144013 5 50 528339 L i 16.37 - -- - 695E 5144014 6 25 I 528346 1 I 2.62 1,070.E 15 528353 9.32 1,174.2 PART NO. SIZE STD. UPC -ITF PKG. PRIC PKG. 3 00 88700 w PER 1i 5'142220 5_3/4 x 1/2 I 100 i 567109 2.15 90.9 5142221 ; 1 __ x 3/4 �- 100 56711 6 - 3.35 5142222 1 -1/4 x 1 50 56743 7T3.40 209.5: `5142223 1 267.7; r 5142224 2 -1/2 x 1 -1/4 x 1 -1 /2 j 50- 25 56744 4 - 3.35 I 277.7; 1 *5142225 2 -1/2 x 2 1 25 567451 3.65 i -rt- 338.41 - -- I *5142226 3 x 2 -1/2 25 t 56746 8 1 - - 5.75 1,094.6E *5142227 4 x 3 20 52794,3 9.58 1,343.41 5142229 4 x 3 -1/2 20 52795 0 11.08 1,491..4 ' * _ 527967 9.68 � 1,590.91 CSA Listed PART NO. SIZE STD. UPC -ITF PKG. PRICE PKG. 3 00 88700 WT, PER 10+ 5315248 `- 5315250 2 _ 70 538543 5.30 100.23 5315252 3 4 70 538550 9.77 135.00 5315253 5-- 5 gp 53856 7 18.55 231.25 45 i 538574 13.88 308.86 5315254 6 30 1 538581 9.56 382.39 PART NO. STD. UPC-1TF PKG. PRICE SIZE PKG. 3 00 88700 WT. PER 100 5315258 1 x -- 5315260 2 -3 70 -+ -- 45 53859 8 - - -T -- 5 .68 - 136.36 - -- - -- - - - 531526 - - - -- 4 - - - -L - - 53861 1 - - - -- - 67� _ 7 169.,7 - _ -- -- 80 � 53862 8 16.66 231.25 -_ 5315263 5 -- - - 45 - 53363 5 13.88 - 308.86 531526s - 35 - - 538642 - 10. 93 - - A utility Duct Spacers Base Spacers Item Number Size ,�t�r6266 020015 2x 1 1/2 6266 020020 2x2 6266 020030 2x3 6266 030015 3x11 /2 6266 030020 3x2 6266 030030 30 6266 040010 4x1 6266 040015 4x11/2 6266 040020 4x2 6266 040030 43 6266 050015 5x11/2 6266 050020 5x2 6266 050030 50 6266 060015 6x 11/2 6266 060020 6x2 _ 6266 060030 6x3 For 31/2" duct -use 4" spacers. Intermediate Spacers Item Number Size ___OOa6268 020015 2x11/2 6268 020020 2x2 6268 020030 20 6268 030015 3x11/2 6268 030020 3x2 6268 030030 30 6268 040010 4x1 6268 040015 411/2 6268 040020 4x2 6268 040030 43 6268 050015 5x11/2 6268 050020 5x2 _ 6268 050030 5x3 - -- - - -- - - -- 6268 060015 6x11/2 6268 060020 6x2- 6268 060030 6x3 For 31/2 ° duct - -use 4" spacers INTERMEDIATE ` SPACER A - d - + - -_ -4 d d C - +- - D a - A A a I� BASE SPACER Western Extruded Piastcs n, any Dimension Spacer A B C D E F 2 x 11/2 4.00 4.00 1.50 2 x 2 4.50 4.25 4.50 2.50 3.00 2.00 2 x 3 5.50 5.50 3.00 3x 1�/2 5.13 5.13 - 1.50 3 x 2 5.63 4.81 5.63 3.63 3.00 2.00 3 x 3 6.63 6.63 3.00 4 x 1 5.63 5.63 1.00 4x 11/2 6.13 6.13 4 x 2 6.63 5.31 6.63 4.63 1.50 3.00 2.00 4 x 3 7.63 7.63 3.00 5 x 11/2 7.19 7.19 1.50 5 x 2 7.69 5.84 7.69 5.69 3.00 2.00 5x3 8.69 869 r- 3�50L6 x 1 t12 8.25 -_ -8_25 6 x 2 - -T 8.75_ - -, - -- 6.38 8.75 � - -- 6.75 3.Qa 2.00 1 6 x 3 9.75 9.7� �- - - - - -- - -- 3.00 Western Extruded Piastcs n, any OCAL -BLUE Conduit f'� • The conduit is "Hot Dipped" galvanized after f • Threads are hot dipped galvanized fabrication • Blue urethane coating over threads • A minimum .040" (40 mil) PVC coating on the exterior • A nominal .002" (2 mil) blue urethane on the interior • Color coded thread protectors • Couplings shipped with conduit are packaged separately Thomas° JILL Inches - '" °" ""' Diameter UU11b1UC Diameter Wall i�unI111d1 Wall Nominal lJ Cross Section Length 9 h Metric Size Steel Only Y With PVC Thickness Steel Thickness Inside Diameter Area In Without Minim Weig Designator* Inches Inches Only With PVC Square Couplings Per Fc Millimeters Millimeters Inches Millimeters Inches Millimeters Inches Millimeters Inches Feet POUR! 1/2 Millimeters Meters Kilogra 16 .840 21.3 .920 23.3 .104 2.64 .632 .304 9' 11'/4" �� 214 1.050 1.130 3 556 7.72 3.03 .79 35.8- 26.7 28.7 .107 2.71 2 71 3.73 .533 9' 11'14" 1.05 27 1.315 1.395 .126 1 21.2 13.53 3.03 47.63 33.4 35.4 3.20 4 2s 1.0 1.063 .864 9' 11" 1.53 1 35 1.660 42.2 1.740 .133 .173 1.394 21.94 1.495 3.02 69.40 1'/2 1.900 44.1 1.980 3.37 4.39 35.4 37.97 9' 11 " 3.02 2.01 91.17 41 48.3 50.2 .138 .138 4 52 1.624 2.036 9' 11 " 2.40 2 53 2.375 2.455 .146 41.2 51, 71 3.02 112.9; 60.3 62.3 3.70 •186 4.72 2.083 52.9 3.355 9,11- 3.32 21/2 63 2.875 2.955 .193 85.21 3.02 150.6[ 73.0 75.0 4.90 5 93 63.2 63.2 4.788 9' 10'/2" 5.27 3 78 3.500 3.580 .205 .245 3.090 121.61 3.01 239.0 31/2 88.9 90.9 5.20 6.22 78.5 7.393 9' 10 '/2" 6.83 91 4.000 4.080 215 187,78 3.01 309.63 101.6 103.6 5.46 .255 6.47 3.57 90.7 9.866 9' 10'/4" 8.31 4 103 4.500 4.580 •225 •265 4.05 250.59 3.00 376.94 114.3 116.3 5.71 6.73 102.9 12.730 9' 10'/4" 9.73 5 129 5.563 5.643 245 .285 5.073 323.34 3.00 441.04 6 141.3 143.3 6.22 7.23 128.9 20.006 508.15 9,10- 13.14 155 6.625 168.3 6.705 266 .306 6.093 28.891 3.00 595.85 NOTE - Inches and Pounds indicated 170.3 6.75 .777 154.8 733.83 9110" 3.00 17.46 791.67 Metric measure in bold is directly face type below bold Metric size designator (ANSI C80.1- face type 1994). OCAL -BLUE Elbows OCAL -BLUE Standard and Large Radius Elbows OCAL -BLUE standard and large radius elbows are factory bent to reduce the times �—D Tho as a 7 �h ©maser en`S OCAL -BLUE DOUBLE -COAT Couplings I • All couplings are coated with a nominal .002" (2 mil) blue urethane on the interior • A minimum .040" (40 mil) PVC coating is bonded to the exterior • Couplings have straight threads, not tapered • Molded ribs on outer coating • Couplings have pressure - sealing sleeves to protect the connection Coupling Minimum Total Minimum Size Length of Length Weight Inches Metal Including Sleeve in Metric Size Inches Inches Pounds Designator" Millimeters Millimeters Kilograms 1/2 16 1.500 3.7500 0.13 38.1 95.25 .058 "V000mPW3/4 21 1.532 3.7500 0.19 38.91 95.25 0.85 1.906 4.9375 0.33 27 ,�1 48.41 139.70 .148 11/4 1.906 5.5000 0.43 • 35 48.41 139.70 .193 11/2 1.906 5.7500 0.56 41 48.41 146.05 .252 2 53 1.937 5.9370 0.77 49.19 150.79 .346 21/2 2.878 6.8780 1.85 63 73.10 174.70 .832 3 78 3.031 7.0310 2.70 76.98 178.58 1.215 31/2 3.094 7.0940 3.78 91 78.58 180.18 1.701 4 103 3.188 7.1880 3. 80.97 182.57 1.386 5 129 3.374 7.3740 5.00 85.69 187.29 2.250 6 155 3.437 7.4370 8.00 87.29 188.89 3.6DO NOTE - Inches and Pounds indicated in bold face type Metric measure * is directly below bold face type Metric size designator (ANSI C80.1- 1994). El 6 OCAL -BLUE DOUBLE -COAT Hubs and Split Couplings OCAL -BLUE DOUBLE -COAT Hubs • Double coated with a nominal .002" (2 mil) blue urethane on both the interior and exterior, before PVC coating is applied • A minimum .040" (40 mil] PVC coating is bonded to the exte rior Pressure - sealing sleeves to protect the connection Pipe Size 16 TCC1 3/4 21 Inches Metric Size HUB STG STTB STTTB TCC4 Designator 41 Catalog Number 53 1/2 011W 3/4 16 21 HUB 1 /2 STG 1 STTB 1 STTTB 1 TCC8 HU133 /4 STG2 ST1 B2 STTT82 11/ 35 HUB1 STG3 STTB3 STTT83 1'/2 HU81' /4 STG4 STT84 STTTB4 ' 2 41 H UB1' /2 STG5 STTB5 STTT85 2'/2 53 HUB2 STG6 STTB6 STTT86 63 HUB2' /2 STG7 STTB7 3 78 HU133 STG8 778 31/2 91 HUB3' /2 STG9 STTB9 _ 4 103 HUB4 STC10 ST -B10 5 129 HU135 STG11 STTB11 40 6 155 HUB6 STG12 777B12 _ OCAL -BLUE DOUBLE -COAT Split Couplings A split coupling is a speed union used to economically join two lengths of threaded conduit. • Double coated with a nominal .002" (2 mil) blue urethane on both the interior and exterior, before PVC coating is applied A minimum .040" (40 mil) PVC coating is bonded to the exterior Pressure- sealing sleeves to protect the connection Inches Metric Size Catalog Number 1/2 16 TCC1 3/4 21 TCC2 1 27 TCC3 11/4 35 TCC4 11/2 41 TCC5 2 53 TCC6 21/2 63 TCC7 3 31/2 78 TCC8 91 TCC9 4 103 TCC10 - 5 129 TCC12 B t Metric size designator 155 ' (ANSI C80 '71 9S4J 1U T =aso k ST - Standard Hub TCC Split Coupling OCAL -BLUE DOUBLE -COAT T /,omasa Betts Sealing Fittings Pipe Size Sealing fittings restrict the passage of gases, vapors, or flames from one portion of the electrical installation to another at atmospheric pressure and normal ambient temperatures. They prevent precompression or "pressure piling" in conduit systems. • Double coated with a nominal .002" (2 mil) blue urethane on both the interior and exterior, before PVC coating is applied • A minimum of .040" (40 mil) PVC coating is bonded to the exterior • Pressure - sealing sleeve to protect the connection with conduit EYS & EYSX* Vertical I Vertical of Horizontal Female Male & Female Male & Metric Size Female Female Inches Designator= EYD & EYDX* Female Male & Female Catalog Number EZS I EZD Female Male & Female 1/2 16 EYS 1 EYS 16 EYS 1 1 EYS 1 16 EYD 1 EYD 16 EZS 1 EZS 16 EZD 10 �•��► -3/4 21 EYS2 EYS26 EYS21 EYS216 EYD2 EYD26 EZS2 EZS26 27 EYS3 EYS36 EYS31 EYS316 EYD3 EYD36 EZS3 EZS36 EZD20 35 — — EYS4 EYS46 EYD4 EYD46 EZS4 EZS46 EZD30 EZD40 �' / 2 41 — — EYS5 EYS56 EYD5 EYD56 EZS5 EZS56 EZD50 2 2'/� 53 — — EYS6 EYS66 EYD6 EYD66 EZS6 EZS66 EZD60 63 — — EYS7 EYS76 EYD7 EYD76 EZS7 EZS76 3 78 — — EYS8 EYS86 EYD8 EYD86 EZS8 EZS86 3'/2 91 — — EYS9 EYS96 EYD9 EYD96 4 103 — — EYS 10 EYS 106 EYD 10 EYD 106 _ * Metric size designator (ANSI 080.1- 1994). * *EYSX and EYDX are expanded fill styles. When ordering add X to part number. Example EYSX31, EYDX31 EZS (Fittings shown uncoated) 1P EZD with Inspection Cover Tfivmas o efts OCAL -BLUE DOUBLE -COAT GUA Series Conduit Outlet Bodies GUA series conduit outlet bodies are installed within hazardous area locations to: protect conductors in threaded rigid conduit, act as pull and splice boxes, provide access to conductors for maintenance and future system changes, act as mounting outlets for fixtures (with proper covers), or change conduit direction. • Double coated with a nominal .002" (2 mil) blue urethane on both the interior and exterior, before PVC coating is applied • A minimum .040 (40 mil) PVC coating is bonded to the exterior • All covers are WOD type feralay iron covers, not aluminum, to avoid reaction between dissimilar metals OCAL pressure - sealing sleeves on all threaded hubs. Conduit Size Cover Type Inches Metric Size Opening Designator GUA GUAC GUAT GUAX GUAB WOO Cover 1/2 11/4 — �/4 16 21 2 GUA14 GUAC14 GUAT14 GUAX14 GUAB14 Only- GUA04 1/2 16 2 3 GUA24 GUAC24 GUAT24 GUAX24 GUAB24 GUA04 'jP3/4 21 3 GUA16 GUAC16 GUAT16 GUAX16 GUAB16 27 3 GUA26 GUAC26 GUAT26 GUAX26 GUAB26 GUA06 '1 27 GUA36 GUAC36 GUAT36 GUAX36 GUAB36 GUA06 35 3%e 3/e GUA47 GUAC47 GUAT37 GUAT47 GUAX37 — 35 5 GUAX47 GUAB47 GUA07 1 112 41 5 — GUAC49 GUAT49 GUAX49 2 53 5 GUA59 GUAC59 GUAT59 GUAX59 GUAB59 GUA-09 * Metric size designator (ANSI C80.1 — GUAC69 * GUAT69 GUAX69 GUA869 GUA09 -1994. * WOD type feraloy covers are provided OCAL on all GUA series as standard by conduit bodies. GUAC GUAT (Fittings shown uncoated) 10 GUAX j M 0 Amer -Tite® Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit Technical Specifications (Type GP) Am-- At.CCABLE SYST; (800) 757 -6996 CSO Specification Description http: / /www.afcweb.com Type/ and Packaging Weight/ Product Description Temperature Code Reel Internal Diameter Range Listing 62xx General Purpose -20'C to +70'C UL, (feet) Length (feet) CSA 6Pxx/ General Purpose - 20'Cto +80 *C JIC Applications Designed for a variety of general purpose installations where flexibility and protection from moisture are necessary. For use indoors or out. References &Ratings (GP -OL only) • UL 360, File Reference E26540, CSA Certified LL51593 • Federal Specification WW- C -566C, (now superseded by L • NEC 351, 354 -15, 501 -4(b), 502 -4, 503 -3, 511 -6, 645 -5(d), 680 -20, 695 • Canadian Electrical Code (CEC) Part I Clause 12 -1300 Weights, Measurements and Packaging Weight/ Product Code' Trade Size Trade Size Coil Length Reel Internal Diameter External Diameter (inches) 4 (inches) (mm (feet) Length (feet) (min /max ) inches 10 Over Conduit Over Jacket 6201/6101 3/8 10 (min /max) (min /max) 100 1000 0.485/0.505 0.595/0.614 0.690/0.710 6202/6102 1/2 16 100 500 1000 0.620/0.640 0.735/0.765 0.820/0.840 6203/6103 3/4 100 500 0.820/0.840 0.930/0.960 1.030/1.050 6204/6104 1 26 100 300 1.045/1.070 1.205/1.225 1.290/1.315 6205/6105 1'', 32 50 200 1.380/1.410 1.540/1.570 1.630/1.660 6206/6106 1''2 39 50 150 1.575/1.600 1.735/1.770 1.865/1.900 6207/6107 2 52 50 100 2.020/2.045 2.180/2.215 2.340/2.375 6208/6108 2112 65 25 — 2.480/2.505 2.640/2.675 2.840/2.875 6209/6109 3 78 25 — 3.070/3.100 3.295/ 3.335 3.460/3.500 6220/6120 31,2 91 25 — 3.500/3.540 3.720/3.780 3.960/4.000 6210/6110 4 104 25 — 4.000/4.040 4.220/4.280 4.460/4.500 VVT �I d w ens ons and o,jt)ts xe .,ub ec; to norrnai 'Dual values separated bV a slash peter t, TvOe OFF' -UL anU '3 =.yF c;;nawts m pCCtivel,a Approx. Bend Weight/ Radius 100 feet (inches) (pounds) 30 4 35 6 45 8 80 10 110 135 170 220 280 350 425 12.5 15 20 25 30 35 40 Type 4Q Straight Features: • Tapered threaded male hub NPT • Compact, slim diameter with small turning radius • Furnished with locknut and sealing ring, • Liquidtight/RaintighUOiltight • Suitable for grounding (through IX-) • Suitable for wet locations • Long ferrule prevents pullout and tight bend conduit "pop -out, • Inspection windows in ferrule to ensure full engagement • See Page GC4 for our patented Ferrule Wrench which makes ferrule installation easy. Material /Finish: Malleable Iran/Zinc I Plated Steel Ferrule/Zinc Plated Optional Finish: Available Hot Dip /Mechanically GalvanizeQ, See 4Q -TG Series in Catalog Section GC. Third Party Certification: �L UL Listed: 11853 fh CSA Certified: 9795 UL Listed liquidtight flexible metal conduit fittings are suitable for use in the following Hazardous Locations under NEC 501 -4(b), 502- 4(a)(2), 503 -3(a) (2): Class I, Div. 2; Class II, Div. 1 and 2; and Class III, Div. 1 and 2 and are suitable for grounding in sizes V through 1'/." under NEC 35 1 -1 Applicable Third Party Standards: UL Standard: 514B CSA Standard: C22.2 No. 18 NEMA: FB -1 Federal Spec: W- F -406E Type 4Q -38 — Type 40-200 kMhted throat rade Sae Catalog (inches) �heCatalog Dimensions in Inches Itamlter p g C (4 KO) 40-38 4Q -38T 1 % 1 Y4 4Q -50 4Q -50T 4Q -75 4Q -75T 1 X 4Q-100 4Q -125 40-100T 4Q -125T 1 Y, 1 % 4Q -150 40-150T 1'A 13A 5/ 2/4 2 4Q -200 4Q -200T 1'f 5/ 3'/. 2% 4Q -250 4Q -250T 2 1 4% 3 3Yzz 4Q -300 4Q -350 4Q -300T 4Q -350T 2 156 4'/ 2Y< 1 X 4% 4 5 4Q -400 4Q -400T 2X IY< 6% 6 4Q -500• 4Q -500T• 234 156 736 4Q -600•' 4Q- 600T•' 2;4 1'A 8% -UL Listing not applicable to these sizes 'CSA Certification not applicable to these sizes. 1 NIT OF o NfiRgL ��CiNq�j;, 6 { . - Ilk Type 4Q -250 — Type 4Q-600 r -c ljq Liquidtight Fittings Type 4Q 45" & 90 Features: • Tapered threaded male hub NPT • Compact, slim diameter with small turning radius. • Furnished with locknut and sealing ring. • Liquidtight/Raintight/Oiltight. • Suitable for grounding (through 1'/. "). • Suitable for wet locations. • Long ferrule prevents pullout and tight bend conduit "pop- out ". • Inspection windows in ferrule to ensure full engagement. • See Page GC4 for our patented Ferrule Wrench which makes ferrule installation easy. Material /Finish: Malleable Iron/Zinc Plated Steel Ferrule /Zinc Plated Optional Finish: Available Hot - Dip /Mechanically Galvanized, See "410 -TG" Series in Catalog Section GC. Third Party Certification: OUL Listed: 11853 L N' CSA Certified: 9795 UL Listed Liquidtight flexible metal conduit fittings from %" through 1'/." trade sizes are suitable for grounding under NEC 351 -1. UL Listed liquidtight flexible metal conduit fittings are suitable for use in the following Hazardous Locations under NEC 501 -4(b), 502- 4(a)(2), 503 -3(a) (2): Class I, Div. 2; Class ll, Div. 1, 2. Applicable Third Party Standards: UL Standard: 5148 CSA Standard: C22.2 No. 18 NEMA: FB -1 Federal Spec: W- F -406E Type 4Q -438 — Type 40 -4200 Type 40 -4250 — Type 40 -4500 Trade Stiun (inches) Catalog Number lasubm Throat Catalog Nmdw Dimensions in Inches C A g 01a %(14KO) 4Q -438 410 -438T 1'6 BAe 1 X 410-450 4Q -450T 1 % B/B 1'/. X 4Q -475 410 -475T 2'/, B /,B 1 F 1 4Q -4100 4Q -4100T 236 14 13/. 1' /< 40 -4125 4Q -4125T 3% % 2% 1% 4Q -4150 4Q -4150T 3% % 2% 2 4Q -4200 4Q -4200T 4 % 3 2! 4Q -4250 4Q -4250T 53/ 1 4% 3 4Q -4300 4Q -4300T 6% 1 X 41A 4 40 -4400 4Q -4400T 734 1' /< 6A 5 410 -4500• 4Q- 4500T• 8 1 % 73A -UL. usnng not applicable to these sizes Type 40 -938 — Type 4Q -9200 Type 4Q -9250 — Type 4Q -9500 kwdated Throat Trade Size Catalog Catalog Dimensions in Inches (inches) Nwher Nimthher A 0 C 0 � KO) 4Q -938 40 -938T 1 % 4 4Q -950 4Q -950T 1 B• I 4Q -975 4Q -975T 113/, '1 4Q -9100 4Q -9100T 2 1'/, 410 -9125 410 -9125T 2% 1;Z 4Q -9150 4Q -9150T 2% 2 4Q -9200 4Q -9200T 3% 2% 4Q -9250 4Q -9250T 7'f 3 4Q -9300 4Q -9300T 81A 4 4Q -9400 4Q -9400T 1136 5 4Q -9500• 410- 9500T• 14 -UL Listing not applicable to these saes % 1 % 13A B /18 _.1 % +- 13x6 '6 114 1',4 % 11% 15� % 2% 21b % 2% 2'/. 3/ 3 2'A 1 4% 7'A 1 A 4'/ 8'f 1% 6% 11 1'/. 73A 14 J0 Copper Building Wire THHN 600 Volt. Copper Conductor. Thermoplastic Insulation /Nylon Sheaf Heat, Moisture, Oil, and Gasoline Resistan All Sizes Rated THWN -2. All Stranded Sizes Rated MTt V ( AWG Sizes 14 Through 1 Rated VW -1 and Larger Sizes Rated for CT Us APPLICATIONS Southwire Type THHN or THWN -2 conductors are primarily used in conduit and cable trays for services, feeders, and branch circuits in commercial or industrial applications as specified in the National Electrical Code 2. When used as Type THHN, conductor is suitable for use in dry locations at temperatures not to exceed 90 °C. When used as Type THWN -2, conductor is suitable for use in wet or dry locations at temperatures not to exceed 90 °C or not to exceed 75 °C when exposed to oil or coolant. When used as Type MTW, conductor is suitable for use in wet locations or when exposed to oil or coolant at temperatures not to exceed 60 °C or dry locations at temperatures not to exceed 90 °C (with ampacity limited to that for 75 °C conductor temperature per NFPA 79). Conductor temperatures not to exceed 105 °C in dry locations when rated AWM and used as appliance wiring material. Voltage for all applications is 600 volts. SPECIFICATIONS Southwire Type THHN or THWN -2 or MTW (also AWM) meets or exceeds all applicable ASTM specifications, UL standard 83, UL standard 1063 (MTW), Federal;Specification J- C -30B, and requirements of the National Electrical Code. CONSTRUCTION Southwire Type THHN or THWN -2 or MTW copper conductors are annealed (soft) copper, insulated with a tough heat and moisture resistant polyvinyl chloride (PVC), over which a nylon (polyamide) or UL- listed equal jacket is applied. Available in black, white, red, blue, green, yellow, brown, orange, and grey. Some colors standard, some subject to economic order quantity. Sizes 1 AWG through 1,000 kcmil available in black only. Oil and gasoline resistance II as defined by Underwriters Laboratories. 1999 Edition. MADE •'!/� SOUltiliYlY'C' A IN.THE ®printed cn R ^_cydocY Paper COPYngnt 1998. 30utr,, re Cornoanv USA All Righ's Heserved � -1 ©1998 THHN 7or Allowable Ampacities+ Nominal Approx. Net Insulation Jacket O.D. Weight Per Thickness Thickness Standard ' mils (mils) 1000' (Ibs.) nds ( ) (mils) 60 C 75 C 90 C Package RECOMMENDED SAMPLE SPECIFICATIONS: (MTW OR THHN OR THWN -2) Conductors shall be UL- listed Type MTW or THHN or THWN -2 gasoline and oil resistant II, suitable for operations at 600 volts as specified in the National Electrical Code. AWG sizes 14 through 1 shall be rated VW -1, larger sizes shall be rated for CT use. Conductors shall be annealed copper, insulated with high -heat and moisture resistant PVC, jacketed with abrasion, moisture, gasoline, and oil resistant nylon or UL- listed equivalent, as manufactured by Southwire Company or approved equal. (AWM) Conductors shall be UL- listed Type THHN or THWN -2 or MTW or AWM, suitable for operation at 600 volts at conductor temperatures not to exceed 105 °C. ll DNF DQFA F E C BC C B B B B B B B B B B C C C N� VVVVVV��t- SOUthuire One Southwire Drive 1!: Carrollton, GA 30119 USA Southw¢c is a registcrrd trademark of South, ire Company. 770/832 -4242 WWw. south Wlre.cnm Sol. Str. Sol. Str. "14 19' 15 4 102 2 19` 109 15 16 15 15 15 15 4 119 .. 0 19' 20 128 23 24 20 20 20 4 150 19 30 161 37 38 30 30 30 5 .,6 19 30 5 213 63 40 50 55 249 95 55 65 75 3 19 40 6 3 19 40 318 152 70 85 95 6 2 19 40 6 346 188 85 100 110 1 19 50 7 378 234 95 115 130 1/0 1g 50 7 435 299 110 130 150 ?JO 19 50 7 474 371 125 150 170 3/0 19 50 7 518 461 145 175 195 4/0 19 50 7 568 574 165 200 225 624 717 195 230 260 250 37 300 37 60 Q 8 _ 850 215 255 290 694 350 37 60 8 1011 240 285 320 400 37 8 796 1172 260 310 350 500 37 60 925 1333 280 335 380 -- _ 165-3 320 380 430 600 61 70 9 750 61 70 1024 1985 355 420 475 9 1000 61 70 9 126 2462 400 475 535 1276 — 3255 455 545 615 "Solid construction available in sizes 14, 12, & 10 as Types THHN TNWN -2 or AWM on or N "Also suitable for 105 C appliance wiring 1 STANDARD PACKAGE CODE: material (AWMI. Four 500' spools per carton. ^Two 500' spools per carton. B - 1000' Reel +Allowable Ampacities: C - 500' Reel Alowable ampacities shown are for general use as specified by the National Electrical Code, 1999 Edition, section 310 -15. D ' 2500' Spool 60 C -When terminated to equipment for circuits rated 100 amperes or less or marked for #14 E 1000' Spool F - 500' Spool through #1 conductors. MTW wet locations or when ex 75 C - When terminated to equipment for N - 2000' D - 350' Carton Carton circuits rated over 00 amperes or marked conductors larger than #1. THWN-2 when exposed to oil or coolant. MTW for 90 C - THHN dry locations. THWN -2 wet or dry locations. dry locations. All AWG sizes 14 through 1 rated VW- 1. Larger sizes rated for CT Use. RECOMMENDED SAMPLE SPECIFICATIONS: (MTW OR THHN OR THWN -2) Conductors shall be UL- listed Type MTW or THHN or THWN -2 gasoline and oil resistant II, suitable for operations at 600 volts as specified in the National Electrical Code. AWG sizes 14 through 1 shall be rated VW -1, larger sizes shall be rated for CT use. Conductors shall be annealed copper, insulated with high -heat and moisture resistant PVC, jacketed with abrasion, moisture, gasoline, and oil resistant nylon or UL- listed equivalent, as manufactured by Southwire Company or approved equal. (AWM) Conductors shall be UL- listed Type THHN or THWN -2 or MTW or AWM, suitable for operation at 600 volts at conductor temperatures not to exceed 105 °C. ll DNF DQFA F E C BC C B B B B B B B B B B C C C N� VVVVVV��t- SOUthuire One Southwire Drive 1!: Carrollton, GA 30119 USA Southw¢c is a registcrrd trademark of South, ire Company. 770/832 -4242 WWw. south Wlre.cnm Copper Products Bare Coppe J0 Wire and Cabe Bare Copper Conductor. Solid and Strande 44 APPLICATIONS Solid and stranded (classes AA and A) bare copper are suitable for overhead transmission and distribution applications. Stranded conductor of greater flexibility (classes B and C) are suitable for uninsulated hook up, jumpers, and grounds in electrical construction. SPECIFICATIONS Southwire's bare copper wire and cable meets or exceeds the following ASTM specifications: B -1 Hard -Drawn Copper Wire. B -2 Medium -Hard Copper Wire. B -3 Soft or Annealed Copper Wire. B -8 Concentric - Lay- Stranded Copper Conductors, Hard, Medium- Hard, or Soft. CONSTRUCTION Bare copper, solid or stranded. Available in tempers hard, medium -hard, or soft. Stranded conductors are concentrically stranded. 0 ( � Southwire, MAc D//��E USA ®PnnL ^V on RecyCed Paper copyrlyh[ 1998, Southwue Company. All Flights Reserved_ 1.8 -1 C1998 Bare Copper Wire and Cable Diameter Weight Hard -Drawn Medium -Hard Drawn Soft -Drawn (Annealed) Size (AWG) Per 1000 Diameter (mtls) Circular Mil Area Min. DC Resistance Mm. DC Max. DC Strand- Weight ft- cmils ( ) Ultimate Ohmsl Ultimate Resistance Ultimate Resistance Allowable ing Per (Ibs.) Strength 000 ft. Strength Ohms/ Strength Ohms/ Ampacity+ ing Class 1000 Indi- pbs.) @ 20 C (Ibs.) 1000 ft. (Ibs 1000 ft. DC Allowable kcmil ft. vidual Plete @ 20 C .) @ 20 C Resistance Ultimate Resistance Am acit + P y SOLID lbs. ( ) Wires Cable Strength 1000 ft. 14 13 12.4 15.7 64.1 72.0 4110 213.5 2.626 166.6 2.613 124.2 2.525 12 19.8 80.8 5180 6530 268.0 336.9 2.083 208.8 2.072 156.6 2.003 11 24.9 90.7 8230 422.9 1.652 261.6 1.643 197.5 1.588 10 31.4 101.9 10380 529.2 1.310 1.039 327.6 1.303 249.0 1.260 8 6 7 7 B B 51.0 81.0 48.6 146 410.4 1.033 314.0 0.999 499 9 8 39.6 50.0 114.4 128.5 13090 661.2 0.824 514.2 0.820 380.5 0.792 7 63.0 144.3 16510 20820 826.0 1030.0 0.653 643.9 0.650 479.8 0.628 2433 6 79.4 162.0 26240 1280.0 0.518 0.411 806.6 0.515 605.0 0.498 105 5 100.2 181.9 33090 1591.0 0.326 1010.0 1265.0 0.409 762.9 0.395 125 258.4 109.3 328 3801 0.1316 2955 0.1650 0.324 961.9 0.313 145 4 3 126.3 159.3 204.3 229.4 41740 52620 1970.0 2439.0 0.258 1584.0 0.257 1213.0 0.249 170 2 200.9 257.6 66360 3003.0 0.205 0.163 1984.0 0.204 1530.0 0.197 0.1037 1 253.3 289.3 83690 3688.0 0.129 2450.0 3024.0 0.162 1929.0 0.156 225 4640 0.08224 4062 0.07949 355 3/0 ►4/0 7 0.128 2432.0 0.124 260 +Ampacity based on 75 C conductor temperature; 25 C ambient temperature: 2 ft /Sec, wind in sun f• One Southwire Drive N./ southivit, Carrollton, GA 30119 USA l� S Southvnr; is a isq�stereu trademark of Southwire Cam piny 770/832 -4242 www_southwire.com Diameter (mils) Hard -Drawn Medium -Hard Drawn Soft -Drawn Size Strand- Weight (Annealed) (AWG Strand- ing Per DC or ing Class 1000 Indi- Com- Min. Resistance Min. DC Max. DC Allowable kcmil ft. vidual Plete Ultimate Ohms/ Ultimate Resistance Ultimate Resistance Am acit + P y lbs. ( ) Wires Cable Strength 1000 ft. Stren h Ohms/ Strength Ohms/ (lbs.) @ 20 C (Ibs.) ft. Qbs.) 1000 ft. @ 2 C @ 20 C @ 20 C STRANDED 8 6 7 7 B B 51.0 81.0 48.6 146 777 0.6663 610 0.6629 499 0.6408 4 7 A.B 128.9 61.2 77.2 184 232 1228 1938 0.4191 95 130 3 7 A,B 162.5 86.7 260 2433 0.2636 0.2090 1505 0.2622 1320 0.2534 170 2 1 7 A,B 204.9 97.4 292 3050 0.1660 1885 2360 0.2079 1670 0.2010 200 7 A 258.4 109.3 328 3801 0.1316 2955 0.1650 2110 0.1578 230 0.1309 2552 0.1252 265 1/0 2/0 7 7 A,AA A,AA 326.1 411.0 122.8 137.9 369 414 4752 0.1042 3705 0.1037 3221 0.1002 2/0 19 B 410.9 83.7 419 5926 6690 0.08267 0.08267 4640 0.08224 4062 0.07949 355 3/0 ►4/0 7 A,AA 518.1 154.8 465 7366 0.06556 4765 5812 0,08224 0.06522 4024 0.07949 4/0 7 19 A•AA 653.3 173.9 522 9154 0.05199 7278 0.05172 5118 6459 0.06304 450 B 653.3 105.5 528 9617 0.05199 7479 0.05172 6453 0.04999 480 250 19 A 0.04999 480 250 37 B 771.9 771.9 114.7 574 11360 0.04400 8836 0.04378 7627 0.04231 530 300 19 A 926.3 82.2 25.7 575 628 11600 13510 0.04400 8952 0.04378 7940 0.04231 530 350 19 A 1080.6 135.7 679 15590 0.03667 0.03143 10530 0.03648 9160 0.03526 590 400 19 A,AA 1235.0 145.1 726 17810 0.02750 12200 13950 0.03127 10680 0.03022 650 0.02736 12200 0.02645 710 500 600 37 37 A,13 A,AA 1543.8 1853.0 116.2 127.3 814 22510 0.02200 17550 0.02189 15240 0.02116 750 61 A,B 2315.6 110.9 891 998 27020 0.01834 21060 0.01825 18300 0.01763 810 1000 61 A,13 3087.5 128.0 1152 34090 45030 0.01467 0.01100 26510 0.01459 22890 001410 1040 35100 0.01094 30500 0.01058 1240 .Ampaeiy based on .5 C aondac!or !ernperal ure. 25 C amhiani temperature; ? q. /secmmd in sun f• One Southwire Drive N./ southivit, Carrollton, GA 30119 USA l� S Southvnr; is a isq�stereu trademark of Southwire Cam piny 770/832 -4242 www_southwire.com `Fittings �-^ Cat. No. UPC Description Unit Std. Per100 GP -650 16100 7 -1/2" 12 Ga. Solid Green Pigtail 250 1000 14.85 with 1/4" Hex/Slotted /Phillips Leader Point Grounding Screw F C7 -112" Leng� onttactor Preferred No. UPC Description Unit Std. Per100 GC 27050 Grounding Clip 100 1000 6.60 Ground Clips are intended to be pressed on the top edge of a box to hold a No. 10, 12, or 14 AWG copper or a No. 10, or 12 AWG aluminum grounding conductor against the side wall. This clip may be used for connecting the grounding conductor of nonmetallic sheathed cable to outlet boxes or for connecting the grounding jumper from a receptacle to an outlet box. ►per t;rrnp �.�eev�s Wire Range Unit Std. Per100 18-10 100 1000 4.00 18 -8 50 500 11.00 One -Shot connections are available standard packages of 12 each GROUND ROD CONDUCTOR SIZE SIZE Solid Stranded 6,8 8 1/211 34 46 1,2 2,3 6,8 8 3,4 4,6 5/811 1,2 2,3 2/0, 1/0 1/0, 1 GR1 -161G 2/0 6,8 8 3,4 4,6 3/%4il 12 L J i '' 0, 1 GRi -162C /0 i 0 A-IA [6 -1 -96 x2;1111 CABLE TO GROUND ROD USING CADWELD "ONE - SHOT@" CONNECTIONS For both plain or threaded copper clad and galvanized steel or stainless steel rods. The CADWELD "ONE- SHOT"® case is a ceramic disposable body replacing the familiar semi - permanent graphite mold and associated Handle Clamp. Everything required is included except flint ignitor. RU. S. Accepted NEC Compliant Flint Ignitor Cable Cleaning Brush File Torch Head See Section A T320 T313 and T314 T329 T111 __4 (� r@ 014E.S� System n available ova Cable $Or Cable to - ses Page 1 -9 Type NX NX® NX1 -141 L NX1 -161 G NX1 -161L NX1 -161 V NX1 -181G NX1 -181L NXI -181V EMU ;'--l�lJ❑ �I _ILA. � -tL ° �� r If 1. !1, �j ac d c n - - -- --- -. - � CONNECTOR CATALOG NUME Type G R Type GT Type NT GR1 -141G GT1 -141G NT1 -141G GR1 -14-1L GT1 -141L NT1 -141L GR1 -141V GT1 -141V — GR1 -161G GT1 -161G NTi -161G GR1 -161L GT1 -161L NT1 -161L GR1 -161V GT1 -161V NT1 -161V GRi -162C GT1-162C — GR 1 -162G — GR1 -181G GT1 -181G NT1 -181G GR1 -181L GTI -181L NT1 -181L GR1 -181V GTI -181v NTI i81 GR1 -1820 GT1 -i82C — GR1 182G GR1- 182x_: — T320 T313 and T314 T329 T111 __4 (� r@ 014E.S� System n available ova Cable $Or Cable to - ses Page 1 -9 Type NX NX® NX1 -141 L NX1 -161 G NX1 -161L NX1 -161 V NX1 -181G NX1 -181L NXI -181V EMU ;'--l�lJ❑ �I _ILA. � -tL ° �� r If 1. !1, �j ac d c n - - -- --- -. - � r 40 n I • vtiv�o- I 1A an vtega PRECAST CONCRETE 0 I 7 123/8 OQ -7 t8,3/4'- 0 VAC 9DO DRAW, VALVE AND S'umpBox APPROX WEIGHT OF B APPROX. WEIGHT OF CONCRETE LID APPROX. WEIGHT OF CAST IRON LID SPECIAL LID MARMNGS QUOTED UPON REQUEST. THE 9A IS A REINFORCED CONCRETE BOX. IT IS DESIGNED FOR LIGHT PURPOSE DRAIN INSTALLAMNS AND/OR ENCLOSED SEWER CLEANouTS AND/OR ON FOOT Tlf AMC AREA. TAPERED SHOULDERS PR: -VENT SETTLONC,. KNOCKO' UT TO ACCOMO ®ATV= LAP T® APPROXIMATELY ,8" -9702 Avenue, SaTjR , Cp.. S20 �s a s rss ss�i��ao ��)�- -689 ®S ; (819) - � 1 so� Application Provides unmatched protection for housing electrical components in highly corrosive environments. This enclosure is used in indoor and outdoor settings that are frequently wet or have constant exposure to water, other liquids, or contaminants. A wide variety of Type 316L stainless steel enclosures are available specifically for applications in food processing plants and offshore oil exploration. 6.16, Stainless Steel Type 4X Enclosures Construction • Type 304 or Type 316L stainless steel (Type 316L stainless steel has the best corrosion - resistance of the standard types of stainless steel available) • 14 gauge bodies and 14 gauge doors on all sizes • Seams continuously welded and ground smooth, no holes or knockouts • Seamless foam -in -place gasket assures watertight and dust -tight seal • Body stiffener in larger enclosures for extra rigidity • Rolled lip around three sides of door and all sides of enclosure opening excludes liquids and contaminants • Stainless steel door clamp assembly assures watertight seal • Hasp and staple for padlocking • Door removed by pulling stainless steel continuous hinge pin • Data pocket is high impact thermoplastic • Collar studs provided for mounting optional panels • Exterior hardware on Type 316L stainless steel enclosures matches enclosure material Finish Enclosures are unpainted. Cover, sides, top, bottom, and back have smooth brushed finish. Industry Standards UL S08 Type 4, Type 4X, and Type 12 NEMA /EEMAC Type 3,Type 4, Type 4X,Type 12, and Type 13 JIC standard EGP -1 -1967 CSA Type 4, Type 4X, and Type 12 IEC 529, IP66 Price List Page 6.03 Accessories See Generol Accessories index page 9.00 Electrical Interlocks Fast Operating Clamp Assembly Lighting Packages Panel Support Kit Panels (See table) Rack Mounting Angle Kit Swing -Out Panel Kit Terminal Kit Assembly Window Kit 6C Contact your local Hoffman Sales '`P Representative for information on modifications to this product. 1 Hoffman Engineering Company UL NEMA J t Bulletin `n • A4S Standard Sizes Stainless Steel Type 4X Enclosures Catalog Number Catalog Number Enclosure Size k Steel I Panel Type 304 Type 316L A x B x C Catalog Number Catalog Panel Size Number Clamps Data Stiffener A- 16H1206SSLP A- 16H1206SS6LP 16.00 x 12.00 x 6.00 A -16P12 A- 16P12SS6 3 F qty Pocket Body (406 x 305 x 152) 00 x 9.00 1.25 4 Small A- 16H1606SSLP 0 A- 16H7606SS6LP 16.00 x 16.00 x 6.00 A -16P16 0 A- 16P76SS6 - (406 x 406 x 152) 13300 x 13900 3300 q Small A- 16H2O06SSLP 0 A- 16H2O06SS6LP 16.00 x 20.00 x 6.00 A -20P16 (330 x 330) (76) (406 x 508 x 152) A- 20P16SS6 17.00 x 13.00 3,00 4 Small A- 20H1606SSLP A- 20H1606SS6LP 20.00 x 16.00 x 6.00 A -20P16 (432 x 330) A- 20P16SS6 (7B) (508 x 406 x 152) 17.00 x 13.00 3.00 4 Small _ - 2OH2006SSLP 0 A- 20H2O06SS6LP 20.00 x 20.00 x 6.00 A -20P20 (432 x 330 (76) (508 x 508x 162) 0 A- 20P20SS6. 17.00 x.1 7.00 3.00 4 Small A- 24H2O06SSLP 0 A- 24H2O06SS6LP 24.00 x 20.00 x 6.00 A -24P20 [43 ?•x1,432) (76),. (610x 508x 152) A- 24P20SS6 21.00 x 17.00 3.00 5 S mall 9 4 $4H2�p8$SLp 24.00 x 24 OQ x 6.00 A 24P24 ` (533 x 432) A 34P2 21 (76) A- 16H1208SSLP " x 61011 f6P) X 2)00: ; .. 3 )'" 3 00 Small 0 A- 16H1208SS6LP 16.00 x 12.00 x 8.00 A -16P12 .�,r )'6`r A- 16P12SS6 (406 x 305 x 203) 1300 x 9.00 3.00 4 Small 5 AOH168SS6� 20 QD x 16 00 ii oQ X,40 x03) A 20Pts (330 x 229) (78) - 0 A- "r` _.. Q) x(76)•r 20H2008SSUP 20.00 x 20.00 x 8.00 A -20P20 ..' 0 A- 20P20SS6 17.00 x 17.00 (508 x 508 x 203) 3.00 q Small - A- 0 A20f12408SS6LP:: x 20.00 x 24,60 X,8.Oo - . A -24P20 -- (432 x 432) A- 24P20SS6 s, 4 2j,Q01r #7 p0 (7B) A- 24H1608SSLP (508x fitOx 203) 3 00 ., 5" Smell= 0 A- 24H1608SS6LP 24.00 x 16.00 x 8.00 A -24P16 0 A- 24P16SS6 A- 24H2O08SSLP (610 x 406 x 203) 00 x413?00 (533 x 330) 00 (76) q Small A- 24FI200"LP 24.00 x 20.00 x 8.00 A =24P20 A- 24P20SS6 ,, 21.00 z 17.00 3.00 (610 z 508 x 203) 5 ' Small - A- 24H2408SSLP A -24 408SS6LP 24.00 x 24.00 x 8.00 (610 x 610x,,203) A -24P24 A- 24P24SS6 25300 x 2 ?00 pp 5 Small - A- 24H3008SSLP 0 A24H3008SS6LP, 24.00 x 30.00 x 8.00 A -30P24 (533 x 533) A- 30P24SS6 (76) (610x 762x 203) 27.00 *21.00 3.00 ' 7 ' Large' - A- 30H2O08SSLP 0 A- 30H2O08SS6LP 30.00 x 20.00 x 8.00 A -30P20 (686 k 533) O A- 30P20SS6 (76) (762 x 508 x 203) 27.00 x 17.00 3.00 5 Small A- 30H2408SSLP q- 30H2408SS6Lk? 30.00 x 24.00 x 8.00 A -30P24 (686 x 432) A- 30P24SS6 (76) (762 x 610 x 203) 27.00 x 21.00 3:00 5 _ Large A- 30H3008SSLP A- 30H3008SSUP 30.00 x 30.00 x 8.00 A -30P30 4686 X 533) 0 A- 30P30SS6 �6) , (762 x 762 x 203) 00 27.00 x 27. 3.00 7 Large 1 = (686 x 686) (78) , Data subject to change without novice � � 612 421 2240 FAX 612 422 2600 Continued on next page SIM WA i July 9, 2002 Mr. Dale E. Winterquist President Falcon General Engineering, Inc. 572 Collyn Street Vista, CA 92083 Re: Moonlight Beach Urban Runoff Treatment Facility Submittal No. 021C -01 Enclosure, Section 11285 Dear Mr. Winterquist: Richard Brady & Associates has reviewed the subject submittal. We have the following comments: RECOMMENDED ACTION MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED 1. Enclosure shall be manufactured open on both ends. 2. Provide enclosure 25 feet long. 3. Provide enclosure 8 feet and 6 inches wide maximum outside dimension Please contact me if you have any questions concerning this submittal. Sincerely, ;7 Sean F. Manning, P.E. Construction Manager cc: 021 C -01 Submittal Review File Kipp Hefner Rick Brady �ilvcll/ ._4111/ yarle , W • '�mie CLEAR CREEK SYSTEMS, INC. CITY OF ENCINI TAS MOONLIGHT BEACH URBAN RUNOFF TREATMENT FACILITY SUBMITTAL #21 SECTION 11285 1W 20 2002 11: 14 FP. 11OP I LE H 1 N 1 909 356 0232 TO 1601322420E P. 02x02 No Me NI-fli /W* � �cdad onNiLSIJAQ. Mlh7 2660 North Locust Avenue Rialto Ca.92377 800- 727 -8648 x 346 May 21,2002 Clear Creek Systems Inc. 4101 Union Avenue Bakersfield, CA 93305 Dear Vicky Gannon, Thank you for the opportunity to speak with you on the phone. Enclosed is the pricing you requested. !'m certain you will find that Mobile Mini, Inc. has the solution to your storage needs. I've also included some general specifications of our "NEW" WSJ container. • Structural Components -7 gauge -10 gauge outer rails top and bottom, 16 gauge end frames • Outer wall- 20 gauge steel skip welded • Roof -16 gauge seam weld corrugated panels • Floor Joist- 16 gauge c- channel steel • Floor- Steel Flooring on 16" centers. • Door- High security, double swingout doors with our patented tri -cam locking system with 1f2' rubber sea! gaskets around door • Pain:- Sea foam Green inside & Outside QUANTITY LENGTH WIDTH HEIGHT DESCRIPTION Price 4 Tax 1 4" AV ,t 10' Custom Unit with Steel Flooring Delivery: 5250.00 Not including tax. O Tonal Items Price optional turns Price Mobile Mini, Inc. is confident that the features and benefits of our high security "WSJ" container would be the best solution for your storage needs. Please feel free to visit any of our facilities. If I can answer any of your questions don't hesitate to call. Sincerely, Loren Benbery SaloWLeasing Representative Prices are valid for 30 days from date of quotation. wsjquote ,.K. TQT;;L PAGE. 02 #-,* Welcome to Mobile Mini � Avg nary mewl frsm IV Jo �iysrt >u ✓ [ ki nd tD }err btmillen ot lebs to ' ✓ All steel, high security dew Ground t i arxess ✓ Patented beeIang systems txwS where you want ttwn ` ✓ New or Used Custom wild or me � � a o Rent, Buy or Finance! ww Page 1 of 1 V7,02 r oWle . At {CE�rt ss5Q gargzt gar http://www.mobilemini.com/homel.html 5/20/2002 July 9, 2002 Mr. Dale E. Winterquist President Falcon General Engineering, Inc. 572 Collyn Street Vista, CA 92083 Re: Moonlight Beach Urban Runoff Treatment Facility Submittal No. 021D -01 Section 09800 - Protective Coatings Dear Mr. Winterquist: Richard Brady & Associates has reviewed the subject submittal. We have the following comments: RECOMMENDED ACTION MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED The submittal for the Protective Coatings System is incomplete. Please provide the following items: 1. Paint manufacturer's information for each paint system to be used on the job per Specification Section 1.3.C, including the following: a. System 11 - for Buried Concrete Walls (wetwell). b. System 100 or System 106 - for miscellaneous ferrous surfaces and the steel enclosure. 2. Paint Manufacturer's Certification that paint supplied is suitable for its intended use, per Specification Section 1.3.D. 3. Proof of compliance with Application Requirements, per Specification Sections 1.3.F. and 1.3.G. 4. Proof of compliance with VOC Regulations, per Specification Section 1.3.H. �i,90.9 < /l''✓,ti��r� �Eii��i- . Jl4 % //� 1 �� ,f',z'O • . �ie- ��- ��i��sieiuc �,21,2� .T �P.�P� ! %5 000 • %irz �P.�P� lJ� /�0.7 Mr. Dale E. Winterquist July 9, 2002 Page 2 Please provide an additional submittal, under a separate number, for the Protective Coatings System that includes additional information concerning the issues described above. Please contact me if you have any questions concerning this matter. Sincerely, Sean F. Manning, P.E. Construction Manager cc: 021D-01 Submittal Review File Kipp Hefner Rick Brady iF� <rzd. zap A "me 'ZIItl i00 • air y ��rzair .927z� Protective Coatings— Section 09800 Protective Coatings for the UV rack will be done in accordance with the metal surfaces (ungalvanized) specifications in section 09800 of the Moonlight Beach Urban Runoff Treatment Facility Contract Documents and Specifications Book. All other component parts will have the coatings outlined in their respective submittal sections as needed. i July 10, 2002 Mr. Dale E. Winterquist President Falcon General Engineering, Inc. 572 Collyn Street Vista, CA 92083 Re: Moonlight Beach Urban Runoff Treatment Facility Submittal No. 021F -01 Valves, Section 15020 Dear Mr. Winterquist: Richard Brady & Associates has reviewed the subject submittal. We have the following comments: RECOMMENDED ACTION MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED Provide a written certification from the valve manufacturer stating that operator torque has been computed and operators have been sized in accordance with the methods described in Appendix A of ANSI /AWWA C504, latest edition. Also provide an Affidavit of Compliance, in accordance with Section 1.7 of AWWA C504 (Part 2.7 -B). Please contact me if you have any questions concerning this submittal. Sincerely, , Sean F. Manning, P.E. Construction Manager cc: 021F -01 Submittal Review File Kipp Hefner Rick Brady 40.9 .il� <�� i��H� , iiarcc /. �%ci�ir� ,'�,�'�/ • .�ie- �irF�< , �a�r�iart✓,re .9,27,2 CLEAR CREEK SYSTEMS, INC. CITY OF ENCINITAS MOONLIGHT BEACH URBAN RUNOFF TREATMENT FACILITY SUBMITTAL #21 SECTION 15020 Technical Data for ButterAy Valves Flow Characteristics Pressure/Temperature Diagram Temperature °F 100 90 U ao 70 O 60 U 50 LL- 090 3 30 O U- -V0 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 Lift All pressures are given in atmospheric excess pressure values. Ambient temperature max. 122 °F / 50 °C. 16 32 68 104 140 176 212 248 284 232 15 14 13 12 11 10 0 9 8 a 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 217.5 203 188.5 174 159.5 145 - o. 130.5 116 101.5 a 87 72.5 58 43.5 29 14.5 0 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 ❑ Temperature °C Cv /kv Values Pressure Loss Characteristics Inch Cv kv d mm size size 21/2 154 2200 75 3 210 3000 90 4 455 6500 110 5 805 11500 140 6 1162 16600 160 8 2773 39600 225 10 3866 55200 280 1 bar = 0.1 N /mm2 1 kp /cm2 a d 10 N J 0 a) D -- N i � X10 -2 M u2 U. Flow Rate (1/ min) 105 www.us.piping.georgefischer.com March 2002 Type EA 30 Electric Actuator for sizes 2 1/2" and 3" Type EA 41 Electric Actuator for sizes 4"-811 Dimensions for Type 035 Electrically Actuated Butterfly Valve 7.28 4.80 4.21 6.26 -+ a - - - -- -L- __ 2.36 0.31 0 0 11.8 C b 1 0 C� f e 5.90 2.36 4.64 4.01 I i ! 5.86 i 2.36 0.31 aIll .8 a c I I ED b DN I f e April 1999 GEORGE FISCHER +GF+ Dimensions for Type 035 Electrically Actuated Butterfly Valve 5.91 2.76 4.33 3.94 ' 7.76 i i 2.36 i - a 0.31-1 11.8 i c i I i DN b i i f e Inch size a* 1) inch 2) inch b* inch c* inch e* inch f inch Weight lbs. 1) 2) OD d MM ID DN mm 2-112 14.05 16.41 3.15 4.33 4.41 1.81 22.5 26.9 75 65 3 14.02 17.27 3.62 4.72 5.20 1.93 24.2 28.6 90 80 4 15.90 18.27 4.25 5.43 6.30 2.20 26.4 26.5 110 100 5 17.09 19.44 4.72 6.14 7.48 2.52 28.7 33.0 140 125 6 18.42 20.79 5.51 6.69 8.50 2.75 32.0 36.3 160 150 8/9 ** 21.57 23.94 6.89 8.46 10.71 2.80 36.3 40.8 225 ** 200 10 28.85 26.49 8.66 9.76 16.54 2.99 280 250 Type EA 50 Electric Actuator for 10" size *Tolerance +0 %.236 inches 1) without manual override 2) with manual override - used on both d 200 mm (8') and d 225 mm (9*) piping systems. GEORGE FISCHER +GF+ April 1999 Accessories for Type EA 30, EA 41, EA 50 Electric Actuators Description Technical Data Part Number 2 additional limit switches (NEMA 4 /IP 65) 250 V AC, 10 A 199.190.138 4 additional limit switches (NEMA 4 /IP 65) 250 V AC, 10 A 199.190.139 2 additional limit switches for intermediate positions (NEMA 4 /IP 65) 250 V AC, 10 A 199.190.141 Set of 2 additional inductive switches, with diode light NPN 9.6 -55 V DC 0.2 A 199.190.146 Set of 2 additional inductive switches, with diode light PNP 9.6 -55 V DC 0.2 A 199.190.147 Set of 2 additional inductive switches Namur 5 -24 V DC 10 mA 199.190.1 48 Set of 2 additional limit switches with gold contacts 4 -30 V DC 1 -100 mA 199.190.1 49 Potentiometer 1 kQ 199.190140 Speed Control (Vario) 10 -80 sec 199.190.144 Heater and Thermostat 100 -120 V,50 -60 Hz 200 -240 V,50 -60 Hz 199.190.142 Heater and Thermostat 24 V DC /AC 199.190.143 FR 10 Fail -safe Unit 115 VAC 230 VAC 199.190.365 199.190.366 Assembly of Valve and Actuator Type EA 41 Actuator Intermediate housing with coupling device George Fischer Butterfly Valve Type 367 �s Hand lever for emergency override GEORGE FISCHER *GF* April 1999 Technical Data for Type EA 30, EA 41 and EA 50 Actuators Butterfly Valve Type 367 Construction EA 30 (2'/2" — 3 ") EA 41 (4" — 8 ") EA 50 (10 ") Nominal voltage 100 - 1201200 -240 V AC ±10 %, 50 -60 Hz (selectable) 24 V DC /24 V AC, 50 -60 Hz Rated performance 12 VA /7 W 72 VA /48 W 60 VA /40 W Protection class IP 65 according to DIN 40050, NEMA 4x Duty cycle 100% at 77 °F (25 °C) 70% at 122 °F (50 °C) 50% at 77 °F (25'C) 30% at 122 °F (50'C) 50% at 77 °F (25 °C) 30% at 122 °F (50 °C) Overload protection current -time dependent (self resetting) The overload protection is designed to protect both motor and power supply board. If the overload protection device has triggered, it will reset automatically when the unit has cooled down and the actuator will operate again. Electrical connection unit plug 3P +E according to DIN 43650 additional cable port PG 11 or 112" conduit plug Operating time 12 sec /90 °4 8 sec /90 °4 16 sec /9004 Operating angle max. 270 °, set at 900 with 2 limit switches Nominal torque 221 inch pounds (25 Nm) 530 inch pounds (60 Nm) 884 inch pounds /100 Nm Peak torque 442 inch pounds (50 Nm) 1770 inch pounds (200 Nm) 2652 inch pounds /300 Nm Ambient temperature -4 °F to 122 °F ( -200 to 50 °C) For temperatures below 14 °F ( -10 °C) the heating element number 198.190142/ ..143 should be installed. Allowable humidity 0 -98 %, non - condensing Housing material PP -GF, external screws corrosion free Position indicator visual, integrated Butterfly Valve Type 367 Construction Wafer type butterfly valve overall length in accordance with ISO 5752, DIN 3202 Pressure rating ANSI 150 flange drillings Pressure tight to DIN 3230 Tight shut off to BS 5155 Vacuum tight up to .029 inches Hg (1 mbar) GEORGE FISCHER *GF+ April 1999 Instruction Manual Electrical Actuator Unit Type EA 41 GEORGE FISCHER +GF+ The technical data are not binding. They are not warranted characteristics and are subject to change. Please consult our General Conditions of Supply. 42 GEORGE FISCHER +GF+ Electrical Actuator Unit Type EA 41 Page 1. Introduction 44 2. Design of the actuator 45 2.1 Mains voltage selection 46 2.2 Wiring diagram of the standard version 47 3. Design of the actuated valve EA 41 48 3.1 Butterfly valve type 035 48 3.2 Ball valve type 108 48 4. Installation of the actuator 49/50 5. Specifications 51 5.1 Block diagram 52 5.2 Dimensions 52 6. Assembly and wiring of the modular components 53 6.1 Mechanical limit switch 54 6.2 Inductive limit switch 55 6.3 Potentiometer 56 6.4 Operating time adjustment module (Vario) 57 6.5 Heating element 58 7 Troubleshooting guide 59 8. Spare parts list 60 GEORGE FISCHER *GF* 43 1. Introduction This instruction manual contains all the informa- tion regarding design, installation and start -up procedure for the electrical actuator unit type EA 41. Warnings: • Do not work on this unit before disconnecting it from the mains! • The actuator is factory preset to a mains voltage of 230 V AC. By all means refer to Item 2.1. • Electric actuators do not have a safety position. In case of a mains breakdown, the actuator resp. the valve remains in its actual position. • Any work done on the actuator may only be carried out by authorized and trained personnel. • These products are according to the Machine Guidelines 98/37/EG (ancient 89/392/EWG), not regarded as machines; they are, however, built into installations which are regarded as machines. Note We distinctly emphasize that operation is prohibited until it has been confirmed that the machine (plant) into which the products have been built corresponds to the conditions of the C EC Machine Guidelines 98/37/EG (ancient 89/392/EWG). 44 GEORGE FISCHER *GF- 2. Design of the actuator The standard version of the electrical actuator EA 41 consists of the following elements: spur - wheel gear, DC motor, power supply board for the DC motor, transformer as well as compo- nents for limit positioning. For special applica- tions, the actuator can be equipped with additional modular components (see Item 6). 1 Limit Switch S1 and S2 2 Spindle for additional switching cams 3 Mounting space for addi- tional limit switches 4 Mounting space for potentiometer and /or operating time adjustment module 5 DC motor with gear 6 Transformer 7 Visual position indicator ---* valve closes m—, valve opens 8 Connector terminal for additional modular components 1 Spur -wheel gear 2 Unit plug 3 Connector terminal strip for external connections (max. 1.5 mm) 4 Electrical supply unit 5 Terminals for transformer GEORGE FISCHER +GF* 45 2.1 Mains Voltage Selection 230 V /50 -60 Hz C The actuator is factory 17T preset for 230 V- 115 V /50 -60 Hz ® C Selecting 115 V—can be done by changing the corresponding jumpers as shown in the diagram Do not work unit when under voltage! 46 GEORGE FISCHER •GF* 2.2 Wiring Diagram Standard Version Position indicator closed open A M 52 51 flD C green red 1 2 1 B Y Y I red red T F M2� Ml green F 1 1 �N �,; green 1411311211 1 10 9 8 7 6 1514 N 2 1 J U i T blue red green jI green /yellow 3 — 2 -- 1- -- -_LJ .closed. B A -open. I I DC AC + Ll — N — • — - — - — - — - — - — - — - — - — -- L GND Free for Do not use S 1 and S2 for electric position feedback GEORGE FISCHER +GF* 47 I Design of Actuated Valve The electrical actuator type EA 41 can be mounted on a valve via a suitable intermediate housing. The actuators are delivered ex factory in the «open» position. Pictured below under 3.1 and 3.2 are the assembly parts necessary for the automatic butterfly valve type 035 as well as the automatic ball valve type 108 from George Fischer. Both end positions (open and closed) are preset in the factory. It is necessary to re- adjust them after the customer has assembled the unit (see Item 4). 3.1 Butterfly valve 035 George Fischer Actuator I 3.2 Ball valve 108 George Fischer fi 4� Intermediate - housing with coupling device Hand lever for emergency override Butterfly valve 367 George Fischer Ball valve 370 - ' George Fischer 48 GEORGE FISCHER •GF+ 4. Installation of the actuator Warning: Before the actuator is connected to the mains, the following must be checked: —is the actuator adjusted to the correct mains voltage? (see Item 2.1) —are the electrical connections correct? (see Item 2.2) Adjustments If a complete actuated valve is being supplied by George Fischer, no further adjustments are necessary. If the customer assembles the unit or if a repair has been done, the end positions must be checked and if necessary adjusted. Adjustments can only be done on dismounted valves. Limit switch positions Switch S1 opens at «open» position Switch S2 opens at «closed» position (see diagram in the margin) Procedure Both switching cams S1 and S2 are to be adjusted so that the actuating angle is less than 90 °<). Drive the actuator until one limit switch, either «closed» or «open», is operated. The end positions can be adjusted by moving the switching cams, as the actuator follows them. e For George Fischer ball valves an exact 90 °<) rotation should be set. e For George Fischer butterfly valves the «closed» position should be adjusted accord- ing to the following directions. GEORGE FISCHER +GF* 49 G/2 Setting the «closed» position in actuators At the «closed» position in butterfly valves, the disk is not exactly vertical to the pipe axis. Devia- tion values can be taken from the following table. open L. a -b DN d a -b MM mm mm 100 110 5 125 140 5 150 160 6 200 225 6 50 GEORGE FISCHER *GF- 5. Specifications Nominal voltage Rated performance 115/230 V, 50 -60 Hz (selectable) 24 V =/24 V, 50 -60 Hz 48 V, 50 -60 Hz on request 72 W Protection class IP 65 according to DIN 40050 Duty rating 50% at 25 °C /30% at 50 °C, 20 min Overload protection current -time dependent (self resetting)') Electrical connection unit plug 3 P + GND according DIN 43650 additional cable port PG 11 Operating time Operating angle Nominal torque Peak torque Ambient temperature Allowable humidity Housing material 8 s /90° <) max. 270 °, set at 90° 60 Nm 200 Nm —10 to +50 °C2) 0 -98 %, non - condensing UP —GF external screws corrosion -free Position indicator visual, integrated The overload protection is designed to protect both motor and power supply board. If the overload protection device has triggered, it will reset automatically when the unit has cooled down sufficiently and the actuator will operate again. Z For temperatures below —10 °C the heating element Nr. 199 190 142/..143 should be installed (see Item 6.5). GEORGE FISCHER +GF+ 51 5.1 Block Diagram 5.2 Dimensions 52 GEORGE FISCHER •GF* ' m 70 ' ®q + M8x8 ®d® [Z) 17 0 N . .i 52 GEORGE FISCHER •GF* 6. Assembly and Connection of Modular Components The electrical actuator EA 41 is equipped with fastening points which allow for additional modular components to be mounted. The configuration of these points is described under Section 2. The modular components are connected electrically over the free terminal points (7 -14). The external wiring is done via a multiple wire cable through a threaded cable joint. The respective kits are prepared for installa- tion; the electric cables are ready to use. In the following sections, the corresponding assembly points and the wiring are illustrated. GEORGE FISCHER +GF+ 53 6.1 Mechanical limit switches Description Technical Data Code Kit with 2 additional auxiliary switches 250V^ -, 10 A 199 190 138 Kit with 4 additional auxiliary switches 250 V-, 10 A 199 190 139 Kit with 2 additional auxiliary switches with gold contacts 4 -30 V- 1 -100 mA 199 190 149 1 Additional switching cams 2 Limit switch S5, S6 or S5 to S8 Wiring diagram Nr. 199 190 139 54 A DC AC - G- + L1 —7 - N GND Nr. 199 190 138 Nr. 199 190 149 S6 SS M S2 S1 d1 2 4j 2 o= III F E D I 13 12 11 10 9 B 7 6 5 4 N 2 1 B n I DC AC + Ll - N --------- - - - - -- - GND GEORGE FISCHER +GF* 6.2 Inductive limit switches The mechanical installation of these switches is identical to those under 6.1. An additional metal operator must be mounted so that the active surface of the inductive switch can be activated. Description Technical Data Code Kit with 2 additional auxiliary switches 9.6 -55 V- 199 190 146 inductive, with LED NPN 0.2 A Kit with 2 additional auxiliary switches 9.6 -55 V- 199 190 147 inductive, with LED NPN 0.2 A Kit with 2 additional auxiliary switches 5 -24 V- 199 190 148 inductive Namur 10 mA Wiring Diagram Nr. 199 190 146 NPN Nr 199 190 148 Nr. 199 190 147 PNP Q S6 S5 tAC Ll N GND R S6 2 S5 AC L1 N GND GEORGE FISCHER *GF+ 55 6.3 Potentiometer The potentiometer must be mounted on closed valves. Before mounting, the potentiometer must be turned to the end position, so that 0 -0 ist measured between the red and the white con- necting wires. Description Technical Data Code Potentiometer kit 1 -k() 199 190 140 Wiring Diagram Nr. 199 190 140 56 GEORGE FISCHER +GF* 6.4 Operating time adjustment module (Vario) T =10 -80 seconds, Nr. 199 190 144 (The vario drives the motor stepwise). Description I Technical Data I Code Operating time adjustment module 10-80s 199 190 144 i JI i 1 Potentiometer for time adjustment •— time is reduced ^A time is extended The operating time adjust- ment module is connected electrically with this plug (2) on the power supply unit. GEORGE FISCHER +GF+ 57 6.5 Heating element Description Technical Data Code Heating Element 100 -120 V, 50 -60 Hz 199 190 142 200 -240 V, 50 -60 Hz Heatina Element 24 V - /— 199 190 143 1 Heating plate is attached to the heating cartridge 2 Heating cartridge 3 Temperature switch Switching point on: 0 °C off. +5 °C Wiring Diagram Nr. 199 190 142 Nr. 199 190 143 M i v s � 3 r -- I I I F E I d l 3 12 7 1 10 9 B 7 6 5 4 1 � I B A +j DC AC + Ll N GND 58 GEORGE FISCHER •GF* 7. Troubleshooting Guide Problem Possible Error Solution Motor does not run no mains voltage find customer's error (terminal 1, 2, 3) internal wiring error check actuator switching cams S 1 and S2 see Item 5 adjusted incorrectly Motor only runs in throw -over relay does not replace power supply one direction function board Transformer gets wrong input voltage see Item 3.2 very hot selected Overload protection friction torque of valve clean and lubricate triggers (self resetting) too high valve defective motor replace motor duty rating too high increase cycle time apply measures to decrease ambient temperature Valve does not close switching cams S1 and /or see Item 5 or open correctly S2 not adjusted For customer service please consult the specialist at your nearest George Fischer sales office. GEORGE FISCHER •GF* 59 8. Spare parts list Description Code Number 1 Unit plug, complete 198 000 147 2 Motor with gear unit 198 802 700 3 Transformer 48 V— 198 321 003 115/230 V— /50 -60 Hz 198 321 002 4 Power supply unit override 115/230 V— /50 -60 Hz 198 150 456 24 V = /— 198 150 457 48 V— 198 150 458 5 Housing seal NBR 198 802 379 6 Housing cover 198 802 703 7 Electrical Actuator, complete 150 100 -240 V—/50 -60 Hz 198 150 470 24 V = /— 198 150 471 48 V^- /50 -60 Hz 198 150 469 Butterfly Valve Type 035 d DN Intermediate housing Intermediate housing with manual override without manual mm mm I inch I inch override 110 100 4 198 000 122 198 000 128 140 125 5 198 000 123 198 000 129 160 150 6 198 000 124 198 000 130 225 200 8 198 000 125 198 000 131 Ball Valve Type 108 d DN Intermediate housing Warning: with manual override Beware of mm mm I inch turning bolt in the 110 100 14 198 000 134 intermediate housing with 160 150 16 198 000 134 manual override 60 GEORGE FISCHER +GF* Instruction Manual Electrical Actuator Unit Type EA 30 for Type 035 and 108 GEORGE FISCHER +GF+ The technical data are not binding. They are not warranted characteristics and are subject to change. Please consult our General Conditions of Supply. 42 GEMC,EFSCFR «rF- Table of Contents Page 1. Introduction 44 2. Design of the actuator 45 2.1 Mains voltage selection 46 2.2 Wiring diagram of the standard version 47 3. Design of the actuated valve 48 3.1 Butterfly valve type 035 48 3.2 Ball valve type 108 48 4. Installation of the actuator 49/50 5. Specifications 51 5.1 Actuator unit 51 5.2 Block diagram 52 5.3 Dimensions 52 6. Assembly and wiring of the modular components 53 6.1 Mechanical limit switch 54 6.2 Inductive limit switch 55 6.3 Potentiometer 56 6.4 Operating time adjustment module (Vario) 57 6.5 Heating element 58 7. Troubleshooting guide 59 8. Spare parts list 60 GEOWARSCM 43 1. Introduction This instruction manual contains all the informa- tion regarding design, installation and start -up procedure for the electrical actuator unit type EA 30. Warnings: • Do not work on this unit before disconnecting it from the mains! • The actuator is factory preset to a mains voltage of 230 V AC. By all means refer to Item 2.1. • Electric actuators do not have a safety position. In case of a mains breakdown, the actuator resp. the valve remains in its actual position. • Any work done on the actuator may only be carried out by authorized and trained personnel. • These products are according to the Machine Guidelines 98/37/EG (ancient 89/392/EWG), not regarded as machines; they are, however, built into installations which are regarded as machines. Note We distinctly emphasize that operation is prohibited until it has been confirmed that the machine (plant) into which the products have been built corresponds to the conditions of the EC Machine Guidelines 98/37/EG (ancient 89/392/EWG). 44 GEMC,OSCM .c,F. 2. Design of the actuator The standard version of the electrical actuator EA 30 consists of the following elements: spur - wheel gear, DC motor, power supply board as well as components for limit positioning. For special applications, the actuator can be equipped with additional modular components (see Item 6). 1 Limit Switch S 1 and S2 2 Spindle for additional switching cams 3 Mounting space for addi- tional limit switches 4 Mounting space for potentiometer and /or operating time adjustment module 5 DC motor 6 Visual position indicator ---a valve closes .— valve opens 1 Spur -wheel gear 2 Unit plug 3 Connector terminal strip for external connections (max. 1.5 mm2) 4 Electrical supply unit GEOWARSGO •Cf• 45 230 V, 50 -60 Hz The actuator is factory preset for 230 V— 115 V, 50 -60 Hz Selecting 115 V—can be done by changing the corresponding jumpers as shown in the diagram 2.1 Mains Voltage Selection I 11 • Do not work unit when under voltage! 46 GEORGEFOCFW .GF. 2.2 Wiring Diagram Standard Version Position indicator '4 M S1 S2 brown white C 1 2 1 2 8 Y I green green M2LI red � S1 i Do not use S1 and S2 for electric position feedback. /yellow T P GEMGEFOOFM •cf• 47 3. Design of Actuated Valve The electrical actuator type EA 30 can be mounted on a valve via a suitable intermediate housing. The actuators are delivered ex factory in the «open» position. Pictured below under 3.1 and 3.2 are the assembly parts necessary for the automatic butterfly valve type 035 as well as the automatic ball valve type 108 from George Fischer. Both end positions (open and closed) are pre -set in the factory. It is necessary to re- adjust them after the customer has assembled the unit (see Item 4). 3.1 Butterfly valve 035 George Fischer Actuator EA 30 Intermediate housing with coupling device Hand lever for emergency override Butterfly valve 367 George Fischer Ball valve 370 George Fischer 3.2 Ball valve 108 George Fischer 11% I_W"M 1� 48 GEORMFEa-M 4. Installation of the actuator Warning: Before the actuator is connected to the mains, the following must be checked: • is the actuator adjusted to the correct mains voltage? (see Item 2.1 • are the electrical connections correct? (see Item 2.2) Adjustments If a complete actuated valve is being supplied by George Fischer, no further adjustments are necessary. If the customer assembles the unit or afer a repair, the end positions must be checked and if necessary adjusted. Adjustments can only be done on dismounted valves. Limit switch positions Switch S1 opens at «open» position Switch S2 opens at «closed» position (see diagram in the margin Procedure Both switching cams S 1 and S2 are to be adjusted so that the actuating angle is less than 90 °<). Drive the actuator until one limit switch, either «closed» or «open» is operated. The end positions can be adjusted by moving the switching cams, as the actuator follows them. • For George Fischer ball valves an exact 90 °<) rotation should be set. • For George Fischer butterfly valves the «closed» position should be adjusted accord- ing to the following directions. GMRC--FBO-R -GF• 49 DN d a -b mm mm mm 65 75 4 80 90 4 Setting the «closed» position in actuators At the «closed» position in butterfly valves the disk is not exactly vertical to the pipe axis. Devia- tion values can be taken from the following table. 50 GEORGEF50 -M-GF. 5. Specifications 5.1 Actuator unit Nominal voltage 115/230 V, 50 -60 Hz (switchable) 24 V - / 24 V, 50 -60 Hz 48 V, 50 -60 Hz on request Power consumption 12 W Protection IP 65 in accordance with DIN 40050 Duty cycle 100% at 25 °C / 70% at 50 °C, 20 min Overload protection Dependent on current and time (automatic reset)') Electric connection Cable plug 3 P +E in accordance with DIN 43650 additional cable connections PG 11 Control time 12 s / 90° 4 Angle of operation max. 270 °, set to 90° Continuous torque 25 Nm Peak torque 50 Nm Operating temperature —10° to +50 °C 11 Permissible humidity 0 -98 %, non - condensing Body material PP fiberglass reinforced external screws rust -proof Position indicator visual, integrated The overload protection is designed to protect both motor and power supply board. If the over- load protection device has triggered, it will reset automatically when the unit has cooled down sufficiently and the actuator will operate again. 2( For temperatures below -10 aC the heating ele- ment Nr. 198 190 142/..143 should be installed (see Item 6.5). GEORGIEWFU •GF- 51 5.2 Block Diagram 5.3 Dimensions 52 GEORGEM-0.c,F. 6. Assembly and Connection of Modular Components The electrical actuator EA 30 is equipped with fastening points which allow for additional modular components to be mounted. The configuration of these points is described under Section 2. The electrical connection is made by means of a second cable plug or a threaded cable joint (depending on the number of connecting wires). The respective kits are prepared for installation, the electric cables are cut to size and package accordingly. In the following sections, the corresponding assembly points and the wiring are illustrated. GEORGE •cF• 53 6.1 Mechanical limit switches Description Technical Data Code Kit with 2 additional auxiliary switches 250 V ,10 A 199 190 138 Kit with 4 additional auxiliary switches 250 V , 10 A 199 190 139 Kit with 2 additional auxiliary switches with gold contacts 4 -30 V = I 1 -100 mA 199 190149 Wiring diagram Nr. 199 190 139 ss S7 s6 s5 M sl s2 1 4� 2 I41 2 1 14� 2 1 Additional switching cams 2 Limit switch S5, S6 or S5 to S8 Wiring diagram Nr. 199 190 138, /...149 NI Sl S2 1 1 1 F E D 1 TDC AC + Ll N PE AA ' DC AC + Ll — N - - - - -- PE 54 GEOWAFSCM .Cf. 6.2 Inductive limit switches The mechanical installation of these switches is identical to those under 6.1. An additional metal part must be mounted so that the active surface of the inductive switch can be activated. Description Technical Data Code Kit with 2 additional auxiliary switches 9,6 -55 V = 199 190146 inductive, with LED NPN 0,2 A Kit with 2 additional auxiliary switches 9,6 -55 V = 199190147 inductive, with LED PNP 0,2 A Kit with 2 additional auxiliary switches 5 -24 V = 199 190 148 inductive Namur 10 mA Wiring Diagram Nr.199190146 NPN Nr.199190147 PNP 151 52 111 FED 6 5 4 N 2 1 ' i I _ _B ' 0 Wiring Diagram Nr.199190148 �I .n 51 52 3 111 iFED i6 5 d N 2 1 _ T I q 4 � - , -- DC AC + d + L1 I- - - -- - -' -PNP - - - -L - N PE GEORGEFSCFIER +GF+ TDC AC + Ll —L — N PE 55 6.3 Potentiometer The potentiometer must be mounted on closed valves. Before mounting, the potentiometer must be turned to the end position, so that 0 -0 ist measured between the red and the white con- necting wires. Description ITechnical Data I Code Potentiometer kit 11 -kfl 1199190140 Wiring Diagram Nr. 199 190 140 M F-CCW_ — cw' i i M si ss _ , 0 I -TO I _- _ _ ®� B A DC AC t Ll N - - - - -- PE GRAGEFECHR +GF+ 6.4 Operating time adjustment module (Vario) T =20 -160 seconds, Nr. 199 190 144 (The vario is driving the motor stepwise). Description I Technical Data I Code OiDeratinq time adjustment module 120-160s 1199190144 AFA M UL r.mmmmo 111 11 1 Potentiometer for time adjustment 4—"� time is reduced r-,* time is extended 2 The operating time adjust- ment module is connected electrically (2) on the power supply to this plug unit. GEORCEFISO-R ,GF, 57 6.5 Heating element Description Technical Data Code Heating element 100 -120 V, 50 -60 Hz 200 -240 V, 50 -60 Hz 199190142 Heating element 24 V = / — 199190143 1 Heating cartridge 2 Temperature switch Switching point on: 0 °C Switching point off: + 5 °C 3 Mounting bracket Wiring Diagram Nr. 199 190 142 Nr. 199 190 143 J_ 3 SI S2 o« o« iF E D i6 5 d N 2 1 A 1 DC AC + Ll TN PE 58 GECX*EFRI- IM .cF. 7. Troubleshooting Guide Problem Possible Error Solution Motor does not run no mains voltage find customer's error (terminal 1, 2, 3) internal wiring error check actuator switching cams S 1 and S2 see Item 4 adjusted incorrectly Motor only runs in throw -over relay does not replace power supply one direction function board Transformer gets wrong input voltage see Item 2.1 very hot selected Overload protection friction torque of valve clean and lubricate triggers (self resetting) too high valve defective motor replace motor/ gear assembly Valve does not close switching cams S1 and /or see Item 4 or open correctly S2 not adjusted Please consult your nearest George Fischer representative in the event of problems arising. GWRaFBCM.GF. 59 8. Spare parts list Butterfly Valve Type 035 d Description Code 1 Unit plug, complete 198 000 147 2 Gear box and motor (irrespective of voltage) 198 800 310 3 Power supply unit override 75 115 / 230 V --/ 50 -60 Hz 198 150 586 198 000 120 24 V - / — 198 150 587 80 48 V 198 150 588 198 000 127 Electrical Actuator, complete 115 / 230 V ---/ 50 -60 Hz 198 150 711 24V•/— 198150710 Cover set consisting of: 198 000 138 1 cover 1 clamp 1 showcase inspection glass 1 seal 1 O -Ring 5 PT- screws Sealing set consisting of: 198 000 139 4 screw 1 sealing ring 5 PT screw 4 spring washer 1 shaft seal 1 O -Ring Limit switch set consisting of: 198 000 140 2 limit switches 4 screws 4 washers Position indicator 1198800899 Butterfly Valve Type 035 d DN Intermediate housing Intermediate housing with manual override without manual mm mm inch inch override 75 65 2'/2 198 000 120 198 000 126 90 80 3 198 000 121 198 000 127 Ball Valve Type 108 d DN Intermediate housing Warning: with manual override Beware of mm mm inch turning bolt in the 75 65 2'/2 198 000 132 intermediate housing with 90 80 3 198 000 133 manual override 60 GEORGErSC B -GF. Ilk J-11 FivVi Too ,in u FA!,: onhF6l Series EA Automated Tme U Valves Low Cost, Full Featured Plastic Valve And Actuator - Sizes From 1/2" to 2" PVC Construction With EPDM Seals Valve Features • All plastic, will never rust or corrode • True union design • Pressure rating to 225 psi • EPDM seals • PTFE seats • Full port design • Fully serviceable • Double o -ring stem seal Actuator Features • All-plastic enclosure • 3- second cycle time • Thermal overload pro- tection • Permanently lubricated gear train • Nema' 4X housing • Actuator brake for full open /close • No adjustments needed Low Cost Automation The EA electrically actuated true union ball valve is the perfect answer to cost sensitive, automated valve applications that can't get by with less than a full featured valve and actuator combination. Other low cost automated valves use a stripped down actuator with a non - repairable, "throwaway" type valve. The EA features a fully service- able true union ball valve for long reliable service. Corrosion Resistant Valve The all- plastic construction of the EA true union ball valve means there will never be a problem with rust or corrosion. The valve will never stick, jam or fail to operate like a metal valve might because of corrosion. Built to Last EA series valves feature a rugged, 110 VAC electric actuator with an output torque of 140 in -lb. A built -in, automatic resetting thermal overload protector prevents motor burnout. The 25% duty cycle motor drives the valve through a permanently lubricated, rugged gear train. There is never a need to set, adjust or fool with internal actuator adjustments, which are set for the life of the actuator at the factory. All internal components are sealed inside a rugged, all- plastic Nema 4X housing. True Union Ball Valve Rated at 225 psi, the valve features a true union design for easy removal from the piping system for maintenance. There is never a need to disturb piping connections. EPDM seals and Teflon seats hold up to the most aggressive of applications. The full port valve design insures maximum flow rates with low pressure drops. This rugged, fully serviceable valve will provide years of reliable service in the most demanding of applications. 0 Technical Information Wring Diagram • • R0000 AC -LINE BLACK OPEN M 0- V -r BROWN CLOSE GREEN - 1'I GROUND Dimensions - Inches /Miilirnptarc Actuator Specifications Torque Output: 140 in -lb Housing: Polypropylene Seals: plastic Duty Cycle: 25% Cycle Time: 3 seconds Voltage: 110 VAC Enclosure: NEMA 4X Operation: Unidirectional Thermal Overload Protection: Standard Mechanical Brake: Standard Gear Train: Permanently lubri- 4.00/102 cated Locked Rotor Current: 2.8 amp Conduit Connection: 1/2" NPT Valve Specifications Valve Type: True union Material of Construction: PVC Seals: EPDM Seats: PTFE End Connections: Socket or threaded Sizes: 1/2 ", 3/4 ", 1 ", 1 -1/2" 8.601218 and 2" Pressure Rating: 225 psi @ 70 F, 3.00 / 76 non -shock Design: Full port C„ Factors Size ber STE A 4.63 / 118 B 2.25 / 57 C 8.40/213 D 4.88/124 E 4.13/105 Weight (lb /kg) 6.8 / 3.1 1 -114" 5STE M"'EATB 4.75/121 2.63/67 8.601218 1.1 STE 5.25/133 3.00 / 76 9.10/231 7.1 / 3.2 STE 6.75/171 4.00/102 9.50/241 8-1/3.7 �4.5 9 8 2" EATB12 00STE 8.00/203 4.75/121 10-10/257 C„ Factors Size Value 1/2" 8.0 3/4" 15.0 1" 29.0 1 -114" 75.0 1 -1/2" 90.0 2" 140.0 Pressure Loss Calculation For a l AP = [ 2 OP = Pressure drop Q = Flow in GPM Cv = Flow coefficient 10" 1: FATATiffiflM e W N c IL CD Z Y C O 3 Chart TEMPERATURE °C TEMPERATURE °F 1600 1400 1200 1000 600 Soo 400 200 a W z !A W a r, 2 Y 0: 3 n ustrial Products, Inc. Hayward Industrial Products Canada Inc. Hayward Industrial Products (UK) Ltd. ;ne Hayward Industrial Drive, Clemmons, NC 27012 2880 Plymouth Drive, Oakville, Ontario L6H 5R4 Unit 2, Crowngate, Wynoolls Road, Colchester, Essex C04 4HT Tel: 1- 888-429 -4635 (1- 888- HAYINDL) • Fax: 1. 888 - 778 -8410 Tel: 905 829 -2880 • Fax: 905 629 -3636 Tel: 441- 206 - 854454 • Fax 441- 206. 851240 E -mail: industrial @haywardnetcom Web -Site: http : //www.haywardindustrial.com MC -7 -EAV Rev. 1 Printed in U.S.A — EM= PVC & CPVC Standard & True Lug Design BUTTERFLY VALVES Gear Operating Sample Engineering Specification All thermoplastic valves shall be Butterfly type constructed from PVC Type I Cell Classification 12454 or CPVC Type IV Cell Classification 23447. All valve seats and O -rings shall be Buna -N, EPDM or genuine Viton'. Seat shall be a non -liner type interlocked to valve body. Bolt hole patterns shall conform to ANSI /ASME B -16.5 CL 150. Disc shall be offset design with Type 316L stainless steel stem and Type 316 stainless steel hardware. Lever operated valves shall be equipped with high impact polypropylene handle having built -in lockout capability. Gear operated valves shall be equipped with position indicator and high impact polypropylene handwheel. Valve bodies shall accept field installable lug inserts or shall be factory installed True Lug type. Lugs shall be stainless steel or zinc plated steel. Valves shall be pressure rated at 150 psi for water at 73 °F, as manufactured by Spears Manufacturing Company. Features Spears patented Butterfly Valve design departs from traditional liner -seat type valve to eliminate seat creep, reduce operating torque and provide positive seal -off. Ideally suited for flow control or throttling, this high - performance valve is offered with a full variety of options for greater application versatility in industrial and chemical processing applications. Available in IPS sizes 1 -1/2" - 12" in Standard or True -Lug (factory installed lugs) style. • Special off -set Disc lifts quickly from seat to reduce wear and reduce operating torque. • Patented Limited Contact Seat design provides free travel - eliminates seat creep, extrusion and wear. Field replaceable without full valve disassembly. • Interlocking Body & Seat prevents wash -out or blow -out. • Buna -N, EPDM or genuine Viton® Seat & Seals • Solid Type 316L Stainless Steel Stem • Reversible High Impact Polypropylene Lever Handle with 7- Position stops & Built -in Lockout (standard handle on 1 -1/2" - 8" valves; not available on 10" & larger valves) • High Efficiency Gear Operator with Cast Aluminum Housing, Polypropylene Handwheel, and Built -in Position Indicator (available for all sizes; standard on 10" & larger valves) • Standard valve accepts field - installable Lug Inserts Set option • True -Lug design has factory installed zinc plated or SS316 lugs. • Pressure Rated to 150 psi @ 73 °F including Dead -End Service. • ANSI 816.5 Class 150 Bolt Pattern • Valves with EPDM Seals & Seats NSF Certified for Potable water use. Optional Accessories • Teflon" Coated Stem • Stem Extension Kit • PTFE Seat Sleeve • Lever Handle Kit (standard on 1 -1/2 - 8" valves) • Gear Operator Kit (standard on 10" & larger valves) • T- Handle Kit • Field Installable Lug Insert Sets (for Standard valve) • Speed Handle (for gear operated valves) • 2" Square/T -Style Operator Nut (for gear operated valves) • Chainwheel Operator Kit (for gear operated valves) • Positive Stem Stop ( for gear operated valves) • Submersible Gear Operators See "BUTTERFLY VALVE ACCESSORIES" section for details of individual products. 49 W BUTTERFLY VALVES J Standard & True Lug Quick -View Valve Selection Chart Valve Size O -ring Material STANDARD DESIGN TRUE LUG DESIGN Pressure Rating PVC Part Number PVC Part Number' with 316 Stainless Steel Lugs w /Lever Handle w /Gear Operator Valve Only wlLever Handle w /Gear Operator Valve Only 1 -1/2 Buna -N 251311 -015 251321 -015 251301 -015 251311L -015 251321L -015 251301L -015 (77) EPDM 252311 -015 252321 -015 252301 -015 252311L -015 252321L -015 252301L -015 Vitona 253311 -015 253321 -015 253301 -015 253311L -015 253321L -015 253301L -015 2 Buna -N 251311 -020 251321 -020 251301 -020 251311L -020 251321L -020 251301L -020 EPDM 252311 -020 252321 -020 252301 -020 252311L -020 252321L -020 252301L -020 Viton® 1 253311 -020 253321 -020 253301 -020 253311L -020 253321L -020 253301L -020 2 -1/2 Buna -N 251311 -025 251321 -025 251301 -025 251311L -025 251321L -025 251301L -025 EPDM 252311 -025 252321 -025 252301 -025 252311L -025 252321L -025 252301L -025 (.83 Viton® 253311 -025 253321 -025 253301 -025 253311L -025 253321L -025 253301L -025 ( -0_) 3 Buna -N 251311 -030 251321 -030 251301 -030 251311L -030 251321L -030 251301L -030 150 psi EPDM 252311 -030 252321 -030 252301 -030 252311L -030 252321L -030 252301L -030 Vitono 253311 -030 253321 -030 253301 -030 253311L -030 253321L -030 253301L -030 Buna -N 251311 -040 251321 -040 251301 -040 251311L -040 251321L -040 251301L -040 4 EPDM 252311 -040 252321 -040 252301 -040 252311L -040 252321L -040 252301L -040 Non -Shock Water @ 73 °F Viton® 253311 -040 253321 -040 253301 -040 253311L -040 253321L -040 253301L -040 6 Buna -N 251311 -060 251321 -060 251301 -060 251311E -060 251321E -060 251301E -060 EPDM 252311 -060 252321 -060 252301 -060 252311L -060 252321L -060 252301L -060 Viton® L 253311 -060 253321 -060 253301 -060 253311L -060 253321L -060 253301L -060 8 Buna -N 251311 -080 251321 -080 251301 -080 251,3111_-080 251321L -080 251301L -080 EPDM 252311 -080 252321 -080 252301 -080 252311L -080 2523211_ -080 252301L -080 Vitone 253311 -080 253321 -080 253301 -080 253311L -080 253321L -080 253301L -080 10 Buna -N 10" AND LARGER NOT AVAILABLE WITH LEVER HANDLE ...e i_ «.." •r• ._ __� 251321 -100 251301 -100 10" AND LARGER NOT AVAILABLE WITH LEVER HANDLE 251321L -100 251301L -100 EPDM 252321 -100 252301 -100 252321L -100 252301L -100 Viton® 253321 -100 253301 -100 253321L -100 253301L -100 12 , c... ro.v Buna -N 251321 -120 251301 -120 251321L -120 251301L -120 EPDM 252321 -120 252301 -120 252321L -120 252301L -120 Vton® .._i..e- Ewa 253321 -120 _.._�__ ::_._. ,_ ......... 253301 -120 ____. 253321L -120 253301L -120 2: For True Lug Design Valve with Zinc Plated Steel Lugs, substitute the letter -Z" for the letter "L" (e.g. 251311Z -030). 3: Optional BFV with submersible gear operators available, inquire with Spears. Temperature Pressure Rating System Operating 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 210 Temperature °F (C °) (38) (43) (49) (54) (60) 1 (66) (71) (77) (82) (88) 1 (93) (99) Valve PVC 150 135 110 75 50 -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- Pressure (1.03) (.93) (.76) (.52) (.34) ( -0 -) ( -0 -) ( -0 -) ( -0 -) ( -0 -) ( -0 -) ( -0 -) Rating CPVC 150 140 130 120 110 100 90 80 70 60 50 -0- psi (Mpa) (1.03) 1 (.97) (.90) 1 (.83 (.76) (.69) 1 (.62) 1 (.55) 1 (.49) (41) (.34) ( -0_) See dimensions and additional Technical Information starting on Page 55 NOT FOR USE WITH COMPRESSED AIR OR GASES 50 BUTTERFLY VALVES Replacement Parts for 1 -1/2" - 12" PVC & CPVC Standard or True Lug and Polypropylene Valves No Component City. i Material 1 Body 1 PVC /CPVC 2 Stem Bearing 1 Teflon ®GFPP 3 Seal Carrier _L 1 PVC /CPVC /PP 4 Seat —L Buna -N EPDM Viton® 5 Disc 1 PVC /CPVC /PP 6 Stem Bushing 2 T flon ®GFPP 7 Bushing O -ring —L 2 Buna -N EPDM Viton® 8 Stem 0-ring 2 Buna -N EPDM Viton® 9 Stem Washer - Hex 1 Te on® 10 Stem Washer - Slot* 1 -2 SS316 11 Stem Washer - Round 1 TeflonD 12 Stem Nut 1 PVC /CPVC 13 Handle Grip 1 GFPVC 14 Handle Body 1 PP 15 Grip Pin 1 PP 16 Lock Pin 1 PP 17 Handle Lock 1 GFPVC 18 Handle Spring 1 SS316 19 Handle Cover 1 PP 20 Hex Head Cap Screw 1 SS316 21 Flat Washer 1 SS316 22 Handle Bushing 1 GFPVC 23 Timing Stop 1 CPVC 24 Stem 1 SS316 25 Lug Insert 4 -12 SS/anc Plated Steel 26 Gear Operator Assemdy 1 Cast Aluminum 27 Hand Wheel 1 PP True Lug Only (not shown): Seal Carrier Flange Plate 1 PVC /CPVC Lug & Nut 4 -12 1 SS/dnc Plated Steel Plate O -ring 1 Buna -N, EPDM, Viton® 55 Warners useo on o- 5 larger 2: See 14" -24" PP valve illustration for Gear Operator Components, No. 8 - 16 14 " -24" VALVES 1- 1/2 " -12" VALVES Replacement Parts for 14" - 24" Polypropylene Valves No. Component City Material __L.Body 1 PP 2 Seal Carrier 1 PP 3 Seat 1 EPDM/Vton 4 Stem 1 SS316L 5 Disc 1 PP 6 Stem O-ring 2 EPDMViton 7 Set Screw 1 Steel 8 Drive Bushing 1 Steel 9 Gear Operator 1 Epoxy Coated Aluminum 10 Flat Washer 4 SS316 11 Lock Washer 4 SS316 12 Hex Head Cap Screw 4 SS316 13 Handwheel Pin 1 SS316 14 Handwheel Adapter 1 GFPVC 15 Handwheel Nut 1 PP 16 Handwheel 1 PP 17 Hex Bolts 6 -12 Nylon 18 Thread Insert 2 Steel 19 Hex Head Cap Screws 2 SS316 20 Dowel Pin 1 IPP Steel 21 Tower I 1 BUTTERFLY VALVES Standard, True Lug & Polypropylene Dimensions 0 ... I ih` ®.J A7CEAK Nominal Size Pressure Rating' (psi) A g C D E F G Standard & Polyprop len True Lug 1 -1/2 150 8 -9/32 1 -9/16 2 -1/4 5 5 -25/32 9 -1/4 4 -1/4 11 -5/32 2 150 9 -9/32 1 -15/16 2 -9/16 6 6 -9/32 9 -1/4 4 -3/4 13 -1 /8 2 -1/2 150 10 -9/32 2 2 -3/4 7 6 -25/32 9 -1/4 5 -1/4 13 -1/8 3 150 11 -7/32 1 2 -3/32 2 -13/16 7 -1/2 7 -15/32 12 5 -5/8 14 -5/32 4 150 12 -11/16 2 -9/32 3 9 8 -3/16 12 6 -1/4 15 -5/8 6 150 16 -114 2 -3/4 3 -1/2 11 10 -3/4 14 8 -5/8 19 -1/4 8 150 18 -1/2 2 -15/16 3 -3/4 13 -1/2 11 -3/4 14 9 -5/8 21 -1/2 10 150 WA 3 -1/4 4 16 WA WA 11 26 -5/8 12 14 16 18 20 24 30 -60 150 1002 852 702 702 702 702 WA 1 3 -1/2 4 -1/4 19 WA WA 6 -1/4 WA 21 WA WA 6 -3/4 WA 23-1/2 WA WA 7 -1/8 WA 25 WA WA 7 -3/4 WA 27 -1/2 WA WA 8 -7/16 WA 32 WA Contact Spears for 30" to 60" Valve Dimensions WA 12 29 -1/8 WA 13 -3/16 29 WA 14 -7/16 31 -1/2 WA 15 -3/16 33 WA 16 -7/16 3 33 WA 18 -11/16 40 Nominal Size H I J K L M N 0 p 1 -112 2 8- 21/32 10 -1/8 6 -7/16 6 -7/16 2 -3/8 2 -3/8 8 8 8 -13/16 8 -13/16 4 -13/16 4 -13/16 5 -3/16 5 -3/16 2 -3/16 2 -3/16 1 -27/32 1 -27/32 2 -1/2 9 -5/8 6 -7/16 2 -3/8 8 8 -13/16 4 -13/16 5 -3/16 2 -3/16 1 -27/32 3 10 -17/32 6 -7/16 2 -3/8 8 8 -13/16 4- 13116 5 -3/16 2 -3/16 1 -27/32 4 11 -1/8 6 -7/16 2 -3/8 8 8 -13/16 4 -13/16 5 -3/16 2 -3/16 1 -27/32 6 13 -3/4 6 -7/16 2 -3/8 8 8 -13/16 4 -13/16 5 -3/16 2 -3/16 1 -27132 8 14 -3/4 6 -7/16 2 -3/8 8 8 -13/16 4 -13/16 5 -3/16 2 -3/16 1 -27/32 10 18 -5/8 7 -1/8 73/8 8 9 -13/16 5 -3/8 5 -15/16 2 7-7/16 2 -11/32 12 19 -5/8 7 -1/8 2 -3/8 8 9 -13/16 5 -3/8 5 -15/16 2 -7116 2 -11132 14 18 -1/2 7 -3/8 2 -9/16 8 10 -13/16 6 -7/8 7 -7/16 3 -1/8 3 16 19 -3/4 7 -3/8 2 -9/16 8 10 -13116 6 -7/8 7 -7/16 1 3 -1/8 3 18 20 -1/2 7 -3/8 2 -9/16 8 10 -13/16 6 -7/8 7 -7/16 3 -1/8 3 20 21 -3/4 7 -318 2 -9/16 8 10 -13/16 6 -7/8 7 -7/16 3 -1/8 3 24 24 7 -3/8 2 -9/16 8 10 -13/16 6 -7/8 7 -7/16 3 -1/8 3 30 -60 Mu ... 1)M Contact Spears for 30" to 60" Valve Dimensions i I t I ax mum n erne ressure Rating for water @ 73 F 2) Additional pressure rating is possible with attention to flow direction. 56 BUTTERFLY VALVES C„ Values & Operating Torque Valve Size C„1 Degrees Open Operating2 Torque (in. -lbs.) 15° 30° 45° 60° 75° 90° 1 -1/2 2 8 20 36 61 81 100 2 3 11 27 49 82 109 110 2 -1/2 5 19 48 86 144 192 206 3 9 35 86 155 259 345 360 4 10 41 103 185 308 411 420 6 28 113 281 506 844 1125 720 8 56 225 562 1012 1687 2249 1200 10 111 444 1110 1998 3330 4440 1320 12 158 631 1577 2839 4732 6309 1920 14 176 705 1762 3172 5286 7048 See Notes 16 211 846 2114 3805 6341 8455 18 273 1092 2730 4914 8190 10920 20 355 1418 3545 6381 10635 14180 24 467 1866 4665 8397 13995 18660 1: Gallons per minute at 1 psi pressure drop. 2: Operating torque for large diameter valves varies significantly with system operating pressure, flow direction and velocity. Contact Spears for torque requirement based on application. Actuator Mounting Dimensions Size Square Bolt Hole Diamete Bolt Circle Diamete HEX Stem Height 1 -1/2 1.95 .34 2.75 .375 +.000 - .004 .75 2 1.95 .34 2.75 .500 +.000 - .004 .75 2-1/2 1.95 .34 1 2.75 .500 +.000 -.004 .75 3 2.65 .41 3.75 .563 +.000 - .004 1.00 4 2.65 .41 3.75 .625 +.000 - .004 1.04 6 3.17 .41 4.48 .875 +.000 - .004 1.27 8 3.17 .41 4.48 1.000 +.000 -.004 1.29 10 1 3.54 .41 5.00 1.125 +.000 -.006 1.38 12 3.54 .41 5.00 1.250 +.000 -.006 1.38 14 3.54 .41 5.00 1.250 +.000 -.006 1 1.62 16 3.54 .41 5.00 1.250 +.000 -.006 1.75 18 3.54 .41 5.00 1.250 +.000 -.006 1.75 20 3.93 .41 5.56 1.250 +.000 -.006 1.75 24 4.33 .41 6.12 1.250 +.000 -.006 1.75 Stem Height 1 VALVE 57 Actuator Mounting Detail For Custom Actuation �- Square Bolt Hole )�(- Diameter HEX 0 Bolt Circle Diameter BUTTERFLY VALVES General Installation Information I rmj= 0 Spears Butterfly Valves are designed for system connections either between two flanges, or with single -side (flange one -side only) connection for dead -end service using lug style valves. The valve handle (or gear operator) is reversible 180° for either left or right side operation. Spears Butterfly Valves are designed for installation with user supplied 1/8" full -faced gaskets, hex bolts, nuts and flat washers. Caution: Spears Butterfly Valves Are designed for use with flanges or flanged equipment having minimum waterway inside diameter no less than that of Schedule 80 PVC pipe (ASTM D 1785) Use of smaller inside diameter flange connections may result in obstruction and damage to the valve disc. PVC 8r, CPVC Butterfly Valve Torque and Hardware Requirements Valve Size No. of Bolt Holes Bolt Torqu (ft:Ib. Standard Valve Valve with Lug Inserts True Lug Valve Bolt Lengths' (In) Bolt Diamete (in.) Bolt Thread per Inch Flat Washe O.D. (in. Bolt Lengths' in•) Bolt Diamete (in. k1larth Flat Washe O.D. in.) Bolt Lengths in. Bolt Diamete (in.) Lug Thread per Inch Flat Washe O.D. in.) Single Side Dual Flan a Single Side 2nd Flange 1 -1/2 4 12 3 -1/4 4 -1/4 1/2 13 1 -3/8 1 -3/4 1 -1 /2 1/2 1 3/4 1 -3/8 1 -112 318 16 1 2 4 25 3 -3/4 4 -314 5/8 11 1 -3/4 2 1 -3/4 5/8 3 -1/2 1 -3/4 2 1/2 13 1 -3/8 2 -1/2 4 25 4 -1/4 5 -114 5/8 11 1 -3/4 2 -114 2 5/8 20 1 -3/4 1 1.3/4 1/2 1 13 1 -3 /8 3 4 25 3 -3/4 5 -1/2 5/8 11 1 -3/4 2 -1/4 2 518 1 11 1 -3/4 1 2 112 13 1 -3/8 4 8 25 4 5 -3/4 5/8 11 1 -3/4 2 -1/2 2 5/8 11 1 -3/4 2 -1/4 112 13 1 -3/8 6 8 40 4 -3/4 6 -1/2 3/4 10 2 3 -1/4 2 -1/4 3/4 10 2 2 -1/2 5/8 11 1 -3/4 8 8 40 5 -1/4 7 -1/4 3/4 10 2 3 -1/2 2 -1/4 3/4 10 2 2 -3/4 5/8 11 1 -3/4 10 12 64 5 -3/4 8 -1/4 7/8 9 2 -1 /4 4 3 7/8 9 2 -1/4 2 -314 3/4 10 2 12 12 95 1 6 1 8 -1/2 1 7/ 2 -114 4 -1 4 3 718 9 2 -1/4 2 -3/4 3/4 10 1 2 1: Minimum bolt lengths based on use of Spears flanges, 1/8" full faced gaskets, standard S.A.E. hex bolts and Standard Plate "W" Series flat washers. 2: Specified bolt lengths are ✓}film allowable for maintaining proper clearance in initial Single -Side installation with Lugs where anticipated 2nd Flange installation option is to be retained without removal of valve. 3: Minimum bolt length through 2- flanges, 2-gaskets, 2 -flat washers and 1 -valve body. Single -Side (flange one side) Installation 1JE' f=ull Fau Gasket Flat wastes VFLOW,.,. sns Using Standard Valve with Lug Inserts CAUTION: Flange must be installed on side of valve opposite the hex nut recesses for Single -Side Installation as illustrated. (Flange, bolts, nuts, washers and gaskets not included. Lug inserts may be ordered separately.) Polypropylene Butterfly Valve Torque and Hardware Requirements Valve Size (in.) No. o Bolt Holes Bolt Diamete (in.) Bolt Torque (ft: lb. Bolt Lengths Valve La Length (in.) 1 -1/2 4 1/2 12 Bolt lengths will vary according to thickness of valve, mating flanges, washers, nuts and gaskets used. The following formula may be used to calculate bDlt length for installation with mating flange each side: L = V +2 (F + G + W) + N Where: L = Minimum Bolt Length V = Valve Lay Length F = Flange Thickness G = Gasket Thickness W = Washer Thickness N = Nut Thickness 1 -9/16 2 4 5/8 25 1 -5/16 2 -1/2 4 5/8 25 2 3 4 5/8 25 2 -3/32 4 8 1 5/8 25 2 -9/32 6 8 1 3/4 40 2 -3/4 8 8 1 3/4 40 2 -15/16 10 12 1 7/8 64 3 -1/4 12 12 1 7/8 95 3 -1/2 14 12 1 110 6 -1/4 16 16 1 110 6 -3/4 18 16 1 -1/8 110 7 -1/8 20 20 1 -1/8 110 7 -3/4 24 20 1 -1/4 110 8 -7/16 58 Im" TRUE UNION 2000 INDUSTRIAL BALL VALVES Sample Engineering Specification All thermoplastic ball valves shall be True Union 2000 Industrial type manufactured to ASTM F 1970 and constructed from PVC Type I, ASTM D 1784 Cell Classification 12454 or CPVC Type IV, ASTM D1784 Cell Classification 23447, or Polypropylene, ASTM D 4101. All 0-rings shall be EPDM or genuine Viton'. All valves shall have Safe- T- Sheat's' stem with double O -ring stem seals. All valve handles shall be polypropylene with built -in lockout mechanism. All valve union nuts shall have Buttress threads. All seal carriers shall be Safe - T- Blocked'. All valve components shall be replaceable. All valves shall be certified by NSF International for use in potable water service. All PVC and CPVC 1/2" through 2" valves shall be pressure rated to 235 psi, all 2 -1/2" through 4" and all flanged valves shall be pressure rated to 150 psi for water at 73° F. All Polypropylene valves shall be pressure rated to 150 psi for water at 73° F, as manufactured by Spears Manufacturing Company. Quick -View Valve Selection Chart Valve Size O -ring Materia PVC Part Number' 2 Pressure Rating Threaded Socket Flanged 1/2 EPDM 1821 -005SR 1822 -005 1823 -005 235 psi Non -Shock Water @ 73 °F (Flanged & PP 150ps Non -Shock Water @ 73T Viton® 1831 -005SR 1832 -005 1833 -005 3/4 EPDM 1821 -007SR 1822 -007 1823 -007 Vitche 1831 -007SR 1832 -007 1833 -007 1 EPDM 1821 -010SR 1822 -010 1823 -010 Vitone 1831 -010SR 1832 -010 1833 -010 1 -1/4 EPDM 1821-012SR 1822 -012 1823 -012 Viton® 1831 -012SR 1832 -012 1833 -012 1-1/2 EPDM 1821 -015SR 1822 -015 1823 -015 Vitone 1831 -015SR 1832 -015 1833 -015 2 EPDM 1821 -020SR 1822 -020 1823 -020 Vitona 1831 -020SR 1832 -020 1833 -020 2 -1/2 EPDM 1821 -025SR 1822 -025 1823 -025 235 psi Non -Shock Water @ 737 Viton 1831 -025SR 1832 -025 1833 -025 3 EPDM 1821 -030SR 1822 -030 1823 -030 Viton® 1831 -030SR 1832 -030 1833 -030 4 EPDM 1821 -040SR 1822 -040 1823 -040 Viton® 1831 -040SR 1832 -040 1833 -040 1) For CPVC add the letter "C" following the size code of part number listed (e.g., 1822.005C,1821- 005CSR) 2) For PP (thread only) add the letter "P" following the size code of part number listed (e.g., 1821 -005PSR) 9 Features — PVC, CPVC, PP This multi - featured, space saving quarter -tum shutoff valve is designed to meet the demands of today's industrial and chemical processing applications. PVC and CPVC valves are available in IPS sizes 1/2" through 4" with socket, SR thread (Stainless Steel Reinforced), or flanged end connectors. Polypropylene valves available in IPS sizes 1/2"- 4" with SR threaded end connectors. • Chemical & Corrosion Resistant PVC, CPVC, or PP Construction • Also Available in Spears LXTTm High Purity, Low Extractable PVC Material • Interchangeable with all True Union 2000 Valves Mates with Schedule 80 Union 2000 Pipe Unions • High Impact Polypropylene Handle • Built -in Handle Lockout • Schedule 80 Full -Bore Design • Strong, Buttress Thread Union Nuts • Spears Double O -ring Safe -T- Shear@ Stem Design • EPDM or genuine Viton® 0-rings • Spears Safe -T- Blocked® Seal Carrier • Self Adjusting PTFE Floating Seat Design • Fully Serviceable, Replaceable Components • PVC & CPVC Sizes 1/2" - 2" pressure rated to 235 psi @ 73° F. Sizes 2 -1/2" - 4" and all Flanged to 150 psi @ 73° F. • Polypropylene sizes 1/2" - 4" pressure rated to 150 psi @ 73 °F. NSF Certified for Potable Water use • Suitable for Vacuum Service • Assembled with Silicon -Free, Water Soluble Lubricants • Manufactured to ASTM F 1970 Optional Accessories* • Retro -Fit End Connector Sets for Valve Replacement • Split -Nut Repair Kits for Union Nut Replacement • Supplemental End Connectors • Round Safety Handles • Handle Lockout Ring • Stem Extension Kits • Square Operator Nuts • Multi Mount Valve /Actuation Mounting Kits See "BALL VALVE ACCESSORIES" section for details of individual products. TRUE UNION 2000 INDUSTRIAL BALL VALVES 1 Replacement Parts r No. Component Qty. Material 1 Seal Carrier 1 PVC /CPVC 2 Seat 2 PTFE 3 Body 1 PVC /CPVC 4 Carrier 0-ri ng 1 EPDM/Viton® 5 1 Stem 1 PVC /CPVC 6 Stem Bearing 1 PP 7 Handle 1 PP 8 Stem 0-ring 2 EPDM /Viton® 9 Handle Lock 1 PP 10 Ball 1 PVC /CPVC 11 Union Nut 2 PVC /CPVC 12 End Connector O -ring_ 2 EPDM/Viton® 13 End Connector 2 PVC /CPVC Dimensions, Weights, Operating Torque & Cv Values Nom inal Size Dimensions Reference (inches, t 1116) JApprox. Wt. (Lbs. Oper 2 Torque (in.lbs.) CV' Values A B' C D E F G PVC CPVC Thd/ Soc Flanged Socket Thread 1/2 1 -7/8 2 -7/16 4 -3/16 3 -3/16 2 -9/16 2 -13/16 3 -1/2 2 -31/32 .36 .38 12 29 18 3/4 2 -1/4 2 -3/4 4 -3/4 4 -1/4 2 -7/8 3 -5/16 3 -7/8 3 -5/16 .56 .58 12 63 39 1 2 -1/2 2 -7/8 5 -1/8 4 -11/16 3 -1/8 3 -7/16 4 -1/2 3 -5/8 .74 .77 20 120 73 1 -1/4 3 -1/16 3 -1/4 5 -3/4 5 -3/16 3 -5/8 3 -13/16 4 -5/8 3 -31/32 1.13 1.19 25 243 151 1 -1/2 3 -1/2 3 -1/2 6 -1/4 5 -7/16 4 4 -3/16 5 4 -3/8 1.54 1.60 40 357 223 2 4 -1/4 4 -3/4 7 -3/4 6 -3/4 4-1/2 5 -1/8 6 5 -1/4 2.72 2.85 67 599 395 2 -1/2 5 -3/8 5 -7/8 9 -5/16 8 -1/2 5 -1/8 6 -1/4 7 -1/2 6 7.42 7.70 120 856 579 3 6 -3/16 6 -7 /8 ill-13/161 10 -11/16 9 -3/4 5 -7/8 7 -5/8 7 -1/2 6 -13116 7.46 7.81 120 1416 974 4 7 -1/2 7 -1/4 CPVC 10 -1/4 1 6 -3/4 1 9 -3/16 9 7 -1/2 12.35 12.48 336 2865 1952 1: Valve Lay Length - 2: Torque required at valve maximum internal pressure rating, 5ft1sec. Flow velocity; due to adjustment differences during installation, actual values may vary. 3: Gallons per minute at 1 psi pressure drop. Valves calculated from laying length, based on derivative of Hazen - Williams equation with surface roughness factor of C =150. Temperature Pressure Rating System Operating 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 1 200 210 Temperature °F °C) • 38 43 49 54 60 66 71 77 82 88 93 99 PVC 235 211 150 75 50 -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- 1.62 1.45 1.03 .52 .34 -0 -0. -0- -0- -0- -0- ) (-0-) Valve 1/2„ 2" CPVC 235 219 170 145 130 110 90 80 70 60 50 -0- 1.62 1.51 1.17 1.00 .90 .76 .62 .55 .48 .41 .34 ) (-0-) Pressure 150 135 110 75 50 -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- Rating PVC 1,03 .93 .76 .52 .34 -0- -0- -0- -0- -0 -0- -0. psi 2 -1/2" - 4 150 140 130 120 110 100 90 80 70 60 50 -0- (Mpa) CPVC 1.03 .97 .90 .83 .76 .70 .62 .55 .48 141 .34 -0- 1/2„-4„ P P 150 105 90 80 65 50 45 30 20 _0- -0- -0- (1.03) (.72) (.62) (.55) (.45) (.34) (.31) (.21) (.14) NOTE: 1) Flanged Valves have a base pressure rating of 150 psi. NOT FOR USE WITH COMPRESSED AIR OR GASES 10 CON GENERAL ENGINEERING, INC. N STREET • VISTA. CA 92083 • TEL 760/630 -9570 • FAX 760/630 -3648 • STATE CONT. LIC. #540702 SUBMITTAL NO. 018-01 For SECTION 15120 PIPING SPECIALTIES MOONLIGHT BEACH URBAN RUNOFF TREATMENT FACILITY CONTRACT # CMS01B CITY OF ENCINITAS, CA It is hereby certified that the Equipment/Material shown and marked in this submittal is that proposed to be incorporated into Contract # CMS015, is in compliance with the contract drawings Opecifications, and can be installed in the allocated aces, and is submitted for approval. IV Certified By Date Sl3 1 b)'-)--- T R I P A C� / / / / // /i///,, FASTENERS S 2e r0 &' Prvv,o,0 GAS tj PeoAO I 4 FASTENERS FOR THE WATERWORKS AND CONSTRUCTION 1NDUSTRIE "SUBMITTAL INFORMATION" "Cl RUBBER " S GENERAL DESCRIPTION: A TOUGH SBR COMPOUND AND CLOSE WEAVE FABRIC CONSTRUCTION. PROVIDES BOTH FLEXIBILITY AND UNIFORM STRUCTURAL STRENGTH. ONE PLY OF FABRIC PER 1 /16TH IN. THICKNESS. BINDER TEMP (MAX) PRESSURE ELONGATION ............ •iiii,'iei< ............ 1H : HARDNESS (SHORE A) TENSILE STRENGTH IA FABRIC TYPE SBR 175o F 500 psi 230% 65 400 POLYESTER 7 AVAILABILITY: GASKETS ARE AVAILABLE IN BOTH 1/16TH AND 8T IN THICKNESS AND THEY ARE MANUFACTURED IN BOTH RING AND FULL FACED DIMENSIONS. GASKETS MEET THE PRESSURE RATINGS, DRILLING AND DIMENSIONS OF ANSI /ASME B16.2.1. TRIPAC FASTENERS, A DIVISION OF TRIPAC MARKETING, INC. 475 KLUG CIRCLE • CORONA, CA 92880 -5406 (909) 280 -4488 • FAX (909) 272 -4445 TRIPA c / / / / % /iii,,,, FASTENERS 5 ze s �P --JP- "STAINLESS STEEL BOLTS, CI S wPnaeD HEX CAP SCREWS, AND STUDS" --'!- "STAINLESS STEEL NUTS" ABSTRACT FROM ASTM F593 & F594 - -w 'T-3 16" o/ FASTENERS FOR THE WATERWORKS AND CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRIE "SUBMITTAL INFORMATION" Prov Oct) GRADE: 18 CHROMIUM, 10 NICKEL, 2 MOLYBDENUM (AISI TYPE 316) CHEMICAL REQUIREMENTS: CARBON, MAX MANGANESE PHOSPHOROUS, MAX SULFUR, MAX SILICON CHROMIUM NICKEL MOLYBDENUM MECHANICAL REQUIREMENT: TENSILE STRENGTH (KSI) YIELD STRENGTHS (KSI) ELONGATION [ %] HARDNESS (ROCKWELL) PERCENT MAXIMUM 0.08 2.00 0.045 MINIMUM .......... ..................... ::...�::: 25 H95WC32 :D STOCK THUS REQUIRING A 0.75 IN. AND LARGER MAY BE SYMBOLS IS ACCEPTABLE ALL BOLTS, NUTS &STUDS , UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED IN THE PURCHASE ORDER SHALL BE THREADED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANSVASME B18.2.1, , PAGE G1, FOR HEX CAP SCREWS (FINISHED HEX BOLTS.) UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, THE DIMENSIONS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF ANSVASME B 18.2.2, PAGE D-1, FOR HEX NUTS. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION CAN BE FOUND IN ASTM F593, DTD 1993 (STAINLESS STEEL BOLTS, HEX CAP SCREWS, AND STUDS) AND IN ASTM F594, DTD 1993 (STAINLESS STEEL NUTS.) FLAT WASHERS: ALL WASHERS SHALL BE OF THE SAME MATERIAL AS THE NUTS. TRIPAC FASTENERS, A DIVISION OF TRIPAC MARKETING, INC. 475 KLUG CIRCLE • CORONA, CA 92880 -5406 (909) 280 -4488 • FAX (909) 272 -4445 z C - ` TO EAL, "kaQ r LINKmSEAL i 0 ...the fast, modern way to seal wall pipe penetrations and pipeline casings at road crossings. Economical, easy -to- install LINK. SEAL is fast becoming the standard method for positive, hydrostatic sealing of the annular space between pipes and the holes or casings through which they pass. Patented in seven countries and sold world -wide by 98 stocking distributors, these unique, interlocking, modular seals have gained widespread acceptance among leading architects, engineers, contractors and pipeliners. Many years of rugged on- the -job use have proven LINK -SEAL to be far superior to old- fashioned lead -oakum joints, expensive hand - fitted flashings, messy, non - pressure sealing, non- support- ing mastics or leak and damage suscep- tible casing boots. Extremely versatile and available in an almost infinite range of sizes, LINK - SEAL can be found on such diverse applications as a pipeline in Arabia, a pneumatic drug- distributing system in a modern New York hospital, or a fire protection system in a British nuclear power plant. The modular link design permits easy assembly in the field and enables users to maintain a complete stock of seals with a minimum of inventory. "While every possible effort has been made by Thunderline Corporation to insure that all Link -Seal model numbers and their corresponding specifications have been accurately set forth in this catalog, no responsibility is assumed by Thunderline Corporation for any loss incurred by reason of any said errors or omissions." t) Identical links are mold- ed of solid synthetic rubber, specially compounded to re- sist aging, ozone, sunlight, water, chemicals and extreme temperature variations. 2) The interlocking links are connected by corrosion resistant bolts and nuts to form a belt. Under each bolt head and nut is a sturdy, elongated plastic or metal pres- sure plate. Each nut fits into a special pocket in its pressure plate which prevents the nut from turning when the bolt head is tightened. 3) Link -Seal is shipped pre - assembled in ten -link units with complete installation in- structions. Simply add or sub- tract links and connect the first and last links to form a loose belt around the pipe. 4) Slide the assembled Link -Seal into the annular space between the pipe and the casing or hole through which it passes. 5) Now tighten the bolt heads. The elongated pressure plates compress the rubber links which in turn expand to form a continuous, air- tight, water -tight seal between pipe and casing or hole. LINK -SEAL POSITIVE HYDROSTATIC SEALING When properly installed, Link -Seal is rated for 40 feet of head or 20 psig . . . pressures much greater than normally encountered in wall and casing seal applica- tions. They effectively withstand radiation levels up to 5 x 108 RADS often encountered in nuclear power plants, and prevent tracking or corona resistance created by high energy underground electrical cables. EASY INSTALLATION CUTS LABOR COSTS As shown in the step -by -step photos on the preced- ing page, Link -Seal can be installed in minutes. Time consuming caulking, leading, flashing, taping and messy mastics are eliminated, and installation time and costs are reduced by as much as 50 %. SEALS ANY TYPE CONDUIT Link -Seal is ideal for use with API steel pipe, soil pipe, copper and steel tubing, cast iron pipe, concrete pipe, electrical conduit, PVC and other type plastic pipes. Since plastic pipes can't tolerate the heat required for lead -oakum joints, Link -Seal is a natural. On thinwall conduit the expanded links provide excellent sealing with no danger of damaging or rupturing the pipe wall. 6) Cut -away of completed installation. Link -Seal not only helps support the carrier pipe, but absorbs shock and dampens vibration. Metal- to-metal contact is eliminated, thus preventing any damaging cathodic reaction. COP' CATA 4 FEATURES CATHODIC PROTECTION Where insulation against cathodic reaction lysis — is required, Link -Seal is supplied with spe strength, non -creep glass- reinforced nylon plates. Since all metal parts are encased either rubber sealing elements or dielectric plastic plates, metal -to -metal contact is impossible. FIRE AND HIGH TEMPERATI PROTECTION For firewalls or applications where extreme I be encountered, Link -Seals can be supplied wi pressure plates and special high temperature elastomer sealing elements. See page 9 for deta EIGHT BASIC LINK SIZES Link -Seal comes in eight different thicknes various size annular spaces. They have been effectively seal pipes from 1/4" to 121" in though there is no maximum limit to the diarr can be handled. Select the exact model you req the charts on pages 10 -19. SUPPORT FOR CARRIER PIF Link - Seal's solid rubber links and sturdy plates resist radial loading which helps the ceiling brackets support the carrier pipe. In c, ings the Model PL Link -Seal installed at eacl pages 20 & 21) effectively centers the carrier p casing and helps the cradles, end supports or resist the loads from back - filling. Although does not anchor the pipe, it does provide the axial support on vertical floor and ceiling appli SHOCK, SOUND AND VIBR/ ABSORPTION An inherent feature of Link - Seal's flexil body is its ability to absorb shock, sound c created either by changes in internal pipe p ground disturbances such as earthquakes or sl at railway crossings. Failures due to fatigue reduced at welds, flanges and threaded conne( PRO' �MN AGAINSI DA Unlike exposed pipeline boots, Link -Sea inside the casing or sleeve prevents any d< sharp aggregate, tools or backfilling equipmer i Ell ('r O W Link - Seal's thick section design provides excellent protection against rotting, tearing, aging, punctures and other hazards of direct ground burial. SEALS ARE SHIPPED ASSEMBLED To save you time and facilitate field assembly, Link - Seal are shipped pre - assembled from our factory or local distributor in ten (10) link sections — with complete installation instructions. Simply add or remove the necessary number of links to make up a seal that fits your specific pipe diameter. MINIATIUM E n The modular, interchangeable nature of Link requires stocking only the desired number of each link from which seals can be assembled for particular is OFF- CENTER COMPENSATION Since the rubber sealing elements expand when 1 bolts are tightened, Link -Seal will compensate for considerable amount of both angular misalignment a eccentricity while still forming an efficient seal. PIPELINES CASINGS AT ROAD CROSS- INGS • COMPRESSOR STATION WALLS • REGULATOR PIT WALLS WASTE AND WATER WASTE TREATMENT PLANTS • SANI- TARY SEWER MANHOLES • LIFT STATIONS • CHEMICAL FILTRATION PIPING FILTER BED WALLS AND PIPE GALLERIES HVAC SYSTEMS • STEAM TUNNELS • POWER HOUSE PIPING • TOTAL ENERGY PLANTS • UNDERGROUND HEATING PIPE SYSTEMS PENETRATIONS . FIRE PROTECTION PPIPPINGN• FLOOR PROOFING APPLICATIONS SOUND- ELECTRICAL POWER GENERATInlr. -�"' "'L' rVSJIL FUEL PLANTS INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR WALL PENETRATIONS ASSURES NEGATIVE PRESSURE WITHIN BUILDING CONTROL AND INSTRUMENTATION PIPING • FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS • POWER PROCESS PIPING . COOLING TOWERS • ELECTRICAL CONDUIT CIR CULATING WATER LINES • CONDENSATE DIS CHARGE LINES • TURBINE OIL FILTER LINES DRAIN AND COOLER LINES 5 To: Richard Brady & Associates 4909 Murphy Canyon Road, Suite 220 From San Diego, Ca 92123 Attn: Sean F. Manning P.E., A.E.E. Moonlight Beach Urban Runoff Treatment Facility City of Encinitas, Ca Project # CMS015 Date of Submittal: 5 -31 -02 Falcon General Engineering, Inc. 572 Collyn St. Vista, Ca. 92083 Falcon General Engineering, Inc Submittal No. 001 -01 Specification Section No Specification Drawing Reference Date Item Required by Schedule This is an X Original Submittal Resubmittal We have verified that this submittal contains all applicable material and information required for evaluation Of its compliance with the project plans and specifications. Furthermore, we submit these items, which comply with the project plans and specifications (check one): X with no deviations except for the deviations described below No. of I Sheet or Copies Item No. 8 Comments (Attach additional sheets, if necessary) Description (Name, Type, Model, Catalog Number, Manufacturer) Submittal 001 -01 Traffic Control Plan Submitted By; Signature -�-Z_ Received By Signature C O N G E N E R A L E N G I N E E R - - -- STREET VISTA, CA 92083 • TEL 760/630 -9570 • FAX 760/630 -3648 SUBMITTAL NO. 001-01 For SECTION NO SPECIFICATION TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN -INGI INC STATE CONT. LIC. #5407C MOONLIGHT BEACH URBAN RUNOFF TREATMENT FACILITY CONTRACT # CMS01B CITY OF ENCINITAS, CA It is hereby certified that the Equipment/Material shown and marked in this submittal is that proposed to be incorporated into Contract # CMS015, is in compliance with the contract drawings & specifications, and can be installed in the allocated aces, and is submitted for approval. Certified By Date 513 6 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - co 250' n Q co -i M U C -7 w D R -1 0 LO N R -1 0 N C -1 NOTES: 1. WORK HOURS SHALL BE FROM _:_ M TO _: M 2. ADDITIONAL COMMENTS: -- rr9R9 s me" HI -WAY SAFETY, INC. 13310 9TH STREET CHINO, CALIFORNIA 91710 520 YY, GRAND AVENUES ESCONDIDO, CALIFORNIA 92023 Proposed Detour: « » St I 6 7� tic" W T" St \TION: MOO 0 N Q U) C -5L C-5LT `.Z n O N S 01 Run Treatment Facility Falcon General Engineering Disclaimer Note O F E N C I N I TAS PERMIT N0. Traffic Control Devices (signs, cones /delineators, barricades, etc.) Shall be placed in the roadway t qualified personnel trained in traffic control and checked by the foreman before any work begins. Hi -Way Safety, Inc." Is not responsible for changes, deviations from, uses, or implementation of th traffic control plan set. Upon Acceptance, the user agrees to indemnify and hold harmless "Hi -Way tAFFIC DIVISION Safety, Inc." From any actions arising from the use of these plans. FIC CONTROL PLAN SHEET 1 OF 2 N ' o Si R -17 to M N cn <D F* U O FR( R -17 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - co 250' n Q co -i M U C -7 w D R -1 0 LO N R -1 0 N C -1 NOTES: 1. WORK HOURS SHALL BE FROM _:_ M TO _: M 2. ADDITIONAL COMMENTS: -- rr9R9 s me" HI -WAY SAFETY, INC. 13310 9TH STREET CHINO, CALIFORNIA 91710 520 YY, GRAND AVENUES ESCONDIDO, CALIFORNIA 92023 Proposed Detour: « » St I 6 7� tic" W T" St \TION: MOO 0 N Q U) C -5L C-5LT `.Z n O N S 01 Run Treatment Facility Falcon General Engineering Disclaimer Note O F E N C I N I TAS PERMIT N0. Traffic Control Devices (signs, cones /delineators, barricades, etc.) Shall be placed in the roadway t qualified personnel trained in traffic control and checked by the foreman before any work begins. Hi -Way Safety, Inc." Is not responsible for changes, deviations from, uses, or implementation of th traffic control plan set. Upon Acceptance, the user agrees to indemnify and hold harmless "Hi -Way tAFFIC DIVISION Safety, Inc." From any actions arising from the use of these plans. FIC CONTROL PLAN SHEET 1 OF 2 250' 0 250' c? 250' 0o CD 250' LITERS s OOHS N"�Nx HI -WAY SAFETY, INC 17310 5TH STREET CHINO, CALIFORNIA 91710 520 51L DRANO AVENUE, ESCONDIDO, CALIFORNIA 92025 U in � I;D M � n N R -16 o LO cD N M R -16 0 N C -18 NOTES: 1. WORK HOURS SHALL BE FROM _:_ M TO M 2. ADDITIONAL COMMENTS: - -- W Ca Proposed Detour- cc B'S St — C -5LT c� W V, U) 4 - «a» St N C -5RT 0- %11001 C) C -5L C-5R �` p» St 4TION: Moonlight Beach Urban Run Off Treatment Facilitv Falcon General Engineering Disclaimer Note Traffic Control Devces (signs, cones/delineators, barricades, etc. ) Shall be placed in the roadwa y byOF E N C I N l TAS PERMIT N0. qualified personnel trained in traffic control and checked by the foreman before any work begins. 'Hi -Way Safety, Inc." Is not responsible for changes, deviations from, uses, or implementation of this traffic control plan set. Upon Acceptance, the user agrees to indemnify and hold harmless "Hi -Way RAFFIC DIVISION Safety, Inc." From any actions arising from the use of these plans. VIC CONTROL PLAN I SHEET 2 OF 2 za'S' E O co Y O ; Q w 0 Y ✓� tU J Q = _ = O � W OC 7 Q . N T j J u Ln<< I L • CL � � W �w' ■ Q � S 0 _ • m O N Q m O N Ci QI Q m tL N co EV m n I M ELLJ EL m Q {ii W Q 0 � h 4 _ < T in N W Q a: N 0 N W ~ O (7 Q a-�Y! N T a: Q a J N p = { p V Q W T J � 1.1 Y Q 0 3 � Y: t 0 0 > Q � uN CL_ Q cr z w _ W W ¢ W l] Z T ¢ K C� Wa J co = Q V K W W 2 O a = JI W W �I u m a W � CO a Q 0 co o a Q N co cr 0 CO W¢o� m u F �gof � W N Ln m m J Q u co Q1Q Z G .. Q co _ Q Li C) o _- m Q Ln O m ¢ a _ f� Q Q h O it m cc a 0 m W h Q _o - � Q W V Q � a _2 Q Z X O Q = Q Q C - LO C u Q Z u. c N O N n � J r - Q Q _ J z /� o iL �O Q T o °a °o O J _o 0 a W t T Z O Q K j Y J O _ = N D o � 1 4 3 v ' z Q Z z O 0:D ¢ s0¢ ¢pa im �MM 'z2' 'z { D^i � v N �-Oz w U)Z- U)Z[Z J <a D w N 0 m W z w N 7 cr m UL mw za'S' E O co Y O ; Q w 0 Y ✓� tU J Q = _ = O � W OC 7 Q . N T j J u Ln<< I L • CL � � W �w' ■ Q � S 0 _ • m O N Q m O N Ci QI Q m tL N co EV m n I M ELLJ EL m Q {ii W Q 0 � h 4 _ < T in N W Q a: N 0 N W ~ O (7 Q a-�Y! N T a: Q a J N p = { p V Q W T J � 1.1 Y Q 0 3 � Y: t 0 0 > Q � uN CL_ Q cr z w _ W W ¢ W l] Z T ¢ K C� Wa J co = Q V K W W 2 O a = JI W W �I u m a W � CO a Q 0 co o a Q N co cr 0 CO W¢o� m u F �gof � W N Ln m m J Q u co Q1Q Z G .. Q co _ Q Li C) o _- m Q Ln O m ¢ a _ f� Q Q h O it m cc a 0 m W h Q _o - � Q W V Q � a _2 Q Z X O Q = Q Q C - LO C u Q Z u. c N O N n � J r - Q Q _ J z /� o iL �O Q T o °a °o O J _o 0 a W t T Z O Q K j Y J O _ = N D o � 1 4 3 \\ W W N W J � ago Z co �i t J Ln W N V Jm'1 �a CO i cD L.,3 7 iN 1 U Z W U W \ Oi PNWA < CY) Q4= Ln U d Ld be 04 44J (Y) z > cr- co Ul Ir 10 m U LLI m FUJAELI L40) z LLA u1i C) m 4.A < z cv) 2) 0. < 4CO) z <0 a: 440L > Z z mo(L 0 O 0 z z U) 0 ow� 0 LLJ �< Zz< w0a: Sort -i Cl cn C,<O L) �-Oz D 'K a. w � U).m wz� cc < cc � L fr fr a. Na 5 Z cn V- ul C> z L > d 40 CDO C3 C) CD Lk IWL C:) cn U W, C) ME &Aj CY) <$ U > , �A a � =ice < Ot 0 CON GENERAL ENGINEERING, INC N STREET VISTA, CA 92083 TEL 760/630 -9570 • FAX 760/630 -3648 • STATE CONT. LIC. #54070 SUBMITTAL NO. 004-01 For SECTION 02200 EARTHWORK/SHORING MOONLIGHT BEACH URBAN RUNOFF TREATMENT FACILITY CONTRACT # CMS01B CITY OF ENCINITAS, CA It is hereby certified that the Equipment/Material shown and marked in this submittal is that proposed to be incorporated into Contract # CMS015, is in compliance with the contract drawing V& specifications, and can be installed in the allocat spaces, and is submitted for approval. Certified B Date 31 -1- STATE OF CALIFORNIA DEPARTMENT OF INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS DIVISION OF OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH PERMIT Permit Issued To (Insert Employer's Name, Address and Telephone No.) Falcon General Engineering Inc 572 Collyn St Vista CA 92083 -5502 (760)630 -9570. Tuna of pPrrnit I'-- - T1- ANNUAL TRENCH /EXCAVATION No: 2002- 904525 m Date 11/17/2001 Region 3 District 2 Tel. (619) 767 -2280 Pursuant to Labor Code Sections 6500 and 6502, this Permit is issued to the above -named employer for the projects described below. State Contractor's License Number 540704 Permit Valid through December 31, 2002 Description of Project Location Address City and County Anticipated Dates Starting Com letion Various Statewide 1/1/2002 12/31 /2002 or issue date whichever is later. This Permit is issued upon the following conditions: 1. That the work is performed by the same employer. If this is an annual permit the appropriate District Office shall be notified, in writing, of dates and location of job site prior to commencement. 2. The employer will comply with all occupational safety and health standards or orders applicable to the above projects, and any other lawful orders of the Division. 3. That if any unforeseen condition causes deviation from the plans or statements contained in the Permit Application Form the employer will notify the Division immediately. 4. Any variation from the specification and assertions of the Permit Application Form or violation of safety orders may be cause to revoke the permit. 5. This permit shall be posted at or near each place of employment as provided in 8 CCR 341.4 Received From Received By Investigated by __- Permit Unit - — - t Dale E Winterquist Saf ine Date ❑ Cash Amount Date ® Check 16908 100.00 11/17/01 Approved by _ 11/23/2001 te -- — District Manager /Permit Unit Date B 0141 c TRENCH SHIELD CERTIFICATION ®� A COPY OF THIS SHEET MUST ACCOMPANY EACH NX % CORRE=SPONDING TRENCH SHIELD AT EVERY JOB SITE. MODEL NUMBER SIZE PR04 -812D f3' HIGH X 12' LONG MAX - SOIL DEPTH PSF SOIL DFSCRIPTICNV TYPE A 50FEET 2011 Stiff Cohesive Soil, 25 PSF per foot, clay, silty clay, clay loam with unconfined compressive strength of 1.5 ton per square foot or greater- See note 7. Medium Cohesive to granular soil, 45 PSF per toot of depth- Clay with TYPE B 45FEET 2011 unconfined compressive strength greater than 0.5 TSF but less than 1.5 TSF. Cohesionless gravel, sill• silt loam or sandy loam. See note 8. TYPE C 34FEET 2011 Soft Cohesive to Saturated Soil, 60 PSF per foot of depth. Clay with unconfined compressive strength less than 0.5 TSF, saturated sand, clay or fractured rock that is not stable. See nose 9. �II LCPt1f �� 1 14 it 11 = II ^II II = I l I1 I I \• Ij 11 2•4- IIAX —rl � tit II rl �v of eux• i•d LIMITATIONS 1) Soil above shield must be sloped according to OSHA Subpart P. Slope must begin no less than 19' below the lop of shield. �) Shield may be suspended no more than 2 feel above bottom of the french and only it there is no possible toss of sell from behind or below bottom of shield. 3) A minimum of 2 spreader pipes are required Un cacti end with man- ufactu(er approved pins and keepers. 4) Repairs and modifications must first be approved by manufacturer or registered professional engineer- s) Shields may be stacked as tong as each is rated to the depth it is used and manufacturer approved stack connections are ul;hzed to Prevent lateral movement of the shields. 6) Surcharge loads have not been included in the above deplh fafings- The altowable working depth of the 6hiefd must be re(jucetl to account lot any surcharge loading which occurs wilflin file influence hne of the shield. 7) Not Type A it fissured. subject to vibration. previously disturbed or Pall of a sloped layered system where layers dip into excavation on a slope of four horizonlals to one vertical (4H_IV) or greater - B) Previously disturbed soils may be Type B unless they would be classed as Type C. Soil that meets requirements of Type A but is subject to vibration or fissured may be Type B. Ory rock that is not stable or soil that is pad of a sloped layered system where layers dip into the excavation on a slope less steep than four horizontal to one vertical (4H:1 V) are Type 8 it material would otherwise be clas- sified as Type B. 9) Sol in a sloped layered system where layers dip into the excavation on a slope of four horizontal to one vertical (4H_1V) or steeper may be Type C. Saturated soil or soils from which water is freely seeping but is not standing in the french- ' Conditions more severe would require dewaleting or the sealing of four sides of the excavation and pumping the Trench. Such severe conditions would require the services of a soils engineer to establish the design pressure. Consult the rnanulacturer for pressures exceeding tabulated values. 10) PRO-TEC trench shields are to oe used in accordance with Federal. stale and Local laws. Refer to Occupational Safely and Health Administration (OSHA) rules and regulations Vnl- 54. No 209, 10131/89. Part 1926. Subpart P. Usage of trench shields other than specified could cause failure or cove -ins resulting in 512110us injury or death. P O Dux 130 - SJU Y�c51 Lovell Ch.v lout. Idf 441111 J 1'Ir�nr [;171 nil I(11"inf ?".'. -1 :- -F.'..(4.!)) {110r29 ;1m dbb :2 i Pn Sp. Few May 29 02 01:02p MANUFACTURERS TABULATED DATA SHEET MANUFACTURER'S DATA ALLOWABLE LOADING AND DEPTH MODEL NO. SI -4SDW -812 ALLOWABLE LOADING 1690 PSF SHIELD DEPTH B' LENGTH 12' THICKNESS 4' ALLOWABLE SOIL DEPTH 'OTAL SHIELD WEIGHT 6000 LEIS. TYPE A -25 30 FT. STRUT 8'111 SCH 80 TYPE 8 -45 30 FT. TYPE C -60 28 FT. TYPE C -80 21 FT. 1a n a. ti a w z p.2 8" Sch 80 Spreader, 8x12 Shield !I Allowable Spreader LengM3 I T ! I ! -a--A- I 3J k�X a+ { �x I }c30� -� 25 I- m 20 � I -x- (CL 10 I 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 28 28 30 j Depth of Excavation I SLOPE ACCORI TO Ca REGULI NOTES. 1. ALL EXCAVATIONS SHALL BE IN CONFORMANCE WITH OSHA CFR 29, PART 1928, SUBPART P. JULY 1997, AND CAL OSHA SAFETY ORDERS TITLE 8 SECTION'S 1504, 1539 -1547_ 2. SOILS CLASSIFICATION SHALL BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH APPENDIX A IN OSHA CFR 29. PART 1926, SUBPART P. LATERIAL EARTH PRESSURE SHALL BE DETERMINED AS FOLLOWS: TYPE A -25 SOIL 25 PSF X DEPTH TYPE B -45 SOIL 45 PSF X DEPTH TYPE C -60 SOIL 60 PSF X DEPTH TYPE C -80 SOIL 80 PSF X DEPTH 3. ANY VARIATION MUST BE APPROVED IN WRITING BY TRENCH PLATE RENTAL 4. SOIL A13OVE TOP OF SHIELD TO BE SLOPED ACCORDING TO OSHA REGULATIONS. 5. STRUTS MUST REMAIN IN PLACE WHILE SHIELD IS IN EXCAVATION. 6_ SHIELD MAY BE HELD 2' ABOVE THE BOTTOM OF THE TRENCH, HOWEVER LOADING SHALL 13E DETERMINED FOR 04ESSl0 FULL TRENCH DEPTH. 'Rl �9! 7. SURCHARGE LOAD TO BE DETERMINED BY A QED Fy COMPETANT PERSON OR ENGINEER. S SHIELD SHALL BE ASSEMBLED PRIOR TO USE IN m EXCAVATION. NO.37334 9. SHIELDS MAY BE STACKED. Exp. 6130104 0. SHIELD UFTING SYSTEMS SHALL BE DESIGNED FOR SHIELD WEIGHT AND STRUT WEIGHT + AN cr C I V 1�- ��\P APPROPRIATE FACTOR OF SAFETY. �rfOFCAt�F� �. STEEL PLATES OR SHEETING MAY BE USED ON ENDS OF SHIELD FOR WIDTHS UP TO 8' FOR WIDTHS WIDER THAN BFT. USE A DESIGN BY A REGISTERED CIVIL ENGINEER. J.Y. rupbVF1i' AMPACA?W ' ,QYtw LYl1V5fTLIl1VG 3M1i1lEW 2W COLLOW A IC- SWM RUSE CYO $5404 ev7J sus -my Mr fAR) M"" AIN = 77@ MM PWX ML1 Ot MW emV zss--s" r" my zsF -trot )ATE I REVISED JOB NEt J&NUFACTURERS TABUI ATED DATA ' REWIRES 3' X 3' X 3/16' STEEL OVERSI.EEVE. NOTES: 1. SOIL TYPE TO BE DETERMINED BY COMPETENT PERSON. 2 ALL SPACING CENTER TO CENTER TYPE B-45 SOIL 3. SPACING CHARTS ARE BASED ON SOIL TYPES AS DEFINED IN OSHA, CFR 29, SUB -PART P. JULY 1997, AND CAL OSHA SAFETY ORDERS TITLE 8 SECTIONS 1504, 1539 -1547_ SOIL CONDITIONS ARE TO BE DETERMINED BY COMPETENT PERSON AT THE SITE AS THEY ARE ENCOUNTERED. ALLOWABLE CYLINDER LOADING IS NOT TO BE EXCEEDED. 4. PLYWOOD IS TO BE 1 -1/8' APA RATED STURDY FLOOR OR BETTER, OR 3/4' THICK 14 PLY FIN FORM PLYWOOD OR. 1' STEEL PLATE IS FOR RAVELING AND SLOUGHING ONLY. IT MAY BE REQUIRED IN ANY TYPE SOIL AND MUST BE USED IN TYPE C -60 AND GREATER SOIL OVER 8' DEEP. 5. TYPE C-60 SOIL IS SOIL WITH AN UNCONFINED COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF IFSS THAN .5 TSF AND NON COHESIVE MATERIAL THAT IS FULLY DEWATFRED. IT MUST BE ABLE TO STAND LONG ENOUGH FOR SHORING TO BE INSTALLED. 6. SHORING MUST BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO ENTERING TRENCH. 7. THERE MUST BE AT LEAST 3 COLUMNS OF SHORING IN THE TRENCH AT ALL TIMES. AT THE HORIZONTAL SPACING INDI- CATED, (OR LESS). TO FORM A SHORING SYSTEM. IN TRENCHES OVER 12 FEET DEEP, AND IF POSSIBLE. A MINIMUM OF 4 SHORES SHOULD BE USED. FOR EXCAVATIONS THAT ARE TO SHORT TO PLACE 3 OR 4 SHORES AT THE REQUIRED SPACING, THERE SHALL BE 2 SHORES. I EACH WITHIN 2 FEET 6 INCHES OF THE ENDS OF THE EXCAVATION. 8. SPACING CHARTS ALLOW FOR SURCHARGE LOADING FROM EQUIPMENT' WEIGHING 20.000 LB AND LESS FOR LARGER EQUIPMENT THE SURCHARGE LOADING SHOULD BE INCREASED AS DETERMINED BY A REGISTERED CIVIL ENGINEER 9. NO VERTICAL LOADS ARE TO BE APPLIED TO THE SHORES 10. TRENCH WALLS ARE TO BE VERTICAL. PARALLEL AND WITHOUT VOIDS BEHIND THE CYLINDERS. 11. SPOILS AND WHEEL LOADS ARE TO BE KEPT A MINIMUM OF 2 FEET AWAY FROM THE EDGE OF THE TRENCH. 12 SHORE LOADING SHALL BE DETERMINED FROM THE DEPTH OF THE EXCAVATION AND NOT FROM THE LOCATION OF THE CYLINDERS. 13. TRENCHES LESS THAN 5' DEEP MAY REQUIRE SHORING. 14. FOR VERTICAL SPACING THERE MUST BE A CYLINDER WITHIN 4' OF THE BOTTOM OF THE EXCAVATION & 2' OF THE TOP OF THE EXCAVATION. 15. CENTER OF TOP CYLINDER MUST BE A MINIMUM OF 6' TO A MAXIMUM OF 24' TO THE TOP OF THE TRENCH. 16. RAILS ARE MADE OF 6061 —T6 ALUMINUM_ 1¢witM5 3- X 3- X 3/16' STEEL OVERSLEEVE 8111195 J.Y IXG aM cQIAW•WG mqm jmc a rAvim" r f"f7wl.gaor SPACING (F7) 7-z'LOADING (PSF)D1H WIDTH a TO a, IT TO 12342 6-8 432 8 0 8.0 8.0 8.0 Fl 8-10 10-12 522 8 0 8.0 . 12-14 612 702 6.0 6.0 4.0 14-16 792 4.0 4_0 16-18 8-20 882 972 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 AX WW rMk (OADING CINDER 23,000 18.000# 18,000E ' REQUIRES 3• X 3' X 3116' STEEL OVERSLEEyE 3. SPACING CHARTS ARE BASED ON SOIL TYPES AS DEFINED IN OSHA, CFR 29, SUB -PART P. JULY 1997, AND CAL OSHA SAFETY ORDERS TITLE 8 SECTIONS 1504, 1539 -1547_ SOIL CONDITIONS ARE TO BE DETERMINED BY COMPETENT PERSON AT THE SITE AS THEY ARE ENCOUNTERED. ALLOWABLE CYLINDER LOADING IS NOT TO BE EXCEEDED. 4. PLYWOOD IS TO BE 1 -1/8' APA RATED STURDY FLOOR OR BETTER, OR 3/4' THICK 14 PLY FIN FORM PLYWOOD OR. 1' STEEL PLATE IS FOR RAVELING AND SLOUGHING ONLY. IT MAY BE REQUIRED IN ANY TYPE SOIL AND MUST BE USED IN TYPE C -60 AND GREATER SOIL OVER 8' DEEP. 5. TYPE C-60 SOIL IS SOIL WITH AN UNCONFINED COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF IFSS THAN .5 TSF AND NON COHESIVE MATERIAL THAT IS FULLY DEWATFRED. IT MUST BE ABLE TO STAND LONG ENOUGH FOR SHORING TO BE INSTALLED. 6. SHORING MUST BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO ENTERING TRENCH. 7. THERE MUST BE AT LEAST 3 COLUMNS OF SHORING IN THE TRENCH AT ALL TIMES. AT THE HORIZONTAL SPACING INDI- CATED, (OR LESS). TO FORM A SHORING SYSTEM. IN TRENCHES OVER 12 FEET DEEP, AND IF POSSIBLE. A MINIMUM OF 4 SHORES SHOULD BE USED. FOR EXCAVATIONS THAT ARE TO SHORT TO PLACE 3 OR 4 SHORES AT THE REQUIRED SPACING, THERE SHALL BE 2 SHORES. I EACH WITHIN 2 FEET 6 INCHES OF THE ENDS OF THE EXCAVATION. 8. SPACING CHARTS ALLOW FOR SURCHARGE LOADING FROM EQUIPMENT' WEIGHING 20.000 LB AND LESS FOR LARGER EQUIPMENT THE SURCHARGE LOADING SHOULD BE INCREASED AS DETERMINED BY A REGISTERED CIVIL ENGINEER 9. NO VERTICAL LOADS ARE TO BE APPLIED TO THE SHORES 10. TRENCH WALLS ARE TO BE VERTICAL. PARALLEL AND WITHOUT VOIDS BEHIND THE CYLINDERS. 11. SPOILS AND WHEEL LOADS ARE TO BE KEPT A MINIMUM OF 2 FEET AWAY FROM THE EDGE OF THE TRENCH. 12 SHORE LOADING SHALL BE DETERMINED FROM THE DEPTH OF THE EXCAVATION AND NOT FROM THE LOCATION OF THE CYLINDERS. 13. TRENCHES LESS THAN 5' DEEP MAY REQUIRE SHORING. 14. FOR VERTICAL SPACING THERE MUST BE A CYLINDER WITHIN 4' OF THE BOTTOM OF THE EXCAVATION & 2' OF THE TOP OF THE EXCAVATION. 15. CENTER OF TOP CYLINDER MUST BE A MINIMUM OF 6' TO A MAXIMUM OF 24' TO THE TOP OF THE TRENCH. 16. RAILS ARE MADE OF 6061 —T6 ALUMINUM_ 1¢witM5 3- X 3- X 3/16' STEEL OVERSLEEVE 8111195 J.Y IXG aM cQIAW•WG mqm jmc a rAvim" r f"f7wl.gaor 24- 2V MANUFACTURERS' TA nTrT ATED DATA PSG rl I G 45�� 1r 4F 4s' f6• X.aay Duty Raft r F.mv Duly Rau lee, 0.40 x SEE N13TE 15 Ir H-=W D�dy Boa 6' Baay Duiy A'a R• H-MW Duly Rua ' No. 37334 Exp.6/30 /04 ,uamv Div Rua .%6 ff a v Dail/ Rail HEAVY DUTY .5�7Kyy r{/dX/11/S' LEC -WE 1. 14.9 W3 &Aar 9DE 2354 V3 �G srA404 7 DUTY gc7y M=XI/S LEG 9DE" .408 N s SLMIE 9DE AN &1 j 1/77ZE- IJ'd •.: . ,. JJC mmm A� MyYG Date of Submittal: 5 -31 -02 CON GENERAL ENGINEERING, INC N STREET • VISTA, CA 92083 • TEL 760/630 -9570 • FAX 760/630 -3648 • STATE CONT. LIC. #54070. SUBMITTAL NO. 006-01 For SECTION 02645 PLASTIC SCHEDULE PIPE MOONLIGHT BEACH URBAN RUNOFF TREATMENT FACILITY CONTRACT # CMS01B CITY OF ENCINITAS, CA It is hereby certified that the Equipment/Material shown and marked in this submittal is that proposed to be incorporated into Contract # CMS015, is in compliance with the contract drawings 8j specifications, and can be installed in the allocate paces, and is submitted for approval. Certified By. iPS CORPORATION IPS PRODUCT BULLETIN - SPECIFICATIONS Low VOC Emissions WELD -ON P -70 Primer FOR PVC AND CPVC PIPE AND FITTINGS GENERAL DESCRIPTION: Weld -On P -70 Primer is a clear or purple colored, non - bodied, very fast acting, water thin solvent system. It is distinctly colored so that detection of its use in a joint can be made later. The strong action of P-70 Primer softens and dissolves the joining surfaces of PVC and CPVC pipe and fittings very rapidly. The benefit of this priming action is especially noticeable on parts being joined together in cold weather. APPLICATION: Weld -On P -70 Primer, when used in conjunction with appropriate Weld -On cements, will make consistently strong, well-fused joints. It is essential that the joining surfaces of pipe and fittings be softened prior to assembly. The main function of this primer is to expedite the penetration and softening of these surfaces. Its rate of penetration into the joining surfaces is much more rapid than that of cement alone. It is suitable for use with all types, schedules and classes of PVC and CPVC pipe and fittings. Detailed directions on making solvent cemented joints are printed on the container label. An installation video covering solvent cementing of PVC is also available. It not only describes the basic principles, but also covers the handling, storage and use of our products. It is also highly recommended that the installer review the instructions supplied by the pipe and fitting manufacturer. AVAILABILITY: This product is available in 1/4 pint, 112 pint, 1 pint, 1 quart and 1 gallon metal cans. For detailed information on containers and applicators, see our current Price List. STANDARDS AND APPROVALS: Weld -On P -70 meets ASTM F -656, SCAOMD Rule 1168, and is listed by NSF International for use on potable water, sewer, and drain waste and vent systems. P -70 Purple only is listed by (IAPMO), The International Association of Plumbing & Mechanical Officials and carries the Uniform Plumbing Code (UPC) seal. This primer is suitable for use with PVC and CPVC piping systems approved by (SBCC) Southern Building Code Congress and (BOCA) Building Officials Congress of America. SPECIFICATIONS: Weld -On P -70, in addition to meeting all the requirements of ASTM F -656, also conforms to these requirements: VOC: (As manufactured) 860 G/L MAX VOC EMISSIONS: 650 G /L, per SCAQMD Rule 1168, Method 316A COLOR: Purple or Clear SPECIFIC GRAVITY: 0.870 t 0.040 VISCOSITY: Water Thin SHELF LIFE: 3 years expectancy in tightly - sealed containers. The date of manufacture is stamped on the bottom of the container. Stability of the product is limited by the permanence of the container and the evaporation of the solvent when container is open. SHIPPING: DOT Hazard Class: 3. DOT Shipping Name: Flammable Liquids N.O.S. (Tetrahydrofuran, Methyl Ethyl Ketone), Identification Number: UN 1993. Packaging Group: II. Label Required: Flammable Liquid. YIPS Copyright 1994 G-P70-0194 IPS CORPORATION • 17109 S. MAIN ST. • P.O. BOX 379 • GARDENA, CA 90248 U.S.A. • PHONE _C319)_q66-3300 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS: This product is flammable and considered a hazardous material. In conformance with the Federal Hazardous Substances Labeling Act, the following hazards and precautions are gi%en. Purchasers who may re, package this product must also conform to all local, state and federal label ng, safety and other regulations. DANGER — EXTREMELY FLAMMABLE — VAPOR HARMFUL — MAY BE HARMFUL IF SWALLOWED — MAY IRRITATE SKIN OR EYES Keep out of reach of children. Do not take Internally. Keep away from heat, spark, open flame and other sources of ignition. Keep container closed when not in use. Store in the shade between 40` F and 114 F. Use only with adequate ventilation. Avoid breathing of vapors. Atmospheric levels should be maintained.below established exposure limits contained in Section II of the Material Safety Data Sheet. If airborne concentrations exceed those limits, use of a NIOSH-approved organic vapor cartridge respirator with full face -piece is recommended. The effectiveness of an air purifying respirator is limited. Use it only for a single short-term exposure. For emergency and other conditions where short term exposure guidelines may be exceeded, use an approved positive pressure self- contained breathing apparatus. Avold contact with skin, eyes and clothing. May cause eye injury. Protective equipment such as gloves and impervious apron should be used. Carefully read Material Safety Data Sheet and follow all precautions. Contains Tetrahydrofuran (109 - 99-9), Methyl Ethyl Ketone (78-93 -3) and Cyclohexanone (108- 94 -1). Do not use this product for other than intended use. FIBST Al Inhalation, If ill effects from inhalation, remove to fresh air. If not breathing, give artificial respiration. If breathing is difficult, give oxygen. Call physician. Eye or Skin Contact Flush with plenty of water for 15 minutes. If irritation persists, get medical attention. Ingestion: If swallowed, do not induce vomiting. Contact physician immediately, "Title III Section 313 Supplier Notification: This product contains toxic chemicals subject to the reporting requirements of Section 313 of the Emergency Planning and Community Right- to-Know Act of 1986 and of 40CFR372. This information must be included In all MSDSs that are copied and distributed for this material. SPECIAL PRECAUTION: Do not use a dry granular calcium hypochlorite as a disinfecting material for water purification in potable water piping systems. The introduction of granules or pellets of calcium hypochlorite with PVC and CPVC solvent cements and primers (including their vapors) may result in a violent chemical reaction if a water solution is not used. It is advisable to purify lines by pumping chlorinated water into the piping system, this solution will be non-volatile. Furthermore, dry granular calcium hypochlorite should not be stored or used near solvent cements and primers. Every batch of this product Is checked to assure that consistent quality is maintained. An infrared absorption curve is recorded for each batch to ensure that this product is properly formulated. Samples are taken from all batches and kept for a period of at least one year. A batch identification code Is stamped on each can. IMPORTANT NOTE: This product is intended for use by skilled individuals at their own risk, These suggestions and data are based on information we believe to be reliable. Installers should verify for themselves that they can make satisfactory joints under varying conditions. Toward this end, it is highly desirable that they receive personal instruction from trained instructors or competent, experienced installers. Contact us or your supplier for additional information or instruction. IPS CORPORATION 6 17109 S. MAIN ST. • P.O. BOX 379 GARD_ENA, CA 90248 U.S.A. * PHONE (310) 366 -3300 MANUFACTURERS AND FORMULATORS OF ADHESIVE CEMENTS FOR EPDXY � VINYLS • NYLONS • ACRYLICS • F)BRE GL455 • PQLYESTER • A89 FOAMS • BUTYRATE 9 STYRENE v URETHANE • POLYETHYLENE FlLM • RUBBER • WOOD • METAL • MASONRY • GLASS • CERAMICS • PhVIY OTHERS PRODUCT BULLETIN * SPECIFICATIONS WELD -4N 711 GENERAL DESCRIPTION Weld -On 711 is a gray, heavy bodied, medium set, high strength solvent cement for cementing all schedules and classes of PVC pipe and fittings through 12" including Schedule 80. It has excellent gap filling properties and is especially recommended where a sizable gap exists between pipe and fitting - e.g., in Schedule 80 and large pipe sizes. Weld -On 711 may also be used on small size pipe. APPLICATION Weld -On 711 is for use on all types of PVC plastic pipe applications, Type I and Type II. It is approved for use with potable water pressure systems, irrigation, turf irrigation, gas, conduit, industrial pipe applications, sewer and drain, waste and vent systems. Detailed directions on making solvent cemented joints are printed on the container label. A installation video covering solvent cementing of PVC is available. It not only describes the basic principles of solvent cementing, but also covers the handling, storage and use of our products. It is also highly recommended that the installer review the instructions supplied by the pipe and fitting manufacturer. NOTE: IPS Weld -On solvent cements must never be used in a system using or being tested by compressed air or gases. AVAILABILITY This product is available in 1/2 pint, I pint, 1 quart and 1 gallon metal cans. For detailed information on containers and applicators, see our current Price List. STANDARDS AND APPROVALS Weld -On 711 meets ASTM D -2564 and is listed by NSF International for use on potable water, sewer, drain waste and vent systems. It is listed by (IAPMO), the International Association of Plumbing & Mechanical Officials and carries the Uniform Plumbing Code (UPC) seal. Weld -On 711 is listed by the Canadian Standards Association (CSA) for pressure and non - pressure applications. This cement is suitable for use with PVC piing systems approved by (SBCC) Southern Building Code Congress and (BOCA) Building Officials Congress of America. SPECIFICATIONS Weld -On 711 conforms to these requirements: COLOR: Gray RESIN: Must be virgin PVC SPECIFIC GRAVITY: 0.946 t 0.040 BROOKFIELD VISCOSITY: 1600 -3000 CPS (Centipoises at 73 t2 °F) SHELF LIFE 3 years expectancy in tightly, sealed containers. The date- of manufacturer is stamped on the bottom of the container. Stability of the product is limited by the permanence of the container and the evaporation of the solvent when container is open. Evaporation of solvent will cause the cement to thicken and reduce its effectiveness. Adding of thinners to change viscosity is not recommended. SHIiPPING Shipping Information for Gallon and Above: DOT Hazard CIass: 3. DOT Shipping Name: Adhesive, Identification Number: UN 1133. Packaging Group: II. Label Required: Flammable. Shipping Information for Less than One Gallon: SAFETY PRECAUTIONS: This product is flammable and considered a hazardous material. In conformance with the Federal Hazardous Substances Labeling Act, the following hazards and precautions are given. Purchasers who may re- package this product must also conform to all local, state and federal labeling, safety and other regulations. DANGER - EXTREMELY FLAMMABLE - VAPOR HARMFUL - MAY BE HARMFUL IF SWALLOWED - MAY IRRITATE SKIN OR EYES Keep out of reach of children. Do not take internally. Keep away from heat, spark, open flame and other sources of ignition. Keep container closed when not in use. Store in the shade below 110 °F. Use only with adequate ventilation. Avoid breathing of vapors. Atmospheric levels should be maintained below established exposure limits contained in Section II of the Material Safety Data Sheet. If airborne concentrations exceed those limits, use of a NIOSH- approved organic vapor cartridge respirator with full face -piece is recommended. The effectiveness of an air purifying respirator is limited. Use it only for a single short -term exposure. For emergency and other conditions where short term exposure guidelines may be exceeded, use an approved positive pressure self - contained breathing apparatus. Avoid contact with skin, eyes and clothing. May cause eye injury. Protective equipment such as gloves and impervious apron should be used. Carefully read Material Safety Data Sheet and follow all precautions. Contains Tetrahydrofuran (109- 99 -9), Methyl Ethyl Ketone (78 -93 -3) and Cyclohexanone (108- 94 -1). Do not use this product for other than intended use. FIRST AID Inhalation: If ill effects from inhalation, remove to fresh air. If not breathing, give artificial respiration. If breathing is difficult, give oxygen. Call physician. Eye or Skin Contact: Flush with" plenty of water for 15 minutes. If irritation persists, get medical attention. Ingestion: If swallowed, do not induce vomiting. Contact physician immediately. "Title III Section 313 Supplier Notification ": This product contains toxic chemicals subject to the reporting requirements of Section 313.'of the Emergency Planning and Community Right -to -Know Act of 1986 and of 40CFR372. This information must be included in all MSDSs that are copied and distributed for this material. SPECIAL PRECAUTION Do not use a dry granular calcium hypochlorite as a disinfecting material for water purification in potable water piping systems. The introduction of granules or pellets of calcium hypochlorite with PVC and CPVC solvent 'cements and primers (including their vapors) may result in a violent chemical reaction if a water solution; is not used. It is advisable to purify lines by pumping chlorinated water into the piping system - this solution will be non - volatile. Furthermore, dry granular calcium hypochlorite should not be stored or used near solvent cements and primers. QUALITY ASSURANCE Every batch of this product is checked to assure that consistent quality is maintained. An infrared absorption curve is recorded for each batch to ensure that this product was properly formulated. Samples are taken from all batches and kept for a period of at least one year. A batch identification code is stamped on each can. IWORTANT NOTE This product is intended for use by skilled individuals at their own risk. These suggestions and data are based on information we believe to be reliable. Installers should verify for themselves that they can make satisfactory joints under varying conditions. Toward this end, it is highly desirable that they receive personal instruction from trained instructors or competent, experienced installers. Contact us or your supplier for additional information or instruction. A -0896 IPS CORPORATION - 455W. VICTORIA - COMPTON, CA 90220 (310) 898 -3300 • P.O. BOX 379, GARDENA, CA 90248 U.S.A. MANUFACTURERS AND FORMULATORS OF ADHESIVE CEMENTS FOR EPDXY • VINYLS • NYLONS • ACRYLICS • FIBRE GLASS • POLYESTER • ABS FOAMS • BUTYRATE • STYRENE • URETHANE • POLYETHYLENE FILM • RUBBER • WOOD • METAL • MASONRY • GLASS • CERAMICS • MANY OTHERS HARVEL PLASTICS, INC. PLANT & OFFIC F-S- 300 KUEBLER ROAD FORKS TOWNSHIP. EASTON. PA. 18040 NSF MAILING ADDRESS: P.O. BOX 757. FASTON. PA 18044 -0757 TH I- PHONE: 610 252 7355 FAX: 610 -253 -4436 WEHSITE: hnp.//www.har vel coin • E- MAIE_: yuality(a haivel con) HARVEL PVC TYPE I PRESSURE RATED PIPE SDR 26 W.P 160 PSI (WATER @ 73.4 °F.), - -- Nomina - -- - - .060 .063 .079 - -- - - - Nominal Pipe Size 0. D. Avg. I.D. Min. Wall Wt 1.315 1.175 .060 .164 1 " 1 W. 1.660 1.512 .064 221 1'/2" 1.900 1.734 .073 .284 j 265 1 825 2 792 6" 5 5.955 - 2" . 5 2.173 Al 1 1 .432 2'12" 2.8 2.635 10 .622 3" 3.500 3.210 .135 .915 31/2" 4.000 3.672 154 1.183 4" 4.500 4.134 .173 1.494 5" 5.563 N, .214 2.288 6" 6.625 6. .255 3.228 8" 8.625 7.921 .332 5.468 10" 10.750 9.874 .413 8.492 12" 12.750 11.710 .490 11.956 14" 14. 12.860 38 14.430 16" r .000 14.696 .6 18.810 18" ,. _ 18.000 16.534 .692 23.860 20" 20.000 18.370 .769 29.470 24" '' 24.000 22.043 .923 42.520 HARVEL PVC TYPE I PRESSURE RATED PIPE SDR 21 W.P. 200 PSI (WATER @ 73.4 °F.) 3 /a" 1.050 1 " 1.315 1'/ <" 0 1.900 .910 1.169 1.482 .060 .063 .079 129 .263 1.700 .09 .339 2" 2.375 '"- ».129 3 521 2'12" 2.875 2 137 754 3 3.500 3 146 167 1 106 3!r" 4.000 -,3 "596 190 1 443 4" 4.500 5" 5.563 -"° 4 046 5,001 j 265 1 825 2 792 6" 5 5.955 .316 3 964 8" 8 625 7,755 Al 1 1 6 679 18° ,20" 24" HARVEL PVC TYPE I PRESSURE RA R @73A'F.) 840 696 062 104 t� %,qd7" rzc�q HARVEL PVC TYPE I PRESSURE RATED PIPE I dT" R t.4 SDR 41 W.P. 100 PSI (WATER @ 73 ) 18 000 - 17 070 0 "20 060 18.970 487 18 920 24 000 22.748 585 27 320 For temperatures other than 73 4'F . contact Harvel Plastics. Inc or Product Bulletin 112/401 Standard lengths I C;f C 2G leer Threading not recommended for SDR 41 21 8 26 pipe Harvel pressure rated PVC pipe conforms to AS TM material standard D- 1784 and ASTM D -2241 NSF Approved HA R VEL L!' IAPD PVC PIPE TYPE I PRICE S11E:E:I SCHEDULE 40 (THREADING NOT RECOMMENDED) Re.iscd Nominal O.D. Avg. I.D. Min. Wall Nominal Max. Pipe Size Wt. /Ft. W�Kpsr t I 405 .261 068 045 ," 810 540 354 088 081 780 675 483 091 - 109< _ - _ 620 kP 1 �f. 840 �i 608 .109 600 �I 1 �. _ -- 1.050 10 113 214 480 450 1.315 1 03 .133 315 - - - - -- - - - -- 1.660 1.364 . 140- �� 426 370 1 1.900 1 592 145. 509 330 2 - 2.375 - -- -- -2049 - E - '- - - -� - -- 682 - -- -II_ - 280 2 /: " 2.875 2.445 203 1 076 300 3 3.500 3.042 1.409 260 7, 4.000 3.520 4 r `. 226 1.697 240 4.500 3.998" 37 2.006 220 5" 5.563 ,5,1717 2.726 190 6" 6.625 "£6.031 .28 3.535 180 8" 8.625 7.943 .322 5.305 160 10" 10.750 9.976 .365 7.532 140 12" 12.750 ' 11.890 .406 9.949 130 14" 14. 0 13.072 .438 11.81 130 16" 000 14.94 .500 15.416 130 18" 18.000 16.809 _ .562 20.112 130 _ 20" 20.000 18.743 593 23.624 120 24" 24.000 22.544 - -1 __ -- 687 32.873 - - 120 -_ - SCHEDULE 80 Ye" .405 .203 - - .058 -- -1230 - - '/4" .540 .288 119 _100 1130 .675 .407 .126 .138 920 %2" .840 .528 .147 .202 850 - 3/4" 1.050 .724 .154 .273 690 1 " 1.315 .935 .179 .402 630 744 1.660 1.256 .191 .554 520 250 1.900 1.476 .200 .673 470 2" 2.375 1.913 .218 .932 400 2 -' /-- -- 2.875 2.289 .276 1.419 420 3" 3.500 2.864 300 1.903 370 3 -' -" 4.000 3.326 3 516 2.322 350 5.434 562 1 .318 - _ 370 For water 4 73.4`F. 4" 4.500 3.786 .337 2.782 320 5" 5.563 4.767 .375 3.867 290 6" 6.625 5.709 .432 5.313 280 8" 8.625 7.565 .500 8.058 250 10" 10.750 9.492 .593 11.956 230 12" 12.750 11.294 .687 16.437 230 14" 14.000 12.410 .750 19.790 220 16" 16.000 14.214 .843 25.430 220 18" 18.000 16.014 .937 31.830 220 20' 20.000 17.814 1031 40.091 220 24" 24.000 21.418 1 218 1 56 882 210 SCHEDWkJ20 480 170 223 1010 1.050 �•,..,,,__ 690 170 1.315 89AO. "'°" 440 720 1 -1 1 .660 1 204 215 614 600 22 744 540 845 r 250 1052 470 2 8.375 - - - -. - - - - - 2 39 300 1 S- 470 3" 500 2 758 350 } 2 184 440 4" 4.500 3 572 438 3 516 430 .. 6 6.625 5.434 562 1 - 6.759 - - - _ 370 For water 4 73.4`F. Use 50% of indicated values for Schedules 80 and 120 threaded pipe Standard lengths - - -10 or 20 feet. For sales policy -- see sheet "Terms of Sale." Harvel PVC pipe conforms to ASTM material standard D -1784, and Schedules 40, 80 and 120 conform to ASTM standard D -1785 NSF Approved PVC & CPVC SCHEDULE 80 FITTINGS, UNIONS, TANK ADAPTERS, EXPANSION JOINTS & SADDLES -x- S t2t-s As Reput2cc� * ASTM STANDARD DIMENSIONS SCHEDULE 80 PIPE DIMENSIONS ASTM D 1785 I D O.D. WALL THICKNESS Nominal Pipe Size In. Mean Outside Diameter In. O.D. Tolerance In. Minimum Wall Thickness In. 1/8 0.405 t 0.004 0.095 1/4 0.540 t 0.004 0.119 3/8 0.675 t 0.004 0.126 1/2 0.840 t 0.004 0.147 3/4 1.050 t 0.004 0.154 1 1.315 t 0.005 0.179 1 -1/4 1.660 t 0.005 0.191 1-1/2 1.900 t 0.006 0.200 2 2.375 t 0.006 0.218 2 -1/2 2.875 t 0.007 0.276 3 3.500 t 0.008 0.300 4 4.500 t 0.009 0.337 5 5.563 t 0.010 0.375 6 6.625 t 0.011 0.432 8 8.625 t 0.015 0.500 10 10.750 t 0.015 0.593 12 12.750 1 t 0.015 0.687 SCHEDULE 80 SOCKET DIMENSIONS ASTM D 2467, F 439 IR• - C--i { Nominal Size In. Diameter Socket Length Minimum C Entrance A Bottom B Tolerance A 1/8 0.417 0.401 t 0.004 0.500 1/4 0.552 0.536 t 0.004 0.625 3/8 0.687 0.671 t 0.004 0.750 1/2 0.848 0.836 t 0.004 0.875 3/4 1.058 1.046 t 0.004 1.000 1 1.325 1.310 t 0.005 1.125 1 -1/4 1.670 1.655 t 0.005 1.250 1 -1/2 1.912 1.894 t 0.006 1.375 2 2.387 2.369 t 0.006 1.500 2 -1/2 2.889 2.868 t 0.007 1.750 3 3.516 3.492 t 0.008 1.875 4 4.518 4.491 t 0.009 2.250 5 5.583 5.553 t 0.010 2.625 6 6.647 6.614 t 0.011 3.000 8 8.655 8.610 t 0.015 4.000 10 10.780 10.735 t 0.015 5.000 12 1 12.780 12.735 t 0.015 6.000 7 0 nu::i AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD TAPER PIPE THREADS (NPT) ANSI 81.20 1, ASTM F 1498 f v 30' 30` 90` Nominal Size In. Threads Per Inch Effective Thread Length L Pitch Of Thread P 1/8 27 0.2639 0.03704 114 18 0.4018 0.05556 3/8 1 18 0.4078 0.05556 1/2 14 0.5337 0.07143 3/4 14 0.5457 0.07143 1 11-1/2 0.6828 0.08696 1-1A 11 -1/2 0.7068 0.08696 1 -1/2 11 -1/2 0.7235 0.08696 2 11-1/2 0.7565 0.08696 2 -1/2 8 1.1375 0.12500 3 8 1.2000 0.12500 4 8 1.3000 0.12500 5 8 1.4063 0.12500 6 8 1.5125 0.12500 8 8 1.7125 0.12500 50 60 1 63 63 STANDARD COMPARISONS SPEARS IPS -to- Metric transion unions are listed by nominal size. The chart below compares nominal and actual* pipe O.D. for each size according to the designated standard. JIS K6741 (mm) DIN 8062 (mm) ASTM D1785 (in.) NPT - ANSI 61.20.1** Tapered Thread BSP - BS21, DIN 2999, ISO 7/1 Thread Nominal Actual* O.D. Actual* Nominal Actual* Designation Threads /in. Designation Threads/ 25.4mm 16 22 20 20 112 .840 1/2 14 112 14 20 26 25 25 3/4 1.050 3/4 14 3/4 14 25 32 32 32 1 1.315 1 11.5 1 11 30 38 40 40 1 -1/4 1.660 1 -1/4 11.5 1 -1/4 11 40 48 50 50 1 -1/2 1.900 1 -112 11.5 1 -1/2 11 50 60 1 63 63 2 2 375 2 115 2 11 75 89 90 90 3 3 500 3 8 3 11 100 114 1 110 110 4 4.500 4 8 4 11 - Specified dimension, certain tolerances apply. Spears Manufacturing Company *`NPT and BSP have different thread angles and are not compatible. SPEARS PVC & CPVC SCHEDULE 80 FITTINGS, UNIONS, TANK ADAPTERS, EXPANSION JOINTS & SADDLES Iniection Molded Dimension References: G = (LAYING LENGTH) intersection of center lines to bottom of socket/thread; 90° elbows, tees, crosses; ± 1/32 inch. H = intersection of center lines to face of fitting; 90° elbows, tees, crosses, ± 1/32 inch. J = intersection of center lines to bottom of socket/thread, 45° elbows; ± 1/32 inch. Fabricated Dimension References: G = (LAYING LENGTH) intersection of center lines to bottom of socket/thread; 90° elbows, tees, crosses; t1/4 inch. H = intersection of center lines to face of fitting; 90° elbows, tees, crosses; t 1/4 inch. J = intersection of center lines to bottom of socket/thread, 45° elbows; t 1/4 inch Typical Fabric H1 G, M L II eI L = overall length of fittings; ± 1/16 inch. M = outside diameter of socket/thread hub, t 1/16 inch. N = socket bottom to socket bottom; couplings; ± 1/16 inch. W = height of cap; ± 1/16 inch. L = overall length of fittings; t 1/2 inch. M = outside diameter of socket/thread hub; t 1/4 inch. N = socket bottom to socket bottom; couplings; t 1/2 inch W = height of cap; t 1/4 inch. sated Dimension References Ht--� I I G H i �M ►�N� M �I I L H /k, M, J H PHTEE S �zt s pis Zf�S?�► M (Soc x Soc x Soc) Part Number Size M H G L Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) PVC CPVC PVC CPVC 801 -002 801 -002C 1/4 27/32 31/32 5/16 1 -15/16 .04 .04 801 -003 801 -003C 3/8 31132 1- 114 15/32 2- 112 .06 .06 801 -005 801 -005C 1/2 1- 3/16 1 -15/32 19/32 2 -15/16 .11 .11 801 -007 801 -007C 3/4 1 -13/32 1 -11/16 11/16 3 -3/8 .17 .17 801 -010 801 -010C 1 1 -11/16 2 27/32 4 .28 .30 801 -012 801 -012C 1-1/4 2- 3/32 2 1/8 7/8 4-1/4 .39 .43 801 -015 801 -015C 1 -1/2 2-5/16 2-9/16 1-5/32 5- 1/8 .55 .57 801 -020 801 -020C 2 1 2-7/8 2 -15/16 1-7/16 5-7/8 .90 1.01 801 -025 801 -025C 2 -1/2 3 -17/32 3 118 1-3/8 6 1/4 1.54 1.81 801 -030 801 -030C 3 4-5/32 3 -31/32 2- 1/16 7 -15/16 2.38 2.83 801 -040 801 -040C 4 5- 3/8 4 -23/32 2 -15/32 9-7/16 3.43 4.93 801 -060 801 -060C 6 7-5/8 6- 3/4 3-3/4 13- 1/2 10.79 12.57 801 -080 801 -080C 8 9 -11/16 8 -13/16 4 -13/16 17 -5/8 21.03 21.24 801 -100 801 -100C 10 11 -19/32 10 -13116 5-3/4 21-5/8 37.89 40.50 801 -120 801 -120C 12 14- 114 12 -15/16 6 -15116 25-7/8 54.45 62.00 801 -140F - -- 14 15-5/8 18- 112 11- 1/2 37 10337 - -- 801 -160F 16 17 -11/16 21- 1/8 13-1/8 42- 1/4 144.87 801-180F - -- 18 20 23 14 46 182.75 801 -20OF - -- 20 22- 1/8 24-7/8 14-7/8 49-3/4 284.24 - 801 -24OF - -- 24 26- 1/2 28- 3/4 17- 3/4 58 335.00 2 Spears Manufacturing Company RR PVC & CPVC SCHEDULE 80 FITTINGS, UNIONS, sP. TANK ADAPTERS, EXPANSION JOINTS & SADDLES ^ M1 ;� 1 „CCU {tZ ' ' l N1 -�F REDUCING TEE -V S 17 Pis j M - M21 I �+ (SOC X SOC X SOC) 1 1 G G2 H H2 �-- Part Number Size M M1 M2 H H1 H2 G G1 G2 L Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) PVC CPVC PVC CPVC 801 -101 801 -101C 3 /4x 3/4x1/2 1 -13/32 1- 3/16 1 -13/32 1 -19/32 1 -19/32 1 -19/32 19/32 23/32 19/32 3- 3/16 .13 .15 801 -130 801 -130C 1x1x1/2 1- 3/4 1-3/16 1- 3/4 1 -23/32 1 1-3/4 1 -23/32 1 19/32 7/8 19/32 3-7/16 .20 21 801 -131 801 -131C 1x1x3/4 1 -11/16 1- 3/8 1 -11/16 1 -27/32 1 1 -27/32 1 -27/32 23132 27/32 1 23/32 3 -11/16 .23 124 801 -157 - -- 1- 1/410/4 2-1/8 1- 7/16 1- 314 1 -15/16 1 2- 1116 1-7/8 11/16 1- 1 /16 1 11116 3 -13/16 .30 - -- 801 -158 801 -158C 1- 1 /4xlxl 2- 1/16 1 -11/16 1 -11/16 2- 1/8 1 2- 5/32 1 -15/16 7/8 1- 1/32 1 718 4- 1/16 .33 34 801 -159 801 -159C 1- 1/41x1 -1/4 2- 1/16 2- 1/16 1 -23/32 2- 3/16 1 2-5/32 2- 1/8 15/16 1- 1/32 15/16 4- 5/16 .39 .41 801 -168 801 -168C 1- 1/4x1 -1/4x1 2- 1/16 1 -11/16 2- 1/16 2- 1/8 2-5/32 2- 1/8 718 1- 1/32 7/8 4- 1/4 .36 .37 801 -202 801 -202C 1 -1/2x1 -1/4x1 2-7/16 1 -13/16 2- 1/16 2- 114 2 -11/32 2-1/4 7/8 1-7/32 7/8 4- 1/2 .40 .42 801 -210 801 -210C 1- 1/2x1 - 112x3/4 2- 5/16 1- 3/8 2- 5116 2- 1/16 2- 1/32 2- 1/16 11/16 1- 1/32 11/16 4- 1/8 .36 .38 801 -211 801 -211C 1 -1/2x1 -1/2x1 2-3/8 1 -11/16 2- 3/8 2- 1/4 2-5/16 2- 1/4 7/8 1-3/16 7/8 4- 1/2 46 .49 801 -212 801 -212C 1- 1/2x1 - 1/2x1 -1/4 2- 3/8 2- 1/8 2- 3/8 2-9/16 2-7/16 2-9/16 1- 3/16 1-3/16 1-3/16 5- 1/8 .54 .57 801 -247 801 -247C 2x2x1/2 2-7/8 1-5/32 2- 7/8 2- 3/32 2-5/16 2- 3/32 1 19132 1-7/16 19/32 4-3/16 .45 .48 801 -248 801 -248C 2x2x3/4 2-7/8 1-3/8 2- 7/8 2- 3/16 2- 7/16 2-3/16 1 11/16 1-7/16 11/16 4- 3/8 .52 .52 801 -249 801 -249C 2x2xl 2-7/8 1-3/4 2- 7/8 2- 3/8 2--9/16 2-3/8 7/8 1-7/16 718 4-3/4 .58 .61 801 -251 801 -251C 2x2x1 -1/2 2-7/8 2- 3/8 2- 7/8 2 -11/16 2 -13116 2 -11/16 1-3/16 1-7/16 1-3/16 5-3/8 .80 .84 801 -289 801 -289C 2-1/2x2-1/2x 1 3- 112 1-3/4 3- 1/2 2-5/8 2-7/8 2-5/8 7/8 1-3/4 718 5- 1/4 .98 1.04 801 -290 801 -290C 2- 1/2x2- 1/2x1 -1/4 3- 1/2 2-3/32 3- 1/2 2 -13/16 3 2 -13/16 1-1/16 1-3/4 1-1/16 5-5/8 1.09 1.12 801 -291 801 -291C 2- 1/2x2- 1/2x1 -1/2 3- 1/2 2-3/8 3- 1/2 2 -15/16 3- 1/8 2 -15/16 1-5/32 1-3/4 1-5/32 5-7/8 1.18 1.24 801 -292 801 -292C 2- 1/2x2 -1/2x2 3-7/16 2-7/8 3- 7116 3- 5/32 3-7/32 3-5/32 1 -13/32 1 -23/32 1 -13/32 6-5/16 1.27 1.35 801 -338 801 -338C 3x3x2 4-3/16 2- 7/8 4-3/16 3- 5/16 3 -11/32 3-5/16 1 1- 1/2 1 -15/32 1- 112 6-5/8 1.56 1.78 801 -339 801 -339C 3x3x2 -1/2 4-1/8 3 -15/32 4-5/32 3 -19/32 3 -13/16 3 -19/32 1 -23/32 2- 1/16 1 -23/32 7-3/16 1.96 2.13 801 -420 801 -420C 4x4x2 5- 1/4 2-7/8 5- 114 3 -11/16 4- 1/8 3 -11116 1-7/16 2-5/8 1-7/16 7-3/8 2.39 2.60 801 -422 801 -422C 4x4x3 5- 7/32 4-3/16 5- 7/32 4 -11/32 4 -15/32 4 -11132 2- 1/16 2 -21/32 2-3/32 8 -11/16 3.09 3.29 801 -484F - -- 5x5x1 -1/2 6-3/8 2-3/8 6-5/16 6- 1/8 6-1/8 6-1/8 3-3/8 4-5/8 3-3/8 12- 114 9.10 - -- 801-486F - -- 5x5x2 6-3/8 2- 7/8 6-5/16 6-5/8 6-5/8 6-5/8 3-7/8 4-7/8 3-7/8 13- 1/4 6.87 - -- 801 -527' 801 -527CF 6x6xl -1/2 7-9/16 4- 1/8 7-9/16 5- 1/16 6-1/8 5-1/16 2-1/16 4-5/8 2-1/16 10- 1/8 8.44 7.16 801 -528' 801 -528C' 6x6x2 7-9/16 4-1/8 7-9/16 5- 1/16 6-1/8 5-1/16 2- 1116 4-5/8 2-1/16 10-1/8 7.00 9.05 801 -529F 801 -529CF 6x6x2 -1/2 7- 1/2 3-5/16 7- 1/2 8 7- 1/2 S 1 5 5- 1/2 5 16 11.12 9.69 801 -530 801 -530C 6X6X3 7-1/2 5-3/16 7- 1/2 5-9/16 6-3/8 5-9/16 2 -11/16 4-9/16 2 -11/16 11- 1/8 6.34 8.79 801 -532 801 -578' 801 -532C 801 -578C' 6x6x4 8x8x2 7- 1/2 9 -11/16 5- 114 7-9/16 7-9/16 9 -11/16 5-9/16 7 -13/16 5 -15/16 8-1/4 5-9/16 7 -13/16 2 -11/16 3 -13/16 3-3/4 6-3/4 2 -11/16 3 -13/16 11-1/8 15-5/8 7.43 17.97 8.30 18.19 801 -579F 801 -580' 801 -579F 801 -580C' 8x8x2 -1/2 8x8x3 9-5/8 9 -11116 3-5/16 7-9/16 9-5/8 9 -11/16 9- 1/2 7 -13/16 8-5/8 8- 1/4 9- 1/2 1 7 -13/16 5-1/2 3 -13/16 6-5/8 6- 1/2 5- 1/2 3 -13/16 19 15-5/8 17.97 17.42 16.63 20.04 801 -582' 801 -582C' 8x8x4 9 -11/16 7-9/16 9 -11/16 7 -13/16 8-3/8 7 -13/16 3 -13/16 6-1/8 3 -13/16 15-5/8 17.42 22.80 801 -585 801 -585C 8x8x6 9 -11/16 7 -17/32 9 -11/16 7 -13/16 7 -27/32 7 -13/16 3 -13/16 4 -27/32 3 -13/16 15- 5/8 14.96 15.64 801 -621F 801 -621 CF 10x10x2 12- 1/8 2 -31/32 11- 5/16 10 9 -15/16 10 4- 5/8 8- 1/16 4-5/8 20 25.66 27.33 801 -622F - -- 10x10x2 -112 12 1 1/2 11- 5/16 11 9- 5/8 11 5- 3/4 7- 5/8 5- 3/4 22 25.66 801-62 '1 801 -623C' 10x 10x3 12 7- 1/2 12 9-3/8 9- 1/2 1 9-3/8 3- 7/8 7- 314 3-7/8 1 8- 3/4 1 32.67 1 28.69 '- Outlet sized with bushing Made in the U.S.A. [E.M.M I ;;aj PVC AND CPVC SCHEDULE 80 FITTINGS, TANK ADAPTERS, EXPANSION JOINTS & SADDLES . 900 ELL At S i2E-S RS - (SOC X SOC) I� Part Num be Size M H G Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) PVC CPVC PVC CPVC 806 -002 806 -002C 1/4 13/16 1 11/32 .03 .03 806 -003 806 -003C 3/8 31/32 1- 15/32 .05 .05 806 -005 806 -005C 1/2 1-3/16 -1-1/4 1-7/16 17/32 .08 .08 806 -007 806 -007C 3/4 1 -13/32 1 -11/16 11/16 .12 .12 806 -010 806 -010C 1 1-3/4 1 -29/32 25/32 .19 .20 806 -012 806 -012C 1 -1/4 2 -31/32 2-5/16 1-1/32 .33 .35 806 -015 806 -015C 1 -1/2 2 -11/32 2-1/2 1-1/8 .54 .40 806 -020 806 -020C 2 2-7/8 2 -15/16 1-7/16 .61 .66 806 -025 806 -025C 2 -1/2 3 -15/32 3 -11/32 1 -15/32 1.07 1.17 806 -030 806 -030C 3 4- 1/8 4-1/32 2-5/32 1.57 1.82 806 -040 806 -040C 4 5- 1/4 4-7/8 2-5/8 2.80 3.49 806 -045F - -- 4 -1/2 5-3/8 9 -11/16 -7-1/8 4.58 - -- 806 -050F - -- 5 6-5/16 9-1/4 6-1/2 6.23 - -- 806 -060 806 -060C 6 7-9/16 6-9/16 3-9/16 8.59 8.38 806 -080 806 -080C 8 9 -11/16 8 -27/32 4 -31/32 15.80 15.65 806 -100 806 -100C 10 12-1/16 11 -11/32 5 -25/32 26.67 28.74 806 -120 806 -120C 12 14-9/32 13-9/16 7-1/16 43.94 47.94 806 -140F - -- 14 15- 1/2 23-1/4 16-1/4 77.82 - -- 806 -160F 16 17 -11/16 26 18 122.38 - -- 806 -180F - -- 18 20 29-1/2 20-1/2 154.01 - -- 806 -200F 20 22- 1/8 33-3/4 23-3/4 226.44 - -- 806 -240F - -- 24 26- 112 1 40-1/4 29- 1/4 380.00 - -- VNV rrr nno (SUC X SOC) /� 1! tVijT V RIL-1 {J�2 c�C N '- -- - M _ G M i Part Number Size `' " °-~- M H G APj?r>�x °il{Tf�(Lbs.) PVC CPVC PVC CPVC 806- 005LSF 806- 005LSCF 1/2 1- 1/8 2-7/8 2 .13 .13 806- 007LSF 806- 007LSCF 3/4 1- 3/ 3- 7/16 2-7/16 .22 .24 806- 010LSF 806- 010LSCF 1 1- �4. -�. 2-7/8 .33 .37 806- 012LSF 806- 012LSCF 1- 1/4 . - -• "' 2- 1/16 4-7/8 -- 3-518 .50 .56 806- 015LSF 806- 015LSCF.- - ' "" 1- 1/2 2- 114 5-3/8 4-1/8 x.60 .68 806- 020LSF $86'OZOLSCF 2 2- 3/4 6-5/8 5- 118 .90 _ 1.07 806 -0 AF 806- 030LSCF 3 4- 1/8 9 7 2.46 2.74 806- 040LSF 806- 040LSCF 4 5- 1/8 12-1/2 10- 1/4 4.76 4.85 Spears Manufacturing Company In PVC & CPVC SCHEDULE 80 FITTINGS, UNIONS, Isl C TANK ADAPTERS, EXPANSION JOINTS & SADDLES r� 30° ELL (SOc X SOc) " j i 1_ Part Number Size M H Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) P VC CPVC PVC CPVC 815 -02OF 815 -020CF 2 2 -27/32 2-1/2 29/32 .46 .54 815 -025F 815 -025CF 2 -1/2 3-1/2 3-3/8 1-3/8 .82 .81 815 -03OF 815 -030CF 3 4-1/8 3-1/8 7/8 1.21 1.44 815 -04OF 815 -040CF 4 5-1/8 3-21/32 1-9/32 2.16 2.27 815 -045F - -- 4 -1/2 5-3/8 4-3/8 1-7/8 2.18 --- 815 -05OF - -- 5 6-5/16 4-1/2 1-3/4 3.10 - -- 815 -060 815 -060C 6 7-9/16 4 -13/16 1-7/8 5.59 6.10 815 -08OF 815 -080CF 8 9-3/4 6-1/32 1 -25/32 10.00 11.17 815 -10OF 815 -100CF 10 12 7-7/8 2-5/8 16.81 21.26 815 -12OF 815 -120CF 12 14-1/4 9- 518 3-3/8 26.50 32.30 815 -14OF 816 -100CF 14 15-1/2 10-3/8 3-3/8 37.18 --- 815 -16OF - -- 16 17 -11/16 12 4 50.59 -- 815 -18OF - -- 18 20 14 5-7/16 - -- - -- 815 -20OF -- 20 22-1/8 15-1/4 5-1/4 119.88 - 815 -24OF - -- 24 26-1/2 17-5/8 6-5/8 194.75 - X 22 -112° ELL �� 1ZEL�vt2efl �N 1 Nit1J 7'" �;� -- (Soc X Soc) i- �. '-- M Part Number Size M H Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) PVC CPVC P VC CPVC 816 -01OF - -- 1 1 -23132 1 -23/32 17/32 .13 - -- 816 -015F - -- 1 -1/2 2-5/16 2- 5/32 23/32 .31 -- 816 -020 816 -020C 2 2-7/8 1-7/8 7/16 .41 .44 816 -025F - -- 2 -112 3 -15/32 3- 1/16 1- 1/32 .84 - -- 816 -030 816 -030C 3 4-5/32 2 -13/32 9/16 .97 1.01 816 -040 816 -040C 4 5- 1/4 2-7/8 518 1.64 1.71 816 -045F - -- 4 -1/2 5-5/8 4- 1/8 1-5/8 2.09 --- 816 -05OF - -- 5 6-5/16 4- 1/2 1-3/4 3.15 - -- 816 -06OF 816 -060CF 6 7-7/16 4 -29/32 1-9/32 5.02 5.29 816 -08OF 816 -080CF 8 9- 5/8 6-7/32 1 -25/32 8.94 9.85 816 -100F 816 -100CF 10 12 7- 9116 2-5/16 17.25 18.77 816 -12OF 816 -120CF 12 14-1/8 8 -29/32 2 -13/32 28.02 31.15 816 -14OF - -- 14 15-1/2 9- 7/8 2-7/8 37.62 - -- 816 -16OF 16 17 -11/16 11- 3/8 3- 3/8 58.06 - -- 816 -18OF 18 19-7/8 12- 1/4 3- 1/4 74.01 816 -20OF 20 22-1/8 14- 5/8 4-5/8 119.88 - 816 -24OF - 24 26-1/2 16- 1/2 5- 1!2 158.00 - -- 12 Spears Manufacturing Company pa ,e 0°'"3 PVC & CPVC SCHEDULE 80 FITTINGS, UNIONS, TANK ADAPTERS, EXPANSION JOINTS & SADDLES mm;:i 45° ELL - (SOC X SOC) M -� Part Number Size M H J Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) PVC CPVC PVC CPVC 817 -002 817 -002C 1/4 27/32 13/16 5/32 .03 .03 817 -003 817 -003C 3/8 1 31/32 7/32 .04 .04 817 -005 817 -005C 1/2 1-3/16 1-5/32 9/32 .06 .07 817 -007 817 -007C 3/4 1 -13/32 1 -11/32 11/32 .09 .10 817 -010 817 -010C 1 1 -23/32 1 -7/16 11/32 .15 .16 817 -012 817 -012C 1 -1/4 2 -3/32 1 -11/16 13/32 .21 .22 817 -015 817 -015C 1 -1/2 2-3/8 1 -27/32 7/16 .30 .32 817 -020 817 -020C 2 2-7/8 2-5/32 21/32 .48 .47 817 -025 817 -025C 2 -1/2 3- 1/2 2 -17/32 25/32 .84 .89 817 -030 817 -030C 3 4- 1/8 4 2- 1/8 1.13 1.22 817 -040 817 -040C 4 5- 1/4 3-7/32 15116 2.24 2.31 817 -045F 817 -045CF 4 -1/2 5-5/8 4- 1/2 2 2.32 - -- 817 -05OF - -- 5 6-5/16 4 -23/32 2- 1/32 3.26 817 -060 817 -060C 6 7-9/16 4 -23/32 1 -23/32 5.37 5.62 817 -080 817 -080C 8 9-5/8 6 2 9.98 10.70 817 -100 817 -100C 10 12 8-3/16 2 -11/16 19.68 21.29 817 -120 817 -120C 12 14-5/16 9 -19/32 3-3/32 32.29 35.50 817 -14OF - -- 14 15-1/2 11-3/4 4-3/4 41.37 - -- 817 -16OF 16 17 -11/16 13-1/2 5- 1/2 57.91 - -- 817 -18OF - -- 18 20 15 6 81.87 - -- 817 -20OF - -- 20 22-1/8 16-3/4 6-3/4 113.22 - -- 817 -24OF - -- 24 26-1/2 19- 114 8- 1/4 180.50 - -- 1 150 ELL --mac 1 �'c`© v to U r.1 ! t� 1 UE'►�1r' (SOC X SOC) '7-4TO ,c t Cr rE7LL 1�-- M Part Number Size M H J Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) PVC CPVC PVC CPVC 818 -02OF 818 -020CF 2 2 -13/16 2- 1/2 3/4 .48 .54 818 -025F - -- 2-1/2 3-3/8 3-1/4 1-1/4 .79 - -- 818 -03OF 818 -030CF 3 4-3/32 3-3/32 27/32 1.10 1.44 818 -04OF 818 -040CF 4 5-5/32 3 -17/32 1-7/32 1.76 1.96 818 -045F - -- 4-1/2 5-5/8 4 1- 1/2 2.00 - -- 818 -05OF - -- 5 6-5/16 4-1/4 1- 1/2 2.98 - -- 818 -06OF 818 -060CF 6 7-7/16 4 -23/32 1-9/32 4.49 5.40 818 -08OF 818 -080CF 8 9-5/8 6- 1/2 1-3/4 8.99 10.81 818 -100F 818 -100CF 10 12 7-5/8 2- 3/8 16.72 17.92 818 -12OF 818 -120CF 12 14- 1/4 8-5/8 2- 3/8 25.98 27.71 818 -14OF - 14 15- 1/2 9-3/8 2- 3/8 33.55 -- 818 -16OF - -- 16 17-3/4 10-7/8 2-7/8 50.93 - -- 818 -18OF - -- 18 19-7/8 12- 1/4 3- 1/4 69.16 - -- 818 -20OF - -- 20 22- 1/8 14 4 119.88 - -- 818 -24OF 1 24 1 26- 1/2 15-7/8 1 4- 7/8 1 194.75 - -- Made in the U.S.A. 13 PVC & CPVC SCHEDULE 80 FITTINGS, UNIONS, TANK ADAPTERS, EXPANSION JOINTS & SADDLES E m m:il I r- COUPLING* S17,-ES P-$s (Soc x Soc) - L --� Part Number Size M N L Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) PVC CPVC PVC CPVC 829 -002 829 -002C 1/4 27/32 1/16 1- 3/8 .02 .02 829 -003 829 -003C 3/8 1 3/16 1 -5/8 .04 .04 829 -005 829 -005C 1/2 1 -9/32 3/32 1 -29/32 .07 .07 829 -007 829 -007C 3/4 1- 1/2 1/8 2-3/16 .10 .10 _ 829 -010 829 -010C 1 1 -23/32 7/32 2 -15/32 12 .16 829 -012 829 -012C 1 -1/4 2- 7/32 7/32 2 -23/32 .22 .24 829 -015 829 -015C 1 -1/2 2 -11/32 3/16 2-7/8 .31 .32 829 -020 829 -020C 2 2- 7/8 1/16 3-1/8 .31 .33 829 -025 829 -025C 2 -1/2 3 -15/32 1/4 3 -11/16 .68 .58 829 -030 829 -030C 3 4- 3/16 3/16 4 82 .90 829 -040 829 -040C 4 5- 7/32 1/4 4-3/4 1.51 1.58 829 -060 829 -060C 6 7 -11/16 1/4 6-1/4 3.45 3.55 829 -080 829 -080C 8 9 -11/16 5/16 8-7/16 6.79 7.03 829 -10OF 829 -100CF 10 12 1 -15/16 12 -5/16 14.16 15.64 829 -12OF 829 -120CF 12 14-1/4 1-7/8 14-1/4 24.14 24.54 829 -14OF - -- 14 15-5/8 2 -11/16 16 -13/16 31.96 - -- 829 -16OF - -- 16 17 -13/16 3 19-3/8 43.00 - -- 829 -18OF 18 19-7/8 3-1/4 21-1/4 59.23 - 829 -20OF - -- 1 20 22 1/16 4 1 24 86.58 - -- 829 -24OF 24 26- 7/16 2 27 137.75 - -- Made in the U.S.A. 17 0S PVC & CPVC SCHEDULE 80 FITTINGS, UNIONS, TANK ADAPTERS, EXPANSION JOINTS & SADDLES FEMALE ADAPTER 5 �2E-5 kt� ReZjjtet°r> M (Soc x Fipt) ----- Part Number Size M N L Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) PVC CPVC PVC CPVC 835 -002 835 -002C 1/4 27/32 3/32 1 -11/32 .02 .02 835 -003 835 -003C 3/8 1 3/32 1 -15/32 .04 .04 835 -005 835 -005C 1/2 1-3116 1/8 1-3/4 .06 .06 835 -007 835 -007C 3/4 1 -13/32 3/32 1 -29/32 .08 .08 835 -010 835 -010C 1 1 -23/32 1/8 2-7/32 .13 .14 835 -012 835 -012C 1-1/4 2-1/4 3/32 2-3/8 .21 .22 835 -015 835 -015C 1-1/2 2-11/32 7/32 2-1/2 .20 .20 835 -020 835 -020C 2 3-1/32 1/8 2-11/16 .39 .41 835 -025 835 -025C 1 2 -1/2 1 3 -17/32 1 9/32 1 3-5/8 1 .70 .73 835 -030 835 -030C 1 3 4-1/4 1 9/32 1 3 -25/32 1 .74 1.07 835 -040 835 -040C 1 4 1 5-7/32 1 1/4 1 3-31/32 1 1.19 1 1.71 22 Spears Manufacturing Company FEM APTER Nvr 12 vi "" -- - M" (Soc x Brass Fipt� N �L �. Part Number Size M M1 ° N L Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) PVC CPVC PVC CPVC 835 -005BR 835- 005CBR 1/2 ,.... - ' 1- 7132 1- 7/32 11/32 '` -. 1 -25/32 .15 .16 835 -007BR 835- 007CBR . 4 1 -13/32 1-3/8 5/16 2' - .23 .24 835 -010BR 835- 010CWR- 1 1 -23/32 1 -23/32 11/32 2-9/32 :3 .37 835 -0128R ,53,S"012C6 R 1 -1/4 2- 3/32 2- 3/32 5/16 2-3/8 .30 .31 835 -015 835- 015CBR 1 -1/2 2- 3/8 2-7/16 1/4 2 -17/32 .45 .46 835- OBR 835- 020CBR 2 2 -29/32 2 -31/32 15/32 2 -11/16 .57 7 58 22 Spears Manufacturing Company J PVC & CPVC SCHEDULE 80 FITTINGS, UNIONS, TANK ADAPTERS, EXPANSION JOINTS & SADDLES MALE ADAPTER- S I ZE3 (Spig x Mipt) A S 136. )LW2610 T PIPE D.D . -- i �, - - - -� N I� . M, -L- Part Number Size REDUCI N L Approx. M. (Lbs.) PVC CPVC PVC CPVC 861 -005 861 -005C 1/2 PVC 5/16 1 -13/16 .03 .03 861 -007 861 -007C 3/4 "" 5/32 5/16 1 -31/32 .05 .05 861 -010 861 -010C 1 3/4 9/32 1 2-1/4 .07 .08 861 -012 861 -012C 1 -1/4 .08 9/32 1 2-7/16 .12 1 .13 861 -015 861 -015C 1 -1/2 2-1/4 11/32 1 2-5/8 .15 1 .16 861 -020 861 -020C 2 114 13/32 1 2 -13/16 1 .23 1 .24 ESS STEEL REINFORCED SPIGOT ADAPTER (Spig x SR Fipt)° �67- Nd T o . L � M, I4� L I REDUCI Part Number Size M1 `p (Spig x SR Fipt) L Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) PVC CPVC PVC CPVC 878 -005SR 878- 005CSR 1/2 1-7/32 ' "" 5/32 1 lt4-,, .06 Part Number .06 878 -007SR 878- 007CSR 3/4 1- 3,/,8 - °" Wt. (Lbs.) 3/16 CPVC 1 -15/16 07 878 -072SR .08 878 -010SR 878- 010CSR 1 --1 "()3--- 7/32 878 -098SR 2-1/4 11..,.,,.. 11 878 -012SR 878- 012CSR 1 -1/4 -- 2- 1/16 878 -128SR 114 1 x 1 /4 2 -15/32 .18 2- 3/8 .19 878 -015SR 878- 015CSR - -'i -1/2 2- 7/16 9/32 2 -21/32 .25 .26 878 -020SR 878 -020 2 3- 1/32 5/16 2 -13/16 .37 .40 878 -030SR 8 0CSR 3 4-9/32 17/32 3 -13/16 .85 .90 878 -040SR 878- 040CSR 4 1 5- 1/4 1 5/8 1 4-3/8 1 1.36 1.42 24 Spears Manufacturing Company Nd T Rev � STAINLESS STEEL REINFORCED PIPE � !il.�i�l M, REDUCI OT FEMALE ADAPTER (Spig x SR Fipt) ......_ .-.j N - L Part Number Size" M1 N <. Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) PVC CPVC PVC T CPVC 878 -072SR 878 -07 ,CSR 1/2x1/4 27/32 3116 1 -13/32 "()3--- .03 878 -098SR 8 8= 1i98CSR 3/4x1/4 27/32 9/32 1 -27/32 .05 .06 878 -128SR 878- 128CSR 1 x 1 /4 27/32 21/32 2- 3/8 .08 09 24 Spears Manufacturing Company PVC & CPVC SCHEDULE 80 FITTINGS, UNIONS, sP� Ens TANK ADAPTERS, EXPANSION JOINTS & SADDLES PLUG (Mipt) Nor REZ� PLUG . �- - - - -- - Part Number _ (SPi9) A L STAINLESS INFORCED CAP PVC CPVC PVC CPVC 850 -002 850 -002C 1/4 25/32 (SR Fipt)— `'"—_-- -..0 "M 850 -003 \ M PVC CPVC PVC CPVC 849 -005 - -- n .02 -- - -W —� .03 Part NumberSize 849 -007 M 314 w Ap t. (Lbs.) PVC C PVC .06 848 -002SR 48- 002CSR 1/4 31/32 - -- 29/32 .02 .02 848 -00 848- SR 003C 3/8 31/32 849 -01 --- 29/32 .03 .03 PLUG (Mipt) a-r R e7� PLUG . �- - - - -- - Part Number _ (SPi9) A L Approx. M. (Lbs.) PVC CPVC PVC CPVC 850 -002 850 -002C 1/4 25/32 Part Number Si ze � 850 -003 L Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) PVC CPVC PVC CPVC 849 -005 - -- 1/2 .02 1- 5732 - .03 - -- 849 -007 29/32 314 .03 1-1/4 .04 - -- 849 -010 .06 1 850 -012 1 -13/32 • .06 - -- 849 -012 -- 1 -1/2 850 -015C 1 -17/32 .10 - -. -._ .10 849 -01 --- -- 1 -1/2 2 1 -11/16 .13 -- -020 849 -020C 2 1 -31/32 1 -7/8 21 24 PLUG (Mipt) �- - - - -- - Part Number Size L Approx. M. (Lbs.) PVC CPVC PVC CPVC 850 -002 850 -002C 1/4 25/32 .01 .01 850 -003 850 -003C 3/8 13/16 .01 .01 850 -005 850 -005C 1/2 7/8 .02 .02 850 -007 850 -007C 3/4 29/32 .02 .03 850 -010 850 -010C 1 1 -1/4 .06 .06 850 -012 850 -012C 1 -1/4 1 -9/32 .08 .08 850 -015 850 -015C 1-1/2 1-7/32 .10 .11 850 -020 850 -020C 2 1-7/16 .18 .20 850 -025 850 -025C 2 -1/2 1 -31/32 .31 .33 850 -030 850 -030C 3 1 2 .46 .50 850 -040 850 -040C 4 2-3/32 73 79 850 -060 6 2-3/32 1.70 Made in the U.S.A. 31 lf !!T' I SPEARS PVC & CPVC SCHEDULE 80 FITTINGS, UNIONS, TANK ADAPTERS, EXPANSION JOINTS & SADDLES UNION (SOc X $0c) 235 psi @ 73 °F j Listed Part No. Applicable to +- 897-XXX/8097-XXX EPDM O -ring Seal Units - N- ,RIOT' Size M DOU L Nut O.D. M,. PVC (SOc X SOC X SOc X SOc PVC 100 73 °F 857 -002 - G 1/4 15/16 5/8 1 -15/16 1 -21/32 psi @ .10 857 -003 857 -003C 3/8 1-1/32 19/32 2-5/32 1 -25/32 .11 .11 8057 -005 8057 -005C 1/2 1 -3116 11/32 2 -3/32 1 -7/8 .12 Part Number 8057 -007 M M1 H H1 H2 G G1 G2 L Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) PVC CPVC e 2 -11/16 2 -9/16 .28 .17 8057 -012 8057 -012C 1 -1/4 2-3/32 7/16 PVC CPVC 876 -338 1 87 8C 3x3x2 4- 3/16 1 2- 7/8 1 2- 1/4 1 5- 3/4 5 -29/32 1 3/8 1 4-1/4 4 -13/32 8 2.24 2.24 UNION (SOc X $0c) 235 psi @ 73 °F j Listed Part No. Applicable to +- 897-XXX/8097-XXX EPDM O -ring Seal Units - N- Part Number wNitono O -ring Seal Size M N L Nut O.D. Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) PVC CPVC PVC CPVC 857 -002 857 -002C 1/4 15/16 5/8 1 -15/16 1 -21/32 .09 .10 857 -003 857 -003C 3/8 1-1/32 19/32 2-5/32 1 -25/32 .11 .11 8057 -005 8057 -005C 1/2 1 -3116 11/32 2 -3/32 1 -7/8 .12 .08 8057 -007 8057 -007C 3/4 1 -13/32 3/8 2- 3/8 2-9/32 .17 .19 8057 -010 1 8057 -010C 1 1 -23/32 7/16 2 -11/16 2 -9/16 .28 .17 8057 -012 8057 -012C 1 -1/4 2-3/32 7/16 2 -15/16 3-3/32 .36 .40 8057 -015 8057 -015C 1 -1/2 2- 3/8 1/2 3-1/4 3-1/2 .50 .51 8057 -020 8057 -020C 2 2 -7/8 17/32 3 -17/32 4 -9/32 .86 1 .89 8057 -030 8057 -030C 1 3 4-3/16 1 1/2 4-1/4 6-7/32 2.16 2.50 8057 -040 8057 -040C 1 4 5 -3/8 1 1 -3/8 5 -7/8 7 -3/32 3.75 3. 9.7 1) For (Socket X Socket) Unions Equipped With EPDM O -ring, Replace The 857/8057 With An 897/8097 Before The Dash e g.) Part Number 897 -002 = 114" PVC, Schedule 80, Union, Socket, With EPDM 0-rings. 38 Spears Manufacturing Company THERMOPLASTIC FLANGES Torque Sequence Bolt torque sequence is shown in Table 2. Table 2 15 1D 1 s 5 1 it 1 0--.24 15 i 11••••••9 13 3• •1 3 • • 8 7 •• 5 7• • + • + • 3 + 9 3 1330 • 17 • • 7 •• • 4 10 •••• 4 14 418• + •4 2 4 2 8 82 128 1 14•• ••a 1 10 • • 12 8 2 2018 ES] Gaskets Full faced, 1/8" thick elastomer gaskets with a Shore "A" Durometer of approximately 70 is recommended. Flange Make -up Once a flange is joined to pipe, the method for joining two flanges is as follows: A. Piping runs joined to the flanges must be installed in a straight line position to the flange to avoid stress at the flange due to misalignment. Piping must also be secured and supported to prevent lateral movement which can create stress and damage the flange. `! B. With gasket in place, align the bolt holes of the mating flanges by rotating the ring into position. C. Insert all bolts, washers (two standard flat washers per bolt), and nuts. D. Make sure the faces of the mating surfaces are flush against gasket prior to bolting down the flanges. E. Tighten the nuts by hand until they are snug. Establish uniform pressure over the flange face by tightening -the bolts in 5 ft. -lbs. increments according to the sequence shown in Table 2 following a 180° opposing sequence. F. Care must be taken to avoid "bending" the flange when joining a Spears flange to a "raised face" flange, or a wafer -style valve. Do not use bolts to bring together improperly mated flanges. Configuration Terminology Muti -Bolt Pattern Ring — Bolt hole drilling accepts ANSI and Metric Flanges Soc — Slip socket connection for solvent cement welding Spigot — Pipe O.D. connection for solvent cement welding Fipt — Female Iron Pipe Thread SR Fipt — Spears patented Stainless Steel Reinforced (SR) plastic thread IPS — Iron Pipe Size PIP — Plastic Irrigation Pipe MADE IN THE U.S.A. 2 PVC & CPVC INJECTION MOLDED CLASS 150 FLANGES ESD Y Van Stone Style Flange - Soc L (Two- Piece) ' R I I BOLT CIRCLE DIA - -r!� Part Number Size L M N R Bolt Circle Dia. No. of Bolt Holes Bolt Size Min. Bolt Length Max. O.D. Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) PVC CPVC PVC CPVC 854 -005 854 -005C 1/2 1-1/32 1-7/32 5/32 17/32 2-3/8 4 1/2 2 3-1/2 .19 .20 854 -007 854 -007C 3/4 1-1/8 1-7/16 5/32 9/16 2-3/4 4 1/2 2 3-7/8 .26 .27 854 -010 854 -010C 1 1-9/32 1-3/4 5/32 5/8 3-1/8 4 1/2 2-1/4 4- 1 /4 .36 .37 854 -012 854 -012C 1-1/4 1 -13/32 2-5/32 5/32 11/16 3-1/2 4 1/2 2-1/4 4-5/8 .46 .45 854 -015 854 -015C 1 -1/2 1 -17/32 2-7/16 3116 3/4 3-7/8 4 1/2 2-1/2 5 .56 .60 854 - 020 854 -020C 2 1 -11/16 2- 15/16 3/16 13116 4-3/4 4 5/8 3 6 .85 .91 854 -025 854 -025C 2-1/2 2 3-1/2 5/16 31/32 5-1/2 4 5/8 3-1/4 7 1.16 1.40 854 -030 854 -030C 3 2-1/8 4-1/4 1 1/4 1-1/16 6 4 5/8 3-1/4 7-1/2 1.66 1.70 854 - 040 854 -040C 4 2-1/2 5-1/4 1/4 1-1/8 7-1/2 8 5/8 3-1/2 9 2.68 2.84 854 -050 854 -050C 5 3 6-1/4 318 1-1/8 8-1/2 8 314 3-3/4 10-1/8 3.35 3.60 854 -060 854 -060C 6 3-3/8 7-9/16 7/16 1-9/32 9-1/2 8 3/4 4 11 4.54 4.67 854 - 080 854 -080C 8 1 4-3/8 9-5/16 318 1-3/8 11- 34 8 3/4 4-1/2 13-1/2 6.69 7.06 854 -100 854 -100C 10 5-11/161 11-3/4 11/16 1 1-5/8 14-1/4 12 1 7/8 5 16 11.69 11.76 854 -120 854 -120C 12 7-1/4 13-11/161 5/8 1 1-5/8 1 7_A 12 1 7/8 5 19 16.78 18.50 854 -140 854 -140C 14 7-1/2 15-1/2 1/2 2 18-3/4 1 12 1 1 5-1/2 21 26.84 28.42 854 -160 854 -160C 16 8-3/4 17-3/4 3/4 1 2-3/8 21-1/4 1 16 1 1 6-1/2 23-1/2 37.64 24.81 MADE IN THE U.S.A. r- Y --�1 Van Stone Style Flange T 16 with Plastic Solid Ring - Soc 1 R i (Two - Piece) N �i- BOLT CMU Dk ---+� MAX OD Bolt No. of Min. Approx. Wt. Part Number Size L M N R Circle Bolt Bolt Bolt Max. (Lbs.) Dia. Holes Size Length O.D. PVC CPVC PVC CPVC S854 -020 - -- 2 1 -11116 2- 15/16 3116 13/16 4-3/4 4 518 3 6 .85 - -- S854 -030 S854 -030C 3 2-1/8 4-1/4 1/4 1-1/16 6 4 5/8 3-1/4 7-1/2 1.66 1-.70 S854 -040 S854 -040C 4 2-1/2 5-1/4 1/4 1-1/8 7-1/2 8 5/8 1/2 9 2.68 2.84 5854 -060 S854 -060C 6 3-3/8 7-9/16 7/16 1-9/32 9-1/2 8 314 4 11 4.54 4.67 S854 -080 S854 -080C 8 4-3/8 9-5/16 3/8 1-3/8 11-3/4 8 3/4 4-1/2 13-1/2 6.69 7.06 S854 -100 S854-1 OOC 10 5-11/16 11-3/4 11/16 1-5/8 14-1/4 12 7/8 5 16 11.69 11.76 S854 -120 S854 -120C 1 12 7-1/4 13- 11/16 5/8 1-5/8 17 1 12 7/8 5 19 16.78 18.50 MADE IN THE U.S.A. FS ��i PVC & CPVC INJECTION MOLDED CLASS 150 FLANGES Technical Information Application Molded CL 150 Flange fittings are coupling devices designed for joining IPS (Iron Pipe Size) plastic piping systems, where frequent disassembly may be required, and can be used as a transitional fitting for joining plastic to metal piping systems. Suitability of application is at the discretion of the user. Pressure Rating 150 psi, water at 73 °F. Flange Types One -Piece — available in socket configuration, sizes 1/2" through 8 "; thread and SR thread (steel reinforced) configuration sizes 1/2" through 4 ". Van Stone Style — two -piece design with rotating flange ring, available in socket configurations, sizes 1/2" through 16 "; thread configurations, sizes 1/2" through 4" and spigot configurations, sizes 1/2" through 12 ". Blind — closed -ring design for capping off a mating flange, flanged fitting or flanged valve, available in sizes 1/2" through 12 ". Materials All injection molded flanges are produced from either PVC or CPVC materials approved for potable water use by the National Sanitation Foundation (NSF). Glass- filled PVC or CPVC materials may be used in certain Van Stone Style flange -rings and large diameter Blind flanges where additional reinforcement is deemed necessary. Conformance Standards Socket & Spigot — ASTM D 2467 (PVC); ASTM F 439 (CPVC), as applicable. Threads — ASTM F 1498. Bolt Hole Pattern —ANSI 816.5; ASTM D 4024. Material — ASTM D 1784 (PVC Cell Classification 12454 -B, CPVC Cell Classification 23447 -B). Weights & Dimensions Specified minimum bolt lengths are based on the use of two Spears Flanges, two standard flat washers, standard nut and 1/8" thick elastomer full face gasket. Mating with other brands or accessories may require variation. Bolts and gaskets are not supplied with flanges. Dimension referet L M N R Max. O.D. Bolt Circle Diameter ices: = overall length of hub, t 1/16 inch. = outside diameter of socket hub, t 1/16 inch. _ (Laying Length) socket/spigot bottom to seal -ring face of flange, t 1/16 inch. = height (thickness) of flange ring, t 1/16 inch. = outside diameter of ring, t 1/16 inch. = ANSI B 16.5 Standard; ASTM D 4024, t 1/16 inch. 3 SPEARS® MANUFACTURING COMPANY CON_ GENERAL ENGINEERING, INC. N STREET • VISTA, CA 92083 • TEL 760/630 -9570 • FAX 760/630 -3648 • STATE CONT. LIC. #540702 SUBMITTAL NO. 009-01 For SECTION 031009033009 03305 CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE CONCRETE FORMWORK MINOR CONCRETE MOONLIGHT BEACH URBAN RUNOFF TREATMENT FACILITY CONTRACT # CMS01B CITY OF ENCINITAS, CA It is hereby certified that the Equipment/Material shown and marked in this submittal is that proposed to be incorporated into Contract # CMS015, is in compliance with the contract drawinj & specifications, and can be installed in the alloca d spaces, and is submitted for approval. Certified ByA::,::3 Date 5 3 j I Sent By: CALMAT DIVISION; 619298 6613; May -30 -02 10:42; Pacle 2 Falcon Gen. Ent 572 Collyn St, Vista, CA. 9208 . Inc. Project: 3rd & B `;t Dear Sir: As per your rcgt Palomar Transit project. Vul[an Materials Company Western Division 5/30/02 Encinitas we are submitting the attached concrete data sheet(s) containing x standard mix design(s) for your approval for the above mentioned The cement will be in accordance with ASTM C -150, Type 1IN, low alkali. The aggregates and r ady mixed concrete will be from sources as indicated on the data sheet(s). Each mix can be expected to produce concrete meeting the acceptance criteria of ACI 318 -97, paragra h 5.3, for the respective compressive strength as indicated provided the design slump an /or water /cement ratio is not exceeded. v Su Phil Harris Testing Laborat ry Enclosure Attached tted, 705 MIS510N CENTER RQAD • SAN DIEGO, CALI FORNIA 92108 -4300 P G BOX 3098 . SAN DIEGO, CALIFORNIA 92163 -3093 TELEPHONE 614 29s -0551 . FAX 619 298 -1355 Sent By: CALMAT DIVISION; 619298 6613; May -30 -02 10:43; P,�LIe 3 Vatez 30- May -02 V% Tines 09;41 Uu1can Materials Company Western Division Lear, Mat.l's Meste-y" Div - SD Ready nix Mix Design Weights and Volumes Page CD/ = szzs acrss= sz= zcc=== c= k=== o=== c= cxzczsrc�r:= ar iams�s�c : =irazssaYrzrrzzs ::��a= =a- = == Mix Number-: 3 Schedule plant: Motor-i el -------------------- CEMENT FLYASH YCS Mater (gal. lbs. ) A dmi xt.ures : DARAVAIR 16" Air percletataige w /(C ►F) Ratio ! Pr•aduct UO" : yi► Design sluspt 4.00 0 PSI ! 26 nays Iat-ch Percent Spec -111c Absolute xentity a$ A097"ate Gr•ovity Volume ------------------------------------------------- L 5M. " 3.15 0.76 38.00 e0 2.05 0.30 703. ee 1 *0.00 2..64 16.44 50. M 416.541 6.67 4. " 0.08 16.98 2. 711 2.22 26. B9 Aggregate Gradings Percent Passing I SIEVE SIZE 1 2 1/2 1 3/4 1/2 3/8 4 8 16 30 50 100 20 ------------ - - - -- I ------ ----------------------------------- -------------- - - - - -- VCS 1 106 lee 1" lee 160 lee 99 86 73 54 27 9 COMBINED I ] lee 1" 100 1" lee 99 86 73 54 27 9 Aggr"ate Source: VCS I -vine Lake Notes: 2 k, Slurry 5745 MISSION CENTER ROAD - SAN DIEGO, CALIFORNIA 92105 4300 P O. BOX "IW)a -.SAN DIEGO, CALIFORNIA 92183 -3098 TELEPHONE 619 298 -0551 - FAX 619 298.1355 Sent By: CALMAT DIVISION; 93! We hcreby certifN that «ith and meets the sl cement. Additionally 90 paragraph 2,01. Fo Chemi( Silicon dioxide (SIO; Aluminum oxide (AI: Ferric oxide (Fe203 Magnesium oxide (h Sulfur trioxide (S03; Loss on ignition, ma Insoluble residue, m Alkalies(Na20 +0.65 Tricalcium silicate (( Tricalcium aluminati Tetracalcium alumir C4AF + 2 (C3A), m, Physic Air content of morta Normal consistency Passing 45um (no-: Fineness, specific s Autoclave expansio Compressive Stren( 3 days 7 days 28 days (from Vicat, initial set, mit G 1038, 14 day ma) C 452, 14 day max, False Set, final pen 61929B 6613; Inlay -30 -02 10:43; Page CALIFORNIA PORTLAND CEMENT COMPANY 1 OAK CREEK ROAD. MOJAVE. CA 93501 / TEL. (605) a24 240; FAX 18050 BZ4 -4908 Manufacturer's Certification tjave Type it /V Lo\N Alkali cc►11cut supplied to you has beer► manufactured in accordance .card rcquiretttents of the current ASTM C lit) specification for TYPE ll and TYPE V ojave Typc H/V cement meets the requirements of Caltratts Standard specifications Sec � ing are the average chemical and pltvsical data for the month of April. 2002: TYPE Il TYPE V MOJAVE Analysis TYPE Requirements TYPE 111 V ), min.% 20.0 .» 21.52 03), max,% 8.0 - 3.30 , max,% 6.0 - -- 3.72 g0)) max,`yo 6.0 6,0 2.1 max,% 3.0 2,3 2.9 001 % 3.0 3 0 1.8 ix ,% 0.75 0.75 0.29 3K20), max,% 0 62 0.130 80 0. :3S), °� ) (CM), max,% 6 5 2 oferrite (C4AF),% T --- --- 11 o - -- 25(1c) 15 X, /o at Data , max,% 5) sieve, % `ace, min,ml /kg max,% , min, Mpa, (psi us month) - max.,minutes % expansion expansion (40) tration, min,% J Y 12 280 0.80 10.0 (1450) 17.0 (2470) 28.0 (4060) 45 -375 0.020 50 P E 12 7.8 1 25.7 280 386 0.80 -0.02 8.0 26.0 (1160) (3770) 15.0 33.5 (2180) (4853) 21.0 47.5 (3050) (6885) 45 -375 132 0.020 0.004 0.040 0.026 50 8$ Apparatus and methods used thls laboratory have been checked by the Cement and Concrete Reference Laboratory of the National institute of Standards and Tec inology. Major Oxides are analyzed by X -ray Fluorescence Spectrometry. Applicable ASTM C 150 Notes Table 1 Note D There are case where optimum $03 (using Test Method C563) for a particular cement Is close to or in excess of the limit in this specification h such cases where properties of a cement can be improved by exceeding the $03 limit stated in this table, it is permissible to exceed the vi lues in the table, provided it has been demonstrated by Test Method C 11038 that the cement with the increased SC3 will not develop 6xp insion In water exceeding 0.020% at 14 days. When the manufacturer supplies cement under this provision, he shall, upon request, s ppy supporting data to the purchaser. Table t Note C Doee not apply Yheo the optional sulfate resistance limit is specified Table J Note D When the sulfas resistances specified, it shall be instead of the limits of C3A, C4AF -2G3A Si02, and Fe203 bsted in Table 1. Jerold S. Kennedy, Quality Control Superintendent Sent By: CAL[uIAT DIVISION; Shipped to: VULCAN MATERIALS ATTN: PHIL HARRIS P O HOX 3098 SAN DIEGO, CA 92103 61929B 6613; May -30 -02 10:43; gage 5 7 Phoenix Cement Company Clarkdale, Arizona 86324 F'LYASH CERTIFICATION Material: CLASS F FLYASH Source: 4 Corners Specifications: ASTM C- 618 -96 Sample /Testing Method: ASTM C- 311 -96A Lot ID: 5420 Date: 3- 09 -02 CHEMICAL ANALYSIS 2.82 96 Calcium Oxide, CaQ 92.30 % Total: Si,02 + A1203 + Fc203 0.24 % Sulfur Trioxide S03 0.39 Loss on Ign-itioll 0.34 % Available Alkal es as Na2O 0.04 Moisture Conten 0.42 - R Factor PHYSICAL DATA: 18.2 Fineness ( +325) pozzolanic Acti ity Index 7 day with 28 day with ime cement (% of control) 85.76 95.87 $ Water requi.reme t 0.02 -% Autoclave Expan ion or Contraction Uniformity Requirements 2-18 % Specific Gr vity (Var from avg) Fineness (V r from avg) 0.55 Specific Gravity, 2.06 All tests have bee of the American So flyash specified a 1 made in strict accordance with the current standards :iety for Testing and Materials covering the type of Dove. Lee Gorby, Quality Co rol Manager Sent By: CALMAT DIVISION; P R O D U CI T 619298 6613; May -30 -02 10:43; Page 6/7 Daravair� 1000 �ir-Entr�iining Admixture ASTM C: 60, AASHTO M 134 Description Daracair' 1000 is a liquid air- entraining admixtur that provides freeze -thaw re istance, vield control, and finishability performance across the full range of concrete mix designs Daravair 1000 is a clean, light-odinge product designed to get erate specification- quality air systems. Based on a high grade saponified rosin formulation, Daravair 1000 is chernically similar to insol- based products, but wi h increased purity and su ply jcprndability. Uses Daravair 1000 qir-entrlaining, admixture may be used wherever the purposeful entrainment of all I., required by concrete specifica tions. Formulated to p rform across the entire spectr [nt of production mixes, Dar ivair 1000 generates quality, freez -thaw resistant air systems in concrete conditions that include the following: • Low Slump • Paving • Central Mix • Extruded Slip Form • Mixes Containing 1 o[ Water and Acccicrators • Precast • I ligh Cement Facto • Fly cash and Slag • Superplasticizers • M:,nufactured S:ITI& Air-Entraining Action ,fir is Incorporated into the con- crete by the mechanics of mixing and stabilized into millions of dis- Crete semi microscopic bubbles in the presrnce of a specifically designed air - entraining admixture such as D;1r.iv:lir 1000. These air bubbles :1C1 1110ch like flexible ball beat- 111.4s in,_�rcasing the mobility, or P1,1"n'Itti and work;lhilaN of the Concrete. I his �:;1n permit a rrLluCtion in mixing water with no JOSS of slump. Placcabiluy is improved. Bleeding, plastic shrinkage and segregation are minimized - Throu h thr P01-Poscful entrain- ment of MI" Dara%air 1000 mlrkcd1v incrc.ises the durabiht� of concrete to severe exPr>5trres particularh to freezing and th:l�s ing. It h:Ls also demonstrated a remarkable 11),11ty to impart resis- tance to the acuon of frost and del,-Mg slits .,; «ell as sulfate, st -1 Ind all:,lhnt' GRACE Construction Products Sent By: CALMAT DIVISION; 619298 6613; May -30 -02 10:44; Page 7/7 Compatibility with Other Admixtures D;trayair 1000 air - entraining admixture is fully ettective and compatible in concrete with uthl admixtures. EACH ADMIX- TURE, HOWEVLR, SHOU1 -1) RF. ADDED TO THE CO`- CRETE SEPARATELY Addition Rate There is no standard addition ra for Daravair 1000 air- enrraining admixture. The amount to be used will depend upon the amount of air required for job conditions, usually in the range c 4 to $%,. Typical factors which might influence the amount of ai entraining admixture required are, temperature, cement, sand gradation, and the use of extra fine nlaterlulS such as fly ash am microsilica. Typical Daravair 1000 addition rarer range from 50 to 200 mU100 kg ( ;14 to 3 fl oz /100 Ibs) of cement. The air - entraining capacity of Daravair 1000 is usually increased when other concrete admixtures are contained in the omt�rctc•, particularly �yatcr- rcduong admixtures and water - reducing retarders. This may all0NV up nl a i wthirds reduc- tion in the amount of Daravair 1000 required. Mix Adjustment Entrained air will increase the volume of the concrete making it necessary to adjust the mi,c pro- portions to maintain the cement factor and yield. This may be accomplished by a reduction in water requirement and aggregate content. Dispensing Equipment A complete line of accurate auto- matic dispensing equipment is available. These dispensers can be located to discharge into the water line, the mixer, or on the sand. Packaging Daravair 1000 air - entraining admixture is available in bulk, delivered by metered tank trucks and in 210 L (55 gal) drums. Daravair 1000 contains no flam- W.R. Grace & Co.-Conn. 62 %Vbittentute A ci,uc l:aminitltie, .`tA 0_2140 .•r. „hr (.....i�.�.u.�.n l`,�... -•AM r.: \t.�. �•n Uh� t.. .r.r. enable ingredients. Daravair 1000 will freeze at about -1 °C (30 °F) but its air- entraining properties are completely restored by thawing and thorough mechanical agitation. Architects' Specitications Concrete shall he air entrained concrere, containing 4 to 8 %, entrained air. The air contents in the contcrctc shall be determined by the pressure method (ASTIII Designation C 23 1) or volumetric method (ASTM Designation C 173). The air- entraining admix- ture shall be a completely neutral- ized rosin solution, such as Daravair 1000, as manufaculred by Grace Construction Products, or equal, and comply with st<urtdard specification for air - entraining admixtures (ASTM Designation C 260). The air - entraining admixture shall he added at the concretr ttiixcr or bitching plant at approxitnately 50 to 200 mL /100 kg (' /-t to 3 fl oz] 100 lhs) of cement, or in such quantities as to give the spec ified air contents. rh, ?` •6 cl —, 1- 4 b� r.,-, r P,AnIY f J• -V tl.p� "W I I , . R (C S ( •, . f,rnn mg Ill P—n I in I.. "" F %,,P, I'll GRACE Construction Products i, Al PALOMAR TRANSIT MIX y P.O. Box 461179 Escondido, CA 92046 -1179 Main Office (760) 737 -3486 - Fax # (760) 737 -2812 Sales Office Fax # (760) 480 -9486 W /(C *F) Ratio 0.44 Aggregate Gradings Percent Passing 27.00 Vul cam, QaUarijeVI -T utRiXnd WIMP mir. paiY3 Hix Humber-: 404010E Pr -oduct UGH: YD Schedule plant: 5e Design slump: 4.00 4000 PSI @ 28 Uays Haterial Batch Percent Specific Absolute ---------------------------------------------------------------------- Quantity of Aggregate Gravity Volume CEHENT 696.00 3e 3.15 3.54 1" CG 1 367. ea 44.17 2.85 7. 58 3 /8 "CG 432.00 14.74 2.74 2.53 wCS 1201. 00 41.08 1.73 7.05 Mater- (_gal. lbs.) 37.10 309.04 lee 4.95 Admixtures: 1 a 0 0 ECLIPSE 16.00 Ilse lee 0.00 MRDA -64 28.00 ISO 58 0, a0 DARAVAIR 10" 6.00 15 7 e. ea Air percentage 5.00 100 53 1.35 W /(C *F) Ratio 0.44 Aggregate Gradings Percent Passing 27.00 Aggregate Source: 111 CG PALA 3 /8 "CG PALA MCS PALA Notes: 4000 PSI 1" Pump /Place 4" Line Dispatch Office Escondido : Oceanside (760) 480 -8191 1 SIEVE SIZE 1 2 1/2 1 314 1/2 318 4 8 16 3e °4a 100 2a( -----------------1------------------------------------------------------------- 1M CG 1 lea Iea 100 85 35 12 3 0 e a a 0 ( 318 "CG 1 I" lea lea lee lee 95 15 1 a 0 0 0 ( MCS Ilse lee laa lea lee ISO 58 82 62 42 15 7 COMBINED 1 lea lee 100 53 71 60 44 34 25 17 a 3 Aggregate Source: 111 CG PALA 3 /8 "CG PALA MCS PALA Notes: 4000 PSI 1" Pump /Place 4" Line Dispatch Office Escondido : Oceanside (760) 480 -8191 i {h,�� - PALOMAR TRANSIT MIX P.O. Box 461 179 Escondido, CA 92046 -1179 Main Office (760) 737 -3486 • Fax # (760) 737 -2812 Sales Office Fax # (760) 480 -9486 1 ,.,Cr'. COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH TEST REPORT Date: 05/03/2000 Project Title: TRIAL BATCH Project Location: Architect: Engineer: Contractor: Location in Structure: Concrete Temp: 75 Material Supplier: VULCAN Ambient Temp: Mix Designation: 404010 F; Time: Time in Mixer, Minutes: Truck #: Slump, Inches: 3 3/4" Ticket#: Samples Fabricated by: Lab Samples Tested by: CS Laboratory# 9429 9430 9431 9432 9433 Mark Date Made 05/03/2000 Date Received 05104/2000 Date Tested 05/08/2000 05/10/2000 05/31/2000 05131/2000 06128/2000 Diameter, Inches 6" Area, Square Inches 28.27 Maximum load, lbs. 54562 61150 80380 79650 Compressive Strength, PSI 4340 4870 6400 6340 Age Tested, Days 5 7 28 28 56 Required 28 Days Unit W t. /Cu. Ft. Plastic Notes: La C rlsory C at ab anager San Die o Vegion Dispatch Office Escondido : Oceanside (760) 480 -8191 a,SOIL & TESTING. INC Z 0 - PHONE P.O. Box 600627 J (619) 280-4321 San Diego, CA 92160 -0627 a v z ,. TOLL F R E E (877) 215 -4321 6280 Riverdale Street W FAX San Diego, CA 92120 x Z (619) 280 -4717 www.Scst.com 0 N June 12, 2000 VULCAN Post Office Box 3098 SCS &T 0012001 San Diego, California 92163 Report No. 4 Reference: Mix 404010 E Subject: Concrete Field Drying Shrinkage (ASTM C157) Ladies /Gentlemen Southern California Soil & Testing, Inc. has conducted drying shrinkage testing of concrete specimens which we understand were cast by your representative on May 3, 2000. The drying shrinkage samples were received by our laboratory on May 4, 2000. We understand the samples were field cured for approximately 24 hours, and upon receiving, the samples were cured in lime water for seven days. Other than the field fabrication and initial curing, the drying shrinkage tests were conducted in accordance with ASTM C157 "Length Change of Hardened Cement Mortar and Concrete" as modified by the Structural Engineers Association of California (SEAOC) (7 -day base reading). The test results are provided in the attached Table A. We appreciate the opportunity to provide our Materials Testing Services. Respectfully Submitted, SOUTHERN CALIFOR N \\* �� George A. Gavit, R.C. " GAG:GGM:ggm cc: (1) VULCAN TING, INC. I.M. R.C.E. #60481 6 -30 -00 SCS &T 9912001 June 12, 2000 TABLE A: MIX 404010 E — May 3, 2000 DRYING SHRINKAGE (ASTM C157 SEAOC MODIFIED), % length change Page 2 Note: (1) The average 7-day base reading was +0.004 %. (2) Samples fabricated and transported by VULCAN representative. r� ' Specimen A Specimen B Specimen C Average 14 Da 7 Day Air D -0.015 -0.016 -0.016 -0.016 21 Da 14 Day Air D -0.025 -0.026 -0.025 -0.025 28 Da 21 Day Air D -0.031 -0.033 -0.032 -0.032 35 Da (28 Day Air Dry) -0.035 -0.036 -0.037 -0.036 Note: (1) The average 7-day base reading was +0.004 %. (2) Samples fabricated and transported by VULCAN representative. r� ' ►: CALIFORNIA PORTLAND CEMENT COMPANY 9350 OAK CREEK ROAD. MOJAVE. CA 93501 i TEt_11660 624 -2401 FAX(661) 924 -49Oe Manufacturer's Certification We hereb% cenif% that Mojave Type lVV Low Alkali cement supplied to you has been manufactured in accordance %%ith and mects the standard requirements of the current ASTM C 150 specification for TYPE U and TYPE V ceinent. Additionally, Mojave Type IW cement meets the requirements of Caltrans Standard Specifications Sec. 90 paragraph 2.01. Following are the average chemical and physical data for the month of June, 2001: Chemical Analysis TYPE 11 TYPE V N10JAVE Requirements Requirements TYPE II / V Silicon dioxide (S102), min,% 20.0 - -- 21,78 Aluminum oxide (A1203), max ,% 6.0 - -- 3.16 Ferric oxide (Fe203), max,% 6.0 - -- 3.67 Magnesium oxide (Mg0), max,% 6.0 6.0 2.05 Sulfur trioxide (S03), max,% 3.0 2.3 2,82 tto' Loss on ignition, max,% 3.0 3.0 1,39 Insoluble residue, max,% 0.75 0.75 0.30 Alkalies(Na20 +0.658K20), max,% 0.60 0.60 0.57 Tricalcium silicate (C3S), % - -- - -- 62 Tricalcium aluminate (C3A), max,% 8 5 t'cl 2 Tetracalcium aluminoferrite (C4AF),% - -- _ -_ 11 C4AF + 2 (C3A), max,% --- 25( IC) 15 Physical Data Air content of mortar, max,% 12 12 7.4 Normal consistency,% -- - -- 26.5 Passing 45um (no. 325) sieve, % _ -- ___ 97.0 Fineness, specific surface, min,m2 /kg 280 280 388 Autoclave expansion, max,% 0.80 0.80 0.02 Compressive Strength, min, Mpa, (psi) 3 days 10.0 8.0 24.2 (1450) (1160) (3516) 7 days 17.0 15.0 31.2 (2470) (2180) (4524) 28 days (from previous month) 28.0 21.0 46.1 (4060) (3050) (6692) Vicat, initial set, min. -max., minutes 45 -375 45 -375 105 C 1038, 14 day max, % expansion 0.020 0.020 0.008 C 452, 14 day max, % expansion tool - -- 0.040 0.026 False Set, final penetration, min,% 50 50 87 Caltrans 527 -D, max. % expansion 0.010 0.010 0.006 Caltrans 527 -D, max. % contraction 0.048 0.048 0.046 Apparatus and methods used in this laboratory have been checked by the Cement and Concrete Reference Laboratory of the National Institute of Standards and Technology. Major Oxides are analyzed by X-ray Fluorescence Spectrometry. Applicable ASTM C 150 Notes Table 1 Note D There are cases where optimum S03 (using Test Metlad C563) for a particular cement is close to or in excess of the limit in this specificalan. In such cases where properties of a cement can be improved by exceeding the S03 limit stated in this table, it is permissible to exceed the values in the table, provided it has been demonstrated by Test Method C 1038 that the cement with the increased S03 will not develop expansion in water exceeding 0.020% at 14 days When the manufacturer supplies cement under this provision, he shall, upon request, supply supporting data to the purchaser. Table 1 Note C Does not apply whe 1 a optional sulfate resistance limd n specified Table 4 NoIeD When the sulfate res t ce is specified, it shall be instead of the limits of C3A and C4AF•2C3A n Jerold S. Kennedy, Quality Control Superintendent P R O D U C T R T 1 O N �OSAJI Water - Reducing Admixture AST`1 C 494, Type A and Type D Description WRDAI 64 is a polymer based aqueous solution of complex organic compounds. WRDA 64 is a ready -to -use low viscosity liquid which is factory pre -mixed in exact proportions to minimize handling, eliminate mistakes and guesswork. WRDA 64 contains no calcium chloride and weighs approximate- ly 1.21 kg/L (10.1 lb /gal). Uses WRDA 64 produces a concrete with lower water content (typical- ly 8 to 10% reduction), greater plasticity and higher strength. It is used in ready -mix plants, block and concrete product plants, in l' htwe1 ht and restressed work ig ig p The use of WRDA 64 produces a ... wherever concrete is produced. plastic concrete that is more Advantages workable, easier to place and WRDA 64 offers significant more finishable than plain or advantages over single component other admixtured concrete. In the water reducers. Water reduction hardened state, WRDA 64 con - and setting times are more consis- crete has higher compressive and tent due to the polymer compo- flexural strengths at all ages than nents. WRDA 64 also performs untreated or conventional admix - especially well in concrete con- tared concrete. taining fly ash and other The greater degree of plasticity pozzolans. achieved, compared with conven- tional water - reducing admixtures, allows improved finishability. Finishability Finishers have stated that the cement paste, or mortar, in WRDA 64 admixtured concrete has improved trowelability. The influence of WRDA 64 on the fin - ishability of lean mixes has been particularly noticeable. Floating and troweling, by machine or hand, imparts a smooth, close tol- erance surface. GRACE Construction Products Addition Rate The addition rate range of WRDA 64 is 195 to 390 mL /100 kg (3 to 6 fl oz/100 lb) of cement. Pretesting is required to determine the appropriate addition rate for Type A and Type D performance. Optimum addition depends on the other concrete mixture com- ponents, job conditions, and desired performance characteristics. Dispensing rzquipment A complete line of accurate, auto- matic dispensing equipment is available. WRDA 64 may be introduced to the mix on the sand or in the water. Compatibility with Other di- nixtures WRDA 64 is compatible in con- crete with all air - entraining admixtures such as Darex® II AEA and Daravair °. Due to the slight air - entraining properties of WRDA 64, itself, the addition rate of air - entraining admixture may be reduced by about 25 %. By combining the separate effects of air- entraining and dispersion, the water requirement of concrete may be reduced up to 15 %. EACH ADMIXTURE SHOULD BE ADDED SEPARATELY. While WRDA 64 contains no calcium chloride, it is compatible with cal- cium chloride in concrete mixes. Again, each should be added sep- arately. Packaging WRDA 64 is available in bulk, delivered by metered tank trucks, and in 210 L (55 gal) drums. WRDA 64 contains no flammable ingredients. It will freeze at about -2 °C (28 °F), but will return to full strength after thawing and thor- ough agitation. Architects' Specification for Concrete Water- Reducing Admixture Concrete shall be designed in accordance with ACI Standard Recommended Practice for Selecting Proportions for Concrete, ACI 211. W.R. Grace & Co. -Conn. 62 Whittemore Avenue Cambridge, MA 02140 The water- reducing (or water - reducing and retarding) admix- ture shall be WRDA 64, as manufactured by Grace Construction Products, or equal. The admixture shall not contain calcium chloride. It shall be used in strict accordance with the man- ufacturer's recommendations. The admixture shall comply with ASTM Designation C 494, Tvpe A water- reducing (or Type D water- reducing and retarding) admixtures. Certification of com- pliance shall be made available on request. The admixture shall be considered part of the total water. The admixture shall be delivered as a ready -to -use liquid product and shall require no mixing at the batching plant or job site. WRDA. Dues and Darawhr are regiesred v demark, of W.R. Grace & Co. -Conn. Wr hope the mL,rmm.,n here wJl h< helpful. Ir n ha.eJ on Jau anJ knr,wkJge am,�JercJ n. he true anJ ncuurc anJ n uffercJ fur rh< uteri cunndoanun, mseuiganun anJ ,rnliian::n Fur we J,, mn warnnr rh< r <suh, ni h< „Fumed. I'l— — all ,r..rnnenr,, re. —damrns w ,upgnnunc m conryn��wn with our eondio d ulr. whwh aPpl, n. auk �l: ,npphed by �.. `n ,uamenr, m� ownJn ,,n nr s gg<crn,n , m ,ICJ d Inr am ,e wh.h wrwlJ ,nfnnge anY Patmr ur copyright. W. R. Grx'e 6: hmem.ur A• nut. Ca- hr,d,, %I A X121411. In Canada, W. R. (:r. & (,, Calla, l.rJ. '29d CI<menn Road, W—, Aia s, On—, Goad. LIS 3C6. Th„ pr,.Ju ma, h<,rr,e d b, Parana — parrm, pending. C„p,nghr Iurn. U R (,r. a („- (,inn. CHID.1660 Pn n,J in U.S.A. &96 PAIGM5M GWCE Construction Products P R O D U C T Superplasticizer ASTM C 494, Type F Description ADVA® Flow Superplasticizer is a high range water - reducing admixture. It is a liquid which has been formulated by the manufacturer for use as received. ADVA Flow Superplasticizer contains no added chloride. ADVA Flow Superplasticizer is formulated to comply with Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete, ASTM C 494, Type F. One liter weighs approximately 1.05 kg (8.7 lbs /gal). Dispersion ADVA Flow Superplasticizer is a superior dispersing admixture having a marked capacity to dis- perse the cement agglomerates normally found in a cement -water suspension. This capability exceeds that of normal water - reducing admixtures, resulting in lower dosages and better control. A D VA Uses ADVA Flow Superplasticizer pro- duces concrete with extreme workability characteristics for high slump, flowing concrete. It also allows concrete to be pro- duced with very low water /cement ratios at low or normal slumps. GRACE Construction Products ADVA Flow Superplasticizer is ideal for use in any concrete where it is desired to keep the water /cement ratio to a minimum and still achieve the degree of workability necessary to provide easy placement and consolidation. ADVA Flow Superplasticizer will also fluidize concrete making it ideal for tremie concreting or other applications where high slumps are desired. Advantages 1. ADVA Flow Superplasticizer is highly efficient, producing high slump concrete at very low dosage with no loss in strength. 2. ADVA Flow Superplasticizer is added to concrete mix water for rapid batching. 3. ADVA Flow Superplasticizer provides a superior combina- tion of long slump life with near neutral set time. 4. ADVA Flow Superplasticizer concrete, even at high slump, exhibits no significant segrega- tion in comparison to concrete without a superplasticizer at the same slump. 5. ADVA Flow Superplasticizer finishes easily without sticki- ness, tearing or spotty set char- acteristics. Addition Rates Addition rates of ADVA Flow Superplasticizer can vary with type of application, but will normally range from 195 to 650 mU100 kg (3 to 10 fl oz/100 lbs) of cement. In most instances the addition of 195 to 325 mU100 kg (3 to 5 fl oz/100 lbs) of cement will be sufficient. For best results, ADVA Flow Superplasticizer should be added to the initial mix water. At a given water /cement ratio, the slump required for placement can be controlled by varying the addi- tion rate. Should job site condi- tions require using more than recommended addition rates, please consult your Grace Representative. Compatibility In concrete containing ADVA Flow Superplasticizer the use of an air- entraining agent (such as Daravair® 1000 or Darexm II AEA) is recommended to provide suitable air void parameters for resistance against freeze -thaw attack. Due to synergistic effects between ADVA Flow Superplasti- cizer and air - entraining agents, the quantity of air - entraining admixture added to concrete con- taining ADVA Flow Superplasti- cizer may be reduced. Please consult your Grace Representative for dosage guidance. Most Type A water reducers or Type D water - reducing retarders are compatible with ADVA Flow Superplasticizer as long as they are separately added to the con- crete. Caution should be exer- cised when using ADVA Flow Superplasticizer together with a retarder, as excessive retardation can occur if the admixture dosages are too high. Pre - testing of the concrete should be per- formed to optimize dosages and addition times of these admix- tures. The admixtures should not contact each other before they enter the concrete. Packaging ADVA Flow Superplasticizer is available in bulk, delivered by metered tank trucks, in 1250 L (330 gal) disposable totes, and in 208 L (55 gal) drums. ADVA Flow Superplasticizer contains no flammable ingredients. It will begin to freeze at approxi- mately 0 °C (32 °17), but will return to full strength after thawing and thorough agitation. In storage, and for proper dis- pensing, ADVA Flow Superplasti- cizer should be maintained at temperatures above 0 °C (32 °F). w02 Visit our web site at* 40 prince an roeyded pop- W.R. Grace & Co. -Conn. 62 Whittemore Avenue Cambridge, MA 02140 ADV A. D-- and Dares — ¢ad-1. a W �h. ADVA I.V i a ..d—k of VJL Q— & CwC — Wqc Eb, n. ®au a Lve Mil !e my,kd k . r.¢d as dace ,ad k cmvdod co he aac avd acama aod„alk cd k r d e um cav des.. a :� P- GWCE d � *-- b.�.,F,d.do oa Mama[ dx —if m le nhoad. /lane te0 a� fZ�mmn. ,[a�mmm6mai nt v�orou iC n'M��n vide obi madin�W M uk. :n:m d61 a a .I.d nz� a dd , aaP,. jlk�. v. lL r ,a & C v .. a »< �c c>ml.:dF, f u a¢ uo. m c ,a.e.. 2% 0. a ti�.a�r< c �i�c cbo.�. c�aaa. t is xx n,a p -d— .y k n —W d, p.— P— padm q C,,M u 19". c 0. C: & C C— Dc: IOD P—d .a us_t 12/" FM:PYIM Construction Products P R O D U C T Description Daravair' 1000 is a liquid air - entraining admixture that provides freeze -thaw resistance, yield control, and finishability performance across the full range of concrete mix designs. Daravair 1000 is a clean, light- orange product designed to generate specification - quality air systems. Based on a high -grade saponified rosin formulation, Daravair 1000 is chemically similar to vinsol- based products, but with increased purity and supply dependability. Uses Daravair 1000 air- entraining admixture may be used wherever the purposeful entrainment of air is required by concrete specifica- tions. Formulated to perform across the entire spectrum of production mixes, Daravair 1000 generates quality, freeze -thaw resistant air systems in concrete conditions that include the following: • Low Slump • Paving • Central Mix • Extruded Slip Form • Mixes Containing Hot Water and Accelerators • Precast • High Cement Factor aravair 1000 Air - Entraining admixture ASTLI C 260, AASHTO NI 154 • Fly Ash and Slag • Superplasticizers • Manufactured Sands Air - Entraining Action Air is incorporated into the con- crete by the mechanics of mixing and stabilized into millions of dis- crete semi - microscopic bubbles in the presence of a specifically designed air - entraining admixture such as Daravair 1000. These air bubbles act much like flexible ball bearings increasing the mobility, or plasticity and workability of the concrete. This can permit a reduction in mixing water with no loss of slump. Placeability is improved. Bleeding, plastic shrinkage and segregation are minimized. Through the purposeful entrain- ment of air, Daravair 1000 markedly increases the durability of concrete to se%ere exposures particularly to freezing and thaw- ing. It has also demonstrated a remarkable ability to impart resis- tance to the action of frost and deicing salts as well as sulfate, sea and alkaline waters. GRACE Construction Products Compatibility with Other Admixtures Daravair 1000 air- entraining admixture is fully effective and compatible in concrete with other admixtures. EACH ADMIX- TURE, HOWEVER, SHOULD BE ADDED TO THE CON- CRETE SEPARATELY. Addition Rate There is no standard addition rate for Daravair 1000 air - entraining admixture. The amount to be used will depend upon the amount of air required for job conditions, usually in the range of 4 to 8 %. Typical factors which might influence the amount of air - entraining admixture required are, temperature, cement, sand gradation, and the use of extra fine materials such as fly ash and mtcrosilica. Typical Daravair 1000 addition races range from SO to 200 mU100 kg (3/4 to 3 fl oz/100 lbs) of cement. The air - encraining capacity of Daravair 1000 is usually increased when other concrete admixtures are contained in the concrete, particularly water. reducing admixtures and wacer- reducing retarders. This may allow up to a two- thirds reduc- tion in the amount of Daravair 1000 required. Mix Adjustment Entrained air will increase the volume of the concrete making it necessary to adjust the mix pro- portions to maintain the cement factor and yield. This may be accomplished by a reduction in wale( requirement and aggregate content. Dispensing Equipment A complete line of accurate auto- matic dispensing equipment is available. These dispensers can be located to discharge into the water line, the mixer, or on the sand. Packaging Daravair 1000 air - encraining admixture is available in bulk, delivered by metered tank trucks and in 210 L (SS gal) drums. Daravair 1000 contains no flam. enable ingredients. Daravair 1000 will freeze at about -1 'C (30'F) but its air - entraining properties are completely restored by thawing and thorough mechanical agitation. Architects, Specifications Concrete shall be air entrained concrete, containing 4 co 8% entrained air. The air contents in the concrete shall be determined by the pressure method (ASTNt Designation C 23 1) or volumetric method (ASTM Designation C 173). The air - entraining admix- ture shall be a completely neutral. ized rosin solution, such as Daravair 1000, as manufactured by Grace Construction Products, or equal, and comply with standard specification for air - entraining admixtures (AST`( Designation C 260). The air - enccaining admixture shall be added ac the concrete mixer or bacching plant at approximately 50 co 200 mU 100 kg (3/{ to 3 R oz/100 lbs) of cement, or in such quantities as to give the spec. ified air contents. W.R. Grace 6c CO.-Conn. 62 Whittemore Avenue Cambridge, MA 02140 �• trA A,• ..i•r.,,r,•• r.•• tw..i w tMIN. 4 N W r t.•• �- ^- r•»..d ...J<.... w. -. v +........ "'� �.wVi....+4.d . b .,..+� ..........1 ...M..a V. s, r: , ....a... -... '^.. C+Y.�. W Ott Aa t�•L rtr,ti, ur r -.-, T+.. Pftaa 1�r be �ti ~ p•% w r"'m 0 low CalNw 19%'W 't G'— a Ca . c.,• Au -*ta n.,w . u s a+r rws.ow COnsf rl1Cf ion prpQtJCf f P R O D U C T E pse Shrinkage Reducing Admixture from Grace Construction Products Description: ECLIPSE- Shrinkage Reducing Admixture is a liquid admixture for concrete (or virtually any Portland cement based material) which dramatically reduces the materials shrinkage due to drying. ECLIPSE contains no expansive material, but instead acts chemi- cally to attack the primary mecha- nism causing shrinkage. Concrete containing ECLIPSE at a dosage of 2% by weight of cement has been shown to reduce shrinkage, as measured per ASTM C157, by as much as 80% at 28 days, and ttp to 50% at one year or beyond. This level of shrinkage reduction, in well proportioned concrete mixtures utilizing quality materi- als, has been demonstrated to eliminate cracking due to drying shrinkage in fully restrained concrete. One liter of ECLIPSE Shrinkage Reducing Admixture weighs approximately 0.93 kg (7.8 lb/ gal). Use: ECLIPSE Shrinkage Reducing Admixture may be used in any concrete, but will provide the most value in structures and environ- ments where cracks due to drying shrinkage are prevalent and the repercussions are most severe. Some examples of applications where this is true are bridge decks, parking garages, marine structures, containment structures, and high performance floors. Chemical Action: Drying shrinkage of concrete is a complicated phenomena which is widely acknowledged to be the function of several mechanisms. The primary driver in the predomin- ant mechanism causing shrinkage for internal relative humidities in excess of 40% is the surface ten- sion of water. As water- filled pores in the size range of 2.5 to 50 nm (nm = nanometers = one billionth of a meter) lose moisture, curved menisci are formed and the surface tension of water pulls the walls of the pores. (In pores greater than 50 nm, the magnitude of the tensile force, relative to the size of the pore, becomes negligible; pores smaller than approx. 2.5 nm will not support the formation of a meniscus.) ECLIPSE reduces the surface tension of water. With reduced surface tension, the force pulling in on the walls of the pores is reduced, and the resultant shrinkage strain is reduced. With ECLIPSE at a dosage of 2% by weight of cement, this effect results in ultimate shrinkage reductions on the order of 25 to 50 %. Addition Rates: The recommended addition rate to maximize the effectiveness of ECLIPSE is 2% by weight of cement (or total cementitious material). This equates to 7 kg/m3 or 7.5 liters /m3 for a concrete mixture with 350 kg/m3 of cementitious material (12 Ib /cy or 1.5 gal /cy for a concrete mixture with 600 .1b /cy of cementitious material). For the range of addition rates between 1 °o and 2.5 %, shrinkage reduction as a function of dosage is relatively linear and any dosage GRACE Construction Product: withlil this range may be selected to obtain a desired level of shrink- age performance. Addition rates outside this range are not recom- mended unless adequately tested. Co - .patibility With Other Ad- ^ixt111 es: ECLIPSE Shrinkage Reducing Admixture is compatible with all conventional air entraining agents, water reducers, mid -range water reducers, superplasticizers, set retarders, accelerators, silica fume admixtures, and DCI� corrosion inhibitor. Precaution should be taken to avoid mixing ECLIPSE with other admixtures before they enter the concrete. However, once they have been separately added to the mixture, the products will not exhibit any incompatibility. ECLIPSE does have minor retard- ing properties (set times are typi- cally extended less than one hour). If used in combination with other products exhibiting retarding properties the net retardation may be more than the simple additive effect of the two products used separately. Adjustment: ECLIPSE contains no water, but is added at fairly high dosages and should be accounted for in the mixture design. At a 2% dosage (by weight of cement) in a mix- ture with 350 kg/m' of cement, the volume of the product is 7.5 L/m3 (600 Ib /cy of cement, the volume of the product is 1.5 gaVcy). This liquid volume will contribute to the overall porosity of the concrete in the same fashion that an added 7.5 L /m3 (1.5 gaVcy) of water will. In addition, the effect on concrete slump will be virtually the same as the equivalent volume of water. It is therefore recommended that when incorporating ECLIPSE into an established mlxtUre design that it should replace an equal volume of water. Impact on Fresh Concrete Proparties: When substituted in a mixture design for an equivalent volume of water, ECLIPSE has little or no effect on concrete slump. It does however have a slight retarding effect (typically less than one hour extension of set time, see section on compatibility), and will aid in extending slump lifeWhere tested to date, mixtures containing ECLIPSE have been described by concrete finishers to be equal or superior in terms of finishing characteristics to reference con- crete mixtures. Mixtures with ECLIPSE will require increased amounts of air entrainer to achieve a specified level of air. Impact on F ar�an�d Concrete Prope t as: The primary impact of ECLIPSE is the reduction in drying shrinkage as previously detailed, but other hardened concrete properties are affected as well. The addition of ECLIPSE acts to flatten out the heat generation due to hydration, reducing peak temperatures in concrete but also reducing concrete compressive strengths. These reductions in compressive strengths vary from 0 to 15% depending on the mixture and materials used. The typical reduction is of 10% or less. In mixtures proportioned for durability, this level of strength reduction is typically- not an issue. For established concrete mixtures %V.R. Grace & Co. - Conn. 62 Whittemore Avenue Cambridge. MA 02140 DCI .md Dar -en1 are regietrred tndcmark, and Eclipse is a trActnarl, tit A R. G,,,, & l �- t - - where strength must be main- tained, superplasticizers such as Daracem= 19 may be used to cut water to offset the strength reduc- tion of ECLIPSE, without com- promising its shrinkage reducing capabilities. For more information on this topic consult your local Grace Sales Professional. Packag'n tg a,-,d Availability: ECLIPSE is currently available in bulk quantities by Grace metered systems, in 1250 L (330 gal) totes, or in 210 L (55 gal) drums. Dispensing: Dispensing equipment will be provided by W. R. Grace & Co.- Conn. ECLIPSE may be intro- duced at any time in the bitching cycle, but delayed addition has been shown to work best for con- trolling entrained air. Flammability: ECLIPSE is a potentially combus- tible material with a flash point of 96 °C (205 'F). This is substantially above the upper limit of 60 'C (140 'F) for classification as a flammable material, and above the limit of 93'C (200'F) where DOT requirements would classify this as a combustible material. Nonetheless, this product must be treated with care and protected from excessive heat, open flame or sparks. For more information consult the MSDS. U4 h l rh i no g II be r t. t J d d 4 <J ..J d r b J , a J s ott—d f h - d t J i c h wr J he tr re Ise h J. 11 J II - ..n, - s ggesri . h J n r I that ppl, r 1, II g I,<J h- N. to .. r gg am — that —.1d i g - p r r A R. t .< \ Co -C ,nn, n- u h r< A,, . Ca,rbr.Jge, %I \ )2 [411 1....halo. Vr R Cra.- l . �aJa, LrJ. -94 0--t R.,ad u<eu..{Ias. 0"a".. Ca Ja Lis SCb Thee PmAaacv may be cowed by p—t,; er parents pending a Copyright 11 - I R Grace & Co - C..rvr EC - '. { Mn J in U 5 A 6,97 (:CS'GPSS 10h1 GRACE Construction Products t s 1; in a- v. 5— �l_t- 21 =tU2 g =dlAt1 FPi-il1 iFf. =) 438 9CFzl Designation; C 309 — 983 Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane - Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete' This standard is issued under the fixed designadon C 309; the number immedialety folic-wing the designation indicates the year of original adoption or, in the cast et recision, the year of last revision. A number in parentheses indicates the year of last rcapproval. A supersccipt epsilon (el indicates an editorial chanac since the last revi::on or reapproval. T;tis standard has been approved for use by agencies of the Deparnveer of Def.n,e, 1, Scope 1.1 This specification covers liquid membrane - forming compounds suitable for application to concrete surfaces to rcdu e ihr loss of water during the early- hardening period. %Vhite- pigmented membrane - forming compounds serve the additional purpose of reducing the temperature rise in concrete exposed to radiation from the,sun. The membrane- forming compounds covered by this specification are suitable for use as curing media for fresh concrete, and may also be used for further curing of concrete after removal of forms or after initial moist curing. Norc [— solutions of silicate salts are chemically rcactiN'e in c0rcrctc rather than metnbtane• forming; nccrefore. they do not meet the intent of Lois Spcfifictat109, 1.2 The values stated in Sl units are to be regarded as the standard. The values given in parentheses arc provided for ittformltional purposes only. 1.3 The following precautionary caveat pertains only to the test methods portion, Section 10, of this specification: 77tis standard does not purport to address all of the safes, concerts, if and•, associated with its use. It is the responsibility of the user of tltis standard to establish appropriate safety and health practices and determine the applicability of regulatory lintita- tions prior to use. 14 The text of this standard references notes and footnotes which provide explanatory material. These notes and footnotes shall not be considered as requirements of the standard. - Referenced Documents 2.1 ASTM Standards: C 156 Test Method for Water Retention by Concrete Curing Materials'` C 1151 Test Method for Evaluating the Effectiveness of Materials for Curing Concrete D 56 Test Method for Flash Point by Tag Closed Tester; • 1'us spcclrlcaUOn is under the jvrisdlctlon o` ASTM Co .-n:ncc C -9 cn �,.a. o an.. Cor.crcte A�grcgetes :. �= tine u�c't rest,vasibili:. P C', Cu:-.-g Nlaterials coition appro,'ed'`iv lrt, 194 . a; C �G9 -53. t .., Prtv;>us <d uon C 3p9 -90 rl.;r, :.�! pn,�� rif ASTh! $:cr, rj�r�;. VC•t 01.G_ o /ASTM Sr, da d., VQl 05.0! D 869 Test Method for Evaluating Degree of Settling of Paint` D 883 Terminology relating to Plastics' D 1309 Test Method for Settling Properties of Traffic Paints During Accelerated Storage" D 2369 Test Method for Volatile Content of Coatings6 D 3960 Practice for Determining Volatile Organic Com- pound (VOC) Content of Paints and Related Coatings E 1347 Test Method for Color and Color- Difference Mea- surement by Tristimulus (Filter) Colorimetry6 3. Classification 3.1 The following types of Iiquid membrane - forming com- pounds are included: 3 -1.1 Type 1 —Clear or translucent without dye, 31.2 Type I -D —Char or translucent with fugitive dye, and 3.13 Type 2 —White pigmented. 3 -2 The solids dissolved in the vehicle shall be one of the following classes: 3.2.1 Class A —No restrictions, 3.2.2 Class B-- --Must be a resin as defined in Terminology D 883. NOTE 2— Pcrmancnt colors other than white, or other special attributes, are beyond the scope of this specification and arc subject to negotiation between the purchaser and the supplier. 4. Ordering Difor-mation 4.1 The purchaser shall include the following information in the purchase order when applicable: 4.1.1 Type of liquid membrane - forming compound and class of solids to be fumished, and 4 -1.2 Rate of application to be. used to determine conform- ance to this specification. If not specified, the liquid membrane- forming material shall be applied at a rate of 5.0 m2fL. (200 ft2 /gal) for testing purposes. None 3—The application rate used for testing may, or may not, be the same as the rate to be used for field application, Many agencies use the same rate for field application on relatively smooth surfaces as the rate used for testing, while requiring a substrnti„lly greater field application rate on deeply textured surfaces ',4nn la! 6b.:: of AST :41 St�,•_'crds, Vv! CSI'11. Arcu :1 Rook '3.0 cf ASTM: S;an Frds, V01 0: °q <L_1.JOOk o, AST!,! $ :cr._'at 2 vui Qr�G"- iFL1 a�8 '�36E4 - SEAIMIGHT March 1995 HYDRO-- CURETM CC -309 -1 WS Clear All -Resin Water -Base Concrete Curing Compound DESCRIPTION HYDRO-CURETM CC -309 -1 WS is a ready - to -use, easy to apply, Water Emulsified Clear All -Resin Base Concrete Curing Compound which combines the superior curing properties of hydrocarbon resin with the ease of clean up and environmental preferability of a water base product. HYDRO-CURE CC -309 -1 WS is a homogeneous solution of carefully balanced chemicals suspended in water. Applied to freshly poured and finished concrete, it forms a moisture resistant barrier that holds in the mixing water. The concrete hydrates over prolonged periods and cures properly for maximum ultimate strength. After the concrete has cured, exposure to sunlight and air causes the clear all -resin base curing membrane; which contains no wax, to oxidize and disintegrate into dust. The norrttal oxidization period is approximately 60 days, but will vary according to sunlight intensity. When oxidization is complete, the concrete surface will accept paint, floor hardeners, and adhesives to which vinyl tile can be later applied. USES HYDRO -CURE CC -309 -1 W5 Clear All- Resin Base Material is a general use concrete curing compound, particularly suited for use in commercial and institutional buildings where large areas of concrete is poured in slab form. it is also valuable for use on various roadwav structures. 14YDRO -CURE CC- 309 -1 WS must be spray applied in a uniform manner. Do not pour, splatter or drip onto fresh concrete -,urfaces TECHNICAL DATA Composition Appearance Moisture Loss; 72 hrs, Moisture Loss; 24 hrs. Density, lbs. /gallon Dry Time, hours All Resin Base White, Creamy Liquid Passes -.043 gm/cm' Passes - .011 gm /cm' 8.33 1.5 -2 APPLICABLE INSTRUCTIONS HYDRO -CURE CC -309 -1 WS Water Emulsified, Clear, All -Resin Base Concrete Curing Compound is supplied in a ready -to -use liquid, the consistency of which is suitable for easy application by a commercial grade type of hand sprayer or power sprayer equipment capable of applying a smooth uniform coating. Thoroughly stir prior to use so that all materials are evenly mixed. HYDRO -CURE CC -309- 1 WS should be applied immediately after surface water has disappeared and finished steps are complete:. If the surface of the concrete is clean and free of foreign matter, no further preparation is required. If foreign matter, such as dirt or dust, has accumulated on the surface, it should be removed before applying the clear curing compound. If the surface moisture has evaporated from the surface of the concrete, as in the case of formed surfaces, or the concrete slab is beginning to dry out, the best curing will be obtained if the concrete is wetted before the application of the curing compound, The concrete surface should be moist, but not wet. Workmen should not track across freshly poured concrete until after the curing compound is sprayed on the surface and allowed to dry. (Continued on Reverse Side) 5 -3U 2C1�t2 4 i AP 1 FRUr l t Cu CARL- 7Fl %1 43 UG64 HYDRO-CU RETNI CC -309 -1 WS (CONTINUED) SPECIFICATIONS LIMITATIONS ASTM C 309, Type I, Class B Do not thin HYDRO -CURE CC- 309 -1WS. Its AASHTO M 148, Type 1, Class B use is not recommended for use when pavement CALTRANS 1995 Specifications, Page (90- temperature is 35'F, or lower. 21), Section 90 -7.01B (4) TECHNICAL SERVICE COVERAGE For additional technical and /or marketing Unless directed by applicable specifications, information, please write or call: the rate of coverage should be approximately W.R. MEADOWS OF S. CALIFORNIA 200 to 300 square feet per gallon. P.O. BOX 667 WALNUT, CA. 91788 -0667 CLEAN -UP (909) 469 -2606 OR (800) 342 -5976 Tools and equipment should be cleaned FAX: (909) 469 -2611 immediately after use with plenty of water. Dried film of HYDRO -CURE CC -309 -1 WS LIMITED WARRANTY will require strong solvents such as paint W.R. MEADOWS, INC. warrants that, at the thinner of toulene (DFC #7 Cleaner) for time and place we make shipment, our materials removal, Because the solvents are will be of good quality and will conform to our flammable, care should be taken to clean published specifications in force on the date of equipment away from heat, sparks and open acceptance of the order. Read complete flame and to avoid breathing vapors or Warranty, copy furnished upon request_ allowing the solvent to contact skin. DISCLAIMER CAUTION The information contained herein is included for HYDRO -CURE CC -309 -1 WS is a watcr- illustrative purposes only and, to the best of our based product. Keep from freezing. If knowledge, is accurate and reliable. W.R. frozen, allow to thaw and mix thoroughly MEADOWS, INC. cannot however under any before use. Avoid skin and eye contact. This circumstances make any guarantee of results or product may cause skin irritation after assume any obligation or liability in connection prolonged and repeated exposure. If contact with the use of this information. As W.R. should occur, wash immediately with soap MEADOWS, INC. has no control over the use to and water. In case of eye contact, flush with which others may put its products, it is plenty of water and seek medical attention. recommended that the products be tested to When handling, use disposable plastic or determine if suitable for a specific application rubber gloves. Wear protective clothing and and /or our information is valid in a particular discard clothing and gloves when finished, circumstance. Responsibility remains with the Use in a well - ventilated area. Avoid architect or engineer, contractor and owner of breathing vapors and fumes. If swallowed, the design, application and proper installation of call a doctor immediately_ Do not induce each product. Specifier and user shall determine vomiting. Keep out of reach of children. suitability of products for specific application and assume all responsibilities in connection therewith. P_ 4 May -30 -02 09:49A Or-c_-(D Construction Supply 714 556 6810 P_03 I", _.a =tJkJ! ice. 1 i Ur1S _)0_5,'L0bjj_+d iU '�lyFJ'�i�.Yi'�ci F'.©7. 08 1V1111 kxn SELECT * FROM WEB.WBL11eat WHERE ((TAHEAT)= 222970 AND (BLCUSN) = 55139) Mill Certification Customer GEORGIA PACIFIC SAVAGE LOS ANGELES Address LOS ANGELES, CA Heat # 222970 City RIVERSIDE Date 05/05/02 State CA 711% Irma 925112 Product Grade Yield. P.S.1 Tumle P.S.I .Elong. % 8" NO. 5REBAR /#16METRIC If A61 5-01 aGR60S/420MPA 61,3390 990 9 IL 0 0.0 C MN P S Sl CU 11 NI CR V 0,3800 1.1180 0.00?9 0.0340 0.1931 1 0.3343 0.1033 0.0910 0.0158 NO SN AL NB PB J1 CA 11 TI o 0.0177 0.0096 0.0010 0.0050 0.0020 0.0010 0,0043 0.0005 E7= The testing was conducted in accordance with the requirements of this specification All melting and manufacturing processes performed in the United States of America Shane Vernon - Signature on File Nucor Steel -Utah is an I.S.O 9002 and an A.B.S. Certified Mi11 �- 1 lute t OWwwr Steel AU Right Reserved http : / /www_nsutah.com/NIILLDSP.ASP 05/28/2002 0 m N ro . 0 m i 3 • 4 Z c3 • ZO "d s i 1 e a Q � a �C a 1 11 ,� r � n r � r f � I 0 7 I.h� I KO'd • Ian r N-J w w � • I' - i u� C, O'89 9SS VTZ A-Lddns uo� Ion o :D °j a0 b'SO = OI ZO -OE: 0 N r 0 • • r 1 r 7 I.h� I KO'd • Ian r N-J w w � • I' - i u� C, O'89 9SS VTZ A-Lddns uo� Ion o :D °j a0 b'SO = OI ZO -OE: 0 Date of Submittal: 5 -31 -02 To: Richard Brady &Associates 4909 Murphy Canyon Road, Suite 220 From: Falcon General Engineering, Inc. San Diego, Ca 92123 572 Collyn St. Vista, Ca. 92083 Attn: Sean F. Manning P.E., A.E.E. Moonlight Beach Urban Runoff Treatment Facility City of Encinitas, Ca Project # CMS015 Falcon General Engineering, Inc Submittal No. 013 -01 Specification Section 5532 Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic Drawing Reference Date Item Required by Schedule This is an X Original Submittal Resubmittal We have verified that this submittal contains all applicable material and information required for evaluation of its compliance with the project plans and specifications. Furthermore, we submit these items, which comply with the project plans and specifications (check one): X with no deviations except for the deviations described below (Attach additional sheets, if necessary) I No. of I Sheet or I I Copies Item No. Description (Name, Type, Model, Catalog Number, Manufacturer) 8 1 I Submittal 013 -01 Section 05532 Fiberglass Reinforced Plastice Comments Submitted By: Signature f Received By Signature CON GENERAL ENGI_N_E_ER_I_NG_, INC. -1 STREET • VISTA, CA 92083 • TEL 760/630 -9570 FAX 760/630 -3648 • STATE CONT. LIC. #540704 SUBMITTAL NO. 013-01 For SECTION 05532 FIBERGLAS REINFORCED PLASTIC MOONLIGHT BEACH URBAN RUNOFF TREATMENT FACILITY CONTRACT # CMS01B CITY OF ENCINITAS, CA It is hereby certified that the Equipment/Material shown and marked in this submittal is that proposed to be incorporated into Contr # CMS015, is in compliance with the contract drawings specifications, and can be installed in the allocate paces, and is submitted for approval. Certified By L2 = l Date 311 1 May728 -2002 03:07pm From - HARRINGTON SAN DIEGO 1 -668- 278 -1533 T -227 P 002/009 F -950 Job X10, 17 L1(�� Yax 3Y / /400_ht5NU or 1 -900- 326.8842 Sa- a'2o5036 S QG8 M4G: C%-klp 1j,� Cep- N�c6tS rr kk it k1ay -28 -2002 03:07pm From- HAPPINGTON SAN D'EGD 1 -858 -278 -1533 T -227 P 003/009 F-950 r- ---• —., r &LELLJ4GRLCL1t1cM CCxnle dil - 19/refining. t 6a SP cc z "HOW To 'Write An Outstanding Grating Specification" is available. Just ask for it. Standard GatorGrate resin systems are made frOln premium grade polyester resins, The four standard resin systems are: IPR – Premi m grade polyester resin ss 9tem with 'Class 1 fire retardance per ASTM E-84. Standard color is xeen. i:xcellent corrosion resistance. VFR – "Wester resin system with Gass 1 fire retardancy, per ASIM E -84. Standard color is orartge For maximum, Corrosion resistance in Seasafe's stan- dard resin systems, specify VFR, ICG – Premium grade polyester resin with no additives. Standard color is translucent green. Superior corrosion resistance. ILTS -- Premium grade polyester resin system that is accephble for incidental fond contact, per USDA standards_ Standard color is gray. Excellent corrosion resistance. Other resin systems and colors are available on special order. All GatorGrate resin systems incorporate an ultraviolet (UV) inhibitor. GG -SD10 3'wide x 10' long 97 lbs 4'wide x 12' long 143 Is GG -Hb10 3'wide x 10' long 110 lbs 40wide x 12' long 170 lb,-, GG -1510 N wide x 10' long 91 Ibs 4'wide x 12' long 140 lbs GG -1515 3'wide x 10' long 124 lbs 4'wide x 8' .long 131 lbs 4'wide x 12' long 193 lbs 5'wlde x 10' long 203 lbs CC-2020 4'widc x 12" lend 203 lbs GatorGrlte molded grating is available in five Standard grid patterns. Grid dimensions are center line to center line. See drawings on page 4. 1" thick 1" x 4 ", rectangular grid, standard duty. Bearing bars 0,250" thick Cross bars 0.500" thick Open area of 65% Designation is GG -SD10 1" thick, 1" x 4 ", rectangular grid, heavy duty. Bearing bars 0.3125" thick Cross bars 0.5625" thick Open area of 60% Designation is GG- 1-1D10 1" thick, 1' /1" x 1%", square grid, Bearing bars 0.2350" thick Cross bars 0.2350" thick Open area of 70% Designation, is GG -1S10 11" thick, '1'h" x 1y, ", square grid. Bearing gars 0.250" thick Cross Lars 0.250'' thick Open area of 70% Designation is GG -151S 2" thick, 2" x 2 ", square grid. Bearing bars 0.3125" thick Crosti liars 0,3175" thick Open area cf 72% Designation is GG -2020 Grit top – integral, embedded silica sand, to a nominal depth of 3/16" j Meniscus top _ concave, half -moon amass sec ior; I ✓'IAA_ vlly; l^,"! P;OPcRT1E�: S'v A Tech S(JCOaR Eullehn �� May-28 -2002 03:08pm From - HARRINGTON SAN DIEGO 1- 858- 278 -1533 7-227 P 004/009 F -950 The Load and Deflection Data provided in these tables are intended for guidance only, to help you determine the proper grating size for Your application. The use of different resin systeIIls and top surface options can produce variations up to 15% in these values. Because the product will be used in environments and under operating conditions that are not within our control, we cannot guarantee the perfor- mance of the grating. FRP products have low modulus of elasticity but high tensile strength, therefore loads are generally limited to the allowable deflection determined by the end user. The following data are based on tests utilizing panels supported on two sides only Additional stiffness can be achieved by using cross supports (see Seasafe's Tech Support Bulletin 01). Load & Deflection Application Data. ; a Concentrated Load 150" Full Panel Occasional Foot Traffic (Inspections, etc.) 250 Ibs - Workman with Tools (Maintenance) - 300 Ibs, Heavy Foot Traffic 4011 Ibs. 4" 1y GG -SDI 0 GG -1510 ® y Ila. GG -1515 �1 �� 4 Standard Grid Dimensions 10 GG -2020 FULL PANEL MIDPOINT -„ 2 FT SPAN CONCENTRATED LOAD, FULL PANE[_ GG -SO10 Standard OutV. Rectangular. 1" Thlaf( f1" v d "1 Clear Load, in LbsyDerleclion in Inches -100 150" 975° Span 250^ 975" 250 500 750 1000 1500 2000 pea Del IV .014 .095 .071 106 .142 ,219 ,284 �- ,076 ,114 ,303 1665 2490 24" 030 _.152 _,226 075 .150- ,225 SOD- 450 69p _ ]250^ 36' .121 ,303 •' •' 210 _._..._. 315 48 °' 140 .350 •' •• •• •• 180 270 GG -1-1010 Heavy Duty. Rectanaular. 1" Think f1" v d "1 00.1510 Square, l" Thick (1%" x 1 /,1 Clear Span Load, in Lbs., Deflection In Inches 250' Fcleaf -1000 250^ 975" en 100 250 500 750 1500 2000 Qef 0ef IV .014 .095 .071 106 .142 ,219 ,284 1780 2680 24" ,027 .066 -135 .203 270 -405 •• 920 350 1380_ .620 96' 071 .178 .355 •'�� •• •• 48" 119 299 •' '• -" •• 210 310 00.1510 Square, l" Thick (1%" x 1 /,1 Clear Span _ Load, in Cbs., Deflection in Inches_ _ 100 250 500 750 1000 1500 2 250' 375" I Del IT .013 -.027_ _068 ,140 - .032 068 -170 ,350 .064 ,097 .129 .193 ,258 1136 .203 .271 406 .340 '• " •. "' •• 1940 2410_ 24" 925 370 _ 1385 555 _ 36" 46 "' 180 270 GG -1515 Square, 114" Thick MY x 1'/, ") Clear Load, in Lbs„ Deflection in Inch.as 250„ 316" Span too 250 500 750 1000 1500 2000 Del Def 18' .006 .011 ,016 .027 .032 .053 .049 .080 ,065 .097 .129 ,107 ,160 ,214 9870 2340 5805 3510 _24" 36" _030 ,07d ,149 .223 .298 .447 840 1260 4B" _059 .147 .295 .442_' " 425 635 60" • .107 .269 - - .. .. _ 235 - 350.. GG•2020 Square, 2" Thick (2" x 2 ") Clear I Load, In Lbs., Derleelion in Inches .250- ! 575" Span 100 250 600 750 1000 1500 2000 Del i oaf 18• .005 .612 .025 .037 ,OJ9 - .._.� .074 .0961 51p0 7fi50 __.._ oa ,8 0t9 03a ,057 .070 �- .114 ,152' 3295 4940 36' 01 4 ,035 can ,aa 135 208 .177 ]s�10 4�„ . i .0�9 _ eso l 1275 60" • TOTM- .141 .281 .422 -� 445 655 Cresiapan s 1-fe:;s Man width nt grjfing. DCf1C; r ;On'_ grsdler thaM 0 .506 ' have bssn aa7 rrod. May -28 -2002 03:08pm From-HARRINGTON SAN DIEGO 1 -858- 278 -1533 T -227 P 005/009 F -950 PULTRUSION PROCESS UNI- DIRECTIONAL GLASS v SURFACING `\ VEIL GUIDES HEATED DIE RESIN PATH PREFORMER ` -- — - -- THE PULLER CONTINUOUS STRAND MAT CUT -OFF SAW , Pultrusion is the continuous processing of raw materials by pulling resin rich reinforcements through a heated steel die to form profiles of constant cross section of continuous length. Pultrusion gets its name from the method by which the profiles are made. Raver materials are laterally pulled by what is called the "puller." The puller is the machine made of pulliag pads, which grip the product, and a drive system which keeps the product moving. The puller is located just before the cut -off saw. The process starts with the reinforcements. Typically, unidirectional glass roving begins the process. This is the fiber that runs along the length of the profile. Then, the fiberglass mat is added, which is a multidirectional reinforcement. Next, the glass reinforcements are `vet -out" with a thermoset resin, typically polyester or vinyl ester, Finally, just before all the material is pulled into the heated die, surface veil may be added to enhance the surface appearance of the final product. Next in the Pultrusion process is the curing of the composite. The curing or hardening occurs while the wet -out reinforcements are being pulled through the heated die. The heat from the die causes the resin to cure and by the time the part exits the die, a hard part in the exact shape of the die cavity has been formed. The final result is a solid, rigid profile with all the reinforcements laminated within. The product exiting the die is then pulled by the puller to the cut -off saw, which cuts it to the desired length. 13 E D F O R 264 Heynoldsdale Road, Bedford, Pennsylvania 15522 -7401 �VWW.bcdfordplastics.com PHONE: 814- 623 -8125 FAX: 814 -623 -2166 &MAIL: mail room@ b edfo rdplastics.ccrn May -28 -2002 03:09pm From - HARRINGTON SAN DIEGO Roving 1 -858- 278-1533 T -227 P 006/009 F -950 REINFORCEMENTS Roving is made up of fiberglass unidirectional filaments, which are manufactured in continuous MRS. Roving is always present in pultruded products comprising 50% to 70% of the total glass content. In addition to supplying the necessary strength to pull the profile, roving supplies the product with high tensile, flexural properties and is a big contributor to the overall section stifess. Generally, fiberglass roving is used in pulrrusion io achieve the required properties. In special structural applications where more stiffness is required, graphite roving can be used. Conversely, polyester roving may be used in applications where more flex is needed. Mat Continuous strand neat is the remainder of glass reinforcement used in the pultrusion process. Typically, it is 30 % -50% of the total glass content, Unlike hand- layed -up or press- ruolded processes which use short chopped fibers, the pultrusion process must have a multidirectional mat that has good pull strength to facilitate getting it to the die after it has been wet -out with the resin This continuous strand mat is designed specifically for the pultrusion process and offers good wet -out characteristics, conformability to a variety of shapes, and good physical properties including the required pull strength. Generally, fiberglass continuous strand mat is used to obtain the desired transverse properties Of the product, Whereas the roving ties the composite together in the longitudinal direction, the mat is responsible for tying the composite together in all directions, but mainly in the transverse direction Although continuous strand mat is suitable for most applications, a variety of products such as woven roving, stitched roving, and woven fabrics can be used in custom applications to increase the desired transverse properties. Veil Veils are used to enhance the surface ofpultruded profiles. Most widely used today are synthetic veils. A ved is added to the outside of profle just prior to entrance of the die. As a result, the finished profile has a resin-rich surface which aids in resistance to ultraviolet (EM degradation and makes the profile more hazed- friendly, Since the veil brings more resin to the surface and the ]resin is the ingredient which gives the corrosion resistance, adding the veil increases the corrosion resistance. All standard structural shapes are manufactured using a surface veil as well as UV inhibirors to protect against UV degradatiorL 13 E D F O R D 264 Reynoldsdale Road, Bedford, Pennsylvania 15522.7461 www. bed fordplasfios,00m �lbP PHONE: 814.623.8125 FAX; 814 -623 -2166 E -MAIL: mailroom Obedfordplastics.com May -28 -2002 03:09Pm From- HARRINGTON SAN DIEGO 1 -858 -278 -1533 T-227 P 007/009 F -950 RESIN SYSTEMS Generally, two types of resins are most often used in the pultrusion process. They are isophthalic polyester resin and vinyl ester resin. Each resin is available in a fire retardant version as well as non -fire retardant. In selecting the proper resin, one must consider the environment in which the product will be used. Generally, polyester resin will be adequate to handle most environments, However, the vinyl ester will handle the more severe applications where better chemical resistance is needed. It is a good idea to check the resin corrosion guide for proper selection of system. Standard structural shapes are stocked in three series; standard polyester, fire retardant polyester and fire retardant vinyl ester resin systems. Standard Polyester (ST) Resin System Standard structural shapes are manufactured using isophthalic polyester resin. This resin system is olive green in color and contains UV inhibitors. Polyester resin exhibits good corrosion resistance, good dielectric properties, low thermal conductivity, and excellent mechanical properties. )Tf° Fire Retardant Polyester (FR) Resin System This resin system exhibits the same characteristics as standard polyester along with a fire retardant rating of 25 or less when tested in accordance with ASTM E -84 and exhibits low smoke generation. Products manufactured using this resin system are ra and yellow in color. Fire Retardant vinyl Ester (VE) Resin System. Being fire retardant, this resin meets a rating of 25 or less when tested per ASTM E-84 and has low smoke generation. It is produced in beige and yellow. This system exlu'bits excellent corrosion resistance and is capable of higher service terapwatures than polyester resin systems. Genetally, these resin systems cover moss applications, and can be custom mixed to meet more stringent requirements for a specific application. BEDFORD 264 Reynaldsdale Road, Bradford, Pennsylvania 15522.7401 %vvAv_bediordplastics,com AflINGO�een n�AC�= PHONE: 914- 623 -Sips FAX: 814-623-2166 F -MAIL: mailroomftndfordplastics .corn May -28 -2002 03:IOpm From - HARRINGTON SAN DIEGO 1- 858- 278 -1533 T -227 P 008/009 F-950 TYPICAL COUPON PROPERTIES -- Below are test results for typical coupon properties of Bedford Reinforced Plastics' structural fiberglass profiles (Standard, FitR t;irdant, & Vinylester shapes). Properties are derived per the ASTM test method shown. Synthetic surfacing veil and ultraviolet inhibitors are standard. ECHANICAL PROPERTIES A5TM UNITS VALUE Tensile Stress, LW -638 psi 30,000 Tensile Stress, CW D -638 psi 7,000 Tensile Modulus, LW D-638 106 psi 2.5 Tensile Modulus, CW D -638 1o` psi 5 Compressive Stress, LW D -695 psi .8 30,000 Compressive Stress, CW D -695 psi 15,000 Compressive Modulus, LW D -695 106 psi 2.5 Compressive Modulus,CW D -695 106 osi 1.0 Flexural Stress, LW D -790 psi 30,000 Flexural Stress, CW D -790 psi 10 00o Flexural Modulus, LW D -790 10G psi ' 1.8 Flexural Modulus, CW D -790 106 psi Modulus of Elasticity, E Full Section 106 psi 18 2.8 Shear Modulus - - loll psi 0.450 Short Beam Shear D -2344 psi 4,500 Punch Shear Notched Izod Impact, LW D -732 D -256 psi ft: lbs./n_ 10,000 Notched Izod Impact, CW D -256 ft. Ibs./in. 28 4 PHYSICAL PROPERTIES ASTM UNITS VALUE Barcol Hardness D_2583 45 24 Hour Water Absorbtion D -570 % max. 0.45 Density D -792 lbs.fin? .062 -.070 Coefficient of Thermal Expansion, LW D -696 10 -6 in. /in. / °C 8 ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES ASTM UNITS VALUE Arc Resistance, LW D-495 seconds 120 Dielectric Strength, LW D -149 kv. /in- 35 Dielectric Strength, PF D -149 volts /mil- 200 Dielectric Consta4 PF D -150 @60hz 5 Fire Retardant Polyester and Fire Retardant Vinylester Structural Profiles, FLAMMABILITY PROPERTIES ASTM UNITS VALUE Tunnel Test E -84 Flame Spread 25 max. Flammability Nonburning LW = Lengthwise CW = Crosswise PF = Perpendicular to Laminate Face 1 -5 2/12/01 � 264 Reynoldscafe Road, Bedford, PA 15522 -7407 Fhonr; 814 -6Z3 -8123 Sales Fax: 814- 623 -0329 vice •bedfordnlastics.con, email: service ®bedio�d�lastics.com May -28 -2002 03:l0pm From -HARRM GTON SAN DIEGO EQUAL LEG ANGLE SECTION DIMENSIONS tpth Wall h t A Wt in- in, in.z Ib. /ft 1.00 n 19c; A 01�n ,. .1 .1 I 1 -858- 278 -1533 T -227 P 009/009 F -950 SECTION PROPER EIT S X -X /Y -Y S r a in., in. i D2 0.05 _ 0.31 n 11 D.1 -V.%jw u,cou 1.92 1.45 3.04 1.04 1 6 1.14 4.00 0.375 2.84 2.18 4.35 1.52 1.24 1.14 4.00 0,500 3.70 2.89 5.56 1.97 1.23 1.18 6.00 0.500 5.70 4.45 19.91 4.60 1.87 1.6B Y h X �--- - X h i Y BEDFORD 264 Reynoldsdale F�oad, Bedford Pennsylvania 15522 -7401 WWW.bedtordplastics,com R_E11LF�A� @p - PHONE. 814.623 -$125 FAX' 814 - 623 -2166 E -MA _ fl, mailroom ®bedtordplastics.com CON GENERAL ENGINEERING, INC. N STREET • VISTA, CA 92083 • TEL 760/630 -9570 • FAX 760/630 -3648 • STATE CONT. LIC. #540702 SUBMITTAL NO. 014-01 For SECTION 07100 WATERPROOFING MOONLIGHT BEACH URBAN RUNOFF TREATMENT FACILITY CONTRACT # CMS01B CITY OF ENCINITAS, CA It is hereby certified that the Equipment/Material shown and marked in this submittal is that proposed to be incorporated into Contract CMS015, is in compliance with the contract drawings & pecifications, and can be installed in the allocated aces, and is submitted for approval. Certified By Date S r =r 5 i,'2 3 i' 2 E 1 r =r__' � i _! : "'d SPEC 0 E '0 GRACE Construction Products 1. Product Name • BitutheneO Waterprooting Systems Hydroduct' Drainage Composites 2. Manufacturer Grace Construction Products 62 Whittemore Avenue Cambridge, MA 02140 (800) 444 -6459 (617) 876 -1000 Fox: (617) 498 -4311 www graceconstruction.com 3, Product Description BASIC USE Bituthene® waterprooff systems and Hydroduct® drainage composites are used in positive -side waterproofing pplications over concrete, masonry and woz surfaces. They are used in new construction and retrcfit apph;;attons. Typical applications include foundation walls, tunnels, earth sheltered structures, and split slab construction such as plaza areas and parking decks. Interior uses include mechanical rooms, laboratof es and kitchens. COMPOSITION & MATERIALS The Bituthene waterproofing systems consist of several waterproofing membranes and compati+cle accessory products an,7 are complementea by the use of the appropriote Hydroduct drainage composite, The Bituthene membranes are ovouable ir, rolls, interwound with a disposable silicone treated releose sheet The volatile crgcnic compound (VOC) content of all Bituthene membranes is 0 g /L, Bituthene System 4000 Waterproofing Membrane is a factory made composite with thickness of 0,060' (1.5 mm) on5isting ^t 0,004" (0.1 mm) of cross - laminated poly- ethylene film and 0.056" (IA mm) �f self - adhesive rubberized asphalt. It is specifically tormuloted for use with the Bituthene System 4000 Surface Conditioner rind compatible accessory : roducts 3ituthene System 40(Yi Surface Concitor,er C water basted lurk. -Ce. con ViDrit,r I,'HITE i Sheet Waterproofing 0713, specifically formulates tc prepare concrete, masonry and wood surfaces for the Svstem 4000 Waterproofing Membrane. Its VOC con - 'ent is 125 g /L. Bituthene 3000 and Bituthene Low Temperature Membranes are factory made composites with a Thickness of 0 060" (1.5 mm). These products consist of 0,056" (IA mm) of self - adhesive rubberized asphalt and 0.004" (0.1 min) of cross - laminated, high density polyethylene film Bituthene 5000 Membrane is 0.065" (1,7 mm) thick with a high strength polypropy- lene mesh embedded in a thick layer of self - adhesive rubberized asphalt. Hydroduct drainage composites consist of dimpled, high impact polystyrene cores and fil- ter fabrics designed to provide positive drainage and membrane protection, The VOC content of all Hydroduct products is 0 g /L. Hydroduct 720 Drainage Composite is used for vertical applications over Bituthene water - proofing membranes. Hydroduct 660 Drainage Composite is used for all horizontal applications Hydroduct 200 is intended for areas which are not waterproofed. Hydroduct 225 Drainage Composite incorporates a molded polyvinyl chloride core and is intended for areas requiring heat or hydrocarbon resist- ance. COMPATIBILITY Apply waterproofing membrane directly to structural surfaces. Bituthene membranes can be used over n wall forming systems if the additional guidelines in Tech Letter #78 are followed. Bituthene membranes are compatible with oged asphalt and coal for products. Bituthene membranes are lnCompatible with creosote, pentachlorophenol, linseed oil ona materials containing polysulfide polymer, Tne rubberized asphalt - omponent of Bituthene membranes is not compatible with flexible PVC or rubber sheet membranes. Do not apply Bituthene membranes over materials containing petroleum solvents, fuels or oils. Joint sealants containing solvents must be fully cured prior to Bituthene membrane application. Bituthene membranes are compatible with oppropnate Hydroduct drainage composites. Bituthene membranes are not compatible wrh certain types of prefabricated drainage systems 'hat 7amage waterproofing 'nem- ;�ranes wr�an exposed to ;oil pressure:, Grace 1:�onstru, icn Produc ACCESSORY MATERIALS Bituthene Primer WP -3000 is a water -base latex primer used to prime all concret masonry and wood surfaces. is VCC contel is '10 g /L. Bituthene Primer B2 is o block rubbe cased primer in solvent used to prime all coi crete, masonry and wood surfaces. In adc Lion, its patented formulation promotes ti- adhesion of Bituthene membranes to gree concrete and damp surfaces. Its VOC co tent is 440 g /L, Bituthene Deck Reps Surface Treatment a low viscosity, 2 component, asphalt -moc fied coating used to smooth and level rout decks prior to installing the Bituthene wate proofing membrane. Its VOC content is 10 gi Bituthene Liquid Membrane is a 2 comp( nent, cold applied trowel grade woterproc ing material used to flash corners, form fille and detail hard -to -reach areas. Its VOC coi tent is 10 g /L. Bituthene Mastic is a rubberized osphc based mastic used to seal membrar terminations. Its VOC content is 200 g /L. Bituthene Protection Board Adhesive is fast drying, rubber based cement used 1 adhere polystyrene protection board or insulation, Its VOC content is 375 g /L. Bitustik Tape is a 2 sided, highly aggressi� adhesive tape that is specially formulated 1 adhere Hydroduct drainoge composites expanded or extruded polystyrene prote tion board to the membrane. Its VOC Conte is 0 g /L. LIMITATIONS Do not apply Bituthene membranes in ore( where they will oe permanently Exposed sunlight, weather or Troffic Bituthene membranes are not recomrnen eci as pond liners or as Conk liners except whF installed between 2 concrete slabs. Bituthene strips over joints in I-beam stru Lures will not provide complete waterproc ing, For these structures. 9" (229 mm) stril over properly cured and sealed joints, f( owed by membrane coverage over tt entire surface, are required for a comple waterproofing system, Bituthene membranes are not intended be used as a roofing underlavment or flashir material Use of the set in %nset Mortars nor re 2mmended on surfaces aaterprooted wi Bituthene m2irnrones , _jnless :�prrnved 'hinset �7�,xtor manut�J(.'urer - , » '1- ,,. , 3, 07130 Sheet Waterproofing ;;race Consti ctlon oauc s All rydroduct drainage ;.omocsiTes shouia oe promptly covered Do not leave crainage exposed to sunlight for more than 2 weeks. Motor vehicles, construction equipment and other trades should not be allowed directly on the drainage composites. Protect Bituthene membranes from UV C :r site damage immediately after installation of 24 hour flood test. Backfilling or installation of the wearing course should be completed as soon as possible. 4. Technical Data APPLICABLE STANDARDS American Society for Testing & Materials (ASTM) • ASTM C366 Standard Test Methods for Measurement of Thickness of Sandwich Cores • ASTM C836 Standard Specification for High Solids Content, Cold Liquid- Applied Bastomeric Water - proofing Membrone for Use with Separate Wearing Course • ASTM D412 S'fanaaru ifzst M ie'; cds fur Vulcanized Rubber and Thermopi Rubbers and Thermoplastic 9astomers- Tension • ASTM D570 Standard Test Method for Water Absorption of Plastics • ASTM D882 Standard Test Me +hod ror Tensile Properties of Thin Plastic Sheeting • ASTM D903 Standard Test Method for Peel or Stripping of Adhesive Bonds • ASTM D162' Standard Test Method for Compressive Properties of Rigid Cellular Plastics • ASTM D1876 Standard Test Method for Peel Resistance of Adhesives (r -Peel Test) • ASTM D1970 Standard Specification for Self - Adhering Polymer Modrfied Bituminotrs Sheet Materials Used os Steep Rooting Underlayment for Ice Dam Protection • ASTM D3767 Method A Stanaara Practice for Rubber - Measurement of Dimensions • 4STM D3776 Standard 'est Methods 'ar Mass Per Unit Area (Weight) of Fabric • ASTM D4491 Standard -est Methods for Water Permeability of Geotextiles by Permittivity • ASTM D4533 Standard Test Methoa for Trapezoid Tearing Strength of Geotextiles • ASTM D4632 Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking _ood and Elongation of Geotextiles • ASTM D4716 Standard Test Method for Constant dead Hydraulic Transmissivity (In -Plane Pow; of .;eotextiles and Geotextile Related Produr's • ASTM D4751 Stcndard TeSt Methca 'or D, 'ermning Aciperer, , Ooenlr9 S12P ,)r b'!HTTF S'�F' ASTM 04833 Standaro Test Methoa For inoex Puncture Resistance of Gectextles. Geomem'orones, and Related Products • ASTM D5385 Standard Test Method to, Hydrostatic Pressure Resistance o` Waterproofing Membranes • ASTM E96 Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of Materiols • ASTM E154 5tandoro rest Methods for Water Vcpor Retarders Used In Zc ;ntCC` ,%I "- Farr Under Concrete Slabs, on Walls, or as Ground Cover APPROVALS • City of Los Angeles Research Report RR 24386 • US, Deportment of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) HUD Materials Release 628E SPECIFICATIONS • American Railway Engineering Association Chapter 29 -2 -4 • Federal Construction G iide Sciecificatlon FCGS -07111 • General Service Administration (GSA) GSA - PBS 07115 - National Railroad Passenger Corporation (Amtrak) Section 7.02 • AIA MASTERSPECe Section 07100 • U.S. Army Corps of Engineers CEGS -C 7111 • U.S. Department of the Navy NFGS -C7111 • U.S Deportment of Veterans Affairs H -08 -1 Section 07113 PHYSICAL PROPERTIES Bituthene waterproofing membranes Conform to the physical property and typical values list- ed in Tables 1 o6d 3. Hydroduct drainage com- posites conform to the physical property and typical values :n Table 2. 5. Installation (SAFETY Bituthene products must be properly hur- dled. Vapors from the solvent -based primer and mastic are harmful and flammable, Protection Board Adhesive is extremely flam- mable. For these products, the best available information on safe handling, storage, person- al protection, health and environmental con- siderations has been gathered and s avail- able on Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS). All users snould acquaint themselves with this information. Carefully read detailed precau- tion statements or product labels and MSDS tutors use. or contact (],race Construction Products F'_13E SPEC O STORAGE & HANDLING Protec' all rnciterials from rai^, and physical damage Do not double stock pallets of membrane on Tne lobsite. Provide torpauiln _over on top and all sides, ollowing for ade- quate ventilation. Store me(rbrone where temperatures will not exceed Q0 degrees F 132 degrees C) for extended periods, In ow temperature conditions, the membrane sncula be stored above 40 degrees F (5 degrees C) to promote good adhesion. Store all products in a dry area away from high heat, flames or sparks. Store only as much material at point -of -use as required for each day's work. PREPARATORY WORK Surface Condition Concrete must be smooth monolithic and free of voids, spelled areas, loose substrate and sharp protrusions, dirt and debris, and must contain no visible coarse aggregate. Repair defects such as spalled cr - ,zcriy :cr solidated areas. Use Bituthene Deck Rep Surface Treatment to smooth and level rough concrete decks. Remove sharp protrusions and form match lines Curing Concrete must be cured a minimum of 7 days for normal structural Concrete and 14 days for lightweight structure! concrete. If ccncrefa is ,^_laced over a nonvented metal deck, the required curing time is doubled. Use form release agents that will not transfer to the con- crete. Remove forms as soon as possible from below horizontal slabs to prevent entrapment of excess moisture. Excess moisture can leed to blistering cf the membrane. Cure concrete with ^tear, resin based curing compounds con- raining no oil, wax or pigment. Allow c ^ncrelie to thoroughly dry `ollowing rain. On rnasonry surfaces. apply a parge coat c ough concrete block and br' :ck -,vi �r trowel -cut mortar joints flush to the Bice of the concrete blocks. Cure time and drying time for concrete and masonry surfaces may be reduced by using Bituthene Rimer B2. TEMP82ATURE • Apply Bituthene System 4000 Membrane only in dry weather when air and surface temperatures ore above 25 degrees F ( -4 degrees C). • Apply Bituthene 3000 Membrane only ,n dry wecMor wherr cir aM 3tzface'empercitureS are abUVF' 40 aeqr6es F w deqr9e5 a � ' .�� y , rx� �, - '.,�er�x�.n xer. - ,:•. .� 4'+ ✓. r. t, n r - �a',.-f rte ..+.. -.� ••., w.». � _... _ , .. z � ...,.� rr. -w .� —r, a r.w - .zxKr as. -,T, � � . -s:. v r. .. _ _,.. _ � u r.,�,; r..,, x, ANk J �,�ll5- ir,IHITE C'F' F'_`-GE il 4 F15i2�;'2DD2 r��:FJ� �_��b�bi�l�c�d Sheet Waterproofing 0713 — - _— -- - ace�crstruction 'Prcdu< Bituthene Lquid Merr,brane to all ,yerf,(-_al c)rd horizontal terminations at the end of eac" workday. Protrusions and Penetrations Apply membrane to within 1" (25.4 mm) of the base of the protrusion, Apply Liquid Membrane 0.090" (23 mm) thick around the protrusion. Extend Bituthene Liquid Membrane over the sheet membrane at least 3" (76 mm) and up the protrusion to just below the finished height of the wearing course (for horizontal applica- tions) or for a minimum of 6" (152 mm) for verti- cal applications. FLOOD TESTING Flood test all horizontal applications with a minimum 2" (51 mm) head of water for 24 hours. Mark any leaks and repair when the membranes dry. Before flood testing, be sure the structure will withstand the dead load of the water, For well - sloped decks, segment the flood test to avoid deep water near drains. Conduct the flood test 1 day after com- pleting the application of Bituthene water- proofing system. ImmedldlN.-ly, after flood test is completed. and all necessary repairs made, install Hydroduct 660 Drainage Composite to protect the Bituthene membrane from traffr-_ and other trades. MEMBRANE REPAIR Patch tears and inadequately lopped teams with membrane. Slit fishmouths and repair with a patch extending 6" (152 mm) in all directions from the slit and seal edges of the patch with mastic, Inspect the membrane thoroughly before covering and make any repairs PRCTK,'TION Protection of Membrane protect Bituthene membranes to avoid dam- age from other trades' construction materials or backfill, Place protection immediately in tem- peratures above 77 degrees F (25 degrees C) to reduce potential for blistering, On horizontal applications. use Hydroduct 660 Drainage Composite for protection. Adhere as necessary to membrane with Bitustik Tope, Alternate methods are to use 1/8" or 1/4" (3.2 or 64 mm) asphaltic hordboard. When reinforced concrete slabs are placed over the membrane, use Hydroduct 660 Drainage Composite or 1/4" (6A mm) hardboard or 2 layers of 1/8" (3.2 mm) hardboard. On vertical applications, use Hydroduct 220 Drainage Composite, Adhere Hydroduct 220 to membrane with Bitustik Tape, Alternative protection methods are to use 1" (25.4 mm) expanded polystyrene or 1/4" (6.4 mm) extruded polystyrene that has a minimum compressive strength of 10 lb/in' (69 kN /m�. If 114" (6A mm) extruded polystyrene protec- tion board is used, backfill should not contain sharp rock or aggregate over 2" (51 mm) in diameter, Adhere polystyrene protection board with Bituthene Protection Board Adhesive or Bitustik Tape. Cover any exposed Bituthene membrane with weather resistant flashing such as copper. aluminum or neoprene. Install Hydroduct 660 Drainage Composite or alternate protection the some day the membrane is applied or immediately after a 24 hour flood test. No wait- ing before backfill or application of wearing course is necessary TABLE 3 PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF BITUTHENE 5000 MEMBRANE Property & test method Bituthene 5000 Membrone Color Black thickness, nominal, ASTM D3767 0.065" (1,7 mm) Tensile strength, ASTM D882 1150 psi (7928 kPo) ©ongotion, mesa, ASTM D882 50% min Puncture resistonce mesh. ASTM E154 200 It (890 N) Fexibility, 180' bend over 1/4" (64 mm) mandrel at 25 °F (-4°C). ASTM D1970 Unaffected Crxk cycling at 25'1' ( -4`C), 100 cycles, ASTM 0336 Unaffected permeonce. ASTM E176 1,0 term 158 g /(Pa•s•m•)) Peel :,Ihesior' ASTM D903 5'U b /in (880 NJ/-r) 1V Placement of Bockfill Use care during backfill operation tc avo damage to waterproofing and drainage sy fem Follow generally accepted practice f backfill and compaction. Bockfill should L added in 6" - 12" 1,152 - 305 mm) lifts, k benmed areas that cannot be fully con patted, a termination bar is recommende across the top termination of the membrane In general, backfill or the finol weorin course should be placed as soon as possibi after installation of the membrane. Placement of Reinforcing Steel When placing reinforcing steel over proper protected membrane, use concrete bar sur ports (dobies) or chairs with plastic tips c rolled feet to prevent damage from shor edges. Use special care when using wir mesh, especially if the mesh is curled. Placement of Asphalt Concrete Overlay Place asphalt concrete overlay as soon c possible after applying Bituthene 5000, minimum 2" (51 mm) compacted overlay recommended. Do not use preformed prc tection board because it will interfere with th bond between the membrane and overlay, Exercise care to minimize the possibility c pavement shoving on steep grades, partic� lorly on romps. For further information, consul Tech Letter #16, b. Availability & Cost AVAILABILITY A network of distributors comes Bituthen( waterproofing systems and Hydroduc drainage composite products for delivery is project sites. COST Bituthene waterproofing systems ant Hydroduct drainage composites are compet �tively priced, For specific information, Contac a locol distributor or a Grace Canstructior Products epresentative 7. Warranty Five year material warrontles coverin( Bituthene and Hydroduct products are ovail able upon request Conto. °t the manufacture for further information. 8. Maintenance Nona required, if installed in ciccordcnce ro tt —anUtac,�,rer 5 eCOmmendatio, ^S I'Y, ll.. 1 v I .... :...'�fR' S f "rnT!_,] _ ""S'1,�aJ,'� M. w I^ yr . ^ LrY T ,'�.C� f:[yY I'!Y:'1 'T. JYY :111 � . _ . q �zvc! li �d�^Il �' -,,Yrt• �.d�JI ql �w.� I� .�� _J% 2=, 2�� l �i; '� ;!HITS C,F' s�cn 2001 • Bituthene Low Temperature Membrane con be used a* temperatures above 25 degrees F 1,-4 degrees C) and up to 60 degrees F (16 degrees C) • Apply Bituthene 5000 Membrane only in dry weather when air and surface temperatures ore above 40 degrees F (5 degrees C) • Cover the membrane immediately in tem- peratures above 77 degrees F (25 degrees C) to reduce potential for blistering • Apply Bituthene System: 4000 Surtoce Conditioner and other accessory products not listed below in dry weather above 25 degrees F ( -4 degrees �') • Apply Bituthene Primer WP -3000 in dry weather above 40 degrees F (5 degrees C). • Do not apply products to frozen concrete APPLICATION Surface Conditioner Bituthene System 4000 Surface Conditioner is supplied ready to use. Do not dilute with water or solvents. Spray surface conditioner uniformly to substrate at a rate of 300 ft- /gal (7,5 m ° /L) Use appropriate sprayer and nozzle. Allow surfoce conditioner to dry completely and thoroughly prior to membrane application, The surf ace Conditioner is considered dry when the substrate returns to Its original color. To test for dryness, rub small conditioned area by hand Wet conditioner will ball up under the fingertips Let dry until conditioner cannot be TABLE 1 PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF BITUTHENE MI Pioperty & test method Color Thickness. ASTM D3767 „Method A Low temperature flexibility ASTIV 01971 Pesislance to hydrostatic head ASTM D5385 Lap adhesion of mnimum oppi cation temperature width. ASTM D1876 Modified Tensile strength, mernbrone, ASTM D412 (Die C) Modif led Tensile strength. film, ASTM D882 Modified Elongation ultimate failure 04 robbenzcd oSphait. ASTM D412 Modified C ra.King cycling 100 cy:�es A.S`M D83t peel Srengt- wid °h 4\=.TM 71' ^_,n- q ;1,�, t�`. .:..�, rr/�•r..,. PAGE 175 Sheet Waterproofing rubbed off. If conditioned areas are not covered that day recondition the area if there• is significant dust or dirt contaminotion. Primer Apply Bituthene Rimer WP -3000 by spray or roller at a Coverage rote of 500 - 600 ft' /gal (12 - 15 m'/L). AIIow to dry 1 hour or until con- crete returns to original color Apply Bituthene Primer 82 by lambs wool roller at a coverage rote of 2,150 - 350 If /goi (6 - 6 m, /L). Allow primer to dry one hour or until tackfree, Dry time may be longer in cold temperatures Reprime areas if contaminated by dust. If the work area is dusty, apply membrane as soon as the primer is dry. Surfaces treated with Deck Prep Surface Treatment do not require conditioning or prim- ing. Metal does not require priming but must be cleon, dry and free of loose paint, rust er other contaminants Use Bituthene Primer B2 for damp or green substrates. Corners The treatment of corners varies depending on the location of the corner At wall -to- footing Inside corners: • Option 1 - Apply membrane to within 1” (25A mm) of base of wall. Treat the inside corner by installing c 214" (19,1 mm) fillet of liquid membrane, extend liquid membrane MBRANES 07130 Croce Construction Products a' least 3" (76 mm) onto wall membrane. • Option 2 Treat the Inside Corner by installing a 3/4" (19.1 mm) fillet of Bituthene Liquid Mernbror>F Apply 12" (305 mm) wide strip of membrane centered over fillet. Apply wall membrane over inside corner and extend 6" (152 mm) onto footing. Apply 1" (25A mm) wide troweling of Bituthene Mastic or Bifuthene Liquid Membrane over oil terminations and seams within 12' (305 mrn) of corner. At footings where the elevation of the floor slab is 6" (152 mm) or more above the footing, treat the inside corner either by one of the above methods or terminate the membrane of the base of the wall, Seal the termination with Bituthene Mastic or Bituthene Liquid Membrane At plaza deck -to -wall inside corners • Option 1 - Apply membrane on wall and deck to within Y (25,4 mm) of corner. Treat the Inside corner by installing a 3/4" (19,1 mm) fillet of Bituthene Liquid Membrorlrr. Extend Bituthene Liquid Membrane at least 3" (76 mm) onto deck membrane and 3" (76 mm) onto wall mem- brane, Terminate top of membrane wall flashing witt Bituthene Mastic. Bituthene Liquid Membrane or termination bar Bitutnene System 4000 Membrane Bituthene 3000 Membrone Groy - black. 0.060" (15 mm) nominal Unaffected at •45 °F ( -43 1C) 231 (70 n-) min 5.0 lb/in (880 N /m) 325 psi (2239 kPa) min 5000 psi (34.5 MPo) min 300% mn ur�cff.?'red V -251(-32'C) N) mr Gray -block 0.060" (1.5 mm) nominal Unottecred at -25 °F 200'(61 m) ron 4.0 lb /in (70(1 N /m) 325 psi (2239 kPa) min 5000 psi (34.5 MPO) min 300% min Unoffecteo of -25 "F (_32-C) tf I�l,o (1570 Nrrn) Bituthene Low temperature Membrone Grov -black 0.060'(1.5 mm) nominal Unartected or -451F ( -43 °C) 200'(61 m) min 5.0lb /in (880 N /m) 325 psi (2239 kPo) min 5000 psi (34.5 MPa) min 300% min, Unofteeted of -2511' (.-32 °C) ;,0 Ib /!r. (1516 N /m) N1 e,v.. , 11 r., . ;0 lets by ;ne Ide let, per ply .ne /er 12" )or )gr he ne on lid Td at 4, id Id -k n- III I ©5/2 20A" F1 3. El'3 1, 5655F11 G4 07130 Sheet Waterproofing Grace Construction Products Option ? - Apply membrane on deck to within '" (25,4 mm) of corner. Treat the inside corner by installing a 3/4" 1191 mrr) fillet of Bituthene liquid Membrane. 6rtend Bituthene Liquid Membrane at least 3" (76 mm) onto wall and membrane. • Option 3 - Apply membrane on deck to within 1" (25.4 mm) of corner. Treat the inside corner by installing a 314" (19.1 mm) fillet of Bituthene Liquid Membrane. Apply mem- brane flashing sheet on wall, over fillet and 6" (152 mm) onto deck membrane. Apply 1" (25 4 mm) wide troweling of Bituthene Mastic or Bituthene Liquid Membrane over all termi- nations and seams within 12" (305 mm) of corner. Terminate top of membrane wall flashing with Bituthene Mastic, Bituthene Liquid Membrane or termination bar. In planters, reflecting pools and fountains, apply membrane on wall and deck to within 1" (25.4 mm) of corner, Treat the inside comer by installing a 3/4" (19.1 mm) fillet of Bituthene Liquid Membrane. Extend Bituthene Liquid Membrane at least X (76 mm) onto deck membrane and 3" (76 m n) onto wall mem- brane. Terminate tap of wall membrane with Bituthene Liquid Membrane or termination bar. For wall to wall insid@ corner apply 12" (305 mm) membrane strip centered on corner. Press membrane tightly into corner to ensure full contact. Cover the treated corner with o full sheet of membrane to ensure 2 ply coverage. For outside corners, apply 12" (305 mm) I, -!HITS C-"-F' membrane strip centered on corner. Cover the treated corner with a full sheet of mem- brane to ensure 2 ply coverage, joint$ Properly ;eal ail joints with waterstop, joint filler and sealant as required, Bituthene mem- branes are not intended to function as the primary joint seal, Allow sealant to fully cure. Prestrip all slabs and wall cracks over 1/16" (16 mm) wide and all construction and control joints with 9" (229 mm) wide membrane. Drains At drains, apply a collar of membrane which extends 6" (152 mm) beyond the drain open- ing. Apply full coverage of membrane over the collar. Cut out the drain opening so the membrane extends under the clamping ring, Place a bead of Bituthene Mastic or Bituthene Liquid Membrane between the membrane and clamping ring, An alternate method is to apply Bituthene Liquid Membrane 0.090" (2.3 mm) thick so that t extends under the clamping ring and overlaps the deck mem- brane at least 3" (76 mm). klstall clamping ring after Bituthene liquid Membrane has cured. Application to Horizontal Surfaces Apply membrane from the low point to the high point so that laps shed water, Overlap all seams at least 2 1/2" (64 mm). Stagger ail end laps, Roil the entire membrane firmly and com- pletely as soon as possible Use a linoleum roller or standard water filled garden roller TABLE 2 PHYSICAL PROPERTIES OF HYDRODUCT DRAINAGE COMPOSITES Property & te5t metnoa Dra.n core Thickness, ASTM C3bb, B C0rnDFe55Ve strength ASTM D!621 (mgdified) Row, 10 groalent, 379 kPa Iccd, ASTM 04716 Filter fabric Apparent opening size Permittivity ASTM D4491 Tensile strength, ASTM D4632 Weight. ASTM D3776 Trapezoidal tear, ASTM D4533 Mullen Burst. ASTM DII86 %rx ture. a$TrA D4833 Hydroduct 220 FtydroduCt 660 0 38" (9.7 mm) 0,38" (9.7 mm) '5.000 osr (718 kpo) 13,ODD psf (561 kpa) 15 gcYmin /ft 15 g❑I /min /rr (o CO" I-/m rvrn) (0,003 L /min /m) 70 - 100 US sieve (0.15 - 021 mm) 150 gal /min /N' (6095 L /min /m ) 100 lb (445 N) 40 Wyd' (136 g /m,) 50 lb (p2 N) 215 o5! (1480 vPq) 55 Ib (30 kg) 100 US sieve (0.15 mm) 80 gal /min /ft' !3250 Urnin /rr 715 !b (1000 N) 80 oz /Yd' (270 g /m') 125 Ib (556 N) 690.D9 (4753 kPc) 150 lb (68 kg) Pr;GE u , SPE E 200 1 less than 30" (762 mm) wide weighing a mum of 75 lb (34 kg) when filled. Cove, face of the roller with a resilient material as a 1/2" (13 mm) plastic foam or 2 wrag indoor /outdoor carpet to allow the rr brave to fully contact the primed substra Seal all T- joints and membrane terminal with Bituthene Mastic or Bituthene Li, Membrane at the end of the day. For required testing of horizontal app tions, see Flood Testing_ Application to Vertical Surfaces Apply membrane in lengths up to 8' (2 Overlap all seams 2 1/2" (64 mm) minirr On higher wafts, apply membrane in 2 or rT sections with the upper overlapping the to by at least 2 112" (64 mm). Roll membrane' a hand ro#er. Terminate the membrane at grade IE Press the membrane firmly to the wall with butt and of a hardwood tool such a. yammer handle, or secure into a regiet, A mination bar may be used to secure the termination, Failure to use heavy pressure terminations can result in a poor seal. Terminate the membrane at the base the wall if the bottom of the interior floor s Is at least 6" (152 mm) above footing. Otherwise, use appropriate ins corner detail where the wall and foot meet. Seal all laps within 12" (305 mm) of corners with a troweling of mastic, Appl) troweled bead of Bituthene Mastic hvdroduct 200 Hydroduct 225 0.38" (9 7 mm) 0113° (10.9 mm) 15.000 cis' (718 kPo) 21.000 psr (1005 kPO) 15 dal /mr /ft 15 gal /min /ft (0,003 (0.003 _/minim) L /min /m) 70 - 100 US sieve (o.15 - 70 US sieve (021 mm) 021 mm) 150 gal /min /rt' 28 gal /min /ft= (1138 .6095 umin /m') l/mlr)ln7 ) M Ib (445 M 290 Ib (1291 N) 4.0 nz /vd' (136 a/m-� 6.0 ozlyd' (203 g /m') 50 1b (712 M 90 -b (352 N) 215 p51 (14W KR--) 560 psi (3858 kPa) 55 Ib (30 kg) 150 lb (68 kg) VlMwf M �� h 'v�f,CAr4e . %v: 'vl:.Mi -'>� ]I" � ,Fry�eJ !r 37p'h..: _'� � f a-1c�. %o('1Yx'�Y! ✓c+"'_t4 ''�, rr' :iS' r�ae i e �.T..� - ,�- itrv�5 .., nM c^Jir..n .�.H �......, \ � ^.1.x� 'L»s>�: --!tea rslTnn in1 n tae' ..�Ir *.r r.r.+�-efrf+ Re nmJar.�a n �eee,'eeo • r r�Nl+ -co >cu�v �F.0 � %v�Trto-�; rail snnz� �I �� ,«. r.. F !l cl ii !P ,F. „i Jr"'1'�'�r lb:__, �195;I�71�1 �JHIr� Cam° Product Infcrlration Dow Protection Board Foundation Waterproofing Applications Product Description Dow Protection hoard, the BLUE' extruded polystyrene foam insulation, is designed for use in commercial foundation waterproofing applications. It is designed to help protect the waterproofing membrane from damage during backfill. Dow Protection Board II is recommended for perimeter concrete and masonry walls where waterproofing protection is the primary requirement. Dimensions Thickness ....,.....,3/16 inch Nominal Length ....................50 feet Nominal Width ........................4 feet Nominal Standard Bundle The above sheet is fan- folded on 2 -foot centers into a bundle measuring approximately 2'x Tx 6 -1/2 ". Installation Prior to installing Dow Protection Board II, verify that the substrate is free of sharp projections, and that the waterproofing or dampproofing Is properly cured. To install Dow Protection Board IL * Begin by unfolding bundles and apply by hanging or adhering to the structure, butt edges tightly, Adhere to structure by pressing into `tacky" cured waterproof or dampproof coating or by using a compatible adhesive on fully - cured coating. • Place folds at corners or transition points to provide, continuous board installation and protection. • Frim board and fit tightly around protrusions. • Carefully place backfill or other covering so as to avoid dragging or moving the installed protection board. Styrofoam oranu IneWOr{on Technical Services For product literature and technical information, please call our Customer Information Center at 1- 800 - 441 -4DOW (4369). Technical Informationt Availability and Cost For product availability or for the name of your local Dow Sales Representative, call 1- 800 -232 -2436. Description ........ /16" Fan Folded Extruded Polystyrene Protection Board Color_ ............................. ....._.._...................... ...Blue R -Value (ASTM C 518) at 75' F ....... _ ..... ............................1.0 F -ft2 *h /Btu Bundle Coverage ... _................. __..... ....... 200 sq ft Bundle Weight .. ................................ .... ._... ... Approximately 12 pounds Weight per Square ........ .......... .. .... Approximately 6 pounds Water Absorption (ASTM C 272) ... _..0..2% by volume Compressive Strength (ASTM D 1621) ........ ..............................8 Ibs /in.2 Permeance (ASTM E 96) .. ............................... ............... 0.8 perm- inches Burning Characteristics (ASTM E 84)' Flame Spread ......... _....._ ._........10 Smoke Deveioped . __. _ ..200 Values Intel are typ cal any I are rir,t to 'or, ronstFt a_ SDer:ifirEePir - n lima;. 1tie flame sd, OJ is n,it, In+, i), d Tr1 _i driy Dt•l -1 wAthrl ,3i ii�r�l5r ;�.�r,_in flYr'. �:,ifolitkyl CON GENERAL ENGINEERING, INC. N STREET VISTA, CA 92083 • TEL 760/630 -9570 FAX 760/630 -3648 • STATE CONT. LIC. #540704 SUBMITTAL NO. 016-01 For SECTION 11010 PUMPS GENERAL MOONLIGHT BEACH URBAN RUNOFF TREATMENT FACILITY CONTRACT # CMS01B CITY OF ENCINITAS, CA It is hereby certified that the Equipment/Material shown and marked in this submittal is that proposed to be incorporated into Contract # CMS015, is in compliance with the contract drawiTAs & specifications, and can be installed in the alloc d spaces, and is submitted for approval. Certified By Date�Q 1 vFx00EEWvW� _7 Eleetri�al SNRC Data MODEL: S3HRC -Recessed Impeller Sewage Pump Section VORTEX Page 301 Dated JANUARY 2000 Supere5de5 SEPTEMBER 1993 R_P.M. 3450 MOTOR TYPE ENCLOSED, OIL COOLED INDUCTION MOTOR DESIGN NEMA TYPE 8 (3o) L (1 o) GENERAL INSULATION CLASS F STATOR WINDING CLASS F MAXIMUM STATOR TEMPERATURE 311 °P MOTOR PROTECTION 131-METALLIC, TEMPERATURE SENSITIVE DISC, SIZED TO OPEN AT 120 °C AND AUTOMATICALLY RESET 0 30-35 °C DIFFERENTIAL, ONE IN SINGLE PHASE, TWO IN THREE PHASE ELECTRICAL RATINGS HEAT SENSOR 24VDC 5AMPS 115VAC 5AMPS 230VAC 5AMPS SEAL FAIL 300VAC 5mA VOLTAGI= TOLERANCE L t10% Qo °>�`' � k .: k � .ST �4 OaR ��k ,[�47(i' �4v �Qu�S�., k4q kR•Q' rc� t��°Q' goy �4 �� 9 �� ' `'� v��S' Q � �` •�` �� 1�' ..� ��'� $ �e,� ��® �i �f•° �°j 2 200 1 K 1.2 14.6 16.8 81.0 2.7 16.2 2.9 .58 .56 .51 .42 _93 .91 .88 .84 230 12.7 14.6 70.5 2 200 3 � 1'2 8.2 9.2 53.0 2.3 18.4 2.8 .68 .66 .62 .52 .83 .80 .75 .66 230 7.3 8.0 46.2 460 3.6 4.0 23.0 575 2.8 1 3.2 18.5 3 200 1 F 1.2 20.6 25.8 81.0 3.8 16.2 4.1 .56 .59 .57 .51 .93 _93 .92 .88 230 17,9 22.4 70.5 3 200 3 � 1.2 10.9 12.9 53.0 3.2 18.4 3.8 .70 .70 .67 .62 .86 .85 .82 .75 230 9.4 11.2 46.2 460 4.7 5.6 23.0 575 3.8 4.5 18.5 5 200 1 F 1.2 29.8 37.2 144 5-5 28.8 6.0 .65 .68 .68 .64 .91 .92 .92 .92 230 25.1 32.9 125 5 700 3 G 1.2 17.9 1 21.5 83.0 5.4 28.7 6.2 .69 .70 .68 .63 .87 .87 .86 .84 230 15.6 18.7 72.0 460 7.8 9.4 36.0 575 6.2 7.5 28.8 7.5 200 3 H 1.2 24.8 29.7 149.5 7.4 51.8 8.6 .71 .74 .76 .60 .87 .87 -85 .80 230 21.5 25.8 130 460 10.8 12.9 65 575 1 8.6 L10.3 52 ILq?0 HY'DROMAiIC e!1 -d /b0 d 969 -1 6Z0£ -Z£Z -619 sond 03d33NI0N3 113bdV9 -00dd Nvo Z0- 6Z -AVNI Technical Data section VORTEX Page 401 Dated APRIL 2000 Superesdes JANUARY 2000 MODEL: S3HRC — Standard Recessed Impeller Sewage Pumps rny3 Fug v%M U. DISCHARGE SIZE 3" SOLIDS SIZE 2" IMPELLER TYPE BALANCED, RECESSED, 6 VANE, SEMI -OPEN VORTEX CABLE LENGTH 30' STANDARD 50' OPTIONAL PAINT PAINTED AFTER ASSEMBLY. DARK GREEN, WATER REDUCIBLE ENAMEL, ONE COAT, AIR DRIED. 1C111F7CT(il V v• MAXIMUM LIQUID 140 °F MAXIMUM STATOR 311 °F OIL FLASH POINT 390 °F HEAT SENSOR Open: Closed: 257 °F MAX. /239 °F MIN. 194 °F MAX. /119 °F MIN. Technical Data: POWER CORD TYPE STW -A WATER RESISTANT 600V, 60 °C SENSOR CORD TYPE 16 -4 STW -A WATER RESISTANT 600V, 60 °C, 10 AMPS MOTOR HOUSING CAST IRON ASTM A48 CLASS 30 U_ a O CASING CAST IRON ASTM A -48 CLASS 30 U IMPELLER DUCTILE IRON ASTM A -536 a ¢ CASING WEAR RING N/A w N �z MOTOR SHAFT 416 STAINLESS STEEL 0 HARDWARE 300 SERIES STAINLESS STEEL "O" RINGS BUNA N MECHANICAL SEALS Standard: UPPER AND LOWER CARBON /CERAMIC, TYPE 2i, BF1C1 Optional: LOWER TUNGSTEN CARBIDE/TUNGSTEN CARBIDE, TYPE 21, SDI D1 UPPER BEARING (RADIAL) SINGLE ROW — BALL LOWER BEARING (THRUST) SINGLE ROW — BALL Irjl?o HYDROMATIC" 811 -d I1 /90 d 569 -1 6208 -Z£Z -619 Sdnd QH 33NI0N3 113ddV2 -fad 090 :11 ZO -6Z -AVIV S3flRC/S3flVY .I:i. Section INSTALLATION page 525 Specifications JANUARY 1994 Superseeds SEPTEMBER 1993 PULTRUDED - GUIDE RAIL STATION 1.01 GENE=RAL A. Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, equipment and incidentals required to provide a complete pumping system as specified herein. B. The pultruded trail System shall include _02—� (Qty) submersible non -clog sewage pump(s), discharge elbow with guide arms, hydraulic sealing flange assembly with sealing diaphragm, guide rail connector, lifting chain or cable, access frame and hatch cover, float mounting bracket, control equipment, pultruded guide rail and discharge piping. 2.01 DISCHARGE ELBOW WITH GUIDE ARMS A. A discharge base elbow, designed to mount directly to the sump floor shall be supplied for each pump. It shall have a standard 125 pound flange faced and drilled on the outlet side with the inlet flange faced and zinc spray coated to provide a smooth corrosion and abrasion resistant surface. Three stainless steel guide arms shall be bolted to the discharge elbow that will guide and support the pump when it is lowered into the sump. The non- corrosive FRP, pultruded I -beam shall attach to the base elbow. All fasteners shall be 300 series stainless steel. The base elbow shall be painted with one coat of corrosive resistant zinc chromate enamel. 2.02 HYDRAULIC SEALING FLANGE A. A cast iron scaling flange, complete with Buna N rubbet diaphragm type sealing gasket, shall be mounted on each pump discharge. This diaphragm shall be held in place by a clamp ring with stainless steel fasteners. 2.03 GUIDE RAIL CONNECTOR A. The pump shall be equipped with a stainless steel sliding guide connector which is bolted to the pump flange and loosely fits over the pultruded I -beam rail. All fasteners, washers, and nuts required shall be 300 stainless steel. 2.04 LIFTING CHAINICABLE A. Each pumping unit shall be provided with a lifting chain or cable, and be of sufficient length to extend from the pump to the top of the wet -well. The access frame shall provide a hook to attach the chain or cable when not in use. The lifting chain or cable shall be sized according to the pump weight. 2.05 ACCESS FRAME AND DOOR A. A separate access frame assembly shall be supplied with a separate hinged door for removal of each pump. The frame assembly and door shall be aluminum with 300 series stainless steel hinges and hardware. The aluminum door shall be raised tread plate to provide a skid -proof surface. As a safety precaution, each pump shall be pro- vided with a separate door so as to limit access to the wet -well. The frame shall support the float mounting bracket_ A recessed handle shall be provided with each door, as well as a safety latch to hold the door in an open position- 2.06 FLOAT MOUNTING BRACKET A. A float mounting bracket shall be provided with strain reliefs that support and hold the level control cords. Continuous cords are to run from putnp(s) and level controls to a control panel or junction box. No splices shall be made bi the wiring. The bracket shall be fabricated from steel, coated for corrosion resistance, and attached to the access frame with 300 series stainless steel fasteners. A dielectric spacer should be installed when bolt- ing to an aluminum access frame. W10 HYDROMATlC 211-3 H /90 d 969 -1 6Z0£ —Z£Z -619 Sdi^% 03633NM3 113ddV9 —HO6d HV90: 11 ZO -6Z —AW section INSTALLATION Page 526 Dated SEPTEMUR 1993 2.07 PULTRUDED GUIDE RAIL A. A single guide rail shall be used to direct the pump into proper alignment with the stationary base elbow and discharge piping. This rail shall be a non -corrosive, non - sparking, FRY pultrusion formed in the shape of an I- beam. It shall bolt directly to the base elbow on the sump floor. and extend up and bolt directly to the access frame. It shall be one piece. 2.08 PIPING A. Piping shall include one (1) swing check valve with outside lever and spring, one (1) plug/gate valve and all the necessary gaskets, straight pipe, brackets, elbows, tees and fittings. All piping should be coated with coal tar epoxy or equal for corrosion resistance. Where piping passes through a wall. welding or sealing concrete shall be used to make a watertight joint. B. Note. The Discharge Piping and Valves are generally supplied by others. They ate mentioned here and shown in the arrangement drawing to provide assistance and clarity. 3.01 WARRANTY A. In addition to the manufacturer's standard warranty, a five -year warranty shall also be provided. The warranty period shall be five years from date of shipment on all equipment except for the control equipment which will carry the manufacturers standard warranty. The following parts Will be replaced within five years of date of shipment upon payment of the applicable percentage of the list price of each part in effect at the time of replace - ment. B. Months aftet shipment shall be determined by date of receipt of defective product by authorized service station representing manufacturer. Purchaser shall assume all responsibility and expenses for removal, reinstallation, and freight. 1'r190 HYDROMATIC 811 -3 11120 d 969 -1 6Z0E— ZEZ -6A SON 13a33N10N3 113adV8 —K^ d 090 :l1 Z0- 6Z —AV01 Months After Shipment 0 -18 19 -31 32 -45 46 -60 Mechanical Seal 0% 25% 50% 75% Impeller 0% 30% 30% 80% Pump Housing 0% 30% 5010 80% Wear Ring 0% 50% 80% 100% $all Bearings 0% 50% 80% 100% Rotor & Stator 0% 40% 8010 100% 1'r190 HYDROMATIC 811 -3 11120 d 969 -1 6Z0E— ZEZ -6A SON 13a33N10N3 113adV8 —K^ d 090 :l1 Z0- 6Z —AV01 Ins#allation � Dater lI LIFTING CHAIN (OPTIONAL) GUIDE RAIL CONNECTOR w HYDRAULIC SEALING FLANGE ASSEMBLY WITH DUNA DIAPHRAGM STAINLESS STEEL GUIDE ARMS ACCESS FRAME o 0 IN Section INSTALLATION Page 631 Dated MAY 2000 Superesdes SEPTEMBER 1993 PULTRUDED RAIL -BEAM FLANGE GUIDE 7 RODS DISCHARGE FLANGE OF PUMP io o o � CD o ZINC FACED FLANGE DISCHARGE ELBOW HYDROMATIC- 811 -3 ll /80 d 569 -1 620 & -Z£Z -619 sond 0hHNM3 iihd V9 -K6O WV90:11 ZO -H -AVIV Installation � Data All DIMEN51ONS IN lid KS NOTE CASTING DIMENSIONS Mav VARY i IN S3HRC /S3HVX l 29.1/16 - - =13.15/16 �- 1 I E i Sect,on INSTALLATION Page 639 bated MAY 2000 SuAeresdes FEBRUARY 1995 iferwne) I� HYDROMAToc 811 -d t t/[ I d 969-1 6Z0E- ZEZ -6l9 SOnd 0 d33NION3 iA3 P9 -00dd OV90: t 1 ZO -6Z -00 section INSTALLATION Page 634 Dated MAY 2000 Superesdes SEPTEMBER 1993 I_ A -1 ---,-/HINGED SIDE J r + 0 .................. - ----- - -- T '. -- - -- - - -.. .. i Dimensional i Data � d p' v !� SUMP I _qSUP r -_ e � ' _SUMP Q �F 5/8" DIA BOLTS LIFTING CHAIN HYDROMATIC DUPLEX ALUM. HATCH VENT PIPING / r- RIM ELEV:. v CONTROI�CABLE MOUNTIN BRACKET _ ELFV INTERMEDIATE GUIDE RAIL o SUPPORT - REI FOR DEpTMS EX(ELDING 9' -6" +uorrcur erot (ONTROVPOWER CABLES �- HYDROMATIC 3900 SUBMERSIBLE LEVEL SWII(HE5 FRP GUIDE RAIL ALL DIMENSIONS IN INCHES 4@0 HYDROMATIC" 811 -d Il /60 d 969-1 6ZOE -Z£Z -619 ROMATI( NON-CLOG SUBMERSIBLE PUMP HOPPER BOTTOM RECOMMENDED SCH. ELBOW S0nd 03d33NInN3 113ddV9 -Kd:I VIV90 :ll 10 -6Z -AVM J Section INSTALLATION Page 635 Dated MAY 2000 Superesdes FEBRUARY ] 993 Dimensional i Data DUPLEX 3" THRU 6" PUMPS MTM Min. ELBOW Sump Discharge SIZE PUMP MODELS Diu. Piping 'A B C D E F G H J 4' -6' 33" Co—.n {entry 9.3/16 24 -1 11 -1/8 37.1/16 5 8 -5/8 6 8.1/8 NA 3' S3S, 53HR 53HVX, S, S3HX 4' -6" 7 -3/16 24.1/2 11 -1/e 37 -7/16 3 8.5/8 6 8 -1/8 NA 4" Eccentric 5' -0" 6" Eccentric 4 -3/16 24.1/2 11-1/8 37 -7/16 0 8.5/8 6 B-1/8 NA S4S, SH, S41, 54HX, SH, 5411X, S4NRC, S4NVX 5' -6' 4" Concentric 12.5/16 30 -1/2 13.1/8 51 7 11 -3/4 6 10.1/8 NA 5411, SM, 54MN, S4MRC. S4MVX, S4HRC 54HVX 5' -6" 6" Concentric 10.5/16 30.1/2 13-1/8 51 5 11 -3/4 6 10.1/8 HA 4" 54p 54PX S4 54LX 54LRC 541vX 6' -0" 8" Eccentric 8-5/16 30-1/2 13 -1 51 3 11-3 4 6 10.1 HA 548, S48X, 540, %QX 6' -0" 4" Concentric 15 -5/16 30.1/2 16.1/8 58 10 11 -3/4 6 13.1/8 25 -3/4 S4K, S4KX 6' -6" 6" Concentric 12 -5/16 30 -1/2 16 -1/8 58 1 11 -3/4 6 13 -1/8 25 -3/4 6' -6" 8" Eccentric 10.5/16 30 -1/2 16.1/8 58 5 11 -3/4 1 6 1 13.1/8 25 -3/4 6" S61. SbLX, 56A 56AX 6' b" 6" Contantrir 11 -9/16 30-1 /2 16 -1/8 58 8 10 -1/4 6 13.1/8 25 -3/4 61" 8" Eccontric 10.9/16 30 -1/2 16.1/8 58 7 10 -1/4 6 13.1/8 254/4 Subtract 3/8' for location of guide tail mounting surface. NA: Not Applicable NOTE: 1. For sizes not listed, consult factory. 2. See hatch detail for each individual pump model for more detailed information 3. See discharge elbow detail for each individual pump model for more detailed information 4. Layout and dimensions shown are minimum suggested requirements. This drowing is a typtial representation. Therefore, all details including: pit size, location and arrangement of pit, location and arrangement of valves, piping, etc. are to be specified and confirmed by the consulting engineer and are subject to his approval. ALL OIMENSIONS IN INCHES NOTE CASTING DIMENSIONS MAY VARY .1 /8° I� HYDROMATIC® 811 -3 Il /OI d 569 -1 6Z0£- ZEZ -6l9 Sdnd 03a33N10N3 113ddV8 -4VOad 090 :11 ZO -6Z -AVIV Date of Submittal: 5 -31 -02 To: Richard Brady & Associates From: Falcon General Engineering, Inc. 4909 Murphy Canyon Road, Suite 220 572 Collyn St. San Diego, Ca 92123 Vista, Ca. 92083 Attn: Sean F. Manning P.E., A.E.E. Moonlight Beach Urban Runoff Treatment Facility City of Encinitas, Ca Protect # CMS015 Falcon General Engineering, Inc Submittal No. 017 -01 Specification Section 15020 VALVES AND APPURTENANCES Drawing Reference Date Item Required by Schedule This is an X Original Submittal Resubmittal We have verified that this submittal contains all applicable material and information required for evaluation of its compliance with the project plans and specifications. Furthermore, we submit these items, which comply with the project plans and specifications (check one): x with no deviations except for the deviations described below (Attach additional sheets, if necessary) No. of Sheet or Copies Item No. Description (Name, Type, Model, Catalog Number, Manufacturer) 8 Submittal 017 -01 15020 VALVES AND APPURTENANCES Comments Submitted By: Received By Signature Signature CON GENERAL ENGINEERING, INC. N STREET • VISTA, CA 92083 • TEL 760/630 -9570 • FAX 760/630 -3648 • STATE CONT. LIC. #540702 SUBMITTAL NO. 017-01 For SECTION 15020 VALVES AND APPURTENANCES MOONLIGHT BEACH URBAN RUNOFF TREATMENT FACILITY CONTRACT # CMSOIB CITY OF ENCINITAS, CA It is hereby certified that the Equipment/Material shown and marked in this submittal is that proposed to be incorporated into Contra ft # CMS015, is in compliance with the contract drawingsA specifications, and can be installed in the allocate spaces, and is submitted for approval. Certified .t- 0 INTRODUCTION TO SPEARS VALVES For over a quarter of a century, Spears Manufacturing Company has developed high quality thermoplastic piping system components to better meet industry needs. Spears thermoplastic valves have been developed through years of product improvement testing, combined with the latest in computer aided engineering and manufacturing technology. Today, Spears valves are recognized for their quality, reliability and long service life. Backed by the best in customer service and product availability, Spears valves are the first choice for use in a wide variety of applications, including Industrial & Chemical Processing, Turf & Irrigation, Pool & Spa, and numerous Original Equipment Manufacture products. Valve Function Basics Ball Valves Ball valves derive their name from the on /off function accomplished by means of a flow controlling ball located in the center of the valve body. A hole through the center of the ball (valve bore) connects the inlet and outlet sides of the valve for fluid stream transfer. The ball rotates 90° on an axis perpendicular to the fluid stream in order to block flow in the off position. The ball is held in place between two Teflon valve seats which serve as a "bubble tight" seal off, while providing lubrication during valve operation. Elastomer 0- rings are used in the stem and seal carrier to prevent fluid leakage. Pressure drop is virtually eliminated in the full -open position, since the valve bore is the same size as Schedule 80 system piping. Check Valves Check valves are automatic valves that open with forward flow and close with reverse flow. Depending on the type of check valve, a ball (Ball Check), swinging disc (Swing Check) or a "double disc" (Butterfly Check) closure device is positioned in the valve body between inlet and outlet so that the fluid stream is easily transmitted in the direction of floe. but is allowed to move against the check devise in the event of flow in the reverse direction. Reversed flo%y is stopped or held in "check" by fluid backflow pressure which seats the closure devise against the valve body. Standard elastomer O- ring seals are used in all Spears Ball Check Valves and Swing Check Valves. Butterfly Check Valves use an elastomer membrane seal. Spears Check Valves have been carefully engineered to minimize pressure drop and can be installed in both horizontal or vertical positions, within the limitations of the specific type of closure device. Ball Check Valves are well suited for general applications of fluids free from debris and entrained solids. Butterfly Check Valves have minimum space requirements and, along with SAN ing ('heck Valves, are better for use \Nith fluids containing solid or debris. Swing Check Valves additionally allow higher volume of fluid transmission and can be fitted with an Optional counter balance device to further control closing,,pecd- 1 Gate Valves Gate valves perform an on /off function accomplished by means of a flow controlling gate centered in the valve body between the inlet and outlet sides of the valve. The gate moves along a vertical stem axis, perpendicular to the fluid stream, thereby blocking the flow in the closed position and variably increasing the flow as the gate is moved to the full open position. Spears gate valves use a special wedge- shaped gate and sealing surface design for positive shut off when engaged with the valve body in the closed position. The non - rising type stem provides vertical movement of the gate without extension of the stem above the valve body. Butterfly Valves Butterfly valves are rotary valves in which a disc is rotated 90° to open or close the flow passage. In the full closed position, the disc seals against an elastomer seat. Flow control can be accomplished by varying the degree in which the disc is opened. Spears Butterfly Valves utilize a special offset disc and low contact seat design to minimize operation torque and improve sealing capabilities. Diaphragm Valves Diaphragm Valves utilize a moveable elastomeric membrane, or "diaphragm ", to constrict the flow passage through the valve, thereby controlling or throttling fluid flow. The diaphragm additionally isolates system fluids from internal moving parts of the valve. In the Weir -Type design, a raised area in the center of the waterway serves as a seal - off point for the elastomeric diaphragm. When installed in a horizontal position, this additionally facilitates drainage of' fluid from the valve. From the full -open position, operation of the valve is accomplished by rotating the handle to vertically move a compressor unit on a threaded shaft. This compresses the attached elastomeric diaphragm to constrict the \Naterway and finally seal -oft floe. Spears diaphragm valves provide an indicator in the center of the handle her 360 visibility of valve position, and a spccltll stop on the compressor to present damage from over- tiOltenimLl. INTRODUCTION TO SPEARS VALVES ISO 9001 Certified Design & Manufacturing Quality Program Spears Quality Management System is certified to the strict requirements of ISO 9001 for optimum control of product design, development, and production. Ouality improvement and customer satisfaction are central to each stage of producing Spears valves from conception through final delivery. Development & Testing The foundation of Spears products is development, testing, and more testing. Spears valve development combines proven experience with st-uctural testing at the design level. Materials and design are correlated in computer engineering stress analysis to yield the optimum structure and function of each valve component. Resulting products are then subjected to numerous tests for performance validation of dimensional stability, sealing capability, hydrostatic burst pressure, operational torque, flow capacity, vacuum application suitability and cyclic pressure analysis. Once approved, production valves and components are routinely subjected to dimensional, functional and burst pressure verification tests. 100% Sealing Capability Verification All Spears ball valves are air - tested for 1001% verification of positive sealing during the manufacturing process. Hydrostatic Burst Pressure Verification Representative valve samples are routinely subjected to an internal hydrostatic pressure of 3.2 times their designated pressure rating in a 60 -70 second test per ASTM D 1599 during each production run. Vacuum Service Validation of Spears valves rated for vacuum service is determined from 1 -hour tests at 26 in. Hg vacuum with less than I in. leg loss. A vacuum lubricant should be applied to elastomer- seated valve seats, such as Spears Butterfly Valve or True Union Ball Check Valve, to prevent the seat from drying out in vacuum service applications. Spears Valve Innovations Not all plastic valves are the same. Spears valves incorporate several unique features not found in competitive products. The following are a few examples of Spears innovative improvements to conventional valve designs. Spears Safe -T- Shears Stem This important SAFETY FEATURE was developed to help prevent line fluids from leaking out in the event of ball valve stem damage. Engineered for high strength, the stem incorporates a special shear point to control accidental breakage. Over - torquing breaks occur above the stem O -ring leaving the seal intact until repair or replacement can be made. Spears Heavy Buttress Thread Components When it comes to handling the hydraulic force of high internal pressures, the brute strength of the buttress thread is clearly the best. Its broad bearing surface with an angular backing provide greater thrust support than conventional square -cut, ACME - type threads commonly used in similar ball valve components. All Spears Ball Valve union nuts and seal carriers are designed with buttress threads for greater strength and pressure handling capabilities — one of the strongest in the plastic valve industry! Low Torque, Low Wear Butterfly Valve Seats Spears Butterfly Valves provide the lowest operating torque available. Sealing contact between disc and seat takes place only at the close of the valve, allowing free travel through the full range of opening. phis unique design eliminates seat creep, extrusion and wear typical with conventional liner -type seats. I-ACIUSIVC design interlocks scat and hody to prevent washout or hlowout. Flow Balanced Ball Check Valves Improper ball check valve design can significantly restrict flow, create ball- chatter and even result in reverse ball travel and open flow shutoff. From extensive design testing Spears has engineered the internal flow characteristics of the True Union Ball Check Valve to optimize fluid transmission and virtually eliminate ball- chatter. Stainless Steel Reinforced (SR) Female Plastic Threads This patented Stainless Steel Reinforced (SR) design is one of the most significant improvements in female plastic thread reliability. Not just an added reinforcing ring, this unique pre- compression design compensates for expansion forces generated from normal tapered pipe thread joint make -up. Radial stress is neutralized in normal installations and contained in severe over tightening situations. Spears SR Threads are available on a variety of Spears industrial valves using SS316 reinforcement for optimum chemical and corrosion resistance. Spears SR Female Spigot Adapters are also available for quick conversion of any slip- socket style valve end connector (see Spears Schedule 80 catalog and price sheets). 2 SP\ EARS MATERIALS Spears Thermoplastic Piping System Materials Benefits of Spears Thermoplastic System Materials Unlike metal, plastics never rust, scale, or pit — they virtually last forever. Thermoplastics are abrasion resistant, chemical and corrosion resistant, nonconductive, lightweight, and operate at lower friction -loss levels than metals. Moreover, plastics are nontoxic and environmentally safe. Adding these benefits with ease of installation at substantially lower costs, thermoplastic piping system components are the proven choice for years of maintenance free system operations. Joining Methods for Spears Thermoplastic Systems Spears thermoplastic piping system products are designed around primary components manufactured from PVC, CPVC or PP materials and their glass filled varieties. PVC and CPVC materials can be easily joined by solvent cement welding plus threaded, flanged or mechanical coupled connections. Spears PP products are joined by using flanged or threaded connections featuring Spears patented Stainless Steel Reinforced (SR) female plastic threads. Material Considerations in Application and System Design 5. Direct sun exposure results in high thermal heat absorption. especially in darker color thermoplastic materials. A white water -based exterior latex paint can be applied to reduce heat buildup. 8. PVC, CPVC and PP thermoplastic piping system components will give years of trouble free service with proper attention to application and system design. To avoid problems, the following key points must be considered when y selecting materials for an application and in designing a sN stem for their use. Fluid incompatibility of certain chemicals, especially petroleum distillates and derivatives, can cause environmental stress cracking in different thermoplastic compounds. Chemical compatibility of all valve or system components. including solvent cements, must be verified before installation. Verification of fluid compatibility is at the discretion of the user. 2. Temperature- pressure relationships must be considered. Product pressure ratings are based on use of water mediums at 73 °F. In general, product pressure ratings must be de -rated as temperature increases (see Temperature Pressure Table for individual valves). 3. Expansion and contraction is greater in thermoplastic s stems than in metal systems. Asa result, sN stem design must he flexible to allosw 1,61 movement_ Use of Spears Thermoplastic F-xpansion Joints is recommended. 4. Extreme heat or cold where internal fluids mac fiecze or where temperatures mac exceed thermoplastic design limit" must he �ooide& including consideration of storage locations. 3 Lower impact resistance of thermoplastic system components than that of metal systems requires avoidance of sharp, pointed objects in both above and below ground installations, including mounting devices and backfilling operations. Proper installation is essential. Special attention must be given to technique and instructions for making solvent cemented connections, threaded connections, flanged connections, and for installation of valves and other individual system components. System design must also take into account support, thrust blocking, transition to different materials and other installation related factors. Threaded joints require several considerations. First, pressure capacities of threaded system components should be de -rated to 50% of the rating for corresponding type and size of thermoplastic pipe. NOTE: Valves have individual pressure ratings and do not require de- rating for threaded connections. Second, as with internal fluids, certain paste sealants may cause environmental stress cracking in thermoplastic materials, and compatibility should be verified before use. Finally, the leading cause of thread joint failures is from over tightening female thermoplastic threads. Use of Spears Stainless Steel Reinforced (SR) Threads is recommended. Hydraulic Shock (water hammer, surge pressure) in thermoplastic piping systems can bw-St pipe, fittings, and valves. Anticipated surge pressures should he calculated and included in maximum internal pressure ratings of system components (specified "Non-Shock" pressure rating for valves). Safeguards should be incorporated in system design to vent pressures and eliminate entrapped air. Fluid velocities Should not exceed a maximum of 5 feet per second in thermoplastic s\ steins. 10. Non - liquid transport — WARNING: Spears AfanuJucturhng Company DOES NOT RECOMMEND the use of thermoplastic piping products %or systenns to transport or store compressed air or gases. or the testing of thernnoplastic piping s' Veins '1 11/1 compressed air or gases in above or heloir gromtd locations T17e tcsc oJSpears products in compressed air ol" gaN sl.S10?INN otrtunnaticallr voids .Spears lrarralnty fill such products. (Intl their Ilse against our rcconuI1000 ion is cluireh the responsihilitn al?d liahilih, of the installer Speul ll(muluctwing Conq)am brill not accept responsihilill liar daalage or impairment 11-om its products. or other vrrrseyrnvin(Il or incidental domagc.s caused bI mooppllc'ImM, irtrorrcrt crssenlhh, and or e_spo.vrv-e hr h(- IrMild suhcton, e� or condition.(. 9 US R MATERIALS Individual Materials Overview Thermoplastics PVC — Poly Vinyl Chloride PVC is one of the most specified thermoplastic; for piping system components, inclu01111-1, valve;, fittings, flanges, and many specialty products. PVC has excellent chemical and corrosion resistance to a broad range of fluids including water, deionized water, most mineral acids, bases, salts and paraffinic hydrocarbon solutions. PVC is not recommended for use with chlorinated or aromatic hydrocarbons, esters, or polar solvents such as ketones. Spears PVC materials conform to ASTM Cell Classification 12454 (formerly designated as type I, Grade 1). The maximum recommended service temperature of PVC products is 140'F (60' C). Glass Reinforced PVC — Fiberloc Fiberloc' is a registered trademark of the (icon Co. Fiberloc' is a glass fiber reinforced PVC composite material. While maintaining the traditional properties of PVC, Fiberloc" increases its strength, stiffness, and dimensional stability from glass fiber reinforcement. The maximum recommended service temperature of Fiberloc products is 140' F (60' C). CPVC — Chlorinated Poly Vinyl Chloride Chlorinated PVC is used for higher temperature applications than PVC, especially for handling hot corrosive liquids. With similar chemical and corrosion resistance to PVC, increased chlorine content gives CPVC superior thermal resistance. CPVC is not recommended for use with chlorinated or aromatic hydrocarbons, esters, or polar solvents such as ketones. Spears CPVC materials conform to ASTNI Cell Classification 23447 (formerly designated as Type IV, Grade I)- The maximum recommended service temperature of CPVC products is 200' F (93' C'). Glass Reinforced CPVC This special composite compound has the basic properties of CPVC with additional strength, stiffness, and dimensional stability from glass fiber reinforcement. The maximum recommended service temperature of glass reinforced CPVC products is 200'F (93 °C). PP — Polypropylene Polypropylene is used in a variety of Spears valves where broader chemical resistance and lower temperature impact resistance is required as compared to PVC or CPVC. The excellent impact resistance characteristics of polypropylene make this polymer the choice for Spears valve handles. Spears PP products carry a maximum recommended service temperature of 180' F (82 °C). Glass Reinforced PP Glass reinforced polypropylene is used in numerous valves and valve accessories where additional strength or stifness is required over standard PP materials %vhile maintaining hasically the same range ol, chemical resistance. El PTFE / PFA (Teflon) — Polytetrafluoroethylene I Perfluoroalkoxy Resin Teflon is a registered trademark of the DuPont Company. PTFF is a ram extrusion processed %vpile PFA is a melt Processed fluoroplastic. These lluoroplastics arc virtuall% inert to most chemicals, acids bases and solvents_ Due to their love coefficient of friction, these materials are considered "self- 11bricatinu" makin–, them an excellent choice for valve seats, bearings and thrust washers. Spears proprietary processing of Teflon` with other materials allows low friction characteristics to be built into a variety of thermoplastic components used in Spears valves. Fluoroplastics are serviceable to 500° F (260' C). Teflon''HDPE Spears proprietary composition of Teflon K and High Density Polyethylene is used in a variety of valve seats, bearing washers, and other valve components requiring durability and improved lubricity. The chemical resistance of HDPE is somewhat higher than that of LDPE and generally exceeds that of PVC and CPVC. HDPE has excellent resistance to acids, alcohols and bases. In comparison to PVC and CPVC, HDPE is somewhat less resistant to aliphatic hydrocarbons and has more limited resistance to oxidizing agents. HDPE is serviceable to 230' F (110 °C). LXTTM (Low Extractable) PVC LXT" is a special PVC material developed for use in UPW (Ultra Pure Water) and other high purity applications. Independently tested, LXT " PVC provides superior resistance to regular PVC for leaching of anion, cation, and numerous trace metals when subjected to 18.2 megaohm deionized water while maintaining ease of installation. LXT "' has the same basic chemical resistance as regular PVC. Elastomers EPR (EPDM) — Ethylene propylene rubber Used in O -ring seats, EPR is recommended for water, chlorinated water, dilute acids and alkalines, alcohols, and has excellent resistance to ozone. EPR is not recommended for petroleum oils, di -ester lubricants, strong acids, or strong alkalines. The maximum recommended service temperature of EPR is 300'F (149' C). FKM (Viton ®) — Fluoroelastomer Viton' is a registered trademark of DuPont -Dow Elastomers. Not all materials referenced as "VITON" are equal and may contain excess tillers or off -spec polymer. Spears uses genuine Type -A Viton' in 0-rings and elastomer seals to insure optimum chemical resistance and performance. Viton' exhibits a very broad range of chemical resistance, including petroleum oils, di -ester based lubricants, silicate fluids and greases, halogenated hydrocarbons, and mineral acids. Viton' is not recommended for ketones, amines, anhydrous ammonia, hot hydrofluoric or chlorosulfonic acids, or automotive brake fluids. The maximum recom- mended service temperature ol'VltOn' is 400'F (204'C). 4 e MATERIALS SPEARS Temperature Pressure De- rating for PVC, CPVC & PP Thermoplastic Materials Hevated temperature fluid mediums require a de- rating, of' thermoplastic pipe maximum internal pressure ratings at 7 1'F. 10 determine the maximum internal pressure rating at am elevated temperature, simply multiply the pipe pressure rating, M 7/31 h,, the percentage specified fix the desired temperature. PLEASE NOTE— Valves have differeot elevated tempe,ahue ratings than pipe & fittings See individual valve recommendations System ASTM Test Method PVC CPVC PP Natural` Mechanical Properties, 73'F Specific Gravity D 792 1 All 1.55 .907 Tensile Strength, psi Operating 7,200 8,000 5,240 Modulus of Elasticity, psi D 638 440,000 360,000 231,000 Compressive Strength, psi D 695 9,000 10,100 - -- Flexural Strength, psi D 790 Temperature 73 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 210 'F ('C) (23) (27) (32) (38) (43) (49) (54) (60) (66) (71) (77) (82) (88) (93) (99) PVC 100% 90% 75% 62% 50% 40% 30% 22% -0- 0- -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- CPVC 100% 100% 91% 820% 730% 65% 57% 50% 45% 40% 32% 25% 22% 20% -0- PP 100% 90% 75% 70% 65%1-50'/. 42% 1 36% 1 30% 25% 1 20% 15% -0- Industry Standard Color Typical Physical Properties of PVC, CPVC & PP Thermoplastic Materials fhe following table lists typical physical properties of' PVC, CPVC and PP thermoplastic materials. Variations may exist depending on specific compound and product. Properties ASTM Test Method PVC CPVC PP Natural` Mechanical Properties, 73'F Specific Gravity D 792 1 All 1.55 .907 Tensile Strength, psi D 638 7,200 8,000 5,240 Modulus of Elasticity, psi D 638 440,000 360,000 231,000 Compressive Strength, psi D 695 9,000 10,100 - -- Flexural Strength, psi D 790 13,200 15,100 - -- Izod Impact, notched, ft-lb /in D 256 .65 1.50 302 Thermal Properties Heat Deflection Temperature, °F at 66 psi D 648 165 217 201 Thermal Conductivity, BTU /hr /sq ft /'F /in C 177 1.20 .95 Coefficient of Linear Expansion, D 696 3.1 x 10' 3.4 x 10' 5.42 x 10' in /in / °F Flammability Limiting Oxygen Index, % D 2863 43 60 UL 94 Rating 94V -0 V -0, 5VB, 5VA HB Other Properties Water Absorption, % 24 hr D 570 .05 03 .02 Industry Standard Color Dark Gray / White Medium Gray Natural /Beige ASTM Cell Classification D 1784/D 4101 12454 23447 PP0112 B65242 NSF Potable Water Approved Yes Yes Yes ` Glass filled PP will have slightly different values with higher tensile strength 0S. Spears Valve Standards STANDARDS Standards provide greater assurance of product performance and consistence, and are available to assist design engineers in system specification. The most frequently referenced industry standards for plastic piping systems are ASTM Standard Specifications and Practices. Along with ASTM Standards, additional product specifications and certifications form the basis of product conformance to Much Spears valves are manufactured. Individual Standards Overview ASTM — American Society for Testing and Materials ASTM D 1784 Specifies compound physical requirements for PVC and CPVC materials used in the manufacture of thermoplastic valves, pipe, and fittings. The standard classifies compounds on the basis of several physical and chemical properties. Conformance to a particular material classification requires meeting the minimum requirements specified. ASTM D 1785 and F 441 Specifies physical dimensions, test requirements, and maximum operating pressures, for Schedule 40, 80 and 120 PVC (D 1785) and CPVC (F 441) pressure pipe. ASTM D 2466 and F 438 Specifies physical dimensions, test requirements, and workmanship for Schedule 40 PVC (D 2466) and CPVC (F 438) pressure fittings. ASTM D 2464 and F 437 These standards have been incorporated into ASTM D 2467 and F 439, respectively. ASTM D 2467 and F 439 Specifies physical dimensions, test requirements, and workmanship for Schedule 80 PVC (D 2467) and CPVC (F 439) pressure fittings ASTM D 2564, F 493, and F 656 Specifies requirements for PVC (D 2564) and CPVC (F 493) solvent cement, including component compounds, minimum resin content, viscosity, and physical performance. Standard F 656 specifies requirements for primers to be used with PVC solvent cements. ASTM D 2846 Specifies physical dimensions, test requirements, and workmanship for CPVC Hot - and -Cold Water Distribution Systems, commonly referred to as CTS (Copper Tube Size). ASTM D 2855 Specifies standard practice and procedures for making PVC pipe and fitting joints with solvent cement ASTM D 4101 Specifies classification of injection molding and extrusion grades of Polypropylene (PP) materials according to physical characteristics Conformance to a particular material classification requires meeting the minimum requirements specified 7 ASTM F 1498 Specifies dimensions and gauging of tapered pipe threads on plastic pipe and fittings. ASTM F 1970 Specifies performance criteria testing, and end connection dimensions for products such as ball valves and check valves. ANSI —American National Standards Institute ANSI 131.20.1 Specifies basic thread form, taper, and tolerances of general purpose tapered pipe threads (metal). ANSI B16.5 Specifies standard bolt hole patterns and basic dimensions for Class 150 steel pipe flanges. NSF — National Sanitation Foundation NSF is a third party product approval agency which tests manufacturer's product against a variety of health and product performance standards. They are one of the most recognized agencies for issuing approval of plastic piping system products for potable water use. NSF Standard 14 Certifies product suitability for potable water use, product conformance to applicable ASTM standards, and establishes minimum requirements for manufacturer's quality control programs through routine testing and facilities inspections. NSF Standard 14 Special Engineering Appurtenance Program (S.E.) In addition to Standard 14 general requirements. the S.E. program establishes product performance requirements where no directly applicable ASTM specifications exist. NSF S.E. specifications are developed from a combination of applicable portions of ASTM specifications and manufacturer's design specifications as a standard for conformance verification. NSF Standard 61 Developed to establish minimum requirements for the control of potential adverse health effects from products in contact with drinking water Certifies product suitability for use in potable water systems through toxicological testing for contaminates or impurities NSF Standard 61 compliance is a prerequisite to NSF Standard 14 certification 1:1 GATE VALVES Features — PVC, CPVC I his solid, proven design is well suited for a variety of chemical. industrial and irrigation applications. Spears Gate Valves are feature- packed \Nith a variety of end connector options. Individual special features are found in each size range I /2" through 2 -1/2" & 3 ", and in the full featured Heavv Industrial a" valve. • Heavy Bodied PVC & CPVC Construction • Tapered Wedge with Specially Designed Sealing Surface • Non - Rising Stem Design • Patented Strain - Equalizing Stem/Wedge Thread • O -ring Stem Seals Instead of Packing - No Retightening Required • Buna -N, EPDM, or genuine Viton° O -ring Seals • Positive Grip, High Impact Polypropylene Handwheel Operator • Fully Serviceable, Replaceable Components - Accessible Without Valve Removal • NSF Certified for Potable Water use • Suitable for Vacuum Service • Assemble with Silicon -Free, Water Soluble Lubricants 1/2" - 2" PVC & CPVC Heavy 2 -1/2" & 3" PVC & CPVC �4" PVC & CPVC Duty Gate Valves Heavy Duty Gate Valves Heavy Industrial Gate Valves • Available with socket, thread or • Available with socket.. SR (Stainless • Available with socket, SR (Stainless flanged end connectors. Steel Reinforced) thread or flanged Steel Reinforced) thread or flanged • Pressure rated to 200 psi @ 73 °F end connectors end connectors. Flanged Valve Pressure Rated to 150 • Pressure rated to 150 psi @ 73 °F • Pressure rated to 235 psi @ 73`F. psi @ 73 °F • Optional 2" Square/T -Style Operator Flanged Valve Pressure Rated to 150 Nut available. psi @ 73 °F Note 2 -112' size is a bushed down 3' valve • SS 316 Exterior Bonnet & Hardware • Built -in Quick -View Position Indicator • Optional 2" Square/T -Style Operator Nut available. Sample Engineering Specification MI thermoplastic Gate Valvcs shall he constructed liom I' \(' 1\1-)r I Cell Classification 12453 or CP \(' I\pc I\ ( cll Classification 2,-W?. All 0 -rims shall he Buna -N. I I)D \l or Aiton . /\II salves shall h,we non- risinz stem and Polvprop� Iene handvv heel. X111 valve gate vved, -,cs shall have `;train- Fqualizing threads. I'VC s aloes shall hav e 1101\ plopv Icne \\ ed,e and CPVC vale, shall have ('P\'(' wedge. All \ alp c components shall be replaceable. All 12" through v alp r, ,hall he pressure rated at 200 psi, all ? 1'2" through valve, shall he pressure rated at 150 psi, and all 4 �aI\es ,hall he pre„ure rated al " p,i lur vpater at 7') f a, nianufacturrd h\ Shear, \1anulactu1-111g Company. 45 c GATE VALVES Quick -View Valve Selection Chart Valve Size O -ring Material PVC Part Number' Pressure Rating Threaded Socket Flanged 3/4 Buna -N 2011 -005 2012 -005 2013 -005 39 112 EPDM 2021 -005 2022 -005 2023 -005 127 2 Viton'' 2031 -005 2032 -005 2033 -005 3 335 Buna -N 2011 -007 2012 -007 2013 -007 135 3/4 EPDM 2021 -007 2022 -007 2023 -007 200 psi -0- Viton'' 2031 -007 2032 -007 2033 -007 Non -Shock PVC Buna -N 2011 -010 2012 -010 2013 -010 Water 1 EPDM 2021 -010 2022 -010 2023 -010 @ 73'F 0-) Viton"' 2031 -010 2032 -010 2033 -010 155 140 Buna -N 2011 -012 2012 -012 2013 -012 (Flanged 1 -14 EPDM 2021 -012 2022 -012 2023 -012 150 psi CPVC Viton °' 2031 -012 1 2032 -012 2033 -012 Non Shock (.69) Buna -N 2011 -015 2012-015 2013 -015 Water 1-112 EPDM 2021 -015 2022 -015 2023 -015 �Q 73'F) 110 Viton'' 2031 -015 2032 -015 2033 -015 -0- -0- Buna -N 2011 -020 2012 -020 2013 -020 2 EPDM 2021 -020 2022 -020 2023 -020 (.34) ( -0 -) Viton' 2031 -020 1 2032 -020 2033 -020 ( -0 -) ( -0 -) Buna -N 2011 -0252 2012 -0252 2013 -0252 140 2 -1/2 EPDM 2021 -025' 2022 -0252 2023 -025' 150 psi 70 Vitono 2031 -0252 2032 -0252 2033 -0252 Non -Shock CPVC Buna -N 2011 -030SR 2012 -030 2013 -030 Water 3 EPDM 2021 -030SR 2022 -030 2023 -030 @ 73 °F ( -0 -) Viton" 2031 -030SR 2032 -030 2033 -030 140 130 Buna -N 2011 -040SR 2012 -040 2013 -040 235' psi 4 EPDM 2021 -040SR 2022 -040 2023 -040 Non -Shock PVC Viton' 2031 -040SR 2032 -040 2033 -040 Water @73''F 1 Flanged end connectors have a Maximum Internal Pressure Hating or 1 b psi (a) r s -r For CPVC valves. add the letter 'C' to the part numbers ie g. 2031 -005CI Temperature Pressure Rating SPEARS Cv Values Nominal Size C 7.2 Gal /min. Thd / Soc Flanged 1/2 19 15 3/4 37 29 1 44 39 1 -1/4 128 105 1 -112 144 127 2 333 279 2 -1/2 See Note 2 3 335 1 323 4 583 1 566 Flanged valves calculated for additional laying length of flanged valve ' Gallons Der minute at I psi pressure drop 2 Size 2 1 2" is a reducer bushed 3" valve C., not available System Operating 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 210 Temperature of ( °C) (38) (43) (49) (54) (60) (66) (71) (77) (82) (88) (93) (99) 200 135 120 75 50 -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- PVC (1.38) (.93) (.83) (.52) (.34) ( -0 -) ( -0 -) ( -0 -) ( -0 -) ( -0 -) ( -0 -) 0-) 1/2' - 2" 200 155 140 125 110 100 90 80 70 60 50 -0- Valve CPVC (1.38) (1.07) (.97) (.86) (.76) (.69) (.62) (.55) (48) (.41) (.34) -(-0-) Pressure PVC 150 130 110 60 50 -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- Rating (1.03) (.90) (.76) (.41) (.34) ( -0 -) ( -0 -) ( -0 -) ( -0 -) ( -0 -) ( -0 -) ( -0 -) psi 2 1/2 3 150 140 130 120 110 100 90 80 70 60 50 -0- (Mpa) CPVC (1.03) (.97) (.90) (.83) (.76) (.69) (.62) (.55) (.48) (.41) (.34) ( -0 -) 235 140 130 90 50 -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- -0- PVC (1.62) ( 97) (.90) (.62) (.34) ( -0 -) ( -0 -) ( -0 -) ( -0 -) ( -0 -) ( -0 -) ( -0 -) 4" 235 219 170 145 130 110 95 80 70 60 50 -0- CPVC (1.62) (1.51) (1.17) (1.00) (.90) ( 76) (.66) (.55) ( 48) (.41) (.34) ( -0 -) NOT FOR USE WITH COMPRESSED AIR OR GASES 11 n. GATE VALVES F - - Dimensions & Weights 4" Replacement Parts SPEARS No. Component Qty. Material 1 Handle 1 PP 2 Stem 1 PVC /CPVC 3 Stem O -ring 1 Buna -N /EPDM /Viton" 4 Stem Bushing 1 Poly Teflon 5 Stem Nut 1 PVC 6 Stem Washer 1 PP 7 Indicator Cover 1 PVC Clear 8 Indicator Nut 1 PP Yellow 9 Bonnet Retainer 1 SS 316 10 Retainer Bracket 2 SS 316 11 Bracket Lock 1 SS 316 12 Bonnet 1 PVC /CPVC 13 Seal Carrier O -ring 1 Buna -N /EPDM /Vitonc' 14 Seal Carrier 1 PVC /CPVC 15 Wedge 1 PP /CPVC 16 Body 1 PVC /CPVC 17 Locknut 12 SS 316 18 Hex Bolt 12 SS 316 Nominal Size Dimension Reference (inches, t 1/16) A B, C D E F G Approx. Wt. (Lbs.) PVC CPVC Soc/Thd Flanged Soc/Thd Flanged 1/2 5-1 5 1 5_j ,; a, -t '; 1-1/4 1 -1/4 1 -1/4 1 -9/16 1 -9/16 1 -7 /8 3 9/16 2 15/16 3 318 2 -3/16 4 -1/8 2 -5/8 2 -11/16 2 -3/16 .51 .92 .56 .98 3/4 2 -3/16 4 -1/8 2 -5/8 2 -11/16 2 -1/4 .52 1.09 .57 1.16 1 3 -5/16 4 -7/16 2 -5/8 2 -15/16 2 -11/16 .70 1.46 .73 1.54 1 -1'•1 2 -1/2 3 -9/16 6 -5/8 3 -7/16 3 -15/16 2 -3/4 1.61 2.58 1.73 2.74 3 -9/16 6 -5/8 3 -7/16 3 -15/16 2 -13/16 1.63 2.81 1.75 3.03 3 -15/16 6-15/16 3 -7/16 4 -7/16 3 -1/8 1.95 3.81 2.15 4.09 Y 14- = 7 11/16 12 -1/16 6 -11/16 7 -1/4 5 -1/8 9.48 11.91 9.60 12.89 3 14- = 6-11/16 12 -1/16 6-11/16 7 -1/4 4 -15/16 9.03 12.21 9.43 13.40 4 7 15/16 13 -1/4 8 7 -9/16 5 -9/16 13.67 18.39 14.66 19.75 2^ Square / T -Style Operator Nuts Fits Spears Gate Valves. . ' ombination design for use with either standard 2" square drive or -)r ventional °T" drive operators. r,hemical and corrosion resistant glass - filled PVC construction Size Part Number 112, 3/4, 1 GTN -005 1 -1/4, 1 -1/2.2 GTN -012 2 -1 %2 & 3 GTN -030 4 GTN -040 48 AH•Plasti Check Valves c Swing Features • PVC or PPL • Viton@ or EPDM seals • 3 ", 4 ", 6" and 8" Sizes • Flanged Connections • Two Drain Ports • Horizontal or Vertical Installation • No flange gaskets required Viton is a trademark of DuPont Dow Elastomers Options Counterweight for Closing Assistance Limit Switch for Position Indication Spring Assist Closure IN Fl w ontedl �J Twice The Temperature/ Pressure Rating Of Other Plastic Swing Check Valves Hayward swing check valves have up to twice the temperature /pressure rating of other plastic swing check valves... and can often replace metal valves in many applica- tions. Compare the temperature /pressure rating of Hayward Swing Check Valves to others — and see the difference. Unique Two -In -One Sean "' Design Swing check valves are often used with slurries or other liquids that can damage the valve seat. A damaged seat in an ordinary swing check results in a useless, destroyed valve. But not with Hayward Swing Check Valves. They feature a unique Two -In -One Seat TM design that doubles the valve's service life. The valve body is constructed from two identical halves. If one seat is damaged, simply re- position the clapper so that it seats against the other body seat. Then reverse the valve in the pipeline. The valve is again ready for service. Built -in O -Ring Flange Seals Hayward Swing Check Valves are furnished ready for installation with two built -in O -ring flange seals. There is no need to purchase additional, expensive flange gaskets. Self- Aligning Clapper Seal Bubble -tight checking, with a minimum of only 3 psi back pressure, is assured with Hayward's rugged, self - aligning clapper seal design. No Corrosion — Ever! Because of their all- plastic construction, Hayward Swing Check Valves will never stick or jam as a result of rust or corrosion. And they can survive corrosive environments and harsh weather conditions, places where a metal check valve has to be painted or epoxy- coated just to survive. , Technical Information -- . Parts List - f 1. Body 5. Seal 2. Swing Arm 6. Drain Plug (2) 3. Clapper 7. Counter Weight (Optional) �j 4. Shaft' PVC with PVC valves \ PVDF with PPL valves Selection Chart Sizes Material End Conn Seals I Pressure Rating -- N A 3' and 4" 225 psi @ 70F . -, 'I PVC or Glass Flanged Viton 11_ rloie Dia _. "- RC''a Reinforced PPL or EPDM 6" and 8' 150 psi @ 70F Dimensions - Inches / Millimeters Factor 3" 328 _ Size A� 8 —T C �D �E - -F G IJ I_ K Inchesi Millimeters I _ 3! " 300' 10.24, 750% 175 521 390/ I- 4.91 1 0.625 4 600' 4 3.901; 11.81 ?7 9.251'? 4.63 675 4.80 -_ 615 0.625% 8 7.501 _ 6 5.91 15.75 _ 1275': ',6.38 925 647 830' 075'" 8 950 8 '- 7.87 ; ": 1969 . 16.00 8 00_ L12 00 8 96 _ 11 54_ l0 75 - - _ 8 11.75 -_ DIN metric flange standard Operating Temperature /Pressure Cv Factors 3" and 4" SWING CHECK VALVE TEMPERATURE C W W 40 50 W 70 80 90 100 110 120 1 W 225 100 N H 120 0 V 90 z Y O 60 i 0 1600 14W 12W Y 1000 "' N 600 a 600 i 4N ; 200 0 W W 1W 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 260 TEMPERATURE F 6" and 8" SWING CHECK VALVE TEMPERATURE 'C 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 150 120 a 100 y I h 80 a W Z 40 0 20 0 Factor 3" 328 _ 4" 514 _ t lLI 1278 -t I _ yI PPL GF 4- j- }T -+ t I- I ` -1 -4 - 1600 14W 12W Y 1000 "' N 600 a 600 i 4N ; 200 0 W W 1W 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 260 TEMPERATURE F 6" and 8" SWING CHECK VALVE TEMPERATURE 'C 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 150 120 a 100 y I h 80 a W Z 40 0 20 0 1100 1000 9W 800 m 700 Valve Size Factor 3" 328 _ 4" 514 _ t lLI 1278 �..y. PPL GF PVC _ Features 4- j- t t I ` -1 -4 - 1100 1000 9W 800 m 700 Valve Size Factor 3" 328 _ 4" 514 6" 1278 8" 2549 Features Heavy Duty Body --,, Minimum Weight Back Pressure To Close - PSI (Ib 3 10 3 21 - -- 3 47 -- 3 - Pressure Loss Calculation Formula 2 AP 11 LCV P = Pressure drop 0 = Flow in GPM Cv = Flow coefficient Rugged Clapper Assembly 600 500 w s Y Two -in -One Seat 300 IN ; jEr0 Ring Seal 0 W 80 100 120 140 100 180 200 220 240 200 280 TEMPERATURE F Combination ANSI and HAYWAROD (1) Flange O -Ring Seal Metric Bolt Pattern 0 Hayward Industrial Products, Inc. Hayward Industrial Products Canada Inc. Hayward Industrial Products (UK) Ltd. One Hayward Industrial Drive, Clemrnons, NC 27012 2880 Plymouth Dave, Oakville. Ontario L6H 5R4 Unit 2, Crowngate. Wyncolls Road Tel. 1- 888 - 429 4635 (1 888 HAYINDL) - Fax 1 - 888- 778 8410 Tel 905 829 2880 • Fax 905829 3636 Colchester. Essex C04 4HT E- mail industrial @haywardnet.com Tel 441 -206- 854454 • Fax 441 206851240 Web Site http, www- haywardindustrial_corn MC 2 WvCI {K Rey Z Pr. o, ., 'J DUO -BLOC TRUE UNION SPECIFICATIONS SIZES: 112 "- 6" MODELS: Socket, Threaded, Flanged (ANSI), Butt BODIES: PVC, CPVC, PP, PVDF SEATS: Teflon® backed with EPDM or Viton® SEALS: EPDM or VitonO or AFLAS i- l H (Q1 i El FEATURES • True Union design permits installation or repair without expanding the pipeline • Blocks in two directions. upstream and downstream, leaving full pressure on the opposite end of the valve • TefloW' seats with elastomeric backing cushions ensure bubble -tight shut -off and a low fixed torque, while at the same time compensating for wear • Eye -ball style in transparent PVC, 112" 2" • Available with EPDM or VitonJ 0-rings • All sizes rated for full vacuum service • Threaded -in carriers on all sizes and materials through 4" • Two sets of end connectors (socket and threaded) included with all PVC and CPVC models in 112 " -2" sizes • Valve body guaranteed for two years when used as recommended OPTIONS (See options under Multiport valves) SAMPLE SPECIFICATION All thermoplastic ball valves in sizes t/2" through 4" shall be of a True Union design with two -way blocking capability. All True Union ball valves shall have Teflon seats with elastomeric backing cushions of the same material as the valve seals. True Union ball valves must carry a two -year guarantee, as manufactured by Asahi /America, Inc. _. L FLANGED WEIGHT (LBS) Size (inches) Socket/ Threaded Flanged Size (inches) Socket] Threaded Flanged 112 0.38 2.00 2 2.93 4.75 3/4 0.67 2.25 21/2 4.86 8.50 1 1.00 2.50 3 8.07 13.00 1114 1.39 3.25 4 21.00 33.00 1112 2.18 4.00 8 i oD, od2 __L I i - S I- LTHREADED - -i I i ', - - od3 od2 i t oD, i L" S - } -- SOCKET PARTS No. Parts PCs Materials 1 Body 1 PVC, CPVC, PP, PVDF 2 Ball 1 PVC, CPVC, PP, PVDF 3 Carrier 2 PVC, CPVC, PP, PVDF 4 Connector 2 PVC, CPVC, PP, PVDF 5 Union Nut 2 PVC, CPVC, PP, PVDF 6 Ball Seat 2 Teflon 7 Handle 1 ABS 8 Stem 1 PVC, CPVC, PP, PVDF 9 Face O -Ring 2 Viton, EPDM 10 Carrier O -Ring 2 Viton, EPDM 11 Stem O -Ring 1 Viton, EPDM 12 Seat Cushion 2 Viton, EPDM 13 Screw 1 Stainless Steel 14 Stop Ring 2 PVDF Note: PVC and CPVC models 1/2 " may be supplied as one -piece capsules. PRESSURE VS TEMPERATURE (PSI. WATER. NON - SHOCK) DIMENSIONS (INCHES) CPVC PP PVDF Size (inches) R150 30° F 120° F 121. F 140° F 141 ` F 175` F 176° F 195° F -5° F 85° F 86° F 140° F 141' F 175° F -51F 140'F 141-F 1751F 1176-171196'F 195° F 210° F 1/2-2 D 150 120 85 55 150 85 60 150 120 110 85 21/2 L 150 120 85 55 150 75 45 150 120 110 85 3 -6 0.831 150 1 85 60 45 150 75 45 150 85 85 75 DIMENSIONS (INCHES) Size Flanged Socket ` Threaded di Di H Al A2 CV. ANSI 150 lbs PVC CPVC PP, PVDF IPS d2 S L d D C n In L I d2 d3 S L d2 d3 S L 112 0.59 3.50 2.38 4 0.63 5.63 848 0.836 0.688 3.86 0.831 - 0.625 3.89 1/2 -14 NPT 0.59 3.90 0.59 1.89 1.97 1.97 - 14 3/4 0.79 3.86 2.76 4 0.63 6.77 058 1.046 0.719 4.53 1.041 - 1.000 5.11 3/a -14 NPT 0.67 4.65 0.79 2.36 2.24 2.26 - 29 1 0.98 4.25 3.13 4 0.63 7.36 325 1.310 0.875 5.28 1.305 - 0.815 5,21 1 -11 1/2 NPT 0.79 5.35 0.98 2.76 2.64 2.56 - 47 1 V4 122 4.61 3.51 4 0.63 7.48 T74 670 1.655 0.938 5.83 - - - - 1 V4 -11 V2 NPT 0.87 5.87 1.22 3.15 3.07 2.56 72 1 V2 1.57 5.00 3.88 4 0.63 8.35 .912 1.894 1.094 6.65 1.889 - 1.250 7.07 1 Vz -11 /z NPT 0.98 6.69 1.57 3.78 3.35 2.95 - 155 2 2.01 5.98 4.74 4 0.75 9.21 .387 2.369 1.156 7.56 2.364 - 1.250 7.81 2 -11 V2 NPT 1.10 7.76 2.01 4.17 3.86 3.35 1902�/2 2.56 7.01 5.49 4 0 75 10.20 .889 2.868 1.750 9.45 - - 2112 - B NPT 1.26 8.46 2.28 524 4.65 - __7 09 365 3 3.07 7.52 6.00 4 0.75 11.97 .516 3.492 1875 11 .10 3.494 - 1.875 1 1 60 3 - 8 NPT 1 38 10.39 2.70 5.98 5.12 - 8.66 410 4 3 94 9.02 7.50 8 075 1465 .518 4.491 2.000 13.90 4.494 - 2.250 14.91 4 8 NPT 1 77 14.17 3.54 8.27 6.54 - 11.02 680 For metric socket dimensions consult factory. ASAHI /AMERICA Rev V -00 /A P O Box 653 • 35 Green Street, Malden, MA 02148 • Tel (800) 343 -3618, (781) 321 -5409 Fax (800) 426 -7058 • Internet: http: / /www.asahi- america_corn • Email- asahiQasahi- america_com PHYSICAL PROPERTIES AND STANDARDS Duvclrei PROPERTIES OE THERMOPLASTICS USED IN ASAHI /AMERICA VALVES •Properties Unit PVC cPVC PP PVDF Test Method Specific Gravity - 1.43 1.54 0.92 1 1 76 ASTM D792 Tensile Strength psi 7000 - 7800 8500 - 9200 4300 - 5000 7000 -7800 ASTM D638 _ Elongation % --_ 60 - 120 20 - 40 150 - 200 30 SO ASTM D638 Tensile Modulus 103 psi 455 485 485 - 510 130 - 170 170-200 ASTM D638 Flexural Strength psi 14220 -15650 14220 -17060 7820 -9240 13510 -14930 ASTM D790 - Flexural Modulus 103 psi 384 -412 426 -455 213 -22B 227 -256 ASTM D790 Compressive Strength psi 12800 -14220 14220 -15650 8530 -9950 12800 -14220 ASTM D695 Compressive Modulus 103 psi 242 - 256 256 - 284 128 - 156 142 -199 ASTM D695 0.37 0.35 0.44 0.28 ASTM D638 Poisson's Ratio - } ASTM D790 Hardness (Rockwell R) Degree 115 118 95 110 ASTM D785 Impact Strength kg- cm /cm2 4 - 5 4 - 5 4 - 7 10 - 12 ASTM D256 (lzod) with V - Notch - Resistance to Heat (continuous) F 140 194 194 248 - Deflection Temperature (at 66 psi) F 165 250 230 302 ASTM D648 Thermal Expansion s/` F 3 3 - 4.4 3.3 - 4.4 6.1 - 6.7 6.1 - 6.7 ASTM D696 Thermal Conductivity EKcal/ni C 0.13 0.12 0.08 0.11 ASTM C177 Dielectric Strength /inch 0.90 0.90 1.02 1 .18 ASTM D149 Volume Resistivity i2 inch 2.0 x 1015 2.3 x 1015 1.9 x 1016 1.95 x 1015 ASTM D257 Dielectric Constant 10 Hz 28 -3.0 j 60 Hz 315 2.93 2 42 9 8 103 Hz 3.14 2 -92 2.41 9.5 ASTM D150 106 Hz 2 85 2.69 241 7.5 Dissipation Factor 60 Hz 10-2 1 18 1.09 0.05 103 Hz 10-2 1.91 1.10 0.044 0.048 ASTM D150 106 Hz 10-2 1 72 0.92 0.063 0.160 Water absorption 24 hr, % 0.07 0.15 0.01 0.03 ASTM D570 1/8 inch thickness STANDARDS ASTM STANDARD D -1784 A (American Society for Testing and Materials) This standard covers PVC and CPVC compounds used in the manufacture of plastic pipe, valves, and fittings. It provides a means for selecting and identifying compounds on the basis of a number of physical and chemical criteria. Conformance to a particular material classification in this standard requires meet- ing a number of minimum physical and chemical properties. ASTM STANDARD D -3222 This standard covers the polymerization method and physical properties of PVDF (polyvinylidene fluoride) fluoroplastic materi- als for molding and extrusion. Organizations other than ASTM issue standards that are commonly encountered in industrial thermoplastic piping design. The most important of these are described here. ASTM STANDARD D -4101 (FORMERLY D -2146) This standard covers the polymeric content and physical characteristics of PP (polypropylene) plastic materials for injection molding and extrusion. ANSI B1.20.1 (WAS 132.1) (American National Standards Institute) This specification details the dimensions and tolerance for tapered pipe threads. This standard is referenced in the ASTM standard for threaded fittings mentioned above. ANSI 1316.5 This specification sets forth standards for bolt holes, bolt circles, and overall dimensions for steel 150 Ibs flanges. ASAHI /AMERICA P.O. Box 653 • 35 Green Street, Malden, MA 02148 • Tel (800) 343 -3618, (781) 321 -5409 Rev. V -00 /A Fax, (800) 426 -7058 • Internet. http- / /www- asahi- amenca.com • Email: asahi @asahi- amerca com 100 90 80 70 60 0 d 50 U 40 30 20 10 0 PRESSURE LOSS CALCULATIONS FLOW CHARACTERISTICS ,I 'o 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 VALVE OPENING ( %) This table shows the relationship between valve opening and Cv values. Each curve is the rep- resentative average of all sizes for a particular type of valve. Cv value is the percentage of the full open Cv. The Cv value can be found in the appropriate section of this catalog. Using the Cv value to calculate the differential pressure or flow rate through a valve: Whenever a fluid passes through a valve, there will be a drop in pressure. The upstream pres- sure less the downstream pressure is known as the differential pressure, or: Pi - P2 = AP where, P, = upstream pressure P2 = downstream pressure AP = differential pressure. Cv is the flow rate through a valve which will produce a differential pressure of 1 psi. 1P. Q. or Cv can be calculated by using the following equations: \P = (Q /Cv)2 s.g. where. 1P - differential pressure (psi) Q = Cv\(, \P/ s.g.) s.g. = specific gravity Cv = Q\(s.g. /. \P) Q = flow rate (gpm) PO. Box 653 • 35 Green Street, Malden. MA 02148 • Tel: (800) 343 3618, (781) 321 -5409 ASAHI /AMERICA 48 Fax (800) 426 -7058 • Internet http / /www.asahi- anierica.com • Email: asahi�qlasahi- amenca.com Rev. V -00 /A MCI. 45-7 -✓F1-� ® MODEL 90-011 GLANAU I Schematic Diagram Item pescription 1 Hytrol (Main Valve) 2 X58 Restriclion Fitting 3 CRl3 Pressure Reducing Control Optional Features Item pescription A X46A Flow Clean Strainer B CK2 Cock (Isolation Valve) C CV Speed Control (Closing) 0 Check Valves with Cock S CV Speed Control (Opening) Pressure Reducing Valve • Sensitive and Accurate Pressure Control • Easy Adjustment and Maintenance • Tamper Resistant • Optional Check Feature • Fully Supported Frictionless Diaphragm The Cla•Val Model 90- 01/890.01 Pressure Reducing Valve automatically reduces a higher Inlet pressure to a steady lower downstream pressure regardless of changing flow rate and/or varying inlet pressure. This valve is an accurate, ,pilot- operated regulator capable of holding downstream pressure to a pre- determined Ilmlt. When downstream pressure exceeds the pressure setting of the control pilot, the main valve and pilot valve close drlp tight. It a check feature is added, and a pressure reversal occurs, the downstream pressure Is admined In the main valve cover chamber closing the valve to prevent relum flow. Y 2 3 c\ J V I i INLET oUTLST 1 A Y X43 "Y" Strainer Valves 6" and larger with a °0° feature must be Installed with the main vaW stem In a vertical position Typical Applications "typical pressure reducing valve station using Model Do- The 90- 0101690.010 Gombinallon Pressure Reducing and CIAB/680 -OCAS and Model 170 -01AS /690 -01AS In parallel to Check Valve Is Installed downstream of a pump where a handle wide range of flow rates. 1 -arger Model 90- D1AR/680- constant system pressure Is required. The check feature Is to 01AB valve takes care of peak loads and smaller Model 90- prevent reverse flow Ihrough the pump and to hold system 01AS/690•D1AS handles low flows, pressure when the pump Is off. High P osu +O CLA -VAL 61.01/861.01 `r� Pump 00 Vol Valve^ / l CLA -VAL Ho•OI AW6110-OI Ae Pump Prr••urm / Ra4voing Valve isolation Valve KN GOUpo A -VAI. 60- 011650-01 Pressure nsliol Volvo cLA- VAL00- 01AS/69ao1 A'S I' ';,� �-� CLA- vALeO- OVSB0 -01 . ConGN Pressure Fadudn0 8 Conylanl Pressure fiedlcln0 Valva ^�l_✓"' puwnslream Chock Volvo powrta {ream P(fmw(e P(mnu(u Valve Selection These Symbols and '*I Indicate Available Sizes Size 1'/" 1 ;° 2" 2%" 3" 4" 6" B" 10" 12" 14" 1fi' 20' 24' i End Dulails Scrowod Scrowod or Flanged ♦ Flanged - tiaslc Valve Globe 40 O1 MModel 1 ._ .._Angle Suggastod Max. C4rltlnuoue 93 125 208 300 460 800 1800 3100 4000 7000 i 8500 11000 Flow -GPM Max. Intermiltent I 120 160 260 l 370 580 B90 2260 3000 1 6160 6720 10340 15770 Basic Valve Globe xr ICI AN Ak Model 100.20 Angle 690 -41 Suggestetl EM ex. Continuous zsa s6o 1025 2300 4100 6400 erso 16500 16400 Flow -GPM, Max.lntermlttenl Haler to the 10041 or the 100-20 Technical Data Shoat for complete basic valve Many factors should be considered In slzing pressure @pacification* and dimensions 2 to 30 psi reducing valves Including Inlet pressure, oullet Max. Continuous Flow based on 201pa (100 -01), 251p6 (100 -20) Pilot Control' bronze ASTM 1362 pressure and flow rates. For sizing questions or Max. Intermittent Flow based on 25fps (100 -01) cavitation analysis, consult Cis -Val with system details. `Screwed End Detail Only "Flanged End Patall Only oftr ranges avellam, p1e4" Cnnaul) laclwy Temperature Range Pilot System Dimensions (In Inches) We recommend providing adequate space around valve for maintenance work VALVE SIZE IN" $ 1%' 2 2'!f" 3" 4" 6" all 10" 12" 14" 16' 20' '24' A Max. 11.00 12.00 12.25 13.00 13.25 15.75 17.25 2025 . 21.75 26.00 27,25 31 -00 31,00 13 Max. 6160 6.50 7.00 8.00 9.00 9,50 11.50 12.50 14.75 16,76 18,00 18,00 18.00 C Max. 4.00 4.00 4.50 5.00 6.00 6.00 10.25 12.00 14.25 15.75 14.00 18.00 16.00 -- - - -- - - - - -C ----- - - - - - - � Q - - - - - - C (, - - -- Inlet - -� -0 } GLOBE _ O _ ANCt -E Inlet Pilot System Specifications Adjustment Ranges Materials 2 to 30 psi Standarg Pilot syetCMa erg 15 to 75 psi Pilot Control' bronze ASTM 1362 30 to 340 psi' Trim: Stainless Steel Type 303 Rubber: Buna N Synthetic RubDor 'Supplied untass drtarwim specified oftr ranges avellam, p1e4" Cnnaul) laclwy Temperature Range Pilot Systems are available with optional Aluminum, Stainless Steel or Monel materials Water, to 180 °F at extra coot, Notol Avallanle with remote 6enaing control. CLA•VAL CO. P O Box 1325 Newport Beach CA 92658 -0325 Fax: 714648 -5441 • Phane: 714. 548.2201 LU CLA44 CANADA LTD, CIA-VAL 6A 4697 Chrie(la Drive Cnemin dea Masangbs 1 Beeim0lu, Onlario CH-105Z Romanall 1B4 Leuoanna, t& rlpn4 UANACanada 21- Phor�a:416.583 -4�i3 Phonm.41 -21- 3647 -41 16- .TM Fax: 416.$63.4040 Fax 41 21- 3d -49 -5a C °"80-01r8�s0-01 (1FJ21 *p�rOP��YF)GFfT 4I YAI CO. IM Prin[od In e94 - y.. ..,C� WGwl14Ut"ndl.IV - ""0'. Please Specify 1. Catalog No. 90 -01 or No. 690 -01 2. Valve Size 3. Pattern - Globe or Angle 4, Pressure Class 5. Screwed or Flanged S. Trim Material 7. Adjustment Range A. Desired Options Represented By 860 (21W - 104) 1 REDUCED PRESSURE ASSEMBLY pAGltyIQW vaavexlwN r - g �41A4," 311j" 125.4 mm 88.0 mm *21h,040'1, 1035.1 25112 12711 10 U.B. - INCHES 12611 16 3i4 10 4'h 7110 31h 21 B r223 3% 41'!1 25% 13 10 12'14 22'4 10 W12 714, 3914 231 100 4' 4644 26 16114 1014 1411 231/4 101f1 51/2 all, 4'12 317 334 6" �56 3214 20'4 12'4 104 30110 11'11 6'12 9714, 5112 461 516 8" 66 4131. 26210 15 % 2341 3791. 121/4 7 11'16 6214 734 1 796 10" 72411 469/4 2611. 156x, 2741 48 12814 9 1 VIA a 846 1 1008 65 1035.1 647.7 327.0 METRIC - MM 264,0 320,7 416.6 254.0 114,3 181.0 1 88,9 99,3 101.2 80 1063.6 650.9 330.2 254.0 327.0 565.2 254.0 114.3 187.3 96,3 104.8 105.7 100 1174.8 711.2 384.2 267.2 365.1 690.6 257.2 139.7 206.4 114.3 143.6 151.5 150 1422.4 8021 527.1 323,9 479.4 765.2 282.6 106.1 250,8 139,7 218.2 234.1 200 1651.0 1080,5 582.6 366.8 586.9 958.9 311.2 177.8 282.0 171.5 332.9 361.1 750 1844.7 1177.9 717.6 366.9 696.5 1219.2 314.3 228.6 1 3141 1 203.2 529 .1 457.2 wa00hta ere approximate, DimRrWoas bhown are nominal, allowances must tw made lar normal manulncturfng lolarQncGS. www,FE13counllne.com I FEQCO i3 a pruOuct of CM13 (nd"160s, InC 1 25 1 ._. F'_TCG, 71 -t- REDUCED PRESSURE ASSEMBLY 1 660 (211z' - 10 ") Flow Characteristics KPa PSI 137.® 210 AAk 104.6 15 69.0 10 U.S. Palant No.: 4,989,835 31.5 b .4 r�eca a.tcwww vREV¢onw., 2 %II 0 50 120 160 240 300 GPM 7.6 16 FPSI 0 3.6 7.0 11.4 15.1 18,0 9S KPa P81 Description 137.8 20 The FFBCO MasterSeriesW Model 860 reduced 11041 16 pressure assembly in -line configuration has lower head loss. It Is designed for health hazard 1 66,0 10 (toxic) connections including fire sprinkler and irrigation systems, premise Isolation, industrial/ $4,6 6 onerrtical and hospital facilities. 0 6.3 ,z6 i�.o 262 KPa PSI Features 137.6 20 • EaSy to service •Low head loss 104.5 16 • Shorter and lighter than traditional 35.10 ,p designs • Fusion epoxy coated 34.5 6 • Protects against back pressure and back p 130 250 7 6 3Bo siphonage p a2 16.4 24.6 KPa PSi • Maximum working pressure of 175 PSI 137.9 20 0 2Q0 Kpa) Temperature range of 320F 10 140 °F � 1104. ,5 WC to f10°C) - See page 47 for listing of approvals 69.0 to Naterlals 34.6 6 g- A 311 M (Frps) 31.b (PPS 71411 ISM 6610 GPM ' 1s 32.3 cFPS) 41.0 Las 611 C 260 560 840 1120 Valve Body: Ductile Iron 7 6 G 17.7 35,3 6310 70.6 �oatirlg: Fusion epoxy coated 11708 P o Internal and external -4eliel Valve: Bronze 1104.6 16 film: Bronze lastomer Discs: EPOM se.o 110 Springs: stainless steel ' h t O �, 6 is u - Ifs. OS& Y and NRS 520 1040 1660 Gate valves 0 52,8 65.0 7.t+ W4 KPa PSI )ptlons 137.9 ep UL/FM OS &Y RW Gate Valves 104.5 15 NRS Gate Valves Less Gates 50,10 10 Wye Strainer Air Gap Drain 34.5 So eso U 53.9 FEE]CO is a Prcxluct of CMS IntlueirleG, Inc. ltrww.FC9COanllne . cclm 14W GPM 15 88,3 I.PS M() !1811 GPM ta� � 1.2 16 1BA,0 Eps ) 1011 1700 75E0 34W 4230 GPM 7.S 5 FPSI 107 2 160.5 214.4 238.0 LPs ME onerrtical and hospital facilities. 0 6.3 ,z6 i�.o 262 KPa PSI Features 137.6 20 • EaSy to service •Low head loss 104.5 16 • Shorter and lighter than traditional 35.10 ,p designs • Fusion epoxy coated 34.5 6 • Protects against back pressure and back p 130 250 7 6 3Bo siphonage p a2 16.4 24.6 KPa PSi • Maximum working pressure of 175 PSI 137.9 20 0 2Q0 Kpa) Temperature range of 320F 10 140 °F � 1104. ,5 WC to f10°C) - See page 47 for listing of approvals 69.0 to Naterlals 34.6 6 g- A 311 M (Frps) 31.b (PPS 71411 ISM 6610 GPM ' 1s 32.3 cFPS) 41.0 Las 611 C 260 560 840 1120 Valve Body: Ductile Iron 7 6 G 17.7 35,3 6310 70.6 �oatirlg: Fusion epoxy coated 11708 P o Internal and external -4eliel Valve: Bronze 1104.6 16 film: Bronze lastomer Discs: EPOM se.o 110 Springs: stainless steel ' h t O �, 6 is u - Ifs. OS& Y and NRS 520 1040 1660 Gate valves 0 52,8 65.0 7.t+ W4 KPa PSI )ptlons 137.9 ep UL/FM OS &Y RW Gate Valves 104.5 15 NRS Gate Valves Less Gates 50,10 10 Wye Strainer Air Gap Drain 34.5 So eso U 53.9 FEE]CO is a Prcxluct of CMS IntlueirleG, Inc. ltrww.FC9COanllne . cclm 14W GPM 15 88,3 I.PS M() !1811 GPM ta� � 1.2 16 1BA,0 Eps ) 1011 1700 75E0 34W 4230 GPM 7.S 5 FPSI 107 2 160.5 214.4 238.0 LPs Date of Submittal: 5 -31 -02 CON GENERAL ENGINEERING, IN_C_ N STREET VISTA, CA 92083 TEL 760/630 -9570 FAX 760/630 -3648 • STATE CONT. LIC. #5407( SUBMITTAL NO. 020-01 For SECTION 16500 LIGHTING/RECEPTICLES /S WITCHES MOONLIGHT BEACH URBAN RUNOFF TREATMENT FACILITY CONTRACT # CMS01B CITY OF ENCINITAS, CA It is hereby certified that the Equipment/Material shown and marked in this submittal is that proposed to be incorporated into Contract # CMS015, is in compliance with the contract drawings & pecifications, and can be installed in the allocated aces, and is submitted for approval. Certified By Date_�2 Enclosed Industrials, Fiberglass Housing Catalog Number Example: DM 2 96120 ES DM 2 96 120 ES Series Lamp type Voltage Options' DM Damp Width 32 32W T8 (48 ") 120, 277, 347 For options and location Type 40 40W T12 (48 ") Others available. accessories, DMW Wet 1,2,3 48 38W Slimline (48 ") 43/4(9.5) see below and location 1,2 48HO 60W 800mA (48 ") 75/8(18.4) page 75. For tandem double- 96 75W Slimline (96 ") 1,2,3 32,40 length unit, add prefix T. 55/e(13.3) 96HO 110W 800mA (96 ") 1,2 2,4 Example: TDM 75/8(18.4) 96TB 59W T8 Slimline (96 ") DM, DMW 1,2 1,2 96,96H0, 96T8,96T8H0 96T811110 86W T8 380mA (96 ") 98(248.9) Number Diffuser type Of lamps (blank) Acrylic, 15% DR 1, 2, 3' AR High - impact acrylic, Not included. 50% DR DP Deep acrylic, 15% DR' ARDP Deep high- impact acrylic, 50% DR z Accessories (Order as separate catalog numbers.) Catalog Number Description BCD Mounting bracket to chain -hang DM /DMW, 2 per package (excludes chain) HC Wire hook and 36" chain set (2 per package) WLF Field- installable wet location fittings to stem -hang DMW on %i' rigid conduit (2 per package). For factory - installed fittings on top, order WLF as option. PRODUCT AVAILABILITY NOTES: 1 32W T8 lamps available on 3 -lamp models only. 2 Deep lens is standard on 4' slimline, HO (800mA) and 8' fixtures. To match deep ap- pearance on 4' rapid start, order DP or ARDP option. 3 Cold weather ballasts (CW or CW20) for use at 40 °F ambient temperature or below. Industrials DM DMW Features Impact- resistant, UV- resistant, fiberglass re- inforced polyester housing. DM is UL listed for damp locations, DMW is UL listed for wet locations. Wet location fittings on ends standard on DMW. Acrylic diffuser standard. For optional high - impact clear diffuser, specify AR diffuser. For surface, stem or chain mounting. Diffuser secured to fully gasketed housing by six captive latches on 4' fixture, 10 latches on 8' fixture. LITHONIA LIGHTING 71 Lamps Lamps per Cross per Lamp Width Depth Length Series Section Fixture Type in.(cm) in.(cm) in.(cm) DM, DMW 1,2,33 1,2,3 32,40 75/8(18.4) 43/4(9.5) 50(127.0) DM, DMW 1,2 1,2 48,48H0 75/8(18.4) 55/8(13.3) 50(127.0) DM, DMW (DP orARDP) 1,2,33 1,2,3 32,40 75/8(18.4) 55/e(13.3) 50(127.0) TDM,TDMW 1,2 2,4 32,40,48,48H0 75/8(18.4) 55/8(13.3) 98(248.9) DM, DMW 1,2 1,2 96,96H0, 96T8,96T8H0 75/8(18.4) 55/8(13.3) 98(248.9) NOTES: 1 32W T8 lamps available on 3 -lamp models only. 2 Deep lens is standard on 4' slimline, HO (800mA) and 8' fixtures. To match deep ap- pearance on 4' rapid start, order DP or ARDP option. 3 Cold weather ballasts (CW or CW20) for use at 40 °F ambient temperature or below. Industrials DM DMW Features Impact- resistant, UV- resistant, fiberglass re- inforced polyester housing. DM is UL listed for damp locations, DMW is UL listed for wet locations. Wet location fittings on ends standard on DMW. Acrylic diffuser standard. For optional high - impact clear diffuser, specify AR diffuser. For surface, stem or chain mounting. Diffuser secured to fully gasketed housing by six captive latches on 4' fixture, 10 latches on 8' fixture. LITHONIA LIGHTING 71 hyc2WSIERIES Appdureb* attracUvelY stY� unit des ed for illumi ani tteclstwr P°rlods of em�ney Y «r es srwwn above Cate" Number FLT 2 di� Type L LLU11 \y�� Vl'y y Ly L UU L ELT 16 -- 6 VOLT 16 WATT ELT24 - 6 VOLT, 24 WATT ELT36 - 6 VOLT, 36 WATT ELTSfl -12 VOLT, 50 WATT $PECIFICA' olyS CONMUCDM • YO-gauge steel housing' finished In k"hurnent tan Cobr ■ Hinged faceplate for *MY rt+alntsnanoe. ■ Two 8•cg (ELT16, ELT24, ELT36) or 12 -Watt (ELT50) jr, housings, glass sealed -beam tamps in thermopla ft • • �:: ELTage uses �aW� (120 or 277 volts), dmmret�ans). ( mho p . _ 05 BATTERY • aai to watts (Wa�4lcium battery provides 16 watts (ELT50) rated ) o �� (ELT36), or so watts • 24fiour battery � 90 minutes. • Teat . Y echarge after 90•minuts d operation. and re�Y/drarge tight Permrt cnedc of sysof system • that �� fly deep discharge M Polarized 110-on battery W finals. attery ELECTROfMS • CurnInt-limiting charger maximizes minimizes energy ides low and operating costs Y^ Provides bw • aWled reset battery � am before AC power le • S� not be left in rosetmode" t dish un►t • �« c*Wt board t ornmsho �sc�rger pr�curtry Thermal protection' senses circuitry temperature charges � currant b Prevent Overheating and . • op Jmu�m charge ran -amts charger o1Put to provide • Regulated c QWv0liag* relativs to ambient temperature. -rn const n cha �� a of ilea Uge. tired unda�i that tile and reduces capacit ry, • Flee fqd r extends battery We 1 mnnrriies charge voltage ripple and CORES • U -L. Listed - meets: - UL 924 NFPA 101 (current trite Safely Code) — NEC and 0SHA Burrjnation standards —State of NorMr Carolina pepaCMm0nt of insurance requiremam WARRAHH Ty Cie motion (HC Qpk n -ELT 50 only) • deThree-year total customerswlxfaction warra". (For cwpleie talb, see warranty shoot in Product erection Gum.) fALjLRQN1A 4MMvrSYSTEmS D ry -tile ®Covers rodedot® A Division of L. E. MASON CO. *Raintight Single Gang Catalog o- p *Raintight Catalog No- Description 9 Description For duplex receptacles, horizontal CCD Blank Cover Device mount CCD -L Device mount with lock Al I CCD -FS Box mount CC8 Device mount ' CCB -FS Box mount •.i For duplex receptacles, vertical Motor base plug, horizontal 1 CCDV Device mount `'• CCDV -L Device mount with lock CCMB CCDV -FS Box mount Cover with 15A -125V j motor base plug m at For GFCI receptacles, horizontal Devi Switch cover only, packed with spacers CCG Y - Device mount 4 cc G -L Device mount with lock CCT CCG -FS Box mount " Switch cover only, packed with spacers CCT -SP Spacers and screws For GFCI receptacles, vertical r_ Switch cover with switch CCGV Device mount O CCGV -L Device mount with lock CCT -1 p- Single pole 15A, 125V CCGV -FS Box mount r ', CCT 2 Double pole 15A, 125V CCT -3 3 -way 5A 250V, 15A, 125V I;# i ¢ CCT -1 20 Single pole 20A, 120 -277V CCT -2 20 Double pole 20A, 120 -277V For single receptacle, horizontal Instructions for mounting 00% CCS switches CCT and 2CCT Gasket CCS -L Device mount Device Mount with lock CCS -FS Box mount . Raintight when used with appropriate Red Dot boxes For single receptacle, vertical CCSV Device mount CCSV -L Device mount with lock CCSV -FS Box mount CCPO Power outlet cover with 21/a" diameter hole. Box mount. * All covers packed with gasket and screws Switch cover can be used with most toggle switches, but strap "ears' must be cut off and spacers used as shown. 1. Use spacers and 718"screws (after the "ears" are removed) as shown. 2. Be sure to remove center of gasket as shown and install all screws through holes in gasket. 3. Tighten screws to the switch. U.S. Patent No- 4,134,516 Canadian Patent No. 1,097,424 U.S. Patent No. 4,456,145 17 it SPECIFICATIONS & FEATURES Receptacles • Trip threshold meets or exceeds UL requirements for tripping time • Impact- resistant thermoplastic cover and body • Silver alloy contacts • Compatible with all Decora devices; supplied with Decora wallplate; available in selected Decora colors Combination Switch/GFCI • Ideal for kitchens, bathrooms, modular kitchen units, bathroom cabinet fixtures, lamp cabinet fixtures and applications where combination devices are used - TESTING & CODE COMPLIANCE • UL Standard 943 Class A (GFCI) and 498 (receptacles) • UL Listed (File #48380) • Meets ANSI C73, NEMA WD -1 require- ments for duplex receptacles "rotection Device Hospital Grade GFCI Receptacles — Back and Side Wired 15 AMP 125V at Receptacle; 20 AMP 125V Feet.Thrlough DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. COLOR* NEMA CONFI Basic Cat Na Denotes Brown Duplex Receptacle with LED Indicator Light 6598 -HG I, W, GY, R 5 -75R I �' 20 AMP 125V at Receptacle and Fee&Through DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. COLOR* NEMA CONFI, Basic Cat. Na Denotes Brown Duplex Receptacle with LED Indicator Light 6898 -HG I, W, GY, R S20R O r Commercial Grade GFCI Receptacles — Back and Side Wired 15 AMP 125V at Receptacle; 20 AMP 125V Feed.Thmugh DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. COLOR* NEMA CONFI4 Basic Cat No, Denotes Brown No Indicator Light 6599 1, W, GY, E, A Duplex Receptacle with LED Indicator Light 6598 I, W With 41 �[ /2" Leads* 6599 -L I, W 5 -15fl Buttons match face color 6599 -A I, W, A 20 AMP 125V at Receptacle and Feed - Through DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. COLOR* NEMA CONFIG Basic Cat Na Denotes Brown No Indicator Light 6899 1, W, GY Duplex Receptacle with LED 6898 I, W a Indicator Light 5-20R Buttons match face color 6899 -A I, W, A Switch -Rated GFCI - Back and Side Wired 20 AMP 125V Switch- Rated; Switch Rating 1.5 HP @ 120V DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. COLOR* Basic Cat Na Denotes Brown Blank Face GFCI, No Indicator Light 6490 I, W, E Combination Switch GFCI Outlet — Side Wired Switch 1000W 125V AC; Outlet 15 AMP 125V; Feed-Through 20AMP 125V DESCRIPTION CAT. NO. COLOR* Basic Car. Na Denotes Brown • CSA Certified (LR- 57811) amgie -rote Swltcn & GFCI protected Outlet 5299 1, W • Backed by a Limited Two -Year Warranty All devices are UL Listed. Also CSA Certified except where indicated by* COLOR O o� O O O O Basic Cat. Nos. shown ab we denote Brown cdor. For other color selections, add the suffix to catalog number Black follows: Ivry (-1), White ( -W), Gray (-GY), Red ( -% Black ( -E), Almontl ( -q), C E I MATERIAL CHARACTERISTICS E E Flammability: Rated V2 n f±ES ,E, Operating Temperature: 30'F ( -35 °C) to 0 i fSi 151 °F (66 °C) 0 ° KF]I a rr O O ® 1.13 o Q 112 c� (28.6 mm) 0 O O 7m m) 1 -93 (36.2 mm) o COMMERCIAL GRADE GFCI RECEPTACLE Cat No. 6599 .a. 1.53 (33 COMBINATION SWITCH GFCI OUTLET Cat No. 5299 To learn more about Leviton's outstanding offering of devices visit our Websfte at: http:llwww.levitOn.com ....Building A Connected World mbination double -drive aSS #8 -32 screws 3ndard and Phillips) for t installation gg for t r E lwer to in pole, r rld QCVIUMERM SPEURrA1/O/I BRAVE Back and Side Wired 1201277V AC Quiet Switches DESCRIPTION 15 AMP 20 AMP • COLOR* Bask Cat No. Denotes Gown Single -Pole Toggle CS81 -15 CSB1 -20 15A & 20A: I, W, GY, A Double -Pole Toggle CS82 -15 CSB2 -20 15A & 20A: I, W, GY, A 3 -Way Toggle CS63 15 CS133 -20 15A & 20A: I, W, GY, A 4 -Way Toggle CSB4 -15 CSB4 -20 15A & 20A: 1, W, GY, A Side Wired 1201277V AC Quiet Switches DESCRIPTION 15 AMP 20 AMP COLOR* Basic Cat. No. Denotes &own Single Pole To991e* CS115 -2 CS120 -2 15A & 2OA: I, W, GY, A Single -Pole Hospital Call Switcht* 5501 -8 15A: I Double -Pole Toggle* CS215 -2 CS220 -2 15A & 20A: 1, W, GY 20A: I, W, GY, A Double Pole Hospital Cali Switcht 5502 -8 15A: Ivory Only 3-Way Toggle* CS315 -2 CS320 -2 15A & 20A: I, W, GY, A 4-Way Toggle* CS415 -2 CS420 -2 15A & 20A: I, W, GY A i Single -Pole, Framed Toggle 54501 -2 54521 -2 15A & 20A: 1, W, GY f Double -Pole, Framed Toggle 54502 -2 54522 -2 15A & 20A: I, W' GY 3-Way, Framed To f le g Y 99 54503 -2 54523 -2 15A & 20A: I, W, GY 4-Way, Framed Toggle 54504 -2 54524 -2 15A: I, W, GY, A 20A: I, W, GY tHospital Call Switches turn on when toggle is pulled down; have 3 -foot braided cord. Note: Cat. No. 54501.2 series is identified in Canada by the following catalog numbers: Side Wired Canadian 1=277V AC Quiet Switches DESCRIPTION 15 AMP 20 AMP COLOR* See Canadian Color Single -Pole, Framed Toggle 1101 -C 54521 -2 20A: I, W, GY Double -Pole, Framed Toggle 1102 -C 54522 -2 20A: I, W, GY 3 -Way, Framed Toggle 1103 -C 54523 -2 20A: 1, W, GY 4 -Way, Framed Toggle 1104 -C 54524 -2 20A: I, W, GY All devices are UL Listed and CSA Certified except where indicated by* N a 0 C E n N N TOGGLE SWITCH Cat. No. CS115 -2, CS120 -2 0.92 (23.3 mm) O O 0 E E E E ry d 0 p N i•^l o O O 1.31 0 (33.3 mm) FRAMED TOGGLE Cat No. 54501 -2, 54521 -2 SPECIFICATIONS & FEATURES • Large head double -drive combination screws (Standard, Phillips) for fast wiring • Heavy - gauge, rust - resistant steel mounting stral • Accept up to #10 copper or copper -clad wire • Convenient break -off plaster ears for best alignment • Large switch contacts for maximum conductivity • See section T for more technical information TESTING & CODE COMPLIANCE • UL Listed to meet the latest Federal Specification WS -896 (File #E -748) • Meets all requirements for NEMA WD -1, ANSI • CSA Certified (File #LR -3413) • NOM Certified ( #057) • Backed by a Limited 10 -Year Warranty *COLOR Basic Cat Nos shown above denote Brown color. Other colors available as listed, add suffix to catalog number as follows: Ivory ( -q, white ( -W), Gray ( -GY), Almond ( -A) * *CANADIAN COLOR E For color selection, add suffix to catalog number as follows: E Ivory ( -I), white ( -W), Brown ( -B), and Gray ( -G). w �+ HORSEPOWER N 15A 20A Y4 0120V 1_@ 120V N 2 0 240V 2 ® 24CV MATERIAL CHARACTERISTICS For more information regarding matching wallplates, colors, materials, single and multi -gang, refer to Wallplates, section G. For answers to technical questions, call Leviton's Techfine at 1- 800- 824 -3005 ....Building A Connected World